Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPermit D09-086 - KEY BANK - TENANT IMPROVEMENTKEY BANK 3434 S 152 ST ]D09-086 Parcel No.: 0041000495 Address: 3434 S 152 ST TUKW Suite No: Tenant: Name: KEY BANK Address: 3434 S 152 ST , TUKVVILA WA City.f Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Owner: Name: KEY BANK OF WASHINGTON Address: C/O FIRST AMER TAX VALUATN , PO BOX 560807 75356 Phone: Contact Person: Name: EDWARD HANBICKI Address: 600 108TH AVE NE SUITE 700 , BELLEVUE WA 98004 Phone: 425- 990 -6871 Contractor: Name: BAYLEY CONSTRUCTION A GEN. PTNSHP Address: PO BOX 9004 , MERCER ISLAND, WA 98040 -9004 Phone: 206 - 621 -8884 Contractor License No: BAYLECG034JC doc: IBC -10 /06 * *continued on next page ** • Permit Number: D09 - 086 Issue Date: 07/16/2009 Permit Expires On: 01/12/2010 Expiration Date: 12/31/2009 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: TENANT IMPROVEMENT: CONSTRUCT NEW TELLER'S STATIONS, WALLS FOR OFFICES AND CONVERENCE ROOMS, NEW ELEVATOR, RECONFIGURE BATHROOM, NEW CEILING GRID, NEW LIGHTS, AND UPDATES TO ATM. (REROOF TO BE UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT.) Value of Construction: $150,000.00 Fees Collected: $2,966.75 Type of Fire Protection: NOEN International Building Code Edition: 2006 Type of Construction: VB Occupancy per IBC: 0008 D09 -086 Printed: 07 -16 -2009 Public Works Activities: Channelization / Striping: N Curb Cut / Access / Sidewalk / CSS: N City a*Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206- 431 -3670 Fax: 206- 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Fire Loop Hydrant: N Number: 0 Size (Inches): 0 Flood Control Zone: Hauling: N Start Time: End Time: Land Altering: Volumes: Cut 0 c.y. Fill 0 c.y. Landscape Irrigation: Moving Oversize Load: Start Time: End Time: Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Private: Public: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Profit: N Non - Profit: N Water Main Extension: Private: Public: Water Meter: Permit Center Authorized Signature: doc: IBC -10/06 N Permit Number: D09 - 086 Issue Date: 07/16/2009 Permit Expires On: 01/12/2010 Date: I hereby certify that I have read and a :. ed thi • permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give au ority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance . or I am - o :'.f d to sign and obtain this development permit. Signature: = �� / / Date: q // /D 1 Print Name: S121j 6>A1,57?&C C-77 This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. D09 -086 Printed: 07 -16 -2009 Parcel No.: 0041000495 Address: 3434 S 152 ST TUKW Suite No: Tenant: KEY BANK 1: ** *BUILDING DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us PERMIT CONDITIONS Permit Number: D09 -086 Status: ISSUED Applied Date: 05/29/2009 Issue Date: 07/16/2009 2: No changes shall be made to the approved plans unless approved by the design professional in responsible charge and the Building Official. 3: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431- 3670). 4: All permits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be at the job site and available to the inspectors prior to start of any construction. These documents shall be maintained and made available until final inspection approval is granted. 5: The special inspections for steel elements of buildings and structures shall be required. All welding shall be done by a Washington Association of Building Official Certified welder. 6: The special inspections and verifications for concrete construction shall be required. 7: When special inspection is required, either the owner or the registered design professional in responsible charge, shall employ a special inspection agency and notify the Building Official of the appointment prior to the first building inspection. The special inspector shall furnish inspection reports to the Building Official in a timely manner. 8: A final report documenting required special inspections and correction of any discrepancies noted in the inspections shall be submitted to the Building Official. The final inspection report shall be prepared by the approved special inspection agency and shall be submitted to the Building Official prior to and as a condition of final inspection approval. 9: New suspended ceiling grid and light fixture installations shall meet the non - building structures seismic design requirements of ASCE 7. 10: Partition walls that are tied to the ceiling and all partitions greater than 6 feet in height shall be laterally braced to the building structure. 11: All construction shall be done in conformance with the approved plans and the requirements of the International Building Code or International Residential Code, International Mechanical Code, Washington State Energy Code. 12: Notify the City of Tukwila Building Division prior to placing any concrete. This procedure is in addition to any requirements for special inspection. 13: There shall be no occupancy of a building until final inspection has been completed and approved by Tukwila building inspector. No exception. 14: Remove all demolition rubble and loose miscellaneous material from lot or parcel of ground, properly cap the sanitary sewer connections, and properly fill or otherwise protect all basements, cellars, septic tanks, wells, and other excavations. Final inspection approval will be determined by the building inspector based on satisfactory completion of this requirement. doc: Cond-10/06 D09 -086 Printed: 07 -16 -2009 • • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us 15: Manufacturers installation instructions shall be available on the job site at the time of inspection. 16: Ventilation is required for all new rooms and spaces of new or existing buildings and shall be in conformance with the International Building Code and the Washington State Ventilation and Indoor Air Quality Code. 17: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate perrnit issued by the Cityof Tukwila Permit Center. 18: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206 - 431 - 3670). 19: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 20: ** *FIRE DEPARTMENT CONDmONS * ** 21: The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by the Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 22: A fire alarm system is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of N.F.P.A. 72 and City Ordinance #2051. 23: Local U.L. central station supervision is required. (City Ordinance #2051) 24: Maintain square foot coverage of detectors per manufacturer's specifications in all areas including: closets, elevator shafts, top of stairwells, etc. (NFPA 72- 5.5.2.1) 25: Maintain automatic fire detector coverage per N.F.P.A. 72. Addition/relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and/or adding automatic fire detectors. 26: Maintain fire alarm system audible /visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and/or addition of audible /visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #2051) 27: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2051) (IFC 104.2) 28: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206 - 431 -3670) is required for this project. 29: Fire Department lock boxes shall be provided for access to all fire alarm panels and sprinkler risers. The appropriate key(s) for access shall be placed in the lockbox. Lockbox order forms must be obtained from the Tukwila Fire Department. The lockbox should be mounted so that it is readily visible and not over 60 inches high. (City Ordinance #2051) 30: The total number of fire extinguishers required for a light hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 3,000 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "all purpose" (2A, 10 B:C) dry chemical type. The travel distance to any extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 3 -2.1) 31: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so doc: Cond -10/06 D09 -086 Printed: 07 -16 -2009 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor. Hand -held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand -held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (IFC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) 32: Fire extinguishers shall not be obstructed or obscured from view. In rooms or areas m which visual obstruction cannot be completely avoided, means shall be provided to indicate the locations of the extinguishers. (IFC 906.6) 33: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 34: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 4 -3, 4 -4) 35: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. (IFC 1008.1.8.3 subsection 2.2) 36: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (IFC Chapter 10) 37: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors required to be accessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. (IFC 1008.1.8.1) 38: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the International Fire Code. (IFC Chapter 10) 39: Exits and exit access doors shall be marked by an approved exit sign readily visible from any direction of egress travel. Access to exits shall be marked by readily visible exit signs in cases where the exit or the path of egress travel is not immediately visible to the occupants. Exit sign placement shall be such that no point in an exit access corridor is more than 100 feet (30,480 mm) or the listed viewing distance for the sign, whichever is less, from the nearest visible exit sign. (IFC 1011.1) 40: Every exit sign and directional exit sign shall have plainly legible letters not less than 6 inches (152 mm) high with the principal strokes of the letters not less than 0.75 inch (19.1 mm) wide. The word "EXIT" shall have letters having a width not less than 2 inches (51 mm) wide except the letter "I ", and the minimum spacing between letters shall not be less than 0.375 inch (9.5 mm). Signs larger than the minimum established in section 1011.5.1 of the International Fire Code shall have letter widths, strokes and spacing in proportion to their height. The word "EXIT" shall be in high contrast with the background and shall be clearly discernible when the exit sign illumination means is or is not energized. If an arrow is provided as part of the exit sign, the construction shall be such that the arrow direction cannot be readily changed. (IFC 1011.5.1) 41: Exit signs shall be illuminated at all times. To ensure continued illumination for a duration of not less than 90 minutes in case of primary power loss, the sign illumination means shall be connected to an emergency power system provided from storage batteries, unit equipment or on -site generator. (IFC 1006.1, 1006.2, 1006.3) 42: Means of egress, including the exit discharge, shall be illuminated at all times the building space served by the means of egress is occupied. The means of egress illumination level shall not be less than 1 foot -candle (11 lux) at the floor level. The power supply for the means of egress illumination shall normally be provided by the premise's electrical supply. In event of a power failure an emergency power system shall provide power for a duration of not less than 90 minutes and shall consist of storage batteries, unit equipment or on -site generator. (IFC 1006.1, 1006.2, doc: Cond -10/06 D09 -086 Printed: 07 -16 -2009 • • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206- 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us 1006.3) The path of egress shall require emergency lighting until exit discharge is accomplished. 43: Aisles leading to required exits shall be provided from all portions of the building and the required width of the aisles shall be unobstructed. (WC 1013.4) 44: All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of the National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 45: New and existing buildings shall have approved address numbers, building numbers or approved building identification placed in a position that is plainly legible and visible from the street or road fronting the property. These numbers shall contrast with their background. Address numbers shall be Arabic numbers or alphabet letters. Numbers shall be a minimum of 4 inches (102mm) high with a minimum stroke width of 0.5 inch (12.7mm). (IFC 505.1) 46: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 803.5 of the International Building Code. 47: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2050 and #2051) 48: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 49: ** *PLANNING DEPT CONDITIONS ** *Colors and materials of new downspouts and gutters shall be as indicated in email from Edward Hanbicki from 6/18/09 (see Office Link for copy of email). 50: Per email from Edward Hanbicki on 6/18/09, canopies on the north and west elevations will not be replaced as originally proposed. This change should be included as a revision to the permit (see Office Link for copy of email). doc: Cond - 10/06 * *continued on next page ** D09 -086 Printed: 07 -16 -2009 • • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us I hereby certify that I have read these conditions and will comply with them as outlined. All provisions of law and this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provision of any other work construction or the performance of work. doc: Cond -10/06 D09 -086 Date: '/�t0 ordinances governing or local laws regulating Printed: 07 -16 -2009 Mailing Address: CITY OF TUKW1LA Community Development Department Public Works ,Department Permit Center 6300 Southcerlter Btvti., Suite 1 pD Tukwila, WA 98188 hrrp:>?•''N .rark,yido. Rei ttiet $ 7 f 7/ 2 qt. e Company Nance; (1,Ae 0° Contact Person: E -Mail Address; Contractor Registration Number: Contact Person: ' - .M Lf -Mail Address: _ 4a J it t -r}(2 d. e Mailing Address: Contact Person E-Mail Address: N:.AU,l 4tionS'ral:n5 .5piications l)A Unr•:21111.) Applicuinf0.1-7M9 PerniLAppncecirn.c.oe Ra'iE I - 2079 000461 Floor: ' Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. **Please Print** King Co Assessor's Tax No.: Site Address: 54 Cr: i5 2 #ste 1-,q;68 138 Suite Number: Tcna Name: 6- .iat. , Property Owners Name: 13.4 K. City State Zip New Tenant: c31 r \t o ti-ot 0 4 Yes State zip Fax Number: 3 • '6 0o1 LA 11 4.6. L4 No Company Name: 17;5 .1) Mailing Address; 'Lip ei, Day Telephone: Fax Number: Expiration Date: State Name: -xs - rePi F-J / - .JraG r(Ji %' ,. Day Telephone: G93 6:7+ 67 'j425r,24t . Grief Mailing Address: 500G- L Pici4' + m 1CA 446 1 5 1.1,E* 0t. 61 1 ?D C4f tAi' r frem.r' ep_, .as. t sID-] c:fty E-Mail Address; e'4?+ -ir; . - rGg,, Company Name:k,,Ae.. `, I+tailingAddress: r i m + L ?65 gP 6 2 . Off{) __ p et7Ua city F stale Zip Day Telephone: O / 24. v °o Fax Number: C° V6'.2.4 • tee i city Day Telephone: Fax Number: Page t of 6 Rae Zip • .46Pr.4a:US4.■ Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ It 1 � 1}�/ OO Existing BuiidingiValuation: 5 Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): CA C 1 6 1 14‘..r" i1-4P}' -a ;+emc7 te 4Y'6 �/J J Mc P i.:,i3 c.e� G`�`'r S li'r >r.� �7 u_ -�•= g' e:4› r U A-1 f+� - rsf6i:u�j A fir rf l� c_Lc -,i f4C d,a1p Q ` ` _ __ A u t o 1 - t v ' , T . ' k - 4 5 ; h1 !4.4/ C c ' . s I 2 . 1 2 -0( 4 1 . 1 P JOY" S Y t Will there be new rack storage? ❑ Yes [],. No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. PLANNING DIVISION: Situate family) building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) °For an Accessory dwelling. provide thc following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling,: Floor area of accessory dwelling: ° Provide documentation that shows that thc principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: ZS Compact_ Handicap: —' Will there be a change in usc? ❑ Ye • Nu If "yes ", cap lain: FIRE PROTECTION /HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: O sprinklers ❑ Automatic Fire Alarm kr lone ❑ Other (specify),__„_ Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes ........No If 'yyes ; attach list of nrateriaty and storage locations on a separate 8 -112" x 11 paper including quantities and Material Safety Rata Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King Cuunly Health Uepattment. 115 Appexn :iersteerns.:.pplicntianxtxl I_ .2CC9 AFplir.xienx.I -?009 Pcine . r Revised: a -3005 MI Page 2 of 6 • .',H idEti: : 71 1 '7 •l':•. a•.:�':1.5:lk:'a,SEi .. ... �.>Y ?i ! •i' . .'.•i:. ~ �•w. • BU1LD1NG OWNER OR AUTHORIZED AGENT: Date Application Accepted: kaAVVI..m Alm:ceme ,4ipiem. Inn• nn _°. fl00 aiyiii :m rrL.I _ J - V:: n.i Appikvkiji. Kevirc0 : :.9004' td City 0 Value of Construction — in all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant_ This figure Will be reviewed and is .. ubjei. to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications [or which no permit is issued within 180 days follavring the date of application shall expire by limitation. Building and Mechanical Permit The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 185.3.2 International 13uilditlg Code (current edition). Plumbing Permit Thc Building Official may grant one extension of time for an additional period not exceeding 180 days. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 10143 Uniform Plumbing Code (current edition). J HEREBY CERTIFY' T[IAT I I1.AVE READ AND EXANIINL•D THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO 13E TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY Ti[E LAWS OF TTIE STATE OF WASHINCTON, AND I AM AUTHOR MT) TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT Signature: Date: Print Name: Day Telephone: Mailing Address: • Date Application Expires: 9-- P I 110 suds Zip S[aft 1rikials: Pa,: 6 al Receipt No.: R09 -01789 Initials: User ID: Payee: LAW 1632 ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description KIEL LUNSFORD Payment Credit Crd VISA - Authorization No. 03565C BUILDING INVESTIGATION PLAN CHECK - NONRES City �f Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www. ci. tukwila. us TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount 000.322.800 000.345.830 RECEIPT 120.00 Total: $120.00 Parcel No.: 0041000495 Permit Number: D09 -086 Address: 3434 S 152 ST TUKW Status: ISSUED Suite No: Applied Date: 05/29/2009 Applicant: KEY BANK Issue Date: 07/16/2009 Payment Amount: $120.00 Account Code Current Pmts Payment Date: 11/12/2009 08:37 AM Balance: $0.00 60.00 60.00 doc: Receipt -06 Printed: 11 -12 -2009 Parcel No.: 0041000495 Permit Number: D09 -086 Address: 3434 S 152 ST TUKW Status: PENDING Suite No: Applied Date: 05/29/2009 Applicant: KEY BANK Issue Date: Receipt No.: R09 - 00793 Initials: User ID: Payee: doc: Receiot -06 JEM 1165 a a City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP INC TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Check 6228928 2,966.75 Authorization No. ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description BUILDING - NONRES PLAN CHECK - NONRES STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE 000/322.100 000/345.830 640.237.114 RECEIPT Account Code Current Pmts Total: $2,966.75 Payment Amount: $2,966.75 Payment Date: 05/29/2009 09:40 AM Balance: $0.00 1,795.30 1,166.95 4.50 PA\' T ,` -� E E;EF\/ E Printed: 05 -29 -2009 COMMENTS: P�.� :7 C� n �' ' Type o Inspection: ! -1..., r A.Frfri p C40 A I . Da Called. v , 1 fl 1 4 e M er1, G, 1 i,,, r o tee.. 1 sk --� f 3 r ro �/ e _� 1 e Requester: A- • ' . w . !3 . (�' 9q3 _ f �� 1� , /g* --''F+ l) fe- 1-3r f '/ e m T O (A - fi �,..ie -re _ o A-J A fv 1 e � - �� �' 14 D f 6 v ' t . .2 ;4 -s f Orr • -- C , _ �► v,, ' , _,S .. ' =_ —= �.UMIL-.MZMIVIWEILs'a a,� T A a P Projec SA-4)C— Type o Inspection: ! -1..., Address: 1 MI d. 152 $ Da Called. v , 1 fl 1 Special Instructions: - 7 frzir.-1 Date Wanted: Requester: Phone No: 7Q (0 - (�' 9q3 _ f �� 1� , /g* INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit /4_ 00g -og‘o PERMIT NO. Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. Insp tor: Date: 2 f J ❑ $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: COMMENTS: \ 2 U ( DAL lJ S 1.J c_ 1 i j -V ;kJ r'k � t 0-ere �iv n.�'C . �i �C �( r- r A ,M : i1 . cif ( 1,J t i v j 1 : 1.3 10 � -��� r a.m. p.m. t'\ g A r N` e-n f . J A F . Te- & e - � 2 � ' pp tr'l - '_ - ( (-»ar /..�t�..1 (0 . Phone No: G 1-? _ 778 A . II Pr 'e t: ((A14c ..- Type of Inspection: i ) / qµ E .J.A.e.ir-4647 Date Called: ,._, Address: .3 S_ 152 Special Instructions: 3 p 1 _ Date Wanted: � -��� r a.m. p.m. Requester: Phone No: G 1-? _ 778 00 d8(,1 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION A 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 =3670 Approved per applicable codes. orrections required prior to approval. B Inspe(or: ,� f (Date: ❑ $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: y COMMENT As _ (.J4i1(a ZP S1t '�( z / 4 (PT I Q!A S� &`r ''.,,-) A-. ci res e i t.1 oJf`Gc e t oic A cJit DrPJt 5fACt'S ( ILIA-X code .S f C Mt I T -:".S te.7 r JA A Pr ` - c -/tr.OAW a StN tt /tq A-i n A :'\ Lie. J ('4 f7d A per . l'eI : J. r7,4 7,86 ( fir__ _ /7,63. _- n /fit: i. Date Wanted: r� q L a.m, LS / 47 4o.. r r l %A T br dr s g kCT` .s( AP ()All IAA -S ..c S t. {- D ∎ .AA A IV e A . 5TT a ire psi Lk. _ ' rDSs J t_ik't-` \ ,l'r, 6, g 3 S ,& tj . 4 G,) /v rk L Liu $ g r ect y Jeen.Q : ". . 7 >ivi ..0 ry P{( A .St n,“ ke-litiu F f t Projepc�t: Yee`' B Type of Inspection: ' ti. ,a . A 6 Address: 3-1 34 Z i 5 � Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: r� q L a.m, (( — i ! 61 P.m. Requester: Phone No: Ix -5( -36 05 4 4"1 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION N0. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes. Insp tor: E1 $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: ,poi - 08L, orrections required prior to approval. A Date: 11-1(?-09 u : COM MENTS: c r ` A' €( 1 t A Ar S Dp wvtte& be it) r&- e r - Ike i A l d ( o s g c . A --r i'4-1 t Act ; q_ n r z,..) nrrrutX 3 A ; nsTA 0 e.i 'to res -cr Il.e out9 1f rw'(CA J A. S A ei 0f e.„)^c eAte . /-je a 6' ( (t: t� p4-64-15- 4 - 5 SucJt A s CIA t t(e pIJa ee^(• ,AS'"e '151. Hof Z ( :Ai is fe h 5 ( ; I n q ` : CIF (z) el,A A _ r6r (, AST A (col- A (.f4ed TLe AI ik.I eNt p - T(„ /3w IN. Al!( I L- e t..5 A c. e A(e4 5p,AtfS fn It"`c_ D 5 �tpr, of �/C'.1N / n ` tA qA 8;Th S• . ,Q t s 6,„,a - rt-cc 4 Project: 8�� Type of Inspection: ir A PIA' • Address .� 343 IS2 rr Date Called: I �-- Special Instructions: Date Wanted: ((r (0 ' d 9 Requester: Phone No: ,/./ INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION - 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 0 Approved per applicable codes. Inspectdr: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit kl,K4 PERMIT NO. Corrections required prior to approval. 1 Date: k.0 ri $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcer ter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: COMMENTS:4 (Ae(ie A-)1 e ita e-s o peA.../ti gbr / 41-:,1..e.A..r,' on .di pi O per e I 6.0 rA. A Ct 34 CiAl‹.-K rl )r. r e A-t oJA( 0F Am pil-pf bieeet gfrft : kiu( 4- kAi kee_A. remode — Date Wanted: /1-/Cit-0/ `—irin. Requester_ 3.a. Phone No: 7-0(0-5 - 3Gos ... - • 5 i A L.- m Project: 8A4c Type of Inspection: "F`r Sus . e 6; 1,diy Date Called: 6(A-7.--)tf I Address: •41 3 r 52 ST- Special Instructions: AgOVe LeAltiAel ■'`ijoect. Dr AfT imp _ 00„ ./..2,4./ _ s u s , le,t. — Date Wanted: /1-/Cit-0/ `—irin. Requester_ 3.a. Phone No: 7-0(0-5 - 3Gos INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 80- o8(00 PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431-3670 pproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. A Inspecte Date: t(.0 9 ri $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be 1.--J paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: COMMENTS: .o t Ai 6 1 Ot--L3 J s y P-- P4 C e - - , A ' - A 1 for! J f i» . -. s fi k ,,,1 eil li i t i f 6.--.4 ., M e_.(A,_ wf ti 7.A, , ^.5/, a. I c•L L.4 J -e:J" Date Called: e A -- /j-&c / 7 A e s _n / 1 & e 4 14 ;4. ., o'' u c L <<t^alA i /t oac - J e L s k TA A f Wt-Ji ,S /C tP L-, :-I 7 Project Type of Inspection: Address: I r c> A4 Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: J a.m. Requester: Phone No: Approved.per applicable codes. Inspec C A-A -bA INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit oi' dgb PERMIT NO. INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 orrections required prior to approval. Date: I. is'Z3 $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: COMMENTS: Type of Inspection: f- ,2A ,n,A/ e ' k..4 4i j 0/ JO'N; .Tl I.113 e r1 - Sl-� � - J � i Srl P1 Special Instructions: O3�A2q ''''0‘4. Date Wanted: /e--/z -0 5 a.m. ° crtt1 k , >R DA,k-I 1)1 0 L. i1) /.4-?. J : r l.) P-( S Cr_ •. of LI1� JA t --- - 7 -M k. , - 11 1 1 Project: , y .3 ,1N4. mac Type of Inspection: f- ,2A ,n,A/ e Address: .,.3y -3 Y s 4 --S7/ Date Called: Special Instructions: O3�A2q ''''0‘4. Date Wanted: /e--/z -0 5 a.m. Requester: Phone No: a2 a 6- 755 6.-4 --tt INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 .1 • (206)431 -3670 X45 -v36 PERMIT NO. ❑ Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. Insp Date: 2- 0 ❑ $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: COMMENTS: `,___O L,0 4 i eJf 4 v,-. re c) r L,',.c - ' "-o e A '7 i,J 7'4 (Li A ,j , +.,._) /1 +^? A) / p d u . I e ( dr ML.,) i .S e A_4( e -1.-.6 (t v S si /41, e... k . 7 4 ,A—( A (X0 c. s .,.7 - cj i x v;..,k . A,! 1�t vv CC .� i1 'pip it * r r_„ 2 i *o . ii- 41 a.m. GJ; I /(ff G ,) /\..' .- Jr a 1 JiiN, ' r ; ,(-f: ✓t f v LO t ) n, 4 w7--.. t, . ,,r i,-1 d / r c- r I S e.)Jec! r--111 e..<1";,) -1, ; , 2-e.. - s�.C�, v,S — AD AJd'r..v -» Project: / r ,1N� 1 Type of Inspection: � Fi � 6 Address: -?Y- 5 /5 2 .5 Date Called: Special Instructions: ( ` f (.0 /ll Date Wanted. / / / x 5" a.m. Requester: Phone r o: • ' %' - Ay-13 - 0576 ■ D0(__ INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 ri Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. Date: / J , 6-_ J 7 ri $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: IDate: COMMENTS: CApt-1 \ FrG- J" Address: d L-13 1 S 15 2 �T Date Called: p j-(. �� c it..: 61-- � to J' -1- 0^((-1 AJ �JJ Phone No: 2 74 3- 657, r�� ; > 601 I J /ks Ave I,, n e. � J )/J -e r 7 V 1) t `./L)J k r t, Cr► ( r -1 , 3 r ask A a ✓e-tk ,--, fi 9 1 A Project: 11p u RANI II- Type of Inspection: ( 1 N C. Address: d L-13 1 S 15 2 �T Date Called: p j-(. �� c it..: Special Instructions: Date Wante / r (� 452 rU Requester: Phone No: 2 74 3- 657, INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION tc4 K 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -360 j Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. Insp ctor: Date: v_ z- o7 El $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRE Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 00. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: COMMENTS: 6.0t v I zicl , 3 A s 47 l.- e,,,J. <9 „•� Ad ess 4 * UJ .M t A a c e. Sty i T A Cit A: A- 7'4) f Al e. keA-1 ' Date Wanted: - 2, Z p.m. --1( 6 0 2J u .. T /A r ,, s_ I or t. 4--) f r`f..e A( r AA.. n^/ t. I 0A i ' .. i h.4S_ Az( I i, �' • A .. n < ' Q .. e.S }, r r-0 r 1 / / J c F . 0 - k / GJ . f - Project s A I' Ac it K. � Type of Inspection: + a � Ad ess 4 Date Called : Special Instructions: Date Wanted: - 2, Z p.m. Requester: Phone No.1.0"-- 7 q3 ! (skle INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD � �� ()go Retain a copy with permit • PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 1 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (266)431 -3 7 J Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. Inspe r: Date: q J El $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE RPQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: COMMENTS: : ' : l -oI S b A A- (c,J Ai A-`.1, p okiek Se..1 Of PN S� - ZE r �' -4-S le o n _ , K J -e1 1. ; 'Ls (2 r � e ao: I t b.P - r e -: Af f ec V (e e /1-e vl f c" s 7` -- Pit A ) p� &.�,C - - - (-�I./-- A r Ar r S ��' v/ P f--) Y l — Q - C sA fefe.A, -k to3 L °'\ £J i A' t A- ,!(ce j 7v, 1 I' , . Phone No 20 — '7 ? — (,S — I Projecs: 8 Type ogspection:, jl ' Address: ry 3 i. 52 � Date Calle4 / Spec Instructions: 0 - - A Date Wanted: _ a.m. - v 1 2 P .m Requester: Phone No 20 — '7 ? — (,S re„ boq- Rio INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION Z 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -367 ❑ Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. Inspegfor: Date: ❑ $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: COMMENT= r J (i.4.3 4 r 1.71t. A4,Asr A_,..4 4 4 . re il'e .. J AP_! /Q4 `T` 5t (L. w; #--t ( Pi-e_ Address: 1 A 3431 So 1 :1r 64 p A, rwn. t. J < < r),. << �AAr b 1 S / p, - e_J `''Aee_40 frt.., ` 1.05 & : (L /l,I14 • P MCcfr re. ci ue A (Ate AA' 741 Aq A 7) _ I .SCcc { ac © .ATT?'ac ,, ' ` 4C/ d ' 1 -' (9 .5 -RC- , 4-0 . 1 t r /Lt'^Sr nut: :' (Le A G ez_i.S (-A- Acze..t ,p / /1--ek e-4 • 4 6 0 Ai 07_ 66 u r D ei0 _S ;A'v M e A- f L 4-( Pro Type of Insp ction: Address: 1 A 3431 So 1 :1r Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted:8- ∎ + oy / � - tl' Requester: Phone No: I Dog -osb NSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 El Approved per applicable codes. orrections required prior to approval. ri $60.00 REINSPECTION FE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Inspe tor: 1 Date: __ / V (o Receipt No.: 'Date: ;a. . a, Project: � / N4. Fire Alarm: , Type of Inspection: 4 ,Aa C► I4L ,a Pre- Fire :_ .. _ Permits: --= ;,-/ 5 { .gyp 4 fill A Contact Person: I+ W qD' f ch ° � Special Instructions: �ii� • ■ rJ lF y a.�d t^f.r N l�. y ^f • .. ,�iy . t —''. — pIA 6 4.„. .,, cue :4 — i.. 4 t.:,5 „...e..... ..,/ r • Project: � / N4. Fire Alarm: , Type of Inspection: 4 ,Aa C► I4L Lpt„ Pre- Fire :_ .. _ Permits: --= Address: -, Suite #: ;,-/ 5 f5 Contact Person: p ' 't f ch ° � Special Instructions: �ii� ho'rie • ° b {W �'.�h'�1►1./'.� ti r rJ lF y a.�d t^f.r N l�. y ^f • .. ,�iy —''. Needs Shift Inspection: 1 Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: , Hood & Duct: Monitor: 6►y'tw Lpt„ Pre- Fire :_ .. _ Permits: --= Occupancy Type: • • INSPE • NUMBER Approved per appli Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc INSPECTION RECORD Retain 'a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 1 )(59 7 0554, PERMIT NUMBERS 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila-Wa. 98188 206- 575 -4407 Cor required prior to approval. Inspecto f 5 f '5j- ( Date: 2_ 10 Hrs.: • 1. 5 $80.00 RE 'NSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from e City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. 1/13/06 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 Project: le i ty,,,, ie Type of Inspection: -- Address: 3 Suite #: S /6" Contact Person: Permits: '- \ Occupancy Tyr:le Special' Ihstructions: Phone No.: ■.-..'- ee .,.- . .. • Needs Shift\In's7 Sprinklerf.?1' , Fire Alarm: Hood 80uct: - 4,- Monitor: 't . Pre-Fire: \ . Permits: '- \ Occupancy Tyr:le • -r a . • .••• • : . 3 INSPECTION NUMBER ri Approved per applicable codes. e City of 'Tukwila Fiqance Department. 6 Word/Inspection Record FOrmlioc INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East Tukwila Wa. 98188 206-575-4407 COMMENTS: .4; F;,) ) Nir Le 4,edi, 41,1•14 ) 1 ' .1; I 4 e A4x,,z, ••• rni- /t Th^p04.5. fr/ikf.14- ek,,, S C r fri$ b ■ 1/13/0 V Corrections required prior to approval. Inspettor: enj Hrs.: • I Date: 2, zy• AD 0/79— 4'7' PERMIT NUMBERS $80.00 REIN ECTION FEE REdIJIRED. You will receive anrivoice from to a reinspection. T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 ,./ Op COMMENTS' . Type of Inspection: m,•2-e A- tr►aIA.. Address: 3,_i 1/4 Suite. #: r, Le A 1.r$zdv. F1 IA 4 . Special Instructions: Hood & Duct: - -F ') ' r_q/.41A -,5 / 4r,4r. / AS �x:r ,- Q `l �t ff � F r re /4 lo / o k" 6 Permits: yo.. 1.- o-,..- 1; n...12- Project: K / e �� Type of Inspection: m,•2-e A- tr►aIA.. Address: 3,_i 1/4 Suite. #: S , j 5 Contact Person: 'tL Ae&eew►o l" " L t L' cr'Z, C. Special Instructions: Hood & Duct: Phone No.: , S ` ? qZ • Needs Shift Inspection: 0 Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: eo. e o,_4•, Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: F+ INSPECTION NUMBER rg Approved per applicable codes. Word /Inspection Record Forrn.Doc . 1/13/06 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT. PERMIT NUMBERS 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 _ 206 -575 -4407 Fi Corrections required prior to approval. Inspector: lotActi Hrs.: t $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from he City of Tukwila.Finance Depar Tent. Call. to schedule a reinspection. • T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 w COMMENTS: Aipr oL -- Address: 3 y 3 L Suite #: .proq i .4.A. de Le LA cm" i 1 13A547.4-Ac '1)- r404 S 3 117,-Aat ..,''. . 14,,4,,i. e...,..„ Hood & Duct: Special Instructions: ...... . dor.. . Phone No.: 7 062- 92 5 - - ----- 4 - toil 4 1? 6- 79/ 2/ • 6 Poli aff. A 1 g ..,;14 , to T uoc,....;11," rife de), o t Q il-e t 4 ovi 4t, 1.3.: 100 cA5 Occupancy Type: rAt x si,ocazi 40 - mac -‘ Jo, 6 t—' e e.,36.5-75--vvvi A 4W.' elp 1 . heotype..044, Project: - 14R y tow, k Type of Inspection: A a e iti. t ma 14" " i_ Address: 3 y 3 L Suite #: S. /57 ,-.01 Contact Person: Ai-ex Hood & Duct: Special Instructions: Monitor: Phone No.: 7 062- 92 5 - - 7 .5 4 - toil 4 1? 6- 79/ 2/ Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: , Fire Alarm: j Hood & Duct: Monitor: 8e:N 442.gair:4- 5e c IA v.; V / Pre-Fire: ' • Permits: I Occupancy Type: INSPECTION NUMBER n Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit ' CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT Doi -oVo PERMIT NUMBERS 444 Andover Park East Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206-575-4407 : 0 451 : •14,15-3 I Date: /0/2 j /05, Corrections required prior to approval. Hrs.: z $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from • e City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Word/Inspction Record Form.Doc 1/13/06 / T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 COMMENTS: - ' ( Pita rr -...spie" 14...2.41 Pfe le.91 Type of Inspection: F i 4 e..- A L44 4444 1,04 it loc. c.,t—Cr — IJoed /0c ig- 49141 M)- . 21(e)13e , 47061111as Se4 ech. 9 4 5 As..... 4, 01 e A i — at, / c :6-■ o 4- 0 -lead — at-- _ if . a ,64e }::)} . . . . . 6 Vb_11 0. 3.#1 ru p0 — 2 LI _ 414 %kit ev4 . I-me - 70.2 , 2 Q. / , /4 .7 _ 6 4, . 40 "tiiiis plea Fi.ts ik..44 pv1/4, PiAli 42. 1 S i stA 0.... CP e> 16,- t` air 4 ( 04 / 4,4-44e / /4'7 oi., g . .e,„„,„4., d4 ti-e.h /or two, 3 42;ve 4,6, *le-iv 1.40 A n / / 1 \ 0+: 41 ., /40 ": abigoitv-s: rele/ ad it6tada, a 2/4( h. /;..,0 -15 UPPA 420 f \ AA_ tz 7 4// Pe..//4 , ' s.,31.-w-as ex I • 1\ I e.eedi k egAd /f) Africx / . "Joe ...? At) 14.4.0-e... 1,1 01 • Project: 1 j 1 Sprinklers: Type of Inspection: F i 4 e..- A L44 4444 Address: -2,92,Li Suite #: e-, .Ic 2.A Contact Person: s tli MAC. Special Instructions: 'VI d■ 00 P s5 Phone No.: / / g t. 4 Z 5 -11 Z i Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre-Fire: - . Permits: - Occupancy Type: 4. ha INOECTION • Retain a copy with permit vo) -apt AAetz E wht IkI / o k (Lid hAei 1 1k. ciV30-4 CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT Oct— f PERMIT NUMBERS 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila. Wa. 98188 206-575-4407 El Approved per applicable codes. Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 1/13/06 Nmi- (AS toe/ $80.00 REIN PECTION FEE_REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from e ity of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. corr idnequiri prior to approval. Inspector: A4/4/5-v • .56,a M53 I Date: /69 2S a? Hrs.: 2. • 4' T.F.D. Form F.P. 113.. • • • • JACOBS KeyBank October 27, 2009 Mr. David Larson CITY OF TUKWILA Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Blvd. Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Re: Draft Stop Key Bank Renovation 3434 South 152 St. Permit # D09 -086 Dear Mr. Larson: Jacobs, Inc. RECEIVED OCT 2 8 2009 Global Buildings NA 250 E. Broad Street Suite 1150 Columbus, Ohio 43215 USA 1.614.437.4300 Fax 1.614.437.4304 In response to discussions you have held with our Mr. Pat Farrell, we submit this Structural Engineering Response with regard to the subject. To comply with code requirements for fire load, a draft stop partition has been determined to be required to separate attic spaces into areas not exceeding 3000 sf. To that end a drawing revision to the original Permit and Construction Drawing set was created depicting a stud and drywall partition with associated details qualifying as a draft stop. The detail showed an arrangement where the partition was to be constructed and supported by a single ceiling joist. The detail was created without benefit of access to the attic to observe existing conditions. Once the contractor exposed the actual conditions in the attic and identified the most appropriate location for the partition, it was determined that it should be located instead directly adjacent to and supported by a long -span timber roof truss and also seat on every ceiling joist spanning to and supported at the roof truss bottom chord. In light of this information, Jacobs design drawing A -108 has been revised to provide specific details for the construction of this partition in this arrangement. The details depict the following: 1. The weight of the partition will vary from about 70 lbs per linear foot at the roof high point to Zero lbs per linear foot at the low point. 2. With studs at 2' o.c., the wall weighs 140 lbs at each stud. 3. The connection details allow the weight of each stud to be supported equally by the truss bottom chord and the truss top chord (70 lbs each). Based on a reasonable sequence of construction, it may be assumed that the weight of the bear stud work may be carried by the ceiling joist. The outriggers will then be constructed to the truss top and bottom chords, followed by the application of the drywall. The outriggers will then be equally supporting the weight of the drywall. For computation purposes we assume then that the 10/27/2009 Page 1 of 2 Sincerely, Attachment Jacobs, Inc. truss carries a maximum concentrated load of 70 lbs at 2' o.c. at both the top and bottom chord. 4. The outriggers and fasteners specified are selected based on these forces. 5. Assuming the truss carries the full weight of the wall at 70 lbs per linear foot with the truss spacing at 16' o.c., the added weight is about 4.4 psf at the roof high point and 0.0 psf at the eave. This weight (2.2 psf average load) is not a significant increase compared to the entire design load carried by the truss. By observation, a single truss may support the weight of this partition. 6. The connection of the existing ceiling joist to the truss bottom chord is unknown and thus it cannot be stated conclusively that the partition may be solely supported by each ceiling joist; thus the purpose of the outrigger connections to the truss chords. It is certain the ceiling joist can support at least some of the weight. If 100% of the wall is to be carried by the ceiling joist and we assume the ceiling joist is spaced at 16" o.c., this connection needs to transfer about 93 lbs due to the new draft stop wall alone. The connection must also carry the dead weight of the ceiling construction, insulation, mechanical equipment and miscellaneous attic live load. We recommend that rather than confirming the capacity of this connection and providing strengthening where required, the outriggers be utilized to transfer the weight of the partition to the truss. We hope that this information clarifies for you the justification and applicability of the revised details. If you have any question please feel free to contact Mr. Pat Farrell at 216- 244 -2624 or myself at 817 - 222 -8546. Gary W. Stowe, P.E., S.E. Director of Structural Engineering Jacobs Global Buildings N/A l ohz7 1v9 10/27/2009 Page 2 of 2 LOWER LANDING 1 MAIN UP /DOWN ••• NONSKID .. .. SURFACE O U t NI- M J 51 50 CLR ** *TYPICAL DRAWING. DO NOT USE FOR CONSTRUCTION. LOCAL OR STATE AUTHORITIES MAY IMPOSE DIFFERENT REQUIREMENTS. * ** POWER ATE /DOOR OPERATORS ARE REQUIRED FOR THIS UNIT TO BE CODE COMPLIANT WITH ICC /ANSI A117.1. (APPLIES TO NON- RESLOENTIAL UNITS ONLY) A VARIANCE OR LOCAL AUTHORITY APPROVAL MAY BE OBTAINED. p ier r .. O UPPER DOOR W/ ELECTRIC STRIKE - HINGE SIDE OPT. 3/4 LOWER DOOR W/ ELECTRIC STRIKE HINGE SIDE OPT. Permit No. MODEL X " IN. Y IN. BC -96 BC -108 BC -120 BC -144 118 ELECTRIC JUNCTION BOX FOR: DOORS CALL SENDS POWER TO LIFT 36 VIEW A -A bO'iOS 4 99 130 142 171 111 123 147 51 54 1/4 SHAFT MODEL "X "IN. YIN. BC -156 BC -168 ECO 36 VIEW B -B 183 NONSKID SURFACE 159 195 171 N 2 1/2 L 30 STATIONARY RAMP DIMENSIONS SUBJECT TO C HAN��L WITHOUT NOTIFICATION. r1 3/4 29 PERMIT CEN CoRRECTION REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANC APPROVED JUL 1 3 206 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION r- 36 SHROUD --I N r � L J 51 54 1/4 SHAFT B A 2 1/2 5 , 1 OI NAL WHEEL- O -VATOR ROMORE. IWN01S 61561 JANUARY 2008 -900 -551 -9095 DDEL• BC SHROUD LEFT DRAWING NUMBER: � E �� NTER /EXIT SAME CC -1180 � SIDE I RANGES UNLESS OThERWISS SPECIFI USTRY Project Info Project Address Riverton Heights Date 6/25/2009 3434 South 152nd St. For Building Department Use Seattle, WA 98188 Applicant Name: Jacobs Engineering Applicant Address: 250 E. Broad St, Columbus, OH 43215 Applicant Phone: 614.437.4300 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms 2006 Washin ton State Nonresidential Ener Code Corn.liance Form Project Summary • • PRJ -SUM rr 14e- OILt r eOPY Permit No. CORRECllO i LT D09 0% Revised July 2007 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE AP PROVED JUL 13 2009 City of Tukwila BUILDIN G DIVISION RECE WED JUN 2 920 PERMIT CENTER Diu 2006 Lighting Motor;, and 18 Transformer Energy Permits Plans Checklist. LTG -CHK Revised July 2007 Project Address Riverton Heights 'Date 6/25/2009 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and transformer requirements in the 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Applicability (yes, no, n.a.) ( Code I Section Component Information Requires Location on Plans Building Department Notes LIGHTING CONTROLS (Section 1513) yea 1513.1 Local control /access Schedule with type, indicate locations 5-114, G -111 yes 1513.2 Area controls Maximum limit per switch 5 -114 n.a. 1513.3 Daylight zone control Schedule with type and features, indicate locations _ n.a. vertical glazing Indicate vertical glazing on plans _ A.a. overhead glazing Indicate overhead glazing on plans _ n • a • 1513.4 Display /exhib /special Indicate separate controls _ 1513.5 Exterior shut -off Schedule with type and features, indicate location n. a. (a) timer w/backup Indicate location _ a. a. (b) photocell. Indicate location 1513.6 Inter. auto shut -off Indicate location Yee 1513.6.1 (a) occup. sensors Schedule with type and locations 5-114, 0 -111 a • a • 1513.6.2 (b) auto. switches Schedule with type and features (back -up, override capability); Indicate size of zone on plans - yea 1513.7 Commissioning Indicate requirements for lighting controls commissioning c -111 EXIT SIGNS (Section 1514) yea I 1514 Max. watts 'Indicate watts for each exit sign I$ -602 LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCE (Section 1530 -1532) yee 1531 Interior Lighting Summary Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture type lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture a. a. 1532 Exterior Lighting Summary Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture MOTORS (Section 1511) n. a. I 1511 Elec motor efficiency IMECH -MOT or Equipment Schedule with hp, rpm, efficiency I TRANSFORMERS (Section 1540) n.a. I 1540 'Transformers 'Indicate size and efficiency I I 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form no is circled for any question, provide explanation: 2006 Washin•ton State Nonresidential Ene • Code Com.liance Form Lighting, Motor and :Tran Permit Plans jChecklist LTG -CHK, 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Lighting - General Requirements 1513 Lighting Controls: Lighting, including exempt lighting in Section 1512, shall comply with this section. Where occupancy sensors are cited, they shall have the features listed in Section 1513.6.1. Where automatic time switches are cited, they shall have the features listed in Section 1513.6.2. 1613.1 Local Control and Accessibility: Each space, enclosed by walls or ceiling- height partitions, shall be provided with lighting controls located within that space. The lighting controls, whether one or more, shall be capable of turning off all lights within the space. The controls shall be readily accessible, at the point of entry/exit, to personnel occupying or using the space. EXCEPTIONS: The following lighting controls may be centralized in remote locations: 1. Lighting controls for spaces which must be used as a whole. 2. Automatic controls. 3. Controls requiring trained operators. 4. Controls for safety hazards and security. 1613.2 Area Controls: The maximum lighting power that may be controlled from a single switch or automatic control shall not exceed that which is provided by a 20 ampere circuit loaded to not more than 80 %. A master control may be installed provided the individual switches retain their capability to function independently. Circuit breakers may not be used as the sole means of switching. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Industrial or manufacturing process areas, as may be required for production. 2. Areas less than 5% of the building footprint for footprints over 100,000 ft 1613.3 Daylight Zone Control: All daylighted zones, as defined in Chapter 2, both under overhead glazing and adjacent to vertical glazing, shall be provided with individual controls, or daylight- or occupant- sensing automatic controls, which control the lights independent of general area lighting. Contiguous daylight zones adjacent to vertical glazing are allowed to be controlled by a single controlling device provided that they do not include zones facing more than two adjacent cardinal orientations (i.e. north, east, south, west). Daylight zones under overhead glazing more than 15 feet from the perimeter shall be controlled separately from daylight zones adjacent to vertical glazing. EXCEPTION: Daylight spaces enclosed by walls or ceiling height partitions and containing 2 or fewer light fixtures are not required to have a separate switch for general area lighting. 1613.4 Display, Exhibition and Specialty Lighting Controls: All display, exhibition or specialty lighting shall be controlled independently of general area lighting. 1513.5 Automatic Shut -off Controls, Exterior: Lighting for all exterior applications shall have automatic controls capable of turning off exterior lighting when sufficient daylight is available or when the lighting is not required during nighttime hours. Lighting not designated for dusk - to-dawn operation shall be controlled by either: a. A combination of a photosensor and a time switch; or b. An astronomical time switch. Lighting designated for dusk - to-dawn operation shall be controlled by an astronomical time switch or photosensor. All time switches shall be capable of retaining programming and the time setting during loss of power for a period of at least 10 hours. EXCEPTION: Lighting for covered vehicle entrances or exits from buildings or parking structures where required for safety, security, or eye adaptation. 1613.6 Automatic Shut -Off Controls, Interior: Buildings greater than 5,000 ft and all school classrooms shall be equipped with separate automatic controls to shut off the lighting during unoccupied hours. Within these buildings, all office areas less than 300 ft enclosed by walls or ceiling - height partitions, and all meeting and conference rooms, and all school classrooms, shall be equipped with occupancy sensors that comply with Section 1513.6.1. For other spaces, automatic controls may be an occupancy sensor, time switch or other device capable of automatically shutting off lighting. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Areas that must be continuously illuminated in a manner requiring manual operation of the lighting. 2. Emergency lighting systems. 3. Switching for industrial or manufacturing process facilities as may be required for production. 4. Hospitals and laboratory spaces. 5. Areas in which medical or dental tasks are performed are exempt from the occupancy sensor requirement. 1613.6.1 Occupancy Sensors: Occupancy sensors shall be capable of automatically turning off all the lights in an area, no more than 30 minutes after the area has been vacated. Light fixtures controlled by occupancy sensors shall have a wall- mounted, manual switch capable of turning off lights when the space is occupied. EXCEPTION: Occupancy sensors in stairwells are allowed to have two step lighting (high -light and low - light) provided the control fails in the high -light position. 1613.6.2 Automatic Time Switches: Automatic time switches shall have a minimum 7 day clock and be capable of being set for 7 different day types per week and incorporate an automatic holiday "shut -off' feature, which turns off all loads for at least 24 hours and then resumes normally scheduled operations. Automatic time switches shall also have program back -up capabilities, which prevent the loss of program and time settings for at least 10 hours, if power is interrupted. Automatic time switches shall incorporate an over -ride switching device which: a. is readily accessible; b. is located so that a person using the device can see the lights or the areas controlled by the switch, or so that the area being illuminated is annunciated; c. is manually operated; d. allows the lighting to remain on for no more than 2 hours when an over -ride is initiated; and e. controls an area not exceeding 5,000 ft or 5% of the building footprint for footprints over 100,000 ft whichever is greater. 1613.7 Commissioning Requirements: For lighting controls which include daylight or occupant sensing automatic controls, automatic shut -off controls, occupancy sensors, or automatic time switches, the lighting controls shall be tested to ensure that control devices, components, equipment and systems are calibrated, adjusted and operate in accordance with approved plans and specifications. Sequences of operation shall be functionally tested to ensure they operate in accordance with approved plans and specifications. A complete report of test procedures and results shall be prepared and filed with the owner. Drawing notes shall require commissioning in accordance with this paragraph. 1614 Exit Signs: Exit signs shall have an input power demand of 5 Watts or less per sign. Motors - General Requirements 1611 Electric Motors: All permanently wired polyphase motors of 1 hp or more, which are not part of an HVAC system, shall comply with Section 1437. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Motors that are an integral part of specialized process equipment. 2. Where the motor is integral to a listed piece of equipment for which no complying motor has been approved. Transformers - General Requirements SECTION 1640 — TRANSFORMERS The minimum efficiency of a low voltage dry-type distribution transformer shall be the Class I Efficiency Levels for distribution transformers specified in Table 4 -2 of the "Guide for Determining Energy Efficiency for Distribution Transformers" published by the National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA TP -1- 2002). i tA(:tpI IONS' 1. Areas tnalAmusenbecontinuously racirlantimi Fnarnu (:nri■ (:mmnlimnra Fnrm illuminated (e.g., 24 -hour convenience stores), or Location (floor /room no.) Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed Wt uj cvnf I . ! 211 Fyj t uj oh! 2y5! Chvpsf t df ou 2 99/ 1 99/ 1 fart upnf sl Bsf b! . 1 212 Fyj tujohlSfdittfelEpxonjhiu • Plans Induded 211/1 :11/1 C?,rt upnf s! Bsf bl . ! 212 BOBFI 13y5! Qrvpsf t df ou- I) WI 35X1 L61 Nbngt - I t]rbt t I a Cbmrbl 2: 64/ 1 2118/ 1 Cpogf sf odf I Sp pnl • 213 Fyj t uj oh! Sf df t t t el Epxonjhi u 3 211 / 1 311 / 1 Cpogf sf odf I Sppn! . 213 BOB I Q I rvpsf t df ou- !) 3"1 35X1 LEI Nbngt -! CYrbt t I a Cbmrbt 21 64/ 1 641/ 1 Pggj df I . 1214 BOBFI . 1 3y5! Qrvpsf t df ou- !) 3'1 35X! L61 Nbngt - I Dnbt t 1 q Cbmrbt 3 64/ 1 217/ 1 Fggj df I . 1 215 BOBF! . 1 3y5! Qrvpsf t df ou- ! ) 3' 1 35X1 LB! Nbngt - I D bt t I q Cbmrbt 3 64/ 1 217/ 1 t I Xpsl I Sppnl . 216 216 BOER . !3y5! Qrvpsf t df ou- I)3•I 35X1 W1 tubngt - I Dnbt t ! a Cbnrrbt 3 64/ 1 217/ 1 TbnftIXpsiI Soon! . 21 s FyjtujohlSfdittfe! xo hiu E ►' ' 3 211/ 1 311/ 1 Fnf shf odzl Fyj ul . I 217 21 7 Fyj t uj ohl 2y5! Chvpsf t df ou 2 99/ 1 99/ 1 TubjstITU2 Fyj tuj oh! SfdittfelEpxonjhi 5 211/1 511/1 .1 2 19 Xpsl I Bsf bl BOBFI 13y51 Qrvpsf t df ou- I) 3'! 35X! LS! !Vomit - I Cnbt t I a Cbmtb 6 64/ 1 376/ 1 u mm sl Mt b! . I 6 BOBF! 1 3y51 Qrvpsf t df ou- !) 3' 135XI LE! Nbngt - ! [krbt t 1 a Cbrmbt 7 64/ 1 429/ 1 slttsrbl I Z1 : G.I7 #I > Epxonj hi u- ! 2' 1 53X1 CX�A 6 53/ 1 321 / 1 l?mmsl esrbt.t 21: Fyjtuj oh! SfdittfelEpxonjhi u 3 211/ 1 311/ 1 BLN Sppn I . 1222 I ! . ! 3y51 Owpsf t df ou !) 3' ! 35X! L61 Nbngt - I Chbt t 1 q Cbnnbt u 2 64/ 1 64/ 1 Project Info Project Address uisupo! I fj hi ut Date 70360311: 45451 Tpvui ! 263oe1 Tu/ For Building Department Use Tf buunf - 13031: 9299 Applicant Name: Imdpct I Fohj off sj oh Applicant Address: 361! F/ I Cspbel Tu- 1 Lpnvncvt -! PI 1 54326 Applicant Phone: 725/ 548/ 5411 Project Description • New Building '� Addition • Alteration • Plans Induded Refer to WSEC Section 1513 for controls and commissioning requirements. Compliance Option 0 Prescriptive Li Power Allowance 0 Systems Analysis (See Qualification Checklist (over). Indicate Prescriptive & LPA spaces clearly on plans.) Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box - sec. 1132.3) • No changes are being made to the lighting • Less than 60% of the fixtures new, installed wattage not increased, & space use not changed. Location (floor /room no.) Occupancy Description Allowed Watts per fl ' Area in ft A llowed x Area Lf z Cbol Sf ubj rtf Cbol j oh 2/ 61 4926/ 1 6833/ 6 2006 Washin•ton State Nonresidential Ener• Code Com•liance Form Interior Lighting Summariy 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage -1 over - document a exceptions on f orm LTG - LPA Proposed Lighting Wattage se W sj s may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Interior Total Proposed Watt • Total Allowed Watt 6833/ 6 5888/ 1 Notes: 1. For proposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T -8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track On feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. 2. For proposed Watts /Fixture, use manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not simply the lamp wattage) and other criteria as specified in Section 1530. For hard -wired ballasts only, the default table in the NREC Technical Reference Manual may also be used. For track lighting, list the greater of actual luminaire wattage or length of track multiplied by 50, or as applicable, the wattage of current limiting devices or of the transforms may also be used. For tgAiM N AR l aftirgYaRPMA8mMr0 retiWlied by 50, or as applica the wattage of current limiting devices or of the transformer. 3. List all fixtures. For exempt lighting, note section and exception number, and leave Watts /Fixture blank. Use' LPA Mist) Use LPA (W /sf) Automotive facility 0.9 Office buildings, office/administrative areas in facilities of other use types (including but not limited to schools hospitals, institutions, museums, banks, churches) 1.0 Convention center 1.2 Penitentiary and other Group 1 -3 Occupancies 1.0 Courthouse 1.2 Police and fire stations 1.0 Cafeterias, fast food establishments restaurants/bars 1.3 Post office 1.1 Dormitory 1.0 Retail ° , retail banking, mall concourses, wholesale stores (pallet rack shelving) 1.5 Exercise center 1.0 School buildings (Group E Occupancy only), school classrooms, day care centers 1.2 Gvmnasia assembly spaces 1.0 Theater, motion picture 1.2 Health care clinic 1.0 Theater, performing arts 1.6 Hospital, nursing homes, and other Group I -1 and 1 -2 Occupancies 1.2 Transportation 1.0 Hotel/motel 1.0 Warehouses ", storage areas 0.5 Hotel banquet /conference/exhibition hall 2.0 Workshops 1.4 Laboratory spaces (all spaces not classified laboratory" shall meet office and other appropriate categories) 1.8 Parking garages 0.2 Laundries 1.2 Libraries 1.3 Plans Submitted for Common Areas Only' Manufacturing facility 1.3 Main floor building lobbies (except mall concourses) 1.2 Museum 1.1 Common areas, corridors, toilet facilities and washrooms, elevator lobbies 0.8 Prescriptive Spaces Occupancy: o Warehouses, storage areas or aircraft storage hangers °Other Qualification Checklist Note: If occupancy type is "Other" and fixture answer is checked, the number of fixtures in the space is not limited by Code. Clearly indicate these spaces on plans. If not qualified, do LPA Calculations. Lighting Fixtures: (Section 1521) ±; Check if 95% or more of fixtures comply with 1,2 or 3 and rest are ballasted. 1. Fluorescent fixtures which are non - lensed with a) 1 or 2 two lamps, b) reflector or louvers, c) 5 -60 watt T -1, T -2, T-4, T -5, T -8 lamps, and d) hard -wired elec- tronic dimming ballasts. Screw -in compact fluorescent fixtures do not qualify. 2. Metal Halide with a) reflector b) ceramic MH lamps <= 150w c) electronic balls: 3. LED lights. Interior Lighting Summary "(back) LTG -iNT 2008 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form TABLE 15 -1 Unit Lighting Power Allowance (L PA ootnotes for table 75- 2006 Washin•ton State Nonresidential Ener Code Com•liance Form Revised July 2007 1) In cases in which a general use and a specific use are listed, the specific use shall apply. In cases in which a use is not mentioned specifically, the Unit Power Allowance shall be determined by the building official. This determination shall be based upon the most comparable use specified in the table. See Section 1512 for exempt areas. 2) The watts per square foot may be increased, by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twenty feet, unless specifically directed otherwise by subsequent footnotes. 3) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twelve feet. 4) For all other spaces, such as seating and common areas, use the Unit Light Power Allowance for assembly. 5) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above nine feet. 6) Reserved. 7) For conference rooms and offices less than 150ft with full height partitions, a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.10 w /ft may be used. 8) Reserved. 9) For indoor sport tournament courts with adjacent spectator seating over 5,000, the Unit Lighting Power Allowance for the court area is 2.60 W/ft 10) Display window illumination installed within 2 feet of the window, provided that the display window is separated from the retail space by walls or at least three- quarter - height partitions (transparent or opaque). and lighting for free-standing display where the lighting moves with the display are exempt. An additional 1.5 w/ft of merchandise display luminaires are exempt provided that they comply with all three of the following: a) located on ceiling - mounted track or directly on or recessed into the ceiling itself (not on the wall). b) adjustable in both the horizontal and vertical axes (vertical axis only is acceptable for fluorescent and other fixtures with two points of track attachment). c) fitted with LED, tungsten halogen, fluorescent, or high intensity discharge lamps. This additional lighting power is allowed only if the lighting is actually installed. 11) Provided that a floor plan, indicating rack location and height, is submitted, the square footage for a warehouse may be defined, for computing the interior Unit Lighting Power Allowance, as the floor area not covered by racks plus the vertical face area (access side only) of the racks. The height allowance defined in footnote 2 applies only to the floor area not covered by racks. Name and License # of Installer of Conveyance THYSSENKRUPP ACCESS /THYSSAC954KL Telephone Number 253 -896 -1213 Building name where conveyance is located Key Bank Telephone Number/Location Contact 206 -510 -3605 Street Address 3434 S. 152nd St City, State, Zip code Seattle, WA 98168 Title -. 6l.!l Ltd is � O F Pc 16L Phone Number 7-06 4 3 -36776 D a to /2D /2 001 Print name of building official �OFet.T .hl5.otc - ro o ut g off ial �: �, Department of Labor and Industries Elevator Section PO Box 44480 Olympia WA 98504 -4480 Phone: (360) 902 -6130 FAX (360) 902 -6132 www. Lni. wa .gov/fradesLicensing/Elevators CONVEYANCE INSTALLATION APPROVAL BY BUILDING OFFICIAL D. This form brings to your department's attention that the conveyance listed below is proposed for installation in an existing building within your jurisdiction. D Your approval of this form is required and must accompany the installer's Installation Application. ➢ Notify the installer if you have any regulations that would prohibit this installation. Do not approve this form. *Note To Building Officials: The elevator section will approve LULA (Limited Use Limited Application Elevators) for existing buildings, on a case by case basis. A LULA elevator does meet the minimum cab size requirements for new construction required to be accessible, per WAC 296 -96. If you have any questions, please contact us at the address or telephone number above. Indicate the equipment being installed. ❑ Inclined Wheelchair Lift © Vertical Wheelchair Lift The travel shall not exceed 12 ft. ASME A18.1 Rule 2.7.1. ❑ Inclined Chair Lift ❑ Limited use /limited application (LULA) elevator *Does NOT meet accessibility requirements for new construction. All conveyances must be installed per code. Any deviation from the code shall require a variance from the Department of Labor and Industries Elevator Section prior to a permit being issued. ACKNOWLEDGED BY: Approved El Not approved F621- 056 -000 conveyance installation approval by building official 08 -2005 JACO KeyBank 6/25/2009 Dave Larson, Senior Plans Examiner City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 vestibules. Jacobs, Inc. CORRECT1l7N D09 -o86 • Global Buildings NA 250 E. Broad Street Suite 1150 Columbus, Ohio 43215 USA 1.614.437.4300 Fax 1.614.437.4304 RE: Key Bank Remodel located at 3434 S. 152 Street (Riverton) In response to your review letter dated 6/18/2009 regarding the above project we are submitting for your review the following responses. We have listed your initial concerns and that will be followed by a response, typically. All revisions have been clouded and labeled as A. BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS: Dave Larson at (206) 431 -3678 1. Please provide manufacturers specifications and installation instructions for the wheelchair lift. Also provide construction details relative to its installation. A structural design may be necessary depending on what floor framing members need to be cut into this lift. The additional information provided should verify that this lift can be installed similar to an elevator and used to transport someone from one floor to another: Response: Specification section 14 4200 — Vertical Platform Lifts is located on sheet G -107. I have included the manufacturer's shaft/size requirements as well for your information. This lift is being installed by the vendor and we are providing structural design for the slab and shaft required for the lift. Structural design for the slab was provided on detail 6/A -502. Basic structural design was provided for the bearing wall head on detail 9/A -502 with the notation that the contractor is to expose the construction to determine the support requirements. At this time, we are unsure of the current floor construction of the first floor. After the contractor provides information on the structure, we will provide structural design for this bearing wall from our structural engineer. 2. Please provide a Washington State Energy Code Interior Lighting Budget for the top floor. Response: Please see attached for the Washington State Energy Code Interior Lighting Budget of the top floor. 3. The -new emergency lighting will need to meet the intensity levels as required per section 1006.4 IBC. This will be tested prior to final inspection. The lighting plan does not show any emergency lights where the exit path enters the exit vestibule or inside the vestibules. One emergency light is also required o the outside of each exterior exit door. Please revise this page . as necessary to comply with section 1006 IBC. O Response: Revised sheets E -114 and E -602 to show the required emergency lighting at th ECED 2 9 2009 6/26120 /ERMIT CENTER Page 1 of 2 4. The proposed footing to accommodate the additional load of the 6000Ib safe has a surface bearing area of .79 sq. ft. Typically we would use a soil bearing capacity of 1500Ibs. per sq. ft. unless the soil is tested. These figures in mind, maybe this footing should be increased in size. A structural analysis could also be provided. Please respond to this concern. Response: Please see details 6 and 7 on A -504. Our structural engineer has designed the footings with the requirement that the soil to be compacted to 3000 psf. This reduces the size of the footing and thus does not disturb the adjacent walls. If you have any question please feel free to contact me at 614- 437 -4319. Thank you, Chris Schrank Jacobs Global buildings N/A 614 - 437 -4319 Jacobs, Inc. • • 6/26/2009 Page 2 of 2 ( June 18, 2009 Edward Hanbicki 600 108 Ave NE Suite 700 Bellevue, WA 98004 RE: CORRECTION LETTER #1 Development Permit Application Number D09 -086 Key Bank — 3434 S 152 St Dear Mr. Hanbicki, This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permit(s) can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the Building Department. At this time the Fire, Planning and Public Works Departments have no comments. Building Department: Dave Larson at 206 431 -3678 if you have questions regarding the attached memo. Please address the attached comments in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and /or other documentation. The City requires that four (4) complete sets of revised plans, specifications and /or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections /revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenker service. If you have any questions, please contact me at (206) 431 -3670. Sincerely, Bill Rambo Permit Technician encl File No. D09 -086 Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director W:\Permit Center\Con Letters \2009\DO9 -086 Correction Letter #1.DOC wer Jim Haggerton, Mayor 6 .S'nnthront•r Rn, lovar,l Saito #tan o Tukwila Wachinotnn OR1RR • Phnno• 211A -d 21.2A9n a rav• 9nM_A21.2AA< Building Division Review Memo • • Date: June 11, 2009 Project Name: Key Bank Permit #: D09 -086 Plan Review: Dave Larson, Senior Plans Examiner Tukwila Building Division Dave Larson, Senior Plan Examiner i The Building Division conducted a plan review on the subject permit application. Please address the following comments in an itemized format with revised plans, specifications and/or other applicable documentation. (GENERAL NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11x17 to maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size). (If applicable) Structural Drawings and structural calculations sheets shall be original signed wet stamped, not copied.) 1. Please provide manufacturers specifications and installation instructions for the wheelchair lift. Also provide construction details relative to its installation. A structural design may be necessary depending on what floor framing members need to be cut to install this lift. The additional information provided should verify that this lift can be installed similar to an elevator and used to transport someone from one floor to another. 2. Please provide a Washington State Energy Code Interior Lighting Budget for the top floor. 3. The new emergency lighting will need to meet the intensity levels as required per section 1006.4 IBC. This will be tested prior to final inspection. The lighting plan does not show any emergency lights where the exit path enters the exit vestibules or inside the vestibules. One emergency light is also required on the outside of each exterior exit door. Please revise this page as necessary to comply with section 1006 IBC. 4. The proposed footing to accommodate the additional load of the 60001b. safe has a surface bearing area of .79 sq. ft.. Typically we would use a soil bearing capacity of 15001bs. per sq. ft. unless the soil is tested. These figures in mind, maybe this footing should be increased in size. A structural analysis could also be provided. Please respond to this concern. Should there be questions concerning the above requirements, contact the Building Division at 206 -431- 3670. No further comments at this time. Jaimie Reavis - KeyBank TI From: "Hanbicki, Edward" To: Date: 06/18/2009 9:41 AM Subject: KeyBank TI C> Hello Jamie, Thanks for speaking with me on the phone. To confirm our discussions: 0 Page 1 of 1 • The downspouts will be the same size as existing and will be a dark bronze color that will work with the existing brick. • The gutter is an internal gutter and will not be readily visible on the exterior. • There is a change with regards to the canopy replacement on the north and west elevations. KeyBank has decided NOT to replace the canopies so there will be no work at those areas. Existing canopies to remain. Please let me know if there is any additional information you need, and confirm your receipt of this email. Thanks again for your help. Regards, Edward Hanbicki, AIA, NCARB, LEED AP 1 JACOBS Global Buildings NA 1 Program Manager 600 108th Ave NE Suite 7001 Bellevue) Washington 1 98004 Office: 425.990.68711 Cleveland: 216.689.9376 (Mobile: 206.962.04621 Fax: 425.452.1212 1 edward.hanbickiajacobs.com Please consider the environment before printing this e-mail Notice: This communication may contain confidential and privileged information that is for the sole use of the intended recipient. Any viewing, copying, distribution, reliance or other use by unintended recipients is prohibited. If you've received this message in error, please advise by replying to this message and deleting it from your computer. NOTICE - This communication may contain confidential and privileged information that is for the sole use of the intended recipient. Any viewing, copying or distribution of, or reliance on this message by unintended recipients is strictly prohibited. If you have received this message in error, please notify us immediately by replying to the message and deleting it from your computer. file: / /C: \temp \XPGrpWise \4A3AOBB 1 tuk- mail6300 -po 100168626D 19EE71 \GW } 00001.... 06/18/2009 JACOBS KeyBank 6/11/2009 Joanna Spencer Development Engineer City of Tukwila Public Works Department 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188-2544 Thank you, Chris Schrank Jacobs Global buildings N/A 614-437 -4319 Jacobs, Inc. • 0 RE Key Bank Remodel located at 23434 S 152 St. Tukwila, WA 009 -086 Global Buildings NA 250 E. Broad Street Suite 1150 Coluntus, Ohio 43215 USA 1.614.437.4300 Fax 1.614.437.4304 In response to your review fax dated 6/8/09 regardi ng the above project we are submitting for your review the following responses. We have listed your initial concerns and that will be followed by a response , typically. All revisions have been clouded and labeled as C. According to your letter those items proceeded by an asterisk (*) will be noted on the approved plans and require no action at this time. 1. Scope of work includes roof and gutters replacement . What about downspouts, are you going to use the same? Please note that downspouts can not be daylighted, they need to tie to the existing onsite storm drainage system. Response: The note has been included on A2O1 — indicating that downspouts to run to existing storm. 2. The property is in Tukwila, however the right-of -way is in the City of SeaTac. Please coordinate with SeaTac, to assure that proposed $150K value of proposed TI does not trigger any frontal improvements (repair broken sidewalk, curb, upgrade wheel chair ramps with truncated domes, etc). Contact Mr. Dixie Hallenberger at 206-973-473 4. Response: I talked to Dixie and he indicated that we are not required to make any right of way improvements as we are not modifying the footprint of the building. If you have any question please feel free to contact me at 614 - 437-4319. VILE COP ERMP` P 6/11/2009 Page 1 of 1 D09 -086 Joanna Spencer - Key Bank TI at 23434 S 152nd St, Tukwila, WA D09 -086 VMS, 4111.10111.1■11111%.*C111. From: To: Date: Subject: Attachments: Hello - PW has received your permit application for the subject TI. The following issues need to be addressed before PW can proceed with your plan review: 1)Scope of work includes roof and gutters replacement. What about downspouts, are you going to use the same ? Please note that downspouts can not be daylighted, they need to tie to the existing onsite storm drainage system. 2)The property is in Tukwila, however the right -of -way in in the City of SeaTac. Please coordinate with SeaTac, to assure that proposed $150K value of proposed TI does not trigger any frontal improvements (repair broken sidewalk, curb, upgrade wheel chair ramps with truncated domes, etc. ). Contact Mr Dixie Hallenberger at 206 973 -4734. Joanna Spencer Development Engineer City of Tukwila Public Works Department 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 -2544 phone: 206 - 431 -2440 fax: 206 - 431 -3665 jspencer @ci.tukwila.wa.us • Joanna Spencer alexie wittman @jacobs.com; andrewTyo @jacobs.com 06/08/2009 4:13 PM Key Bank TI at 23434 S 152nd St, Tukwila, WA D09 -086 • Page 1 of 1 file: //C :\Documents and Settings \joanna.TUKWILA\Local Settings \Temp\XPgrpwise \4A... 06/08/2009 DATE: May 29, 2009 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT COMMENTS PROJECT: Key Bank 3434 S 152 Street PERMIT NO: D09 -086 PLAN REVIEWER: 1) Specification Index on Sheet G -100 lists sheet G -112, however plan sheet G -112 was not part of your permit submittal. Please clarify. 2) Due to addition of new plumbing fixtures please have the owner or his representative execute the attached Non - Residential Sewer Use Certification. Form is attached. Please list only the new plumbing fixtures and not the ones replaced in kind. P: joanna/comments 1D09-086 incom O Contact Joanna Spencer (206) 431 -2440 if you have any questions regarding the following comments. 4 a" June 3, 2009 Alexis Whitman 5005 SW Meadows Rd, Ste 100 Lake Oswego, OR 97035 RE: Letter of Incomplete Application # 1 Development Permit Application D09 -086 Key Bank — 3434 S 152 St Dear Ms. Whitman, This letter is to inform you that your permit application received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center on May 29, 2009 is determined to be incomplete. Before your application can continue the plan review process the following items from the following department need to be addressed: Building Department: Public Works Department: Joanna Spencer at 206 431 -2440 if you have any questions concerning the attached comments. Please address the comment above in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and/or other documentation. The City requires that four (4) sets of revised plans, specifications and/or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, please contact me at the Permit Center at (206) 431 -3670. Sincerely, Enclosures File: D09 -080 r Department of Community evelopment Jack Pace, Director Allen Johannessen at 206 433 -7163 if you have any questions concerning the following comment. 1. The plans refer to Seattle Building Code. Revise plan notes to reference compliance with International Building Codes. ifer Ma #shall it Technician W:\Permit Center \Incomplete Letters\2009\D09 -086 Incomplete Ltr #1 .DOC jem Jim Haggerton, Mayor 6.3On .Snnthrpntpr Rnnlpvarrl .Snito #Inn • Ti,4uii12 Wachin rtnn OR1R12 a Ahnne• 9nA_A21_2h7n a c.,.,. 'MA 411 lhhc DATE: May 29, 2009 PROJECT: Key Bank 3434 S 152 Street PERMIT NO: D09 -086 PLAN REVIEWER: Contact Joanna Spencer (206) 431 -2440 if you have any questions regarding the following comments. 1) Specification Index on Sheet G -100 lists sheet G -112, however plan sheet G -112 was not part of your permit submittal. Please clarify. 2) Due to addition of new plumbing fixtures please have the owner or his representative execute the attached Non - Residential Sewer Use Certification. Form is attached. Please list only the new plumbing fixtures and not the ones replaced in kind. P: joanna/comments 1D09-086 incom PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT COMMENTS May 29, 2009 Alexis Whitman Jacobs Engineering Group Inc 5005 SW Meadows Rd, Ste 100 Lake Oswego, OR 97035 RE: Building Permit Submittal D09 -086 Key Bank — 3434 S 152 St Dear Ms. Whitman: This letter serves as confirmation that your building permit submittal has been received and routed to the appropriate departments by the City of Tukwila Permit Center. Enclosed you will also find your receipt, check stub, and a copy of the application signed in as received. The final page of the application has not been signed appropriately and a signature will be required prior to permit issuance. The City of Tukwila Permit Center does not accept applications by mail, fax, courier, or delivery company. Due to the circumstances of this permit an allowance has been made, but our policy will be upheld with all future submittals (including any information requested as a response to incomplete or corrections letters). Please note that any mechanical, plumbing, gas piping, or electrical work will require separate applications and plans. Additionally, any reroof work requires a separate building permit. I have enclosed copies of the submittal requirements for a reroof permit. If you have any questions, please contact me at (206) 433 -7165. Sincerely, 1 i1 k J n fer Ma hall rm t Technician end jem File No. D09 -086 • Cgs'_ of Tu Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 0 Tukwila, Washington 98188 0 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 0 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 EPARTMENTS: '` -041 uildina Divi Pinic4 t 1 14 - ° 61 Iv PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D09 -086 PROJECT NAME: KEY BANK SITE ADDRESS: 3434 S 152 ST Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # DATE: 11 -04 -09 Response to Incomplete Letter # X Revision # 1 After Permit Issued F i r e �� N IA- Prevention Structural DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) DUE DATE: 1 1 - 05-09 Complete Documents /routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 Incomplete u I) d1 Planning evision ❑ Permit Coordinator Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route % Structural Review Required U No further Review Required n REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved n Approved with Conditions Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DUE DATE: 12 -03 -09 Not Approved (attach comments) n DATE: Not Applicable n Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: DEPARTM NTS• Bui . ng l ivision Public Works Complete Comments: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route REVIEWER'S INITIALS: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 PERMIT PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP n Structural Incomplete Structural Review Required Approved Approved with Conditions Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: ACTIVITY NUMBER: D09 -086 PROJECT NAME: KEY BANK SITE ADDRESS: 3434 S 152 St Original Plan Submittal X Response to Correction Letter # 1 DATE: 06 -29 -09 Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # After Permit Issued Fire Prevention DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) n DATE: DATE: Planning Division Permit Coordinator DUE DATE: 06 -30 -09 Not Applicable Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire El Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: No further Review Required DUE DATE: 07 -28 -09 Not Approved (attach comments) n Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: ACTIVITY NUMBER: D09 -086 PROJECT NAME: KEY BANK SITE ADDRESS: 3434 S 152 ST DATE: 06 -05 -09 Original Plan Submittal X Response to Incomplete Letter # 1 Response to Correction Letter # Revision # After Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: it 19. "1 Bu Bui lding D i 4 Wor s DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route Documents /routing slip.doc 2-28-02 • P NOM Yr o PLAN REVIEW /ROUTI G SLIP Fire Prevention Structural Incomplete Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: DUE DATE: 07 -07 -09 Approved In Approved with Conditions _ Not Approved (attach comments) Xi Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: n n JR A-wc- (D- -O LI Planning Division Permit Coordinator DUE DATE: 06-09-09 Not Applicable No further Review Required Permit Center Use Only �r� CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: I--ON VI Departments issued corrections: Bldg'" Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: ACTIVITY NUMBER: D09 - 086 DATE: 05 -29 -09 PROJECT NAME: KEYBANK SITE ADDRESS: 3434 S 152 ST X Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # After Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: Building Division Public Works • PERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete ❑ Incomplete Comments: TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route n Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 4w c (4O? ire Prevention Structural ❑ DATE: DATE: Planning Division Permit Coordinator DUE DATE: 06-02-09 Not Applicable Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: a,Q Wind LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW Staff Initials: No further Review Required DUE DATE: 06-30-09 Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions I Not Approved (attach comments) Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: n Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: L _ • Bldg Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW Staff Initials:_ REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITI LS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS 1l -1 -09 ( \t— q--d° LkV) Summary of Revision: 4 yc Stv, aAAi + i ran j ,' a 4-ht Received by: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received b : REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: PROJECT NAME: SITE ADDRESS: ? 1- 15",) S REVISION LOG PERMIT NO: Ooq 0 S ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE: - 1 - b -09' (please print) (please print) (please print) (please print) Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Plan Check/Permit Number: PO — O S C.P Date: 1,I L i -0 1 ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # ❑ Response to Correction Letter # Revision # I after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: V'e v i. k. Project Address: 3q S (5 L Contact Person: C P O A N W 2 1 G - ( Phone Number: Z7 C o — R 102 — O44 2-- Summary of Revision: V � '? Appr i0 D. ■ 1 e1 AM i9AZ� Sheet Number(s): A- [ (f.JE - 0 5') "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of rev ' - c Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: Entered in Permits Plus on • City of Tukwila \applications \forms- applications on line\revision submittal Created: 8 -13 -2004 Revised: Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us RECEIVED TUIC IA NOV 0 4 2009 • 0 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us i REVISION SUBMITTAL i Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: 06/26/09 ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # ® Response to Correction Letter # 1 ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: KEY BANK Project Address: 3434 S 152 St Contact Person: Chris Schrank Phone Number: 614- 437 -4319 Summary of Revision: See attached comment letter Sheet Number(s): E -114, E602 "Cloud" or highlight all areas ofte r ision including date of revisi Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: 6a Entered in Permits Plus on l 0 C7 \applications\forms- applications on Tine \rcvision submittal Created: 8 -13 -2004 Revised: Plan Check/Permit Number: D09-086 Steven M. Mullet, Mayor Steve Lancaster, Director RECEIVED ,t'1 • PERMIT CENTER Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: 06/04/09 • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Plan Check/Permit Number: D09 -086 ® Response to Incomplete Letter # 1 ❑ Response to Correction Letter # ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project. Name: Key Bank ProjectAddress: 3434 south 152nd St. Contact Person: Ed Hanbicki Phone Number: 206- 962 -0462 Summary of Revision: Sheet G -002 revised code to IBC with state base amendments Sheet G -112 was missing from initial submittal. - 003 Ac eSSZ t Lr 1~f 7Z, 1 ✓t I n(A. k stAb, y --6c._ Sheet Nutriber(s): G -002, G -112 C _gyp "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of re isi r Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: /Entered in Permits Plus on \applicationslfonns- applications on Iine\revision submittal Created: 8 -13 -2004 Revised: e - 1%ss t RECEIVO CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 0 5 2009 PERMIT CENTER Kind of Fixture Fixture Units No. 01 Fixtures Total Fixture Units Public Private Public Private Bathtub and Shower 4 4 Shower, per head 2 2 Dishwasher 2 2 Drinking fountain (each head) 1 .5 1 1 Hose bibb (interior) 2.5 2.5 Clotheswasher or laundry tub 4 2 Sink, bar or lavatory 2 1 Sink, Clinic flushing 8 8 Sink, kitchen 3 2 Sink, other (service) 3 1.5 Sink, wash fountain, circle spray 4 3 Urinal, flush valve, 1 GPF 5 2 Urinal, flush valve, >1 GPF 6 2 Urinal, waterless 0 0 Water closet, tank or valve, 1.6 GPF 6 3 Water closet, tank or valve, >1.6 GPF 8 4 King County Department of Natural Resources and Parks Wastewater Treatment Division Non- Residential Sewer Use Certification • To be completed for all new sewer connections, reconnections or change of use of existing connections. • This form does not apply to repairs or replacements of existing sewer connections within five years of disconnect. Please Print or Type 54 sours Property Street Address — II f4 C RS OS City State ZIP Owner's Name Subdivision Name Subdiv. # Lot # Block # Building Name (it applicable) (216 ) 'l 7 7`10 Owner's Phone Number (with Area Code) ( 2 A ) f ta of 7-7 Property Contact Phone Number (with Area Code) Owner's Mailing Address 2 ©ZS GptvMETA° Si . A FL Cl,er,4.6xo.t C' 4.L1 y A. Fixture Units Fixture Units x Number of Fixtures = Total Fixture Units Total Fixture Units Residential Customer Equivalent (RCE) 20 fixture units equal 1.0 RCE Total No. of Fixture Units __ 20 RCE For King County Use Only Account # No. of RCEs Monthly Rate Property Tax ID # Party to be Billed (if different from owner) City or Sewer District Date of Connection Side Sewer Permit # Please report any demolitions of pre- existing building on this property. Credit for a demolition may be given under some circumstances. Demolition of pre- existing building? ❑ Yes L?f o Was building on Sanitary Sewer? GKes ❑ No Was Sewer connected before 2/1/90? lYes ❑ No Sewer disconnect date: Type of building demolished? Request to apply demolition credit to multiple buildings? ❑ Yes I!�1 o B. Other Wastewater Flow (in addition to Fixture Units identified in Section A) Type of Facility /Process: Estimated Wastewater Discharge: 13 Gallons /days Residential Customer Equivalents (RCE): 187 gallons per day equals 1.0 RCE Total Discharge (gal /day) _ 187 C. Total Residential Customer Equivalents: (add A & B) A B 0 RCE m 1 0 RCE RECEIVED JUN 05 2009 PERMIT CENTEF-. Pursuant to King County Code 28.84, all sewer customers who establish a new service which uses metropolitan sewage facilities shall be subject to a capacity charge. The amount of the charge is established annually by the King County Council at a rate per month per residential customer or residential customer equivalent for a period of fifteen years. The purpose of the charge is to recover costs of providing sewage treatment capacity for new sewer customers. All future billings can be prepaid at a discounted amount. All future billings can be prepaid at a discounted amount. Questions regarding the capacity charge or this form should be referred to King County's Wastewater Treatment Division at 206 - 684 -1740. I certify that the information given is correct. I understand that the capacity charge levied will be based on this information and any deviation will require resubmission of corrected dat ford termination of a revised capacity charge. Signature of Owner /Representative LL "' as wl Date 67' 5 ` .f=9 Bond Bond Company Name Bond Account Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Bond Amount Received Date 2 SAFECO INS CO OF AMERICA 5890663 01/01/2002 Until Cancelled 12/31 /2000 ARCHIVED $12,000.00 12/06/2001 1 SAFECO INS CO 5890663 01/28/1997 01/01/2002 $6,000.00 License Name Type Specialty 1 Specialty 2 Effective Date Expiration Date Status ROBEREB375NO ROBERT E BAYLEY CONSTR INC CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR GENERAL UNUSED 8/20/1963 12/31 /2000 ARCHIVED Name Role Effective Date Expiration Date BAYLEY KEY MEMBERS INC PARTNER 01/01/1980 BAYLEY HOLDINGS INC PARTNER 01/01/1980 Untitled Page IP w General /Specialty Contractor A business registered as a construction contractor with L&I to perform construction work within the scope of its specialty. A General or Specialty construction Contractor must maintain a surety bond or assignment of account and carry general liability insurance. Business and Licensing Information Name BAYLEY CONST A GEN UBI No. 601771879 PARTNRSHP Phone 2066218884 Status ACTIVE Address PO BOX 9004 License No. BAYLECG034JC Suite /Apt. License Type CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR City MERCER ISLAND Effective Date 4/3/1997 State WA Expiration 12/31/2009 Date Suspend Date Specialty 1 GENERAL Specialty 2 UNUSED Zip County Business Type Parent Company 980409004 KING Partnership Other Associated Licenses Business Owner Information Bond Information Insurance Information Insurance) Company ( Policy Number I Effective' Expiration (Cancel Page 1 of 3 Impaired Amount I Received https: // fortress .wa.gov /lni/bbip /Detail.aspx 07/16/2009 AREA OF WORK 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM htF ............... SITE PLAN 0 KeyBank PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 AREA OF WORK SEPARATE PERMIT REQUIRED FOR: Mechanical Electrical Plumbing Gas Piping City of Tukwila ,BUILDING DIVISION 20 h Cava t €Ira (*MAY'VE() REVISIONS No changes shall be made to the scope of work without prior approval of Tukwila Building Division. NOTE: Revisions will require a new plan submittal and may include additional plan review fees. AERIAL LOCATION REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 13 2 City �l (W111 BUILDING DIVISION FELE COPY Pormtt No., V° O .13 Plan review approval is subject to errors and omissions. Approval of construction documents does not authorize the violation of any adopted code or ordinance. Receipt of approved Field Copy and co is edged: BY.� . , 1. , Date:. 1 l Pq City Of 1Ukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVE -6 JUN 0 9 2009 TUKWILA PUBLIC WORKS RECEIVED CITY O F'R1KIM LA MAY` %2 ;9 ZUU9 P ERMIT C NTER TRUE P LAN NORTH NORTH MP' JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 4 REGISTERED ARCHITECT EDWARD HANBICKI STATE OF WASHINGTON 8457 Client: 0 KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. B Sheet Title: Drawing No.: Date 05 -05 -09 A 04 -09 -09 Designed By: Drawn By: PDX KAH Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT TITLE SHEET Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED G -001 ipoi-oVp ABBREVIATIONS A A/C AIR CONDITIONING ACT ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE AFF ABOVE FINISH FLOOR AFS ABOVE FINISH SLAB AHD AFTER HOURS DEPOSIT BOX ALUM ALUMINUM ALT ALTERNATE ANOD ANODIZED APPROX APPROXIMATE & AND B BD BDLG BLKG C CAB CCTV CPT CLG CMU COL CONC CONN CONST CONT CORR D DEPT DET DF DIA DIM DR DWG E EL EJ ELEC ETO ' EQ EQUIP ETR EXIST EXT F FA FD FE FEC FF FF &E FIN FLR FIXT FLR FR FT FURN FV G GA GALV GL GYP BD GWB H HORIZ HM HR HT HVAC BOARD BUILDING BLOCKING CABINET CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION CARPET CEILING CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT COLUMN CONCRETE CONNECT OR CONNECTION CONSTRUCTION CONTINUOUS CORRIDOR DEPARTMENT DETAIL DRINKING FOUNTAIN DIAMETER DIMENSION DOOR DRAWING ELEVATION EXPANSION JOINT ELECTRICAL BANKING EQUIPMENT EQUAL EQUIPMENT EXISTING TO REMAIN EXISTING EXTERIOR FIRE ALARM FIELD DIMENSION FIRE EXTINGUISHER FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET FINISH FACE FURNITURE, FIXTURE AND EQUIPMENT FINISH FLOOR FIXTURE FLOOR FIRE -RATED FEET FURNITURE FIELD VERIFY GAUGE GALVANIZED GLASS GYPSUM BOARD GYPSUM WALL BOARD HORIZONTAL HOLLOW METAL HOUR HEIGHT HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING INFO INSUL INT J JAN JANITOR L LF LINEAR FEET (FOOT) LAM LAMINATE M MAX MECH MFP MFR MIN MO MTL N N/A WIC NTS INFORMATION INSULATION INTERIOR MAXIMUM MECHANICAL MULTI -FAX PRINTER MANUFACTURER MINIMUM MASONRY OPENING METAL NOT APPLICABLE NOT IN CONTRACT NOT TO SCALE 0 OC ON CENTER OFCI OWNER FURNISHED CONTRACTOR INSTALLED OFOI OWNER FURNISHED OWNER INSTALLED OFF OFFICE OH OPPOSITE HAND OPT OPTIONAL P PL - PREFAB PT P.T. R RD REF RF T TEMP THK TO TYP V VCT VEND VERT VIF W/ WC WD WWF WWR PLASTIC LAMINATE PREFABRICATED POINT PRESSURE TREATED ROOF DRAIN REFERENCE RAISED FLOOR S SAN SANITARY SECT SECTION SF SQUARE FOOT (FEET) SIM SIMILAR SS STAINLESS STEEL STD STANDARD STRUCT STRUCTURAL TEMPERED THICK TOP OF TYPICAL U LION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED VINYL COMPOSITION TILE VENDOR VERTICAL VERIFY IN FIELD WITH WATER CLOSET WOOD WELDED WIRE FABRIC WELDED WIRE REINFORCEMENT ARCHITECTURAL SYMBOLS ROOM NAME ICI XXX4 XXX4 XXX4 +0' -0" I ETR I I AREA I REFERENCED t NORTH —i— COLUMN GRID & TAGS ROOM NAME & NUMBER DOOR NUMBER WINDOW TYPE EQUIPMENT TAG WALL FINISH/WAINSCOT (WHERE APPLICABLE) BASE FINISH FLOOR FINISH KEYNOTE REFERENCE DATUM ELEVATION HEIGHT ABOVE DATUM EXISTING TO REMAIN REVISION TAG & BUBBLE DIRECTION OF SECTION /DETAIL CUT SECTION /DETAIL IDENTIFICATION DRAWING SHEET IDENTIFICATION ENLARGED DETAIL/AREA IDENTIFICATION DRAWING SHEET IDENTIFICATION — ELEVATION IDENTIFICATION AND DRAWING SHEET IDENTIFICATION ELEVATION IDENTIFICATION DRAWING SHEET IDENTIFICATION SINGLE INTERIOR ELEVATION IDENTIFICATION DRAWING SHEET IDENTIFICATION MULTIPLE ELEVATIONS IDENTIFICATION DRAWING SHEET IDENTIFICATION PLAN NORTH INDICATOR CHANGE IN CEILING HEIGHT OR CHANGE IN FLOOR FINISHES DEFERRED SUBMITTALS LIST 1. MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL. NOTE: INSTALLATION OF DEFERRED APPROVAL ITEMS SHALL NOT BE STARTED UNTIL DETAILED PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE APPROVED BY THE GOVERNING AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. DRAWING INDEX DRAWING No. DRAWING TITLE GENERAL: G -001 G -002 G -003 G -004 G -100 G -101 G -102 G -103 G -104 G -105 G -106 G -107 G -108 G -109 G -110 G -111 G -112 ARCHITECTURE: A -101 A -102 REFLECTED CEILING DEMOUTION PLAN A -103 CONSTRUCTION PLAN A -104 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A -105 BASEMENT FLOOR FINISH PLAN, SCHEDULE AND SPECIFICATIONS A -106 FIRST FLOOR FINISH PLAN, SCHEDULE AND SPECIFICATIONS A -107 FURNITURE, FIXTURE AND EQUIPMENT COORDINATION PLAN A -201 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A-401 MILLWORK ELEVATIONS, ENLARGED TOILET PLANS AND ELEVATIONS A -501 WALL TYPES A-601 DOOR SCHEDULE, HARDWARE SETS AND DETAILS PLUMBING: P -001 P -101 P -501 ELECTRICAL: E -001 E -101 E -102 E -103 E -104 E -111 E -112 E -113 E -114 E -601 CABLING: D-1A D-1 B D -1 C D-1D D -2A D -2B D-3A DIGITAL: AV1 -A2 AV3.01 -D1 AV3.02 -D1 FURNITURE: 1 OF 2 2OF2 DIEBOLD: UC -1 CS -1 TITLE SHEET CODE ANALYSIS, EGRESS PLAN, DRAWING INDEX, SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX GENERAL NOTES, DEMOLITION NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS INDEX SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES, SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS BASEMENT PLUMBING DEMOLITION AND NEW WORK PLANS PLUMBING DETAILS & SCHEDULES MECHANICAL: M -001 MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES, SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS M -101 BASEMENT MECHANICAL NEW WORK PLAN M -111 FIRST FLOOR MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLAN M -112 FIRST FLOOR MECHANICAL NEW WORK PLAN M -501 MECHANICAL DETAILS AND SCHEDULES ELECTRICAL NOTES, SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS BASEMENT FLOOR ELECTRICAL DEMOUTION PLAN BASEMENT FLOOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION REFLECTED CEILING PLAN BASEMENT FLOOR ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN BASEMENT FLOOR ELECTRICAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN FIRST FLOOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN FIRST FLOOR ELECTRICAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS MDF /ETO ROOM DETAIL MDF /ETO ROOM DETAIL MDF /ETO ROOM DETAIL MDF /ETO ROOM DETAIL DATANOICE STATION DETAIL DATANOICE STATION DETAIL CABLING BID INFORMATION FIRST FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING SPEAKER PLAN 2x4 LCD MONITOR, 2008 VIDEO WALL ELEVATION 2x4 LCD MONITOR, 2008 VIDEO WALL ELEVATION BASEMENT FURNITURE PLAN FIRST FLOOR FURNITURE PLAN UNDERCOUNTER EQUIPMENT #275 -95-F TL -30 UNENCASED MONEY SAFE CODE ANALYSIS PROJECT OVERVIEW: REQUIRED INSPECTIONS: SECTION 109 ALTERATIONS: SECTION 3403.3 OCCUPANCY GROUP: SECTION 304 HEIGHT /AREA REQTS: CONSTRUCTION TYPE: SECTION 602 EXTERIOR WALLS (EXISTING) TABLE 602 INTERIOR FINISHES: (WALLS & CEILING NONSPRINKLERED) TABLE 803.5 TENANT IMPROVEMENTS TO AN EXISTING 3,815 SQUARE FOOT, 1 STORY (WITH BASEMENT) FREE STANDING BUILDING, WHERE KEY BANK IS THE ONLY TENANT. EXTERIOR SCOPE INCLUDES RE- ROOFING, NEW GUTTERS AND REPLACING EXISTING CANOPY OVER ATM. EXTERIOR SIGNAGE IS NOT IN CONTRACT. INTERIOR SCOPE INCLUDES NEW HARD WALLED SPACES, NEW FURNITURE / EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENT, NEW SUSPENDED LAY -IN CEILING AND FINISHES. ADA UPGRADES INCLUDE CABNETRY, DRINKING FOUNTAIN AND COUPON ROOM. REFER TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR COMPLETE SCOPE OF WORK. CODE: 2006 IBC WITH STATEWIDE AMENDMENTS ICC /ANSI A117.1 -03 ACCESSIBILITY CODE 2006 IFC WITH STATEWIDE AMENDMENTS 2006 IMC WITH STATEWIDE AMENDMENTS 2006 UPC WITH STATE WIDE AMENDMENTS 2008 NEC (NFPA 70) TBD, ROOF AND FINAL INSPECTIONS NONSTRUCTURAL B, BUSINESS - BANK NO CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY /USE EXISTING BUILDING, NO HEIGHT /AREA CHANGES ASSUMED: V B, COMBUSTIBLE NON- SPRINKLERED 0 HRS OVER 30' SEPARATION EXIT ENCLOSURES & EXIT PASSAGEWAYS: CLASS A CORRIDORS: CLASS B ROOMS AND ENCLOSED SPACES: CLASS C FLAME SPREAD SMOKE DEVELOPED SECTION 803.1 FLOOR FINISH: SECTION 804.4.1 OCCUPANTS: TABLE 1004.1.1 EGRESS WIDTH: TABLE 1005.1 ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGNS: SECTION 1011 MIN # OF EXITS FOR OCCUPANT LOAD: TABLE 1019.1 TRAVEL DISTANCE: TABLE 1016.1 COMMON PATH: SECTION 1014.3 SEISMIC CATEGORY CLASS A: FLAME SPREAD 0-25: SMOKE DEVELOPED 0-450 CLASS B: FLAME SPREAD 26-75: SMOKE DEVELOPED 0-450 CLASS C: FLAME SPREAD 76-200 SMOKE DEVELOPED 0-450 CLASS II FIRST FLOOR: 3,897/100SF = 39 OCC BASEMENT: 3,334/100SF = 34 OCC WITHOUT SPRINKLER PROTECTION FIRST FLOOR: 0.20 " /OCC X 39 = 7.8 ", 64" PROVIDED BASEMENT: 0.30 " /OCC X 34 = 10.2" 64" PROVIDED EXISTING TO REMAIN FIRST FLOOR: (39 OCC) 2 REQUIRED, 2 PROVIDED BASEMENT: (34 OCC) 2 REQUIRED, 2 PROVIDED WITH OUT SPRINKLER SYSTEM: 200' TRAVEL DISTANCE WITHOUT SPRINKLER PROTECTION B OCC 75 FEET COMMON PATH OF EGRESS TRAVEL D: ALL CONSTRUCTION AND CONNECTIONS TO MEET CATEGORY D REQUIRMENTS REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 13 2009 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION EGRESS PLAN FIRST FLOOR (NON- SPRINKLED) BASEMENT (NON- SPRINKLED) EXIT LEO 75 126' -9" ACjjJ F ALLOWE COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL EXIT INCOMPLETE �_TR # RECEIVFr JUN 05 2009 PERMIT CENT JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 8457 REGISTERED ARCHITECT EDWARD HANBICKI STATE OF WASHINGTON Client: Calt KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. C B A Drawing No.: Date 06 -04 -09 05 -05 -09 04 -09 -09 Designed By: PDX Issue /Revision PERMIT COMMENTS ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: CODE ANALYSIS, EGRESS PLAN, DRAWING INDEX, SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS G -002 BARRIER FREE (ADAAG) 4 _r 10" 10" MAX. s 4' -0" 2 1 -6 ' i/ 2-6" 1 a h\ XXI 2' -8" MIN. I r \°/- 3' -0" MIN. 8" MI1 11 "MN 1' -5' MIN 4 2 9 w Z w U O u- 2 ? CV \ \ NOTE: X = 1' -0" IF DOOR HAS BOTH A CLOSER AND A LATCH 4 NOTE Y= 4' -0" MIN.; Y =4' -6" MIN. IF DOOR HAS A CLOSER 4r NOTE Y= 3-6" MIN.; Y =4' -0" MIN. IF DOOR HAS BOTH A LATCH & A CLOSER 2' -0' 4'-6" MIN. NOTE Y= 3' -6" MIN; Y =4' -0' MIN. IF DOOR HAS A CLOSER TYPICAL MOUNTING LOCATIONS z co rn TYP CAL LOCATION FOR SINGLE WALL MOUNTED FIRE ALARM DEVICE O TYPICAL LOCATION FOR COMBINED OUTLETS AT VISIBLE AREAS NOTE: PROVIDE MATCHING COVER PLATES FOR ALL SYSTEMS FINISHED CEILING TYPICAL LOCATION FOR OUTLETS, SWITCHES AND THERMOSTATS, ETC. AT CREDENZA OR COUNTERTOP ❑ ❑ ❑ 0 w < U w o > o U U' TYPICAL LOCATION FOR LIGHT SWITCHES, DIMMERS, EGRESS BUTTONS, THERMOSTATS, ETC LI T 0 i E C -- THERMOSTAT LIGHT SWITCH, DIMMERS, EGRESS BUTTON, CARD READER, ETC. i E A WALL HUNG TELEPHONE OR FIRE ALARM PULL BOX DOUBLE GANG BOXES DOOR FRAME DOOR LEVER, PULL WALL OUTLET LIGHT SWITCHES, DIMMERS, POWER AND TELEPHONE RECEPTACLE, ETC. CLUSTER VERTICALLY MOUNTED CREDENZA OR COUNTER RESTROOM ELEVATION & SIGNAGE (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) / i RESTROOM ELEVATION SCALE: N.T.0 LETTERS AND NUMBERS: 1. WIDTH TO HEIGHT RATIO BETWEEN 3 : 5 AND 1 :1. 2. STROKE WIDTH TO HEIGHT BETWEEN 1 : 5 AND 1 : 10. 3. CONTRAST CHARACTERS AND SYMBOLS WITH BACKGROUND. 4. SANS SERIF CHARACTERS. SIGNS / PICTOGRAMS 5. PICTOGRAMS /PICTORIAL SYMBOL SIGNS SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY THE EQUIVALENT VERBAL DESCRIPTION PLACED DIRECTLY BELOW THE PICTOGRAM. THE BORDER DIMENSION SHALL BE 6" (1.52 MM.) MINIMUM HEIGHT. 6. CHARACTERS AND BACKGROUNDS SHALL BE OF NON -GLARE CONTRASTING COLORS. 7. SIGNS /PICTOGRAMS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE WALL ADJACENT TO DOOR LEADING TO THE ROOM OR SPACE THEY DESCRIBE AND AT 60" A.F.F. TO SIGN CENTERLINE AND WHERE A PERSON MAY APPROACH WITHIN 3" OF SIGNAGE WITHOUT ENCOUNTERING PROTRUDING OBJECTS OR STANDING WITHIN THE DOOR SWING AREA. 8. VERTICAL CLEARANCE AT SUSPENDED SIGNS WITH MINIMUM HEAD -ROOM OF 80" REQUIRE MINIMUM 3' CHARACTER HEIGHT MEASURED BY USING UPPERCASE "X". CHARACTERS AND NUMBERS SHALL BE SIZED ACCORDING TO VIEWING DISTANCE FROM WHICH READ. LOWER CASE CHARACTERS PERMITTED. NOTES: • SYMBOLS SHALL BE CENTERED ON THE DOOR 60" ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR, AND SHALL BE DISTINCTLY DIFFERENT FROM THE DOOR IN COLOR AND IN CONTRAST. • ALL SIGNAGE IS PROVIDED BY OWNER UNDER A SEPARATE CONTRACT. • SIGNAGE PROVIDED AS APPLICABLE BY LOCAL JURISDICTION. WOMEN 1/4" THICK CIRCLE z i MEN 1/4" THICK EQUILATERAL TRIANGLE, 12" SIDES DOORS UNISEX 1/4' THICK CIRCLE WITH 1/4" THICK EQUILATERAL TRIANGLE BRAILLE. .059 INCHES .090 INCHES .241 INCHES BETWEEN CELLS: .395 INCHES 6" HIGH RAISED WHEELCHAIR LOGO 1' RAISED LETTERS GRADE # 2 BRAILLE IN ADDITION TO THE 12" SYMBOLS ON RESTROOM DOORS, PROVIDE INDICATED SIGN MOUNTED AT +60" ON WALL AT LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR. WHERE THERE IS NOT SPACE ON THE LATCH SIDE, LOCATE SIGN ON THE NEAREST ADJACENT WALL. LOCATE SIGN SO THAT A PERSON MAY APPROACH WITHIN 3 INCHES OF SIGNAGE WITHOUT ENCOUNTERING PROTRUDING OBJECTS OR STANDING WITHIN THE SWING PATH OF THE DOOR WALLS SIGN LOCATIONS: 1. ALL ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCES IDENTIFIED WITH MINIMUM OF ONE STANDARD SIGN. 2. ADDITIONAL DIRECTIONAL SIGNS ALONG ACCESSIBLE PATH OF TRAVEL ARE REQUIRED. 3. AS PART OF THE BUILDING DIRECTORY. INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY: 4. STANDARD USED TO IDENTIFY ACCESSIBLE FACILITIES. 5. WHITE FIGURE ON BLUE BACKGROUND 6. WHEN ENFORCING AGENCY DETERMINES, IF APPROPRIATE, SPECIAL DESIGNS AND COLORS MAY BE APPROVED. BRAILLE: 7. USE CONTRASTED GRADE 2 8. DOT DIAMETER: 9. INTER- DOT SPACING: 10. HORIZONTAL SEPARATION 11. VERTICAL SEPARATION REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 13 2009 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION TYPICAL BATHROOM FIXTURES MOUNTING LOCATIONS 6" MAX. WALL 16 " -18" GRAB BAR 36" 0 co it z GRAB BAR 12" 42" MIN. C) 39" - 41" WALL MAX. "- CC 0 O U §a g w o w W v. in U NOTES: 1. ALL FLOOR DIMENSIONS FROM FINISH FLOOR LINE. 2. PROVIDE WOOD BLOCKING, STEEL STUDS AND /OR MOUNTING PLATES AS REQUIRED AND RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR WALL- MOUNTED ACCESSORIES. LOCATIONS AND EXTENTS OF BLOCKING TO BE COORDINATED IN FIELD. 0 ° w w < 0 RECEIVED MAY 2 9 2009 PERMIT CENTER O oc" g Eo 11 FINISH FLOOR JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 8457 REGISTERED ARCHITECT EDWARD HAND= STP3E OF WASHINGTON Client: Ont KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3889 WEST SEATTLE 4701 CALIFORNIA AVE. SW SEATTLE, WA 98116 No. B A Drawing No.: Date 05 -05 -09 04 -09 -09 Designed By: Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT/ BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: Checked By: Project No.: Scale: Sheet Title: ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS G -003 Supplier Category Flooring Product/Service Description VCT (vinyl composition tile) KeyBank Contract No. or PO No. 07 -0739 Main Contact Trina Siegrist Phone 717-396-367ftlsiegrist@armstrong.com Email Mailing Address GC to order from Supplier GC to order from Authorized Distributor_ x Key / CM to Order GC to install x _ Supplier to Install _ Armstrong Armstrong Ceiling Ceiling tile and grids 07 -0739 Br u n t, Miller, Sherry Brunt, Beth Rinehart 800 -442- 4212 armstrongcsa @armstrong.com Post Office Box 3001 Landcaster PA 17604 X X 877 -286- 14641 East Don Julian Bentley Princestreet Flooring Main Carpet for Branch 07- 0647 -001 Pam Mulverhill 0001 pam. mulverhill @bentleyprincestreet.com Road City of Industry, CA 91746 X x Bentley Princestreet Flooring Carpet, Walk Off Mat for Vestibule 07 -0647 -001 Pam Mulverhill 877 -286- 0001 pam.mulverhill@bentleyprincestreet.com 14641 East Don Julian Road City of Industry, X X CA 91746 (o) 248-350 - Blue Water Digital Marketing /LCD displays LCD Monitor, mounts, and system 07 -0485 Chad Hines 1155 ext. 481,(c) 248- chines @visual- productions.com x x 470 -5583 Brand artners p Fixtures, Marketin g Marketin fixtures InteriorSi na a g g g 07 -0554 Heidi McGui an g 1569 hmcguigan@brandpartners.com hmc ui an artners.com g g @ p 10 Main Street Rochester, NH, 03839 X X Brilliant Signage Exterior signage 07 -0684 Patty Molnar 216 -741- 3800 PMoinar @brilliantsign.com 4811 Van Epps Road Cleveland, OH 44131- x X _ 1082 Crossville Flooring and wainscot Restroom wall and floor tile 08 -0304 Sheila Wynn 865 -675- 0939 swynn @crossvilleinc.com 346 Sweeney Drive, Crossville, TN 38555 X X 3792 Boettler Oaks Diebold Inc. Security & bank equipment Alarms, Safes, ATMs, VAT, CCTV, Undercounter steel, etc. 06 -0558 Debbie Halkovics 330-899- 1385 halkovd @diebold.com Drive Suite C Uniontown, OH 44685- 7769 x x Fleischmann Office Kimball - Cubes, office furniture, 07 -0423 (Smith CFI 206-826 - Interiors Furniture (Western Region) desks customer number is KEY000) Christy Jones 6314 Christy @sfoi.com CO x x Grainger Drinking Fountain, Trash Can, & Lockers Drinking Fountain, Trash Can, & Lockers Vendor No is 802144527 JOHN WANHAINEN 216 -322- 5966 JOHN.WANHAINEN @GRAINGER.COM X X Graybar Lighting Interior and Exterior Branch Lights 99- 0378 -005 Tony Morbeto 216 -432- 2500 anthony.morbeto @gbe.com 1100 East 55th Street, Cleveland, OH 44103 X X Kimball -Cubes office furniture, 07 -0423 (Smith CFI 212-989 - Group 2112 Furniture (Eastern Region) desks customer number is Lisa Vlcek 2761 Lisa.Vlcek @group2112.com NY x x KEY000) Harney Woodworking Millwork Teller lines, casings, jambs, hearth, etc. 07 -0531 Brad Harbaugh 410 -876- 7477 bharbaugh @hameywoodworking.com 5112 Allendale Lane, Taneytown, MD 21787 x X 07 -0721, Vendor No is 800-241 - Mannington Flooring Main Lobby area porcelain tile SAK001 Joyce Holbert 2262 ext. Joyce_Holbert@mannington.com x x 6412 Furniture (Great Lakes Kimball - Cubes, office furniture, . 07 -0423 (Smith CFI (216) 556 - Ohio Desk Region) desks customer number is Tammy Zook 8632 tzook @ohiodesk.com Ohio X X KEY000) Sears Appliances Fridge, Microwave 08 -0234 Carl Cramer 1- 330 -854- 3017 ccrame4 @searshc.com x x Sherwin Williams Paint Paint (Interior & Exterior) 08 -0499 Ryan Schneeman 216- 566 - 1765 ryan.schneeman @sherwin.com 101 Prospect Avenue, 1000 Midland Building,Cleveland, OH X X 44115 07 -0423 (Smith CFI 503-525 - Smith CFI Furniture Steelcase Seating customer number is Jessica Stitcher 3512 jessicas @smithcfi.com X X KEY000) EP149171 for 2008 800-231 - Surface Materials Inc. Wall Coverings Wallpaper BMod Michelle V. 3223 ext 131 michellev @surfacematerials.com 6655 Parkland Blvd. Solon, Ohio 44139 x x Johnson Controls (JCI) HVAC 405 -419- 6655 Parkland Blvd. York HVAC Equipment 08 -0331 Fred Bryant 6349 frederick.n.bryant @jci.com. Solon, Ohio 44139 X X Note: All other Specifications not listed can be sourced and Installed by the General Contractors. All prices must be honored direct to the GC without markup. Generally all the manufacturers will help provide overall project storage in a centralized US location(s) GC will need to work through authorized distributors or installers to arrange ordering & scheduling REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 13 2009 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION E�EIVED CITY R 0 TUKIMLA MAY' '9 2009 PERMIT CENTER JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150,,COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 8457 REGISTERED ARCHITECT EDWARD HANBICKI STATE OF WASHINGTON Client: 0 KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. B A Designed By: PDX Date 05 -05 -09 Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID 04-09 -09 DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX Drawing No.: G -004 GENERAL NOTES CODES, PERMITS AND REGULATIONS: 1. CONTRACTORS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR SECURING ALL BUILDING PERMITS REQUIRED BY LOCAL GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. 2. CONTRACTORS SHALL MEET ALL LOCAL, COUNTY, STATE AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS OF DEMOLITION, SAFETY AND SANITARY PRECAUTIONS DURING BUILDING OPERATIONS INCLUDING CONTACTING LOCAL UTILITY PROTECTION SERVICE. 3. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE CODES, AMENDMENTS, RULES, REGULATIONS, ORDINANCES, LAWS, ORDERS, APPROVALS ETC., THAT ARE BY PUBLIC AUTHORITIES. IN THE EVENT OF CONFLICT, THE MOST STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS SHALL GOVERN. REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE BUT ARE NOT NECESSARILY LIMITED TO THE CURRENTLYAPPUCABLE EDITIONS OR PUBLICATIONS OF THE FOLLOWING: A. INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE B. NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION C. AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE D. ALL LOCAL AND MUNICIPAL CODES 4. UPON COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT, OWNER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR POSTING OCCUPANT LOAD, LIVE LOAD, USE GROUP AND CONSTRUCTION TYPE ON A PLACARD AS DESIGNATED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL WAIVE 'COMMON PRACTICE" AND 'COMMON USAGE" AS CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA WHEREVER DETAILS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS OR GOVERNING CODES, ORDINANCES ETC., REQUIRE GREATER QUANTITY OR BETTER QUALITY THAN COMMON PRACTICE OR COMMON USAGE WOULD REQUIRE. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY FIELD CONDITIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF EACH PORTION OF THE WORK. COORDINATE ALL SITE REQUIREMENTS, ISSUES AND UTILITIES. REFER TO GEOTECHNICAL SOILS REPORT WHEN APPLICABLE. OWNERSHIP OF DRAWINGS AND CONTRACT ITEMS: 1. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND SHALL REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT WHETHER THE PROJECT FOR WHICH THEY ARE PREPARED IS EXECUTED OR NOT.. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE NOT TO BE USED BY OWNER, LANDLORD OR TENANT FOR OTHER PROJECTS OR EXTENSIONS TO THE PROJECT NOR ARE THEY TO BE MODIFIED IN ANY MANNER WHATSOEVER EXCEPT BY AGREEMENT IN WRITING AND WITH APPROPRIATE COMPENSATION TO THE ARCHITECT. IF COPIES ARE REQUIRED, NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF REQUEST FOR INSTRUCTIONS. 2. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS CONSIST OF THE FOLLOWING: A. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS B. ANY AND ALL ADDENDA 3. IF AT ANY TIME BEFORE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK OR DURING PROGRESS THEREOF, CONTRACTOR'S METHODS, EQUIPMENT OR APPLIANCES ARE INEFFICIENT OR INAPPROPRIATE FOR SECURING QUALITY OF WORK OR RATE OF PROGRESS INTENDED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, OWNERS MAY ORDER CONTRACTOR TO IMPROVE THE QUALITY OR INCREASE THEIR EFFICIENCY. THIS WILL NOT RELIEVE CONTRACTOR OF HIS SURETIES OR THEIR OBUGATIONS TO SECURE QUALITY OF WORK OR RATE OF PROGRESS SPECIFIED IN CONTRACT. 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL PORTIONS OF THE WORK AS DESCRIBED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING FOR RESOLUTION OF ALL DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. GENERAL COORDINATION OF DRAWINGS: 1. CONTRACTORS SHALL VERIFY THAT NO CONFLICTS EXIST IN LOCATIONS OF PROPOSED WALLS. COORDINATE ALL MECHANICAL, TELEPHONE, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING AND SPRINKLER EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED, RELOCATED OR INSTALLED (ITEMS TO INCLUDE ARE ALL PIPING, DUCT WORK, STRUCTURAL MEMBERS AND CONDUIT; AND EXISTING CONDITIONS.. VERIFY THAT ALL REQUIRED CLEARANCES FOR INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF ABOVE EQUIPMENT ARE PROVIDED. ELEMENTS TO BE EXPOSED OR CONCEALED SHALL BE DETERMINED AND REVIEWED WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION PROCEEDING. 2. CONTRACTORS AND SUBS SHALL COORDINATE THE LAYOUT AND EXACT LOCATION OF ALL PARTITIONS, DOORS, ACCESSORIES, ELECTRICAL/TELEPHONE OUTLETS AND LIGHT SWITCHES WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS IN THE FIELD BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH CONSTRUCTION. 3. IN THE EVENT OF CONFLICT BETWEEN DATA SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND DATA SHOWN ON THE SPECIFICATIONS. THE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL GOVERN. DETAIL DRAWINGS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER DRAWINGS OF LARGER SCOPE. SHOULD THE CONTRACTORS AT ANY TIME DISCOVER AN ERROR IN A DRAWING OR SPECIFICATION, OR A DISCREPANCY OR VARIATION BETWEEN DIMENSIONS OR DRAWINGS AND MEASUREMENTS AT SITE OR LACK OF DIMENSIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION, HE SHALL NOT PROCEED WITH THE WORK AFFECTED UNTIL CLARIFICATION HAS BEEN COMPLETED WITH THE ARCHITECT OR CONTRACTOR ASSUMES RESPONSIBILITY FOR MODIFICATION OF ALL ASSOCIATED WORK INSTALLED INCORRECTLY AS DETERMINED BY ARCHITECT. 4. THE FINISHED WORK SHALL BE FIRM, WELL ANCHORED, IN TRUE LIGHT ALIGNMENT, PLUMB LEVEL WITH SMOOTH CLEAN UNIFORM APPEARANCES WITHOUT WAVES, DISTORTIONS, HOLES, MARKS, CRACKS, STAINS OR DISCOLORATION. JOINTING SHALL BE CLOSE FITTING, NEAT AS WELL SCRIBED. THE FINISHED WORK SHALL HAVE NO EXPOSED UNSIGHTLY ANCHORS OR FASTENERS AND SHALL NOT PRESENT HAZARDOUS, UNSAFE CORNERS. ALL WORK SHALL HAVE THE PROVISION FOR EXPANSION, CONTRACTION, AND SHRINKAGE AS NECESSARY TO PREVENT CRACKS, BUCKLING AND WARPING DUE TO TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY CONDITIONS. 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING OR ANY DEFICIENCIES IN THE BUILDING SCOPE OF WORK AREAS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. ANY UNREPORTED DEFICIENCIES WILL BECOME THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO CORRECT. 6. NEW PARTITIONS SHOWN ARE TO ALIGN WITH THE FACE OF ADJACENT EXISTING CONSTRUCTION (ALIGN FINISHED FACE TO FINISHED FACE.. PROVIDE AN ADDITIONAL LAYER OF GYP. BD. FROM NEW PARTITION LOCATIONS TO THE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AS REQUIRED TO PRODUCE A FLUSH APPEARANCE WITH NOW VISIBLE JOINTS, IF STUD ALIGNMENT IS NOT OBTAINED. 7. ATTACHMENTS, CONNECTIONS, OR FASTENINGS OF ANY NATURE ARE TO BE PROPERLY AND PERMANENTLY SECURED IN CONFORMANCE WITH BEST PRACTICE AND THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING THEM ACCORDINGLY AND TO THESE CONDITIONS. THE DRAWINGS SHOW ONLY SPECIAL CONDITIONS TO ASSIST CONTRACTOR. THEY DO NOT ILLUSTRATE EVERY DETAILED CONNECTION. 8. THE CONTRACTORS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING THE DIMENSIONS AND ELEVATIONS OF EXISTING CONDITIONS AT THE SITE. THE CONTRACTORS AND SUBS SHALL COORDINATE THE LAYOUT AND EXACT LOCATION OF ALL ITEMS IN THE FIELD BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH CONSTRUCTION. 9. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTORS TO COORDINATE AND SCHEDULE ALL DELIVERIES AND DISPOSAL COORDINATION WITH THE ARCHITECT AND SECURITY PERSONNEL. 10. FOR CUSTOM MILLWORK, DOTTED LINE INDICATES MILLWORK ABOVE. SEE ELEVATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 11. EACH CONTRACTOR SHALL CHECK AND VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AT THE JOB AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROPER FITTING OF HIS/HER WORK THERE TO. 12. ALL EXISTING MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND CONSTRUCTION ARE IDENTIFIED ON DRAWINGS BY THE WORD "EXISTING" OR "EXIST ". UNLESS STATED OTHERWISE, ALL NOTES REFER TO NEW MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND CONSTRUCTION INSTALLED UNDER EACH CONTRACT. 13. MATERIAL INDICATIONS, NOTES ETC., ARE TYPICAL FOR ALL CONTRACT DRAWINGS U.O.N. 14. ALIGN MEANS SIMILAR COMPONENTS OF CONSTRUCTION, I.E., WALLS JAMBS, ETC., SHALL BE IN LINE ACROSS VOIDS. 15. DOTTED LINE INDICATES GYP. BD. SOFFIT ABOVE FINISH FLOOR. SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AND /OR DETAILS NOTED FOR EXACT HEIGHT. GENERAL NOTES (CONT.) 16. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE SHOWN FROM FINISH FACE TO GYPSUM BOARD TO FINISH FACE OF GYPSUM BOARD U.O.N. 17. DOORS AND CASED OPENINGS INDICATED ADJACENT TO WALL INTERSECTIONS SHALL BE LOCATED WITH THE EDGE OF FINISH OPENING FOUR (4) INCHES FROM THE ADJACENT WALL UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. ALL OTHER DOORS AND CASED OPENINGS SHALL BE CENTERED BETWEEN NEAREST ADJACENT WALL INTERSECTIONS UNLESS OTHERWISE DIMENSIONED IN SET. DIMENSIONAL COORDINATION OF DRAWINGS: 1. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS; DIMENSIONS GOVERN. VERIFY DIMENSIONS WITH FIELD CONDITIONS. IF DISCREPANCIES ARE DISCOVERED BETWEEN FIELD CONDITIONS AND DRAWINGS OR BETWEEN DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS CONTACT THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION BEFORE PROCEEDING. 2. HORIZONTAL DIMENSIONS INDICATED ARE TO /FROM FINISHED FACE OF CONSTRUCTION EXCEPT AS NOTED. 3. VERTICAL DIMENSIONS ARE FROM TOP OF FLOOR SLAB, EXCEPT WHERE NOTED TO BE FROM ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR (A.F.F.). 4. DIMENSIONS ARE NOT ADJUSTABLE WITHOUT APPROVAL OF ARCHITECT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON DRAWINGS. 5. THE CONTRACTORS SHALL CONTINUOUSLY CHECK ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL CLEARANCES FOR ACCESSIBILITY OF EQUIPMENT AND MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS. NO ALLOWANCE OF ANY KIND WILL BE MADE FOR THE CONTRACTOR'S NEGLIGENCE TO FORESEE MEANS OF INSTALLING EQUIPMENT INTO POSITION INSIDE STRUCTURES OR PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION ELEVATIONS. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF ANY ITEMS THAT MAY CAUSE A CHANGE FROM THE DIMENSIONS OUTLINED IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS FOR INSTRUCTIONS TO CLARIFY OR MODIFY OF THE AREA. 6. FLOOR TOLERANCE: FINISHED FLOOR STABS TO BE LEVELED TO A TOLERANCE OF +/ -1/8" SLOPE IN 10 FEET. CONTRACTORS TO IMMEDIATELY VERIFY SLOPE AND REPORT ANY DEVIATIONS FROM ABOVE STATED TOLERANCE TO THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO COMMENCING THE WORK ALIGNMENT OF DOOR HEADS AND OTHER CRITICAL HORIZONTAL ELEMENTS SHALL BE MAINTAINED AT A CONSTANT LEVEL AND SHALL NOT FOLLOW VARIATIONS IN FLOOR PLANES. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO LEVEL FLOOR TO MEET ACCEPTABLE TOLERANCES AS REQUIRED. 7. CONTRACTORS TO LAYOUT ALL PARTITIONS WITH CHALK LINES ON FLOOR SLAB FOR APPROVAL BEFORE BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION. 8. ANY DIMENSION NOTED "VERIFY, OR VERIFY IN FIELD (VIF)" MUST BE REVIEWED WITH ARCHITECT BEFORE BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION. 9. ALL DIMENSIONS INDICATED TO BE "CLEAR" SHALL BE MAINTAINED. ANY DISCREPANCIES OR VARIATIONS IN THESE DIMENSIONS SHALL BE REVIEWED WITH THE ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH WORK IN THE QUESTIONABLE AREA. PATCHING, REPAIR AND PROTECTION: 1. PATCH AND REPAIR ALL EXISTING FIRE PROOFING DAMAGED OR REMOVED DURING THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. FIREPROOF NEW PENETRATIONS AS REQUIRED BY THE WORK IN AREAS ADJACENT TO FIRE PROOFING. 2. CONTRACTORS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR AND SHALL PROVIDE PROTECTION FOR ANY EXISTING FINISHES INCLUDING ELEVATORS, LOBBIES AND CORRIDORS OF THE BUILDING AND STRUCTURE. 3. CUT AND FIT COMPONENTS FOR ALTERATION OF EXISTING WORK AND INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK. PATCH DISTURBED AREAS TO MATCH ADJACENT MATERIALS AND FINISHES. DOOR NOTES: 1. PARTITION TYPES ABOVE DOORS ARE TO BE SAME AS THE ADJACENT PARTITIONS (U.O.N.). 2. VERIFY DOOR UNDERCUTS WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 3. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED AND DIMENSIONED, ALL DOORS SHALL BE 4" FROM HINGE SIDE TO CLOSEST INTERSECTING WALL. ADA (AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES) ITEMS: 1. PROVIDE A MINIMUM DIMENSION OF 18" CLEAR ON THE PJLL SIDE AND 12' CLEAR ON THE PUSH SIDE OF ALL DOORS. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF CONFLICTS FOR CLARIFICATION. 2. SEE DRAWING FOR GENERAL ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENT. SCHEDULING ITEMS: 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL ORDER AND SCHEDULE DELIVERY OF MATERIALS IN AMPLE TIME TO AVOID DELAYS IN CONSTRUCTION. IF AN ITEM IS FOUND TO BE UNAVAILABLE OR HAVE A LONG _LE IUD TIME SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY. BUILDING REQUIREMENTS AND TENANT ITEMS: 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW THE BASE BUILDING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL BASE BUILDING REQUIREMENTS AND DESIGN CRITERIA. 2. THE BUILDING OWNER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR BUILDING CODE COMPLIANCE AT PUBLIC CORRIDORS, STAIRWELLS, RESTROOMS AND ELEVATORS OUTSIDE OF TENANT SPACES. 3. ALL PARTITIONS MEETING THE BASE BUILDING PERIMETER SHELL ARE TO INTERSECT AT THE CENTER LINE OF THE MULLION PLASTER OR COLUMN UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 4. MAKE ALL NECESSARY PROVISIONS FOR ITEMS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS TO BE FURNISHED OR INSTALLED BY TENANT. PROVIDE PROTECTION FOR THESE PROVISIONS UNTIL COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE PROVISIONS FOR N.I.C. ITEMS WITH APPROPRIATE TRADES. BLOCKING AND BRACING: 1. ALL PARTITIONS ARE TO BE SECURED OR BRACED TO STRUCTURE AT A MINIMUM OF 8' -0' ON CENTER WITH TWO (2. BRACES PER SECTION U.O.N. 2. ALL PARTITIONS TO STRUCTURE ARE FOR ACOUSTICAL SEPARATION AND /OR SECURITY. NOT FOR FIRE RATING U.O.N. 3. PROVIDE AND INSTALL FIRE RETARDANT WOOD BLOCKING, STEEL STUDS AND /OR MOUNTING PLATES AS REQUIRED AT ALL WALL HUNG SHELVING, CABINETS, WOOD PANELS, EQUIPMENT, LIGHT FIXTURES ETC. (U.O.N.) VERIFY SHOP STANDARD WITH MILLWORK SUBCONTRACTOR AND REVIEW WITH ARCHITECT FOR ACCEPTANCE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. GENERAL NOTES (CONT.) SUBMITTALS AND DRAWING QUALITY: 1. MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING AND FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS, SHOP DRAWINGS AND LAYOUTS SHALL BE SUBMITTED AS SOON AS POSSIBLE AFTER AWARD OF CONTRACT TO ARCHITECT. NO CONSTRUCTION SHALL PROCEED UNTIL APPROVAL OF THESE DRAWINGS. ALL OF THE TRADES NOTED ABOVE SHALL SUBMIT DRAWINGS IN THE SAME TIME FRAME FOR ARCHITECT TO REVIEW DOCUMENTS FOR COORDINATION ITEMS AND ISSUES. 2. CONTRACTORS SHALL PROVIDE MANUFACTURE'S SPECIFICATIONS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL OF ALL MATERIALS, METHODS AND TRADES TO BE USED PRIOR TO ORDERING OR PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK 3. CONTRACTORS SHALL PROVIDE MANUFACTURE'S RECOMMENDED SPECIFICATIONS AND INSTALLATION PROCEDURES. IF THESE DOCUMENTS ARE CONTRARY TO THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY ARCHITECT IN WRITING IMMEDIATELY TO RESOLVE DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO ORDERING OR PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 4. ONLY NEW ITEMS OF RECENT MANUFACTURER OR STANDARD QUALITY, FREE FROM DEFECTS WILL BE PERMITTED ON THE WORK. REJECTED ITEMS SHALL BE REMOVED IMMEDIATELY FROM THE WORK AND REPLACED WITH ITEMS OF THE QUALITY SPECIFIED. FAILURE TO REMOVE REJECTED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR FROM THE RESPONSIBILITY FOR QUALITY AND CHARACTER OF ITEMS USED, NOR FROM ANY OTHER OBLIGATION IMPOSED ON HIM /HER BY THE CONTRACT. 5. CUSTOM MILLWORK, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ARCHITECTURAL MILLWORK SHALL COMPLY WITH ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INSTITUTE (AWI. QUALITY STANDARDS. PREMIUM GRADE SEAL ALL WOOD SURFACES RECEIVING PAINT OR PLASTIC LAMINATE TO PREVENT MOISTURE PENETRATION. 6. NO WORK DEFECTIVE IN CONSTRUCTION OR QUALITY OR DEFICIENT IN ANY REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND THE SPECIFICATIONS WILL BE ACCEPTABLE IN CONSEQUENCE OF ARCHITECTS FAILURE TO DISCOVER OR POINT OUT DEFECTS OR DEFICIENCIES DURING CONSTRUCTION; NOR WILL PRESENCE OF OTHER PARTIES ON SITE RELIEVE CONTRACTORS FROM RESPONSIBILITY FOR SECURING QUALITY AND PROGRESS OF WORK AS REQUIRED BY CONTRACT. DEFECTIVE WORK REVEALED WITHIN REQUIRED TIME GUARANTEES SHALL BE REPLACED BY WORK CONFORMING WITH INTENT OF CONTRACT. NO PAYMENT WHETHER PARTIAL OR FINAL SHALL BE CONSTRUED AS AN ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK OR OF IMPROPER MATERIALS. 7. MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP SPECIFIED BY REFERENCE TO NUMBER SYMBOL, TO TITLE OF A SPECIFICATION SUCH AS COMMERCIAL STANDARDS, FEDERAL SPECIFICATION, TRADE REQUIREMENTS IN A LATEST EDITION OR REVISION THEREOF AND WITH ANY AMENDMENT OR SUPPLEMENTAL , THERETO IN EFFECT ON DATE OF ORIGIN OF THIS PROJECTS CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. SUCH STANDARD, EXCEPT AS MODIFIED HEREIN, SHALL HAVE FORCE AND EFFECTS AS THOUGH PRINTED IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 8. REFERENCES TO MAKES, BRANDS, MODELS ETC., IS TO ESTABLISH TYPE AND QUALITY DESIRED; SUBSTITUTION OF ACCEPTABLE EQUALS WILL NOT BE PERMITTED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE WHEN MADE ACCORDINGLY TO PROCEDURES FOR SUBSTITUTIONS. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS: 1. NEW FIRE EXTINGUISHERS TO BE PROVIDED IN ALL BANK BRANCHES IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES. SIGNS: 1. G.C. TO COORDINATE FINAL JUNCTION BOX AND CONDUIT LOCATION FROM BUILDING TO APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF EXTERIOR SIGNS WITH KEYBANK SIGNAGE VENDOR (SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS). DEMOLITION NOTES SCOPE OF DEMOLITION 1. THE EXISTING CONDITION /DEMOLITION DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED AS GENERAL GUIDE TO THE DEMOLITION REQUIRED FOR THIS PROJECT. DEMOLITION IS NOT SHOWN IN COMPLETE DETAIL AND IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE DEMOLITION /CONTRACTORS TO REMOVE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMPLISH THE NEW DESIGN INTENT AND /OR WORK SHOWN OR REASONABLY IMPLIED FOR CONSTRUCTION OF THE FLOOR PLAN. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO THE WORK SHOWN ON ALL OTHER DRAWINGS IN THE SET FOR THE EXTENT OF DEMOLITION REQUIRED TO PERFORM WORK INTENT. (I.E.: MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION SHEETS /NOTES) GENERAL CONDITIONS: 1. ALL CONTRACTORS ARE REQUIRED TO VISIT THE JOB SITE TO VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO BEGINNING ANY WORK. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT BY FAX (RECORD) AS SOON AS POSSIBLE OF ANY DISCREPANCIES FOR RESOLUTION OF THE ISSUE(S) PRIOR TO THE BEGINNING OF ANY WORK 2. TYPICAL: DEMOLITION CONTRACTOR AND /OR GENERAL CONTRACTORS ARE TO REMOVE ALL ITEMS SHOWN ON DEMO- PLANS. INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ALL NOTED ITEMS INCLUDING DRAWINGS IN THE SET: UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED TO REMAIN OR BE RE -USED (SEE ALL TRADES DEMOLITION /DRAWINGS AND NOTES). A. ITEMS FOUND WITHIN WALLS AND CEILING THAT RUN THROUGH THE SPACE FEEDING AND /OR CONNECTING AN ADJACENT AREA(S) ARE REQUIRED TO REMAIN UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS. B. FOR QUESTIONABLE ITEMS INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO FOUND /UNKNOWN CONDITIONS AND ITEMS NOT SHOWN /LISTED ON THE ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTOR WILL COORDINATE WITH THE ARCHITECT BEFORE REMOVING THE ABOVE MENTIONED ITEMS. C. CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE ALL ABANDONED CONDUIT (INCLUDING ALL WIRE IN EXISTING FLOOR DUCT SYSTEM). DUCTWORK, HANGERS, CEILING TILE, GRID, FRAMINGS, PIPING, ETC THROUGHOUT WORK AREA. D. CONTRACTOR SHALL RELOCATE ANY EXISTING J- BOXES, SWITCHES ETC. THAT ARE BEING RE -USED AND REQUIRED TO BE MOVED TO ACCOMMODATE NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION OR NEW FURRING. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL DEMOLITION FOR OTHER TRADES AS NOTED IN THE MECHANICAL PLUMBING, FIRE PROTECTION AND ELECTRICAL DEMO- DRAWINGS AND NOTES. BUILDING CONDITIONS: 1. CONTRACTORS SHALL PATCH SURFACES OF EXISTING INTERIOR PARTITIONS THAT ARE NOT BEING DEMOLISHED OR WERE DAMAGED DUE TO THE DEMOLITION PROCEEDINGS. 2. REMOVE ALL EXISTING FLOOR FINISHES, ADHESIVE, ETC. AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS (PATCH AND REPAIR) TO ACCOMMODATE NEW FLOOR FINISHES, PREPARE FLOOR SURFACE PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. LEVEL AREAS AND FEATHER TO NEW AND DIFFERENT FINISHES TO AVOID TRIP HAZARDS >1/2'. (FEATHER OR SLOPE 1:2) 3. REMOVE ALL INDICATED WALLS, WALL FURRING, DOOR FRAMES, ETC., THROUGHOUT THE AREA TO FACILITATE NEW CONSTRUCTION AS SHOWN IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. DEMOLITION NOTES (CONT.) 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL EXISTING DRYWALL CEILING(S), SUSPENDED CEILING TILE(S) AS SHOWN IN SET. COORDINATE BRACING AND SUPPORTS FOR LIGHT FIXTURES ETC. A. WHERE SMALL AREAS OF CEILING ARE AFFECTED BY DEMO AND /OR ARE ADJACENT TO EXISTING CEILING; REPAIR ADJOINING CEIUNGS AND PAINT AND /OR INSTALL NEW TILE TO MATCH EXISTING. ROOM OR AREA SHOULD BE CONSISTENT WITH CONSTRUCTION. 5. THE DEMOLITION /CONTRACTOR SHALL EXERCISE CARE SO THAT ONLY THE CONSTRUCTION INDICATED OR REASONABLY IMPLIED TO BE REMOVED SHALL BE DEMOLISHED. THE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN SHALL BE LEFT INTACT AND UNDAMAGED. TYPICAL ANY DAMAGE(S) WILL BE REQUIRED TO BE REPAIRED BY THE CONTRACTOR(S) AT NO COST TO THE PROJECT INCLUDING AREAS OUTSIDE THE EXTENTS OF WORK HEALTH, SAFETY & WELFARE: 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE ALL NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS DURING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION TO PROTECT AND MAINTAIN THE INTEGRITY AND OPERATION OF EXISTING OR TEMPORARY LIFE SAFETY AND EMERGENCY EGRESS AREAS AND SYSTEMS AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL BUILDING CODES. 2. THE CONTRACTOR WILL VERIFY WITH THE ARCHITECT ANY EXISTING SECURITY ITEMS TO BE REMOVED AND RE -USED. THE CONTRACTOR WILL RE- INSTALL AS DIRECTED. 3. THE CONTRACTORS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE REMOVAL OF ALL DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS GENERATED FROM WORK, TAKING CARE TO PREVENT OVERLOADING OF FLOOR ASSEMBLY AND PROTECTION OF ADJACENT EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. 4. DURING DEMOLITION, THE CONTRACTOR(S) SHALL TAKE ALL PRECAUTIONS NECESSARY TO PREVENT STRUCTURAL AND OTHER DAMAGE TO THE BUILDINGS EXISTING WALLS AND FINISHES. 5. ALL ITEMS INDICATED TO BE REMOVED AND ITEMS NOT INDICATED TO BE RE -USED SHALL BE DISPOSED OF PROPERLY BY THE CONTRACTORS AS AGREED UPON AND DIRECTED BY THE OWNER OR THEIR AGENT. CARPET RECLAMATION SPEC SECTION 01350: 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK OWNER SPECIFIES THAT ALL EXISTING CARPET AND EXISTING WASTE BE RECYCLED IN THE BEST POSSIBLE MANNER. A RECLAMATION PLAN WILL BE SUBMITTED THAT WILL PROVIDE DIRECTIONS FOR THE RECLAMATION OF ALL CARPET AT THE JOB SITE. "ENVIRONMENTALLY FRIENDLY' CARPET RECYCLING METHODS SHOULD BE PERFORMED SUBSEQUENT TO JOB COMPLETION. IN THIS CASE, 'ENVIRONMENTALLY FRIENDLY METHODS CONSIST OF EITHER: A. RECYCLING IS TURNING WASTE MATERIAL INTO NEW MATERIAL OF THE SAME VALUE, SUCH AS VINYL BACKING INTO VINYL BACKING. B. UPCYCLING INVOLVES TURNING WASTE MATERIALS INTO MORE VALUABLE PRODUCTS. FOR EXAMPLE, USING PET (PLASTIC FROM SODA. BOTTLES) TO CREATE TERTATEX PANEL FABRIC. C. DOWNCYCLING CREATES LESS VALUABLE PRODUCTS FROM WASTE MATERIALS. TURNING NYLON FACE FIBRE INTO CAR PARTS OR CARPET PADDING, INCLUDING NYLON FACE FIBER IN RECYCLED BACKINGS, OR USING CARPET FOR WASTE -TO- ENERGY ARE GOOD EXAMPLES OF DOWNCYCLING. D. REPURPOSING ALLOWS A PRODUCT TO BE REUSED BY AN ORGANIZATION OR INDIVIDUAL. INTERFACE ASSIST IN FACILITATING THE DONATION OF USED CARPETING TO CHARITIES AND OTHER NON- PROFIT ORGANIZATIONS. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES: COLLECTION (LABOR): CARPET MUST BE REMOVED FROM THE EXISTING INSTALLATION AND PREPARED FOR PICKUP BASED ON THE TYPE OF MATERIAL AND RECLAMATION OPTION SELECTED. SPECIFICATIONS FOR REMOVAL FROM THE JOBSITE ARE AS STATED: A. B. C. REMOVAL OF CARPET FOR RECYCLING 1. APPROVED CARPET TILE MUST BE PALLETIZED AND SECURED FOR SHIPPING, I.E. SHRINK WRAP, BANDING, STRAPPING. 2. TILE MUST BE KEPT DRY AND FREE OF ANY MOISTURE DAMAGE. 3. CARPET MUST BE CLEAN OF ANY CARPET DEBRIS. REMOVAL OF PERFORMANCE BROADLOOM FOR RECYCLING 1. APPROVED PERFORMANCE BROADLOOM SHOULD BE ROLLED, PALLETIZED AND SECURED FOR SHIPPING. 2. PERFORMANCE BROADLOOM MUST BE KEPT DRY AND FREE FROM MOISTURE DAMAGE. 3. ROLLS MUST BE CLEAN OF ANY NON CARPET DEBRIS. REMOVAL OF BROADLOOM CARPET FOR DOWNCYCLING 1. ROLLED CARPET SHOULD NOT EXCEED 6 FEET IN WIDTH BY 1 FOOT DIAMETER AND SECURED FOR SHIPPING, I.E. PALLETIZED, BANDED. 2. THE CARPET MUST BE ACCUMULATED AND KEPT DRY FOR SHIPPING AND PROCESSING. METHOD OF COLLECTION WILL BE DETERMINED FOR EACH JOB LOCATION. 3. ROLLS MUST BE CLEAN OF ANY NON- CARPET DEBRIS D. REPURPOSING OF CARPET MATERIAL 1. APPROVAL OF THE MATERIAL FOR POSSIBLE DONATION WILL BE DETERMINED AT THE JOBSITE. PROCESSING: ALL POSSIBLE RECYCLING OPTIONS MUST BE CLEARLY PRESENTED AND /OR SUBMITTED ON PAPER SUBSEQUENT TO JOB START. THE ACCEPTED RECLAMATION OPTION MUST BE APPROVED IN WRITING BY THE PARTY REQUESTING THE SERVICES. CERTIFICATION: A CERTIFICATE WILL BE FURNISHED UPON REQUEST VERIFYING THE RECLAMATION OF THE CARPET AND THE POUNDS OF MATERIAL DELIVERED FROM THE LANDFILL PROPERTY MANAGEMENT - DEMOLITION NOTES 1. ALL ITEMS NOTED AS REMOVED OR DEMOLISHED BECOME PROPERTY OF THE CONTRACTOR AND ARE TO BE DISPOSED OF IN A MANNER COMPLYING WITH ALL LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS. 2. CONTRACTOR IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL TEMPORARY BRACING AND SHORING OF EXISTING STRUCTURES AND ALL CONSTRUCTION DURING DEMOLITION AND NEW CONSTRUCTION. 3. PIPES, CONDUIT AND DUCTWORK ENCOUNTERED IN DEMOLISHED PARTITIONS AND CEIUNGS WHICH ARE TO REMAIN WILL BE RE- ROUTED AND CONCEALED. THOSE WHICH ARE TO BE ABANDONED SHALL BE CAPPED AND CONCEALED IN THE FLOOR, WALL OR CEILING. 4. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO INSTALL FLOOR TO CEILING 6MIL POLYETHYLENE BARRIER BETWEEN OCCUPIED AREAS AND RENOVATED AREAS. MAINTAIN EXISTING WALL AS TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE BARRIERS UNTIL PHASING REQUIRED DEMOLITION OF EXISTING PARTITIONS. PROTECT DOORS, MOLDINGS AND WALLS WITH NOT- STAINING PAPER. 5. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO PROMPTLY REPAIR ALL DAMAGE CAUSED TO ADJACENT AREAS BY DEMOLITION AT NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO THE BUILDING MANAGEMENT WITH MATCHING FINISH AND COLOR. 6. ANY MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL OR PLUMBING ITEMS NOTED TO BE ABANDONED ARE TO BE REMOVED OR CAPPED SO THAT THEY ARE COMPLETELY CONCEALED BEHIND FINISHED SURFACES. 7. REMOVE DAMAGED CORNER BEADS AND ANY BEADS AT EXISTING CORNERS WHERE NEW WALLS ALIGN WITH EXISTING FINISH. 8. REMOVE PROMPTLY FROM THE PREMISES ALL PRODUCTS OF DEMOLITION NOT DESIGNATED FOR REUSE. NO DEBRIS SHALL BE ALLOWED TO ACCUMULATE. TAKE APPROPRIATE MEASURES TO CONTROL DUST. DEMOLITION NOTES (CONT.) 9. ALL WORK CAUSING EXCESSIVE NOISE OR REQUIRING SHUTDOWN OF ANY SERVICES, UTILITIES OR RISERS SERVING OCCUPIED AREAS OF THE BUILDING SHALL BE CARRIED OUT ONLY BY ARRANGEMENT WITH THE BUILDING MANAGEMENT. 10. ALL AREAS WHERE DEMOLITION CAUSES UNEVENNESS OR VOIDS IN THE FLOOR ARE TO BE PATCHED LEVEL. 11. PATCH AND REPAIR ALL SURFACES LEFT DAMAGED BY DEMOLITION WORK TO ACCEPT NEW MATERIALS AS SCHEDULED. 12. ALL EXISTING SURFACES WHICH ARE TO REMAIN AND BE REFINISHED OR OTHERWISE TO BE REUSED ARE TO BE INSPECTED AND REPAIRED AS REQUIRED TO ACCEPT NEW FINISHES. THIS INCLUDES ALL BASE BUILDING PERIMETER WALL SURFACES, ALL COLUMN CLOSURES, AND ALL CORE/SHAFT WALLS, ETC. 13. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE, CAP AND PATCH FIRE HOSE CABINETS. SPECIFICATIONS INDEX SHEET G -101 SECTION 01 1000 - SUMMARY SECTION 01 3000 - ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 4000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 5000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES & CONTROLS SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 7000 - EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS SHEET G -102 SECTION 02 4100 - DEMOLITION SECTION 03 3000 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE SECTION 04 2000 - UNIT MASONRY SECTION 05 5000 - METAL FABRICATIONS SECTION 05 5213 - PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS SHEET G -103 SECTION 061000 - ROUGH CARPENTRY SECTION 06 2000 - FINISH CARPENTRY SECTION 06 4100 - ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK SECTION 07 2100 - THERMAL/SOUND INSULATION SECTION 07 3113 - ASPHALT SHINGLES SECTION 07 5300 - ELASTOMERIC MEMBRANE ROOFING SECTION 07 6200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING & TRIM SECTION 07 8400 - FIRESTOPPING SHEET G -104 SECTION 07 9005 - JOINT SEALERS SECTION 081113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS & FRAMES SECTION 081416 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS SECTION 081433 - STILE & RAIL WOOD DOORS SECTION 08 3100 - ACCESS DOORS & PANELS SECTION 08 4126 - ALL GLASS ENTRANCES & STOREFRONTS SECTION 08 5113 - ALUMINUM WINDOWS SECTION 08 5200 - WOOD WINDOWS SHEET G -105 SECTION 08 7100 - DOOR HARDWARE SECTION 08 8000 - GLAZING SECTION 09 2116 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES SECTION 09 2300 - GYPSUM PLASTERING SECTION 09 2400 - PORTLAND EXTERIOR STUCCO CEMENT PLASTERING SHEET G -106 SECTION 09 3000 - TILING SECTION 09 5100 - ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS SECTION 09 6500 - RESILIENT FLOORING SECTION 09 6813 - TILE CARPETING SECTION 09 7200 - WALL COVERINGS SECTION 09 9000 - PAINTING & COATING SHEET G -107 SECTION 10 2113.13 - METAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS SECTION 10 2800 - TOILET, BATH & LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES SECTION 10 4400 - FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES SECTION 10 7500 - FLAGPOLES SECTION 11 3100 - RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES SECTION 12 2113 - HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS SECTION 12 4813 - ENTRANCE FLOOR MATS & FRAMES SECTION 14 4200 - VERTICAL PLATFORM LIFTS SHEET G -108 SECTION 21 0500 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION SECTION 21 1300 - FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS SECTION 22 0553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING & EQUIPMENT SECTION 22 0719 - PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION SECTION 221005 - PLUMBING PIPING SECTION 221006 - PLUMBING PIPING SPECIALTIES SECTION 22 3000 - PLUMBING EQUIPMENT SECTION 22 4000 - PLUMBING FIXTURES SHEET G -109 SECTION 23 0553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING & EQUIPMENT SECTION 23 0593 - TESTING, ADJUSTING & BALANCING FOR HVAC SECTION 23 0713 - DUCT INSULATION SECTION 23 0719 - I-NAC PIPING INSULATION SECTION 23 2113 - HYDRONIC PIPING SECTION 23 2300 - REFRIGERANT PIPING SECTION 23 3100 - HVAC DUCTS & CASTINGS SECTION 23 3300 - AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES SHEET G -110 SECTION 23 3700 - AIR OUTLETS & INLETS SECTION 23 8101 - TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER UNITS SECTION 23 8127 - SMALL SPLIT- SYSTEM HEATING & COOLING SHEET G -G111 SHEET G -112 SECTION 321216 - ASPHALT PAVING SECTION 32 1723.13 - PAINTED PAVEMENT MARKINGS SECTION 32 3113 - CHAINLINK FENCES & GATES SECTION 33 0516 - UTILITY STRUCTURES REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 13 2009 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION SECTION 26 0501- MINOR ELECTRICAL DEMOI ITION SECTION 26 0519 - LOW VOLTAGE ELEC. POWER CONDUCTORS & CABLES (600V AND LESS) SECTION 26 0526 - GROUNDING & BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SECTION 26 0529 - HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SECTION 26 0534 - CONDUIT SECTION 26 0535 - SURFACE RACEWAY SECTION 26 0536 - CABLE TRAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SECTION 26 0537 - BOXES SECTION 26 0553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SECTION 26 2416 - PANELBOARDS SECTION 26 2726 - WIRING DEVICES SECTION 26 2818 - ENCLOSED SWITCHES SECTION 26 5100 - INTERIOR LIGHTING RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWLA MAY '2 2009 PERMIT CENTER JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 8457 REGISTERED ARCHITECT EDWARD HANBICKI STATE OF WASHINGTON Client: Cant KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. B A Date 05 -05 -09 04 -09 -09 Designed By: PDX Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: GENERAL NOTES, DEMOLITION NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS INDEX Drawing No.: G -100 oqo8 SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 01 1000 - SUMMARY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 PROJECT A. PROJECT NAME: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM. B. OWNER'S NAME: KEY BANK, N.A. C. ARCHITECT'S NAME: JACOBS. ENGINEERING, INC. (WASHINGTON ONLY), JACOBS ARCHITECTURAL SERVICES (OREGON ONLY) D. THE PROJECT MAY CONSIST OF PARTIAL DEMOLITION AND PROVIDING NEW, OFFICES, TELLERS STATIONS, VIDEO WALL, TELLERS WORK AREA, ETO ROOM, WORKSTATIONS, CONFERENCE ROOM, SALES WORK ROOM, NEW DRIVE -UP ATM, EMPLOYEE LOUNGE AND RESTROOMS, CEILINGS, FLOORING AND WALL FINISHES, ELECTRICAL POWER AND LIGHTING, DATA AND SECURITY SYSTEM, PLUMBING AND HVAC ALTERATIONS. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF ALTERATIONS WORK A. SCOPE OF DEMOLITION, ALTERATION WORK AND SCHEDULING OF CONSTRUCTION TO BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR. B. SCOPE OF DEMOLITION MAY CONSIST OF PLUMBING, HVAC, ELECTRICAL POWER AND LIGHTING, FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLERS, FIRE ALARM, TELEPHONE, SECURITY AND DATA. ALTER EXISTING SYSTEM AND ADD NEW CONSTRUCTION, KEEPING EXISTING IN OPERATION. 1.03 OWNER OCCUPANCY A. OWNER INTENDS TO CONTINUE TO OCCUPY ADJACENT PORTIONS OF THE EXISTING BUILDING DURING THE ENTIRE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD AND /OR UPON SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. B. COOPERATE WITH OWNER TO MINIMIZE CONFLICT AND TO FACILITATE OWNER'S OPERATIONS. C. SCHEDULE THE WORK TO ACCOMMODATE OWNER'S OCCUPANCY. ALL WORK TO BE PERFORMED AFTER NORMAL BANKING HOURS OF OPERATIONS. PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED SECTION 01 3000 - ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS PART I GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. PRECONSTRUCTION, SITE MOBILIZATION, PROGRESS, CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS, COORDINATION MEETINGS, SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW AND PROJECT CLOSEOUT. 1.02 PROJECT COORDINATION A. PROJECT COORDINATOR: OWNER. B. COOPERATE IN THE ALLOCATION OF MOBILIZATION AREAS OF SITE; FOR FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS, FOR CONSTRUCTION WORKMEN ACCESS, TRAFFIC, AND PARKING FACILITIES. C. DURING CONSTRUCTION, COORDINATE USE OF SITE AND FACILITIES THROUGH THE OWNER PROPERTY MANAGER AND CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. D. COMPLY WITH OWNER PROJECT COORDINATOR'S PROCEDURES FOR INTRA- PROJECT COMMUNICATIONS; SUBMITTALS, REPORTS AND RECORDS, SCHEDULES, COORDINATION DRAWINGS, AND RECOMMENDATIONS; AND RESOLUTION OF AMBIGUITIES AND CONFLICTS. E. COMPLY WITH INSTRUCTIONS OF THE OWNER PROJECT COORDINATOR FOR USE OF TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES. F. COORDINATE FIELD ENGINEERING AND LAYOUT WORK UNDER INSTRUCTIONS OF THE OWNER PROJECT COORDINATOR. G. MAKE THE FOLLOWING TYPES OF SUBMITTALS TO ARCHITECT WITH NOTIFICATION BEING MADE TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S PROJECT MANAGER: 1. REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION AND SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, SAMPLES, TEST AND INSPECTION REPORTS, DESIGN DATA, MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS, CHANGE ORDER REQUESTS, COORDINATION DRAWINGS, AND CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING A. OWNER WILL SCHEDULE A MEETING AFTER NOTICE OF AWARD. THIS MEETING WILL BE SCHEDULED ONCE THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR HAS BEEN IDENTIFIED AND AWARDED THE PROJECT. B. ATTENDANCE REQUIRED- OWNER AND CONTRACTOR. THE PROPERTY MANAGER FROM THE OWNER AND THE PROJECT MANAGER FROM THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER WILL BE PRESENT AT THIS MEETING. C. RECORD MINUTES AND DISTRIBUTE COPIES WITHIN TWO DAYS AFTER MEETING TO PARTICIPANTS, WITH TWO COPIES TO ARCHITECT, OWNER, PARTICIPANTS, AND THOSE AFFECTED BY DECISIONS MADE. THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER WILL RECORD MINUTES OF THE MEETING AND DISTRIBUTE ACCORDINGLY. D. REFER TO GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S MANUAL FOR SPECIFICS. 3.02 SITE MOBILIZATION AND PROGRESS MEETINGS A. THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S PROJECT MANAGER WILL SCHEDULE MEETINGS AT THE PROJECT SITE PRIOR TO CONTRACTOR OCCUPANCY. B. ATTENDANCE REQUIRED- OWNER, CONTRACTOR, SPECIAL CONSULTANTS, CONTRACTOR'S SUPERINTENDENT, MAJOR SUBCONTRACTORS. C. RECORD MINUTES AND DISTRIBUTE COPIES WITHIN TWO DAYS AFTER MEETING TO PARTICIPANTS, WITH TWO COPIES TO THE OWNER, ARCHITECT, PARTICIPANTS AND THOSE AFFECTED BY DECISIONS MADE. D. REFER TO GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S MANUAL. 3.03 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE A. AT TIME OF CONTRACT COMPLETION, SUBMIT THE SCHEDULE FOR WORK, WRITTEN CERTIFICATION THAT MAJOR CONTRACTORS HAVE ACCEPTED THE PROPOSED SCHEDULE. SUBMIT UPDATED SCHEDULE WITH EACH APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT. 104 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS A. SUBMIT PHOTOGRAPHS WITH EACH APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT, TAKEN NOT MORE THAN 3 DAYS PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT IF REQUIRED BY OWNER. B. VIEWS: TAKE PHOTOS FROM SUFFICIENT VANTAGE POINTS TO SUBSTANTIATE WORK COMPLETED PER APPLICATION FOR PAYMENTS. SUBMIT PHOTOS TO THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. C. REFER TO GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL PHOTOS. 3.05 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A. REFER TO SECTION 01 7000 AND SECTION 01 6000. 3.06 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION A. SUBMIT DESIGN DATA, CERTIFICATES, TEST AND INSPECTION REPORTS, MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND FIELD REPORTS AS REQUIRED DURING CONSTRUCTION. 107 SUBMITTALS FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. SUBMIT PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS, OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA, WARRANTIES AND BONDS. B. SUBMIT FOR OWNER'S BENEFIT DURING AND AFTER PROJECT COMPLETION. C. SUBMIT FIELD MAINTAINED REDLINED SET OF DOCUMENTS TO ARCHITECT AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT. ARCHITECT WILL RECORD CONTRACTOR'S REDLINED DRAWINGS INTO RECORD AS -BUILT SET OF DOCUMENTS. 3.08 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. TRANSMIT EACH SUBMITTAL WITH APPROVED FORM. B. SEQUENTIALLY NUMBER THE TRANSMITTAL FORM. REVISE SUBMITTALS WITH ORIGINAL NUMBER AND A SEQUENTIAL ALPHABETIC SUFFIX. C. IDENTIFY PROJECT, CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTOR OR SUPPLIER; PERTINENT DRAWING AND DETAIL NUMBER, AND SPECIFICATION SECTION NUMBER, AS APPROPRIATE ON EACH COPY. D. APPLY CONTRACTOR'S STAMP, SIGNED OR INITIALED CERTIFYING THAT REVIEW, APPROVAL, VERIFICATION OF PRODUCTS REQUIRED, FIELD DIMENSIONS, ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION WORK, AND COORDINATION OF INFORMATION IS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE WORK AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. SECTION 01 1000 - SUMMARY (CONT.) E. SCHEDULE SUBMITTALS TO EXPEDITE THE PROJECT, AND COORDINATE SUBMISSION OF RELATED ITEMS. F. FOR EACH SUBMITTAL FOR REVIEW, ALLOW 5 DAYS EXCLUDING DELIVERY TIME TO AND FROM THE CONTRACTOR. G. IDENTIFY VARIATIONS FROM CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND PRODUCT OR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS WHICH MAY BE DETRIMENTAL TO SUCCESSFUL PERFORMANCE OF THE COMPLETED WORK. H. PROVIDE SPACE FOR CONTRACTOR AND ARCHITECT REVIEW STAMPS. I. WHEN REVISED FOR RESUBMISSION, IDENTIFY ALL CHANGES MADE SINCE PREVIOUS SUBMISSION. J. DISTRIBUTE COPIES OF REVIEWED SUBMITTALS AS APPROPRIATE. INSTRUCT PARTIES TO PROMPTLY REPORT ANY INABILITY TO COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS. K. SUBMITTALS NOT REQUESTED WILL NOT BE RECOGNIZED OR PROCESSED. REFER TO SECTION 01 6000, 1.02. SECTION 014000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. REFERENCES AND STANDARDS, QUALITY ASSURANCE SUBMITTALS, MOCK -UPS, CONTROL OF INSTALLATION, TOLERANCES, TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES AND MANUFACTURERS FIELD SERVICES. 1.02 REFERENCES 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. TESTING AGENCY QUALIFICATIONS: 1. REQUIRED TESTING SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. B. DESIGN DATA: SUBMIT FOR CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S KNOWLEDGE AS CONTRACT ADMINISTRATOR FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF ASSESSING CONFORMANCE WITH INFORMATION GIVEN AND THE DESIGN CONCEPT EXPRESSED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, OR FOR OWNER'S INFORMATION. C. TEST REPORTS: AFTER EACH TEST/INSPECTION, PROMPTLY SUBMIT TWO COPIES OF REPORT TO ARCHITECT AND TO CONTRACTOR. 1. TEST REPORT SUBMITTALS ARE FOR CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S KNOWLEDGE AS CONTRACT ADMINISTRATOR FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF ASSESSING CONFORMANCE WITH INFORMATION GIVEN AND THE DESIGN CONCEPT EXPRESSED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, OR FOR OWNER'S INFORMATION. D. CERTIFICATES: WHEN SPECIFIED IN INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, SUBMIT CERTIFICATION BY THE MANUFACTURER AND CONTRACTOR OR INSTALLATION/APPLICATION SUBCONTRACTOR TO CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, ARCHITECT AND OWNER, IN QUANTITIES SPECIFIED FOR PRODUCT DATA. 1. SPECIFIED INDICATE MATERIAL OR PRODUCT CONFORMS TO OR EXCEEDS SPE C O 0 C C REQUIREMENTS. SUBMIT SUPPORTING REFERENCE DATA, AFFIDAVITS, AND CERTIFICATIONS AS APPROPRIATE. E. MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS: WHEN SPECIFIED IN INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, SUBMIT PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS FOR DELIVERY, STORAGE, ASSEMBLY, INSTALLATION, START -UP, ADJUSTING, AND FINISHING, FOR THE OWNER'S INFORMATION. INDICATE SPECIAL PROCEDURES, PERIMETER CONDITIONS REQUIRING SPECIAL ATTENTION, AND SPECIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CRITERIA REQUIRED FOR APPLICATION OR INSTALLATION. F. MANUFACTURER'S FIELD REPORTS: SUBMIT REPORTS FOR CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S BENEFIT AS CONTRACT ADMINISTRATOR OR FOR OWNER. 1. SUBMIT FOR INFORMATION FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF ASSESSING CONFORMANCE WITH INFORMATION GIVEN AND THE DESIGN CONCEPT EXPRESSED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. G. ERECTION DRAWINGS: SUBMIT DRAWINGS FOR CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S BENEFIT AS CONTRACT ADMINISTRATOR OR FOR OWNER. 1. SUBMIT FOR INFORMATION FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF ASSESSING CONFORMANCE WITH INFORMATION GIVEN AND THE DESIGN CONCEPT EXPRESSED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 2. DATA INDICATING INAPPROPRIATE OR UNACCEPTABLE WORK MAY BE SUBJECT TO ACTION BY ARCHITECT OR OWNER. 1.04 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS A. FOR PRODUCTS AND WORKMANSHIP SPECIFIED BY REFERENCE TO A DOCUMENT OR DOCUMENTS NOT INCLUDED IN THE PROJECT MANUAL, ALSO REFERRED TO AS REFERENCE STANDARDS, COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE STANDARD, EXCEPT WHEN MORE RIGID REQUIREMENTS ARE SPECIFIED OR ARE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE CODES. B. CONFORM TO REFERENCE STANDARD OF DATE OF ISSUE CURRENT ON DATE OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, EXCEPT WHERE A SPECIFIC DATE IS ESTABLISHED BY APPLICABLE CODE. C. OBTAIN COPIES OF STANDARDS WHERE REQUIRED BY PRODUCT SPECIFICATION SECTIONS. D. MAINTAIN COPY AT PROJECT SITE DURING SUBMITTALS, PLANNING, AND PROGRESS OF THE SPECIFIC WORK, UNTIL SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. E. SHOULD SPECIFIED REFERENCE STANDARDS CONFLICT WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, REQUEST CLARIFICATION FROM ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING. F. NEITHER THE CONTRACTUAL RELATIONSHIPS, DUTIES, OR RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE PARTIES IN CONTRACT NOR THOSE OF OWNER SHALL BE ALTERED FROM THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS BY MENTION OR INFERENCE OTHERWISE IN ANY REFERENCE DOCUMENT. 1.05 TESTING AND INSPECTION AGENCIES A. GENERAL CONTRACTOR WILL EMPLOY SERVICES OF AN INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY TO PERFORM CERTAIN SPECIFIED TESTING. B. CONTRACTOR SHALL EMPLOY AND PAY FOR SERVICES OF AN INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY TO PERFORM OTHER SPECIFIED TESTING. C. EMPLOYMENT OF AGENCY IN NO WAY RELIEVES CONTRACTOR OF OBLIGATION TO PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. D. CONTRACTOR EMPLOYED AGENCY: 1. TESTING AGENCY: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM E 329, ASTM E 543, ASTM C 1021, ASTM C 1077, AND ASTM C 1093. 2. INSPECTION AGENCY: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM D3740 AND ASTM E329. 3. LABORATORY: AUTHORIZED TO OPERATE IN THE STATE IN WHICH THE PROJECT IS LOCATED. 4. LABORATORY STAFF: MAINTAIN A FULL TIME REGISTERED ENGINEER ON STAFF TO REVIEW SERVICES. 5. TESTING EQUIPMENT: CALIBRATED AT REASONABLE INTERVALS EITHER BY NIST OR USING AN NIST ESTABLISHED MEASUREMENT ASSURANCE PROGRAM, UNDER A LABORATORY MEASUREMENT QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM. PART 3 EXECUTION 2.01 CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. MONITOR QUALITY CONTROL OVER SUPPLIERS, MANUFACTURERS, PRODUCTS, SERVICES, SITE CONDITIONS, AND WORKMANSHIP, TO PRODUCE WORK OF SPECIFIED QUALITY. B. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS, INCLUDING EACH STEP IN SEQUENCE. C. SHOULD MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS CONFLICT WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, REQUEST CLARIFICATION FROM OWNER BEFORE PROCEEDING. D. COMPLY WITH SPECIFIED STANDARDS AS MINIMUM QUALITY FOR THE WORK EXCEPT WHERE MORE STRINGENT TOLERANCES, CODES, OR SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS INDICATE HIGHER STANDARDS OR MORE PRECISE WORKMANSHIP. E. HAVE WORK PERFORMED BY PERSONS QUALIFIED TO PRODUCE REQUIRED AND SPECIFIED QUALITY. F. VERIFY THAT FIELD MEASUREMENTS ARE AS INDICATED ON SHOP DRAWINGS OR AS INSTRUCTED BY THE MANUFACTURER. SECTION 014000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS (CONT.) G. SECURE PRODUCTS IN PLACE WITH POSITIVE ANCHORAGE DEVICES DESIGNED AND SIZED TO WITHSTAND STRESSES, VIBRATION, PHYSICAL DISTORTION, AND DISFIGUREMENT. 2.02 MOCK -UPS A. TESTS WILL BE PERFORMED UNDER PROVISIONS IDENTIFIED IN THIS SECTION AND IDENTIFIED IN THE RESPECTIVE PRODUCT SPECIFICATION SECTIONS. B. ASSEMBLE AND ERECT SPECIFIED ITEMS WITH SPECIFIED ATTACHMENT AND ANCHORAGE DEVICES, FLASHINGS, SEALS, AND FINISHES. C. ACCEPTED MOCK -UPS SHALL BE A COMPARISON STANDARD FOR THE REMAINING WORK. D. WHERE MOCK -UP HAS BEEN ACCEPTED BY OWNER AND IS SPECIFIED IN PRODUCT SPECIFICATION SECTIONS TO BE REMOVED, REMOVE MOCK -UP AND CLEAR AREA WHEN DIRECTED TO DO S0. 2.03 TOLERANCES A. MONITOR FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION TOLERANCE CONTROL OF PRODUCTS TO PRODUCE ACCEPTABLE WORK. DO NOT PERMIT TOLERANCES TO ACCUMULATE. B. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURERS' TOLERANCES. SHOULD MANUFACTURERS' TOLERANCES CONFLICT WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, REQUEST CLARIFICATION FROM ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING. C. ADJUST PRODUCTS TO APPROPRIATE DIMENSIONS; POSITION BEFORE SECURING PRODUCTS IN PLACE. 2.04 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. TESTING AGENCY DUTIES: 1. PROVIDE QUALIFIED PERSONNEL AT SITE. COOPERATE WITH OWNER AND CONTRACTOR IN PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 2. PERFORM SPECIFIED SAMPLING AND TESTING OF PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFIED STANDARDS. 3. ASCERTAIN COMPLIANCE OF MATERIALS AND MIXES WITH REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 4. PROMPTLY NOTIFY OWNER, ARCHITECT, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, AND CONTRACTOR OF OBSERVED IRREGULARITIES OR NON- CONFORMANCE OF WORK OR PRODUCTS. 5. PERFORM ADDITIONAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY OWNER AND ARCHITECT WITH NOTIFICATION BEING MADE TO THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 6. SUBMIT REPORTS OF ALL TESTS /INSPECTIONS SPECIFIED WITH NOTIFICATION BEING MADE TO THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. B. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. DELIVER TO AGENCY AT DESIGNATED LOCATION, ADEQUATE SAMPLES OF MATERIALS PROPOSED TO BE USED WHICH REQUIRE TESTING, ALONG WITH PROPOSED MIX DESIGNS. 2. COOPERATE WITH LABORATORY PERSONNEL, AND PROVIDE ACCESS TO THE WORK AND TO MANUFACTURERS' FACILITIES. 3. PROVIDE INCIDENTAL LABOR AND FACILITIES: A. TO PROVIDE ACCESS TO WORK TO BE TESTED /INSPECTED. B. TO OBTAIN AND HANDLE SAMPLES AT THE SITE OR AT SOURCE OF PRODUCTS TO BE TESTED /INSPECTED. C. TO FACILITATE TESTS /INSPECTIONS. D. TO PROVIDE STORAGE AND CURING OF TEST SAMPLES. 4. NOTIFY OWNER, ARCHITECT, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND LABORATORY 24 HOURS PRIOR TO EXPECTED TIME FOR OPERATIONS REQUIRING TESTING /INSPECTION SERVICES. 5. EMPLOY SERVICES OF AN INDEPENDENT QUALIFIED TESTING LABORATORY AND PAY FOR ADDITIONAL SAMPLES, TESTS, AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY CONTRACTOR BEYOND SPECIFIED . RE UIREMENT Q S 6. ARRANGE WITH OWNER'S AGENCY PAY FOR OR ADDITIONAL SAMPLES, TESTS, AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY CONTRACTOR BEYOND SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. C. RE- TESTING REQUIRED BECAUSE OF NON - CONFORMANCE TO SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE SAME AGENCY ON INSTRUCTIONS BY OWNER AND ARCHITECT. D. RE- TESTING REQUIRED BECAUSE OF NON - CONFORMANCE TO SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE PAID FOR BY CONTRACTOR. 2.05 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES A. WHEN SPECIFIED IN INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, REQUIRE MATERIAL OR PRODUCT SUPPLIERS OR MANUFACTURERS TO PROVIDE QUALIFIED STAFF PERSONNEL TO OBSERVE SITE CONDITIONS, CONDITIONS OF SURFACES AND INSTALLATION, QUALITY OF WORKMANSHIP, START -UP OF EQUIPMENT, TEST, ADJUST AND BALANCE OF EQUIPMENT AND AS APPLICABLE, AND TO INITIATE INSTRUCTIONS WHEN NECESSARY. B. SUBMIT QUALIFICATIONS OF OBSERVER TO OWNER 30 DAYS IN ADVANCE OF REQUIRED OBSERVATIONS. C. REPORT OBSERVATIONS AND SITE DECISIONS OR INSTRUCTIONS GIVEN TO APPLICATORS OR INSTALLERS THAT ARE SUPPLEMENTAL OR CONTRARY TO MANUFACTURERS' WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 2.06 DEFECT ASSESSMENT A. REPLACE WORK OR PORTIONS OF THE WORK NOT CONFORMING TO SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. B. IF, IN THE OPINION OF THE OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, IT IS NOT PRACTICAL TO REMOVE AND REPLACE THE WORK, OWNER OR CONSTRUCTION MANAGER WILL DIRECT AN APPROPRIATE REMEDY. CONFIRM WITH OWNER SECTION 015000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. TEMPORARY UTILITIES, TELEPHONE, SANITARY AND WASTE REMOVAL SERVICES, BARRIERS, ENCLOSURES, FENCING, SECURITY REQUIREMENTS, VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING, PROJECT ID SIGNS AND FIELD OFFICES. 1.02 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. PROVIDE AND PAY FOR ALL ELECTRICAL POWER, LIGHTING, WATER, HEATING AND COOLING, AND VENTILATION REQUIRED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. USE TRIGGER OPERATED NOZZLES FOR WATER HOSES. 1.03 TELEPHONE SERVICE A. PROVIDE, MAINTAIN, AND PAY FOR TELEPHONE AND FACSIMILE SERVICE TO FIELD OFFICE AT TIME OF PROJECT MOBILIZATION. 1.04 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN REQUIRED FACILITIES AND ENCLOSURES. PROVIDE AT TIME OF PROJECT MOBILIZATION. USE OF EXISTING RESTROOM FACILITIES IS NOT PERMITTED. MAINTAIN DAILY IN CLEAN AND SANITARY CONDITION. 1.05 BARRIERS A. PROVIDE BARRIERS TO PREVENT UNAUTHORIZED ENTRY TO CONSTRUCTION AREAS, TO ALLOW FOR OWNER'S USE OF SITE AND TO PROTECT EXISTING FACILITIES AND ADJACENT PROPERTIES FROM DAMAGE FROM CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS AND DEMOLITION. B. PROVIDE BARRICADES AND COVERED WALKWAYS REQUIRED BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES FOR PUBLIC RIGHTS -OF -WAY AND FOR PUBLIC ACCESS TO EXISTING BUILDING. PROTECT NON -OWNED VEHICULAR TRAFFIC, STORED MATERIALS, SITE, PLANTINGS AND STRUCTURES FROM DAMAGE. 1.06 FENCING A. CONSTRUCTION: PROVIDE TEMPORARY FENCING OR PHYSICAL BARRIER AROUND ALL EXTERIOR CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS TO PROJECT FROM UNAUTHORIZED ENTRY OR USE, REMOVE UPON PROJECT COMPLETION. 1.07 EXTERIOR ENCLOSURES A. PROVIDE TEMPORARY INSULATED WEATHER TIGHT CLOSURE OF EXTERIOR OPENINGS TO ACCOMMODATE ACCEPTABLE WORKING CONDITIONS AND PROTECTION FOR PRODUCTS, TO ALLOW FOR TEMPORARY HEATING AND MAINTENANCE OF REQUIRED AMBIENT TEMPERATURES IDENTIFIED IN INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, AND TO PREVENT ENTRY OF UNAUTHORIZED PERSONS. PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS WITH SELF - CLOSING HARDWARE AND LOCKS. SECTION 015000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS (CONT.) 1.08 INTERIOR ENCLOSURES A. PROVIDE TEMPORARY PARTITIONS AND CEILINGS AS INDICATED TO SEPARATE WORK AREAS FROM OWNER - OCCUPIED AREAS, TO PREVENT PENETRATION OF DUST AND MOISTURE INTO OWNER - OCCUPIED AREAS, AND TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO EXISTING MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT. B. CONSTRUCTION: FRAMING AND REINFORCED POLYETHYLENE SHEET MATERIALS WITH CLOSED JOINTS AND SEALED EDGES AT INTERSECTIONS WITH EXISTING SURFACES: 1. STC RATING OF 35 IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 90. 2. MAXIMUM FLAME SPREAD RATING OF 75 IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 84. C. PAINT SURFACES EXPOSED TO VIEW FROM OWNER - OCCUPIED AREAS. 1.09 SECURITY A. PROVIDE SECURITY AND FACILITIES TO PROTECT WORK, EXISTING FACILITIES, AND OWNER 'S OPERATIONS FROM UNAUTHORIZED ENTRY, VANDALISM, OR THEFT AND COORDINATE WITH OWNER 'S SECURITY PROGRAM. 1.10 VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING A. COORDINATE ACCESS AND HAUL ROUTES WITH GOVERNING AUTHORITIES AND OWNER. MAINTAIN TOTAL ACCESS TO FIRE HYDRANTS. B. PROVIDE TEMPORARY PARKING AREAS TO ACCOMMODATE CONSTRUCTION PERSONNEL. WHEN SITE SPACE IS NOT ADEQUATE, PROVIDE ADDITIONAL OFF -SITE PARKING. COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER AND THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 1.11 WASTE REMOVAL A. PROVIDE WASTE REMOVAL FACILITIES AND SERVICES AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN THE SITE IN CLEAN AND ORDERLY CONDITION. B. PROVIDE CONTAINERS WITH LIDS. REMOVE TRASH FROM THE INSIDE OF THE FACILITIES NIGHTLY. C. IF MATERIALS TO BE RECYCLED OR RE -USED ON THE PROJECT MUST BE STORED ON -SITE, PROVIDE SUITABLE NON - COMBUSTIBLE CONTAINERS; LOCATE CONTAINERS HOLDING FLAMMABLE MATERIAL OUTSIDE THE STRUCTURE UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. D. OPEN FREE -FALL CHUTES ARE NOT PERMITTED. TERMINATE CLOSED CHUTES INTO APPROPRIATE CONTAINERS WITH LIDS. 1.12 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION A. PROVIDE PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGN OF DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION AS REQUIRED BY OWNER. B. ERECT ON SITE AT LOCATION DIRECTED BY OWNER. NO OTHER SIGNS ARE ALLOWED WITHOUT OWNER PERMISSION EXCEPT THOSE REQUIRED BY LAW. 1.13 FIELD OFFICES A. OFFICE: WEATHER TIGHT, WITH LIGHTING, ELECTRICAL OUTLETS, HEATING, COOLING EQUIPMENT, AND EQUIPPED WITH STURDY FURNITURE, DRAWING RACK AND DRAWING DISPLAY TABLE. S LE. PROVIDE SPACE FOR MEETINGS WITH 6 PERSONS, SEPARATE PRIVATE OFFICE EQUIPPED AND FURNISHED FOR USE BY OWNER AND ARCHITECT. B. LOCATE OFFICES A MINIMUM DISTANCE OF 30 FEET FROM EXISTING AND NEW STRUCTURES. 1.14 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS A. REMOVE TEMPORARY UTILITIES, EQUIPMENT, FACILITIES, MATERIALS PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION INSPECTION. B. REMOVE UNDERGROUND INSTALLATIONS TO A MINIMUM DEPTH OF 2 FEET. C. RESTORE EXISTING FACILITIES USED DURING CONSTRUCTION TO ORIGINAL CONDITION. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS UCT R Q UIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. GENERAL PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS- LEED RELATED PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS, TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING, STORAGE, PROTECTION, PRODUCT OPTION REQUIREMENTS, SUBSTITUTION LIMITATIONS AND PROCEDURES, OWNER SUPPLIED PRODUCTS, SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. EXCEPT FOR HVAC, ELECTRICAL OR PLUMBING ITEMS, NO SUBMITTALS ARE NECESSARY FOR PRODUCTS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT CERTIFICATION LETTER, PRIOR TO STARTING CONSTRUCTION, THAT ALL PRODUCTS TO BE UTILIZED IN THE REMODEL PROGRAM WILL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND NO SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE MADE. FOR ANY OF THE TRADES LISTED ABOVE, NO SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE ALLOWED AND SUBMITTALS SHALL BE MADE FOR RECORD PURPOSED ONLY. NO FINAL PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE UNTIL SUCH REPORT DOCUMENTS HAVE BEEN SUBMITTED AND ACCEPTED BY THE OWNER. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01' NEW PRODUCTS A. PROVIDE NEW PRODUCTS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY REQUIRED OR PERMITTED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. B. DO NOT USE PRODUCTS USING OR CONTAINING CFC'S OR HCFC'S. C. WHERE ALL OTHER CRITERIA ARE MET, CONTRACTOR SHALL GIVE PREFERENCE TO PRODUCTS THAT HAVE LONGER LIFE SPAN AND RESULT IN LESS CONSTRUCTION WASTE. D. REGIONALLY - SOURCED PRODUCTS AND PRODUCTS WITH RECYCLED CONTENT: 1. SPECIFIC PRODUCT CATEGORIES: PROVIDE REGIONALLY - SOURCED AND RECYCLED CONTENT PRODUCTS AS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE. E. SUSTAINABLY HARVESTED WOOD: 1. DEFINITION: WOOD -BASED MATERIALS INCLUDE BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO STRUCTURAL FRAMING, DIMENSION LUMBER, FLOORING, WOOD DOORS, FINISHES, AND FURNISHINGS THAT ARE PERMANENTLY INSTALLED IN THE PROJECT. WOOD AND WOOD -BASED PRODUCTS NOT PERMANENTLY INSTALLED IN THE PROJECT ARE NOT INCLUDED IN THE DEFINITION. 2. SPECIFIC WOOD -BASED FABRICATIONS: FABRICATE OF SUSTAINABLY HARVESTED WOOD WHEN SO SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE. 3. CERTIFICATION: PROVIDE WOOD CERTIFIED OR LABELED BY AN ORGANIZATION ACCREDITED BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: A. THE FOREST STEWARDSHIP COUNCIL, THE PRINCIPLES FOR NATURAL FOREST MANAGEMENT; FOR CANADA VISIT HTTP: //WWW.FSCCANADA.ORG, FOR THE USA VISIT HTTP: /NVWW.FSCUS.ORG. F. UREA - FORMALDEHYDE PROHIBITION: 1. OVERALL PROJECT REQUIREMENT: PROVIDE COMPOSITE WOOD AND AGRIFIBER PRODUCTS HAVING NO ADDED UREA- FORMALDEHYDE RESINS. A. REQUIRE EACH INSTALLER TO CERTIFY COMPLIANCE AND SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA SHOWING PRODUCT CONTENT. G. ADHESIVES AND JOINT SEALANTS: 1. DEFINITION: THIS PROVISION APPLIES TO GUNNABLE, TROWELABLE, AND LIQUID- APPLIED ADHESIVES, SEALANTS, AND SEALANT PRIMERS USED ANYWHERE ON THE INTERIOR OF THE BUILDING INSIDE THE WEATHER BARRIER, INCLUDING DUCT SEALERS. H. AEROSOL ADHESIVES: 1. PROVIDE ONLY PRODUCTS HAVING LOWER VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND (VOC) CONTENT THAN REQUIRED BY GREENSEAL GS -36. 2.02 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS A. PROVIDE SPARE PARTS, MAINTENANCE, AND EXTRA PRODUCTS OF TYPES AND IN QUANTITIES SPECIFIED IN INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS. DELIVER TO THE OWNER'S PROPERTY MANAGER. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS (CONT.) NO SUBSTITUTIONS ARE ALLOWED. 3.02 OWNER- SUPPLIED PRODUCTS A. OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. ARRANGE FOR AND DELIVER OWNER REVIEWED SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES, TO CONTRACTOR, PAY FOR PRODUCT DELIVERY, INSPECT PRODUCTS WITH CONTRACTOR, SUBMIT CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES OR DEFICIENT ITEMS, AND ARRANGE FOR WARRANTIES AND INSPECTIONS. B. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. REVIEW OWNER REVIEWED SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES, RECEIVE AND UNLOAD PRODUCTS, INSPECT PRODUCTS WITH OWNER, HANDLE, STORE AND INSTALL PRODUCTS, REPAIR OR REPLACE ITEMS DAMAGED AFTER RECEIPT. 3.03 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. DESIGNATE RECEIVING /STORAGE AREAS FOR INCOMING PRODUCTS SO THAT THEY ARE DELIVERED ACCORDING TO INSTALLATION SCHEDULE AND PLACED CONVENIENT TO WORK AREA IN ORDER TO MINIMIZE WASTE DUE TO EXCESSIVE MATERIALS HANDLING AND MISAPPLICATION. SECTION 01 7000 - EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. EXAMINATION, PREPARATION, AND GENERAL INSTALLATION PROCEDURES, REQUIREMENTS FOR ALTERATION WORK, SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, MEETINGS, CUTTING AND PATCHING, SURVEYING FOR LAYING OUT THE WORK, CLEANING AND PROTECTION, STARTING OF SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT, DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTION OF OWNER PERSONNEL AND CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES. B. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES, EXCEPT PAYMENT PROCEDURES. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. SEE SECTION 013000 - ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS, FOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. B. DEMOLITION PLAN: SUBMIT DEMOLITION PLAN AS SPECIFIED BY OSHA AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES. 1. INDICATE EXTENT OF DEMOLITION, REMOVAL SEQUENCE, BRACING AND SHORING, AND LOCATION AND CONSTRUCTION OF BARRICADES AND FENCES. 2. IDENTIFY DEMOLITION FIRM AND SUBMIT QUALIFICATIONS. 3. INCLUDE A SUMMARY OF SAFETY PROCEDURES. C. CUTTING AND PATCHING: SUBMIT WRITTEN REQUEST IN ADVANCE OF CUTTING OR ALTERATION WHICH AFFECTS: 1. STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF ANY ELEMENT OF PROJECT. 2. INTEGRITY OF WEATHER EXPOSED OR MOISTURE RESISTANT ELEMENT. 3. EFFICIENCY, MAINTENANCE, OR SAFETY OF ANY OPERATIONAL ELEMENT. 4. VISUAL QUALITIES OF SIGHT EXPOSED ELEMENTS. 5. WORK OF OWNER OR SEPARATE CONTRACTOR. D. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS: ACCURATELY RECORD ACTUAL LOCATIONS OF CAPPED AND ACTIVE UTILITIES. MAINTAIN REDLINE RECORD SET OF AS -BUILT THROUGHOUT PROJECT. RECORD ALL CHANGES TO DOCUMENTS. AT END OF PROJECT, TRANSFER REDLINE RECORD SET OF DOCUMENTS TO ARCHITECT. TRANSFER 0 & M DOCUMENT TO OWNER. 1.03 QUALIFICATIONS A. FOR DEMOLITION WORK, EMPLOY A FIRM SPECIALIZING IN THE TYPE OF WORK REQUIRED. 1. MINIMUM OF 10 YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. B. FOR SURVEY WORK, EMPLOY A LAND SURVEYOR REGISTERED IN THE STATE IN WHICH THE PROJECT IS LOCATED AND ACCEPTABLE TO OWNER AND ARCHITECT. SUBMIT EVIDENCE OF SURVEYOR'S ERRORS AND OMISSIONS INSURANCE COVERAGE IN THE FORM OF AN INSURANCE CERTIFICATE. C. FOR FIELD ENGINEERING, EMPLOY A PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER OF THE DISCIPLINE REQUIRED FOR SPECIFIC SERVICE ON PROJECT, LICENSED IN THE STATE IN WHICH THE PROJECT IS LOCATED. 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. GRADE SITE TO DRAIN. MAINTAIN EXCAVATIONS FREE OF WATER. PROVIDE, OPERATE, AND MAINTAIN PUMPING EQUIPMENT. B. PROTECT SITE FROM PUDDLING OR RUNNING WATER. PROVIDE WATER BARRIERS AS REQUIRED TO PROTECT SITE FROM SOIL EROSION. C. VENTILATE ENCLOSED AREAS TO ASSIST CURE OF MATERIALS, TO DISSIPATE HUMIDITY, AND TO PREVENT ACCUMULATION OF DUST, FUMES, VAPORS, OR GASES. D. DUST N CO TROL: EXECUTE WORK BY METHODS TO MINIMIZE RAISING DUST FROM CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. PROVIDE POSITIVE MEANS TO PREVENT AIR -BORNE DUST FROM DISPERSING INTO ATMOSPHERE. E. EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL: PLAN AND EXECUTE WORK BY METHODS TO CONTROL SURFACE DRAINAGE FROM CUTS AND FILLS, FROM BORROW AND WASTE DISPOSAL AREAS. PREVENT EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION. F. NOISE CONTROL: PROVIDE METHODS, MEANS, AND FACILITIES TO MINIMIZE NOISE PRODUCED BY CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. G. PEST CONTROL: PROVIDE METHODS, MEANS, AND FACILITIES TO PREVENT PESTS AND INSECTS FROM DAMAGING THE WORK. H. RODENT CONTROL: PROVIDE METHODS, MEANS, AND FACILITIES TO PREVENT RODENTS FROM ACCESSING OR INVADING PREMISES. I. POLLUTION CONTROL: PROVIDE METHODS, MEANS, AND FACILITIES TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF SOIL, WATER, AND ATMOSPHERE FROM DISCHARGE OF NOXIOUS TOXIC SUBSTANCES, AND POLLUTANTS PRODUCED BY CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. 1.05 COORDINATION A. NOTIFY AFFECTED UTILITY COMPANIES, COMPLY WITH THEIR REQUIREMENTS AND VERIFY THAT UTILITY REQUIREMENTS AND CHARACTERISTICS OF NEW OPERATING EQUIPMENT ARE COMPATIBLE WITH BUILDING UTILITIES. B. COORDINATE SPACE REQUIREMENTS, SUPPORTS, AND INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORK WHICH ARE INDICATED DIAGRAMMATICALLY ON DRAWINGS. FOLLOW ROUTING SHOWN FOR PIPES, DUCTS, AND CONDUIT, AS CLOSELY AS PRACTICABLE; PLACE RUNS PARALLEL WITH LINES OF BUILDING. UTILIZE SPACES EFFICIENTLY TO MAXIMIZE ACCESSIBILITY FOR OTHER INSTALLATIONS, FOR MAINTENANCE, AND FOR REPAIRS. C. IN FINISHED AREAS EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, CONCEAL PIPES, DUCTS, AND WIRING WITHIN THE CONSTRUCTION. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF FIXTURES AND OUTLETS WITH FINISH ELEMENTS. D. COORDINATE COMPLETION AND CLEAN -UP OF WORK OF SEPARATE SECTIONS. E. DURING OWNER OCCUPANCY OF PREMISES, COORDINATE ACCESS TO SITE FOR CORRECTION OF DEFECTIVE WORK AND WORK NOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, TO MINIMIZE DISRUPTION OF OWNER'S ACTIVITIES. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PATCHING MATERIALS A. NEW MATERIALS: AS SPECIFIED IN PRODUCT SECTIONS; MATCH EXISTING PRODUCTS AND WORK FOR PATCHING AND EXTENDING WORK. B. PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION: FOR ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN MATERIALS, SUBMIT REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION DESCRIBED IN SECTION 01 6000. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. VERIFY THAT EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS AND SUBSTRATE SURFACES ARE ACCEPTABLE FOR SUBSEQUENT WORK. START OF WORK MEANS ACCEPTANCE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS. B. VERIFY THAT EXISTING SUBSTRATE IS CAPABLE OF STRUCTURAL SUPPORT OR ATTACHMENT OF NEW WORK BEING APPLIED OR ATTACHED. C. EXAMINE AND VERIFY SPECIFIC CONDITIONS DESCRIBED IN INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS. D. TAKE FIELD MEASUREMENTS BEFORE CONFIRMING PRODUCT ORDERS IRE EIVED BEGINNING FABRICATION, TO MINIMIZE WASTE DUE TO OVER-ORDEGIWOOF TUKIMLA MISFABRICATION. MAY'2 2009 PERMIT CENTER DISCLAIMER: NOT ALL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS APPLY TO THIS LOCATION. JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437-4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 REVIEWED F CODE C OR MPLIANDE APPROV JUL 1 3 2009 City of T ukwila BUILDING DIVISION -- .�...,. ION 8457 REGr'zTERED ARCHITECT EDWARD HANBICKI STATE OF WASHINGTON Client: KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. Date 05 -05 -09 04-09-09 Designed By: PDX Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: SPECIFICATIONS Drawing No.: G -101 08(o• SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 01 7000 - EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS (CONT.) E. VERIFY THAT UTILITY SERVICES ARE AVAILABLE, OF THE CORRECT CHARACTERISTICS, AND IN THE CORRECT LOCATIONS, 3.02 LAYING OUT THE WORK A. VERIFY LOCATIONS OF SURVEY CONTROL POINTS PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. B. PROMPTLY NOTIFY OWNER AND ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES DISCOVERED. C. CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE AND PROTECT SURVEY CONTROL AND REFERENCE POINTS. D. PROTECT SURVEY CONTROL POINTS PRIOR TO STARTING WORK; PRESERVE PERMANENT REFERENCE POINTS DURING CONSTRUCTION. E. ESTABLISH ELEVATIONS, LINES AND LEVELS. LOCATE AND LAY OUT BY INSTRUMENTATION AND SIMILAR APPROPRIATE MEANS: 1. SITE IMPROVEMENTS INCLUDING PAVEMENTS; STAKES FOR GRADING, FILL AND TOPSOIL PLACEMENT; UTILITY LOCATIONS, SLOPES, AND INVERT ELEVATIONS. 2. GRID OR AXIS FOR STRUCTURES, BUILDING FOUNDATION, COLUMN LOCATIONS AND GROUND FLOOR ELEVATIONS. 3.03 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. INSTALL PRODUCTS AS SPECIFIED IN INDIVIDUAL SECTIONS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS, AND SO AS TO AVOID WASTE DUE TO NECESSITY FOR REPLACEMENT. B. MAKE VERTICAL ELEMENTS PLUMB AND HORIZONTAL ELEMENTS LEVEL, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, C. INSTALL EQUIPMENT AND FITTINGS PLUMB AND LEVEL, NEATLY ALIGNED WITH ADJACENT VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL LINES, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. D. MAKE CONSISTENT TEXTURE ON SURFACES, WITH SEAMLESS TRANSITIONS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. E. MAKE NEAT TRANSITIONS BETWEEN DIFFERENT SURFACES, MAINTAINING TEXTURE AND APPEARANCE. 3.04 ALTERATIONS A. DRAWINGS SHOWING EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AND UTILITIES ARE BASED ON CASUAL FIELD OBSERVATION AND EXISTING RECORD DOCUMENTS ONLY. 1. VERIFY THAT CONSTRUCTION AND UTILITY ARRANGEMENTS ARE AS SHOWN. 2. REPORT DISCREPANCIES TO OWNERS COORDINATOR BEFORE DISTURBING EXISTING INSTALLATION. 3. BEGINNING OF ALTERATIONS WORK CONSTITUTES ACCEPTANCE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS. B. SEPARATE AREAS IN WHICH ALTERATIONS ARE BEING CONDUCTED FROM OTHER AREAS THAT ARE STILL OCCUPIED. 1. PROVIDE, ERECT, AND MAINTAIN TEMPORARY DUSTPROOF PARTITIONS OF CONSTRUCTION SPECIFIED IN SECTION 015000 IN LOCATIONS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 2. PROVIDE SOUND RETARDANT PARTITIONS OF CONSTRUCTION INDICATED ON DRAWINGS IN LOCATIONS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. C. MAINTAIN WEATHERPROOF EXTERIOR BUILDING ENCLOSURE EXCEPT FOR INTERRUPTIONS REQUIRED FOR REPLACEMENT OR MODIFICATIONS; TAKE CARE TO PREVENT WATER AND HUMIDITY DAMAGE. 1. WHERE OPENINGS IN EXTERIOR ENCLOSURE EXIST, PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION TO MAKE EXTERIOR ENCLOSURE WEATHERPROOF. 2. INSULATE EXISTING DUCTS OR PIPES THAT ARE EXPOSED TO OUTDOOR AMBIENT TEMPERATURES BY ALTERATIONS WORK. D. REMOVE EXISTING WORK AS INDICATED AND AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMPLISH NEW WORK. 1. REMOVE ROTTED WOOD, CORRODED METALS, AND DETERIORATED MASONRY AND CONCRETE; REPLACE WITH NEW CONSTRUCTION SPECIFIED. 2. REMOVE ITEMS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 3. RELOCATE ITEMS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 4. WHERE NEW SURFACE FINISHES ARE TO BE APPLIED TO EXISTING WORK, PERFORM REMOVALS, PATCH, AND PREPARE EXISTING SURFACES AS REQUIRED TO RECEIVE NEW FINISH; REMOVE EXISTING FINISH IF NECESSARY FOR SUCCESSFUL APPLICATION OF NEW FINISH. 5. WHERE NEW SURFACE FINISHES ARE NOT SPECIFIED OR INDICATED, PATCH HOLES AND DAMAGED SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISHED SURFACES AS CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE. E. SERVICES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO HVAC, PLUMBING, FIRE PROTECTION, ELECTRICAL, AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS): REMOVE, RELOCATE, AND EXTEND EXISTING SYSTEMS TO ACCOMMODATE NEW CONSTRUCTION. 1. MAINTAIN EXISTING ACTIVE SYSTEMS THAT ARE TO REMAIN IN OPERATION; MAINTAIN ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT AND OPERATIONAL COMPONENTS; IF NECESSARY, MODIFY INSTALLATION TO ALLOW ACCESS OR PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL. 2. WHERE EXISTING SYSTEMS OR EQUIPMENT ARE NOT ACTIVE AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS REQUIRE REACTIVATION, PUT BACK INTO OPERATIONAL CONDITION; REPAIR SUPPLY, DISTRIBUTION, AND EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED. 3. WHERE EXISTING ACTIVE SYSTEMS SERVE OCCUPIED FACILITIES BUT ARE TO BE REPLACED WITH NEW SERVICES, MAINTAIN EXISTING SYSTEMS IN SERVICE UNTIL NEW SYSTEMS ARE COMPLETE AND READY FOR SERVICE. A. DISABLE EXISTING SYSTEMS ONLY TO MAKE SWITCHOVERS AND CONNECTIONS; MINIMIZE DURATION OF OUTAGES. B. PROVIDE TEMPORARY CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN EXISTING SYSTEMS IN SERVICE. 5. REMOVE ABANDONED PIPE, DUCTS, CONDUITS, AND EQUIPMENT, INC4. VERIFY THAT ABANDONED SERVICES SERVE ONLY ABANDONED FACILITIES. LUDING THOSE ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS; REMOVE BACK TO SOURCE OF SUPPLY WHERE POSSIBLE, OTHERWISE CAP STUB AND TAG WITH IDENTIFICATION; PATCH HOLES LEFT BY REMOVAL USING MATERIALS SPECIFIED FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION. F. PROTECT EXISTING WORK TO REMAIN. 1. PREVENT MOVEMENT OF STRUCTURE; PROVIDE SHORING AND BRACING IF NECESSARY. 2. PERFORM CUTTING TO ACCOMPLISH REMOVALS NEATLY AND AS SPECIFIED FOR CUTTING NEW WORK. 3. REPAIR ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION AND FINISHES DAMAGED DURING REMOVAL WORK. 4. PATCH AS SPECIFIED FOR PATCHING NEW WORK. G. ADAPT EXISTING WORK TO FIT NEW WORK 1. WHERE REMOVAL OF PARTITIONS OR WALLS RESULTS IN ADJACENT SPACES BECOMING ONE, REWORK FLOORS, WALLS, AND CEILINGS TO A SMOOTH PLANE WITHOUT BREAKS, STEPS, OR BULKHEADS. 2. WHERE A CHANGE OF PLANE OF 1/4 INCH OR MORE OCCURS IN EXISTING WORK, SUBMIT RECOMMENDATION FOR PROVIDING A SMOOTH TRANSITION FOR OWNER REVIEW AND REQUEST INSTRUCTIONS. 3. TRIM EXISTING WOOD DOORS AS NECESSARY TO CLEAR NEW FLOOR FINISH. REFINISH TRIM AS REQUIRED. H. CLEAN EXISTING SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT. I. REMOVE DEMOLITION DEBRIS AND ABANDONED ITEMS FROM ALTERATIONS AREAS AND DISPOSE OF OFF -SITE; DO NOT BURN OR BURY. J. DO NOT BEGIN NEW CONSTRUCTION IN ALTERATIONS AREAS BEFORE DEMOLITION IS COMPLETE. 3.05 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. EXECUTE CUTTING AND PATCHING INCLUDING EXCAVATION AND FILL TO COMPLETE THE WORK, TO UNCOVER WORK IN ORDER TO INSTALL IMPROPERLY SEQUENCED WORK, TO REMOVE AND REPLACE DEFECTIVE OR NON - CONFORMING WORK, TO REMOVE SAMPLES OF INSTALLED WORK FOR TESTING WHEN REQUESTED, TO PROVIDE OPENINGS IN THE WORK FOR PENETRATION OF MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORK, TO EXECUTE PATCHING TO COMPLEMENT ADJACENT WORK, AND TO FIT PRODUCTS TOGETHER TO INTEGRATE WITH OTHER WORK. B. CUT RIGID MATERIALS USING MASONRY SAW OR CORE DRILL. PNEUMATIC TOOLS NOT ALLOWED WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL. C. RESTORE WORK WITH NEW PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. D. FIT WORK AIR TIGHT TO PIPES, SLEEVES, DUCTS, CONDUIT, AND OTHER PENETRATIONS THROUGH SURFACES. SECTION 01 7000 - EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS (CONT.) E. AT PENETRATIONS OF FIRE RATED WALLS, PARTITIONS, CEILING, OR FLOOR CONSTRUCTION, COMPLETELY SEAL VOIDS WITH FIRE RATED MATERIAL IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 07 8400, TO FULL THICKNESS OF THE PENETRATED ELEMENT. F. REFINISH SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISH. FOR CONTINUOUS SURFACES, REFINISH TO NEAREST INTERSECTION OR NATURAL BREAK. FOR AN ASSEMBLY, REFINISH ENTIRE UNIT. G. MAKE NEAT TRANSITIONS. PATCH WORK TO MATCH ADJACENT WORK IN TEXTURE AND APPEARANCE. WHERE NEW WORK ABUTS OR ALIGNS WITH EXISTING, PERFORM A SMOOTH AND EVEN TRANSITION. 3.06 SYSTEMS STARTUP A. COORDINATE SCHEDULE FOR START -UP OF VARIOUS EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS. B. NOTIFY OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND CONSTRUCTION MANAGER SEVEN DAYS PRIOR TO START -UP OF EACH ITEM. C. VERIFY THAT EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM HAS BEEN CHECKED FOR PROPER LUBRICATION, DRIVE ROTATION, BELT TENSION, CONTROL SEQUENCE, AND FOR CONDITIONS WHICH MAY CAUSE DAMAGE. D. VERIFY TESTS, METER READINGS, AND SPECIFIED ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AGREE WITH THOSE REQUIRED BY THE EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM MANUFACTURER. E. VERIFY THAT WIRING AND SUPPORT COMPONENTS FOR EQUIPMENT ARE COMPLETE AND TESTED. F. EXECUTE START -UP UNDER SUPERVISION OF APPLICABLE CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL AND MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS. G. SUBMIT A WRITTEN REPORT THAT EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM HAS BEEN PROPERLY INSTALLED AND IS FUNCTIONING CORRECTLY. 3.07 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTION A. DEMONSTRATE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF PRODUCTS TO OWNER'S PERSONNEL AND THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER TWO WEEKS PRIOR TO DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. B. DEMONSTRATE START -UP, OPERATION, CONTROL, ADJUSTMENT, TROUBLE- SHOOTING, SERVICING,_MAINIENAN, AND SHUTDOWN OF EACH ITEM OF EQUIPMENT AT SCHEDULED TIME, AT EQUIPMENT LOCATION. C. FOR EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEMS REQUIRING SEASONAL OPERATION, PERFORM DEMONSTRATION FOR OTHER SEASON WITHIN SIX MONTHS. D. PROVIDE A QUALIFIED PERSON WHO IS KNOWLEDGEABLE ABOUT THE PROJECT TO PERFORM DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTION OF OWNER PERSONNEL. E. UTILIZE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS AS BASIS FOR INSTRUCTION. REVIEW CONTENTS OF MANUAL WITH OWNER'S PERSONNEL IN DETAIL TO EXPLAIN ALL ASPECTS OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE. 3.08 ADJUSTING A. ADJUST OPERATING PRODUCTS AND EQUIPMENT TO ENSURE SMOOTH AND UNHINDERED OPERATION. B. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING HVAC SYSTEMS: SEE SECTION 23 0593. 3.09 FINAL CLEANING A. GENERAL CONTRACTOR WILL PROVIDE COMPREHENSIVE CLEANING AFTER FINAL ACCEPTANCE. B. USE CLEANING MATERIALS THAT ARE NONHAZARDOUS. C. CLEAN DEBRIS FROM ROOFS, GUTTERS, DOWNSPOUTS, AND DRAINAGE SYSTEMS. D. REMOVE WASTE, SURPLUS MATERIALS, TRASH /RUBBISH, AND CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES FROM THE SITE; DISPOSE OF IN LEGAL MANNER; DO NOT BURN OR BURY. E. CLEAN OWNER- OCCUPIED AREAS OF WORK. 3.10 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. MAKE SUBMITTALS THAT ARE REQUIRED BY GOVERNING OR OTHER AUTHORITIES. 1. PROVIDE COPIES TO ARCHITECT AND OWNERS CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. B. ACCOMPANY PROJECT COORDINATOR ON PRELIMINARY INSPECTION TO DETERMINE ITEMS TO BE LISTED FOR COMPLETION OR CORRECTION IN CONTRACTOR'S NOTICE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. C. NOTIFY OWNER WHEN WORK IS CONSIDERED READY FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. D. SUBMIT WRITTEN CERTIFICATION THAT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS HAVE BEEN REVIEWED, WORK HAS BEEN INSPECTED, AND THAT WORK IS COMPLETE IN ACCORDANCE WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND READY FOR ARCHITECTS REVIEW. E. CORRECT ITEMS OF WORK LISTED IN EXECUTED CERTIFICATES OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR ACCESS TO OWNER- OCCUPIED AREAS. F. NOTIFY OWNER AND ARCHITECT WHEN WORK IS CONSIDERED FINALLY COMPLETE. G. COMPLETE ITEMS OF WORK DETERMINED BY OWNER FINAL INSPECTION. H. SUBMIT GENERAL CONTRACTOR FIELD MAINTAINED REDLINE SET OF AS -BUILT DOCUMENTS TO ARCHITECT. SET SHALL CLEARLY DENOTE ANY AND ALL FIELD MODIFICATIONS MADE DURING CONSTRUCTION. I. SUBMIT 0 & M MANUAL FOR ANY NEW EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED TO OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, 3.11 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. FURNISH SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE OF COMPONENTS INDICATED IN SPECIFICATION SECTIONS DURING THE WARRANTY PERIOD OR AS REQUESTED BY OWNER, B. EXAMINE SYSTEM COMPONENTS AT A FREQUENCY CONSISTENT WITH RELIABLE OPERATION.] CLEAN, ADJUST, AND LUBRICATE AS REQUIRED. C. INCLUDE SYSTEMATIC EXAMINATION, ADJUSTMENT, AND LUBRICATION OF COMPONENTS. REPAIR OR REPLACE PARTS WHENEVER REQUIRED. USE PARTS PRODUCED BY THE MANUFACTURER OF THE ORIGINAL COMPONENT. D. MAINTENANCE SERVICE SHALL NOT BE ASSIGNED OR TRANSFERRED TO ANY AGENT OR SUBCONTRACTOR WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF OWNER SECTION 02 4100 - DEMOLITION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. BUILDING DEMOLITION , SELECTIVE DEMOLITION OF BUILT SITE ELEMENTS AND FOR ALTERATION PURPOSES, ABANDONMENT AND REMOVAL OF EXISTING UTILITIES.. 1.02 REFERENCES A. 29 CFR 1926 - U.S. OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS; CURRENT EDITION. B. NFPA 241- STANDARD FOR SAFEGUARDING CONSTRUCTION, ALTERATION, AND DEMOLITION OPERATIONS; 2004. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. DEMOLITION FIRM: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN THE TYPE OF WORK REQUIRED. 1. MINIMUM OF 10 YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. PART 2 PRODUCTS -- NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 ' SCOPE A. REMOVE PAVING AND CURBS AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMPLISH NEW WORK. B. REMOVE OTHER ITEMS INDICATED, FOR SALVAGE, RELOCATION, RECYCLING, AND ITEMS INDICATED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. C. FILL EXCAVATIONS, OPEN PITS, AND HOLES IN GROUND AREAS GENERATED AS RESULT OF REMOVALS, USING SPECIFIED FILL; COMPACT FILL AS REQUIRED SO THAT REQUIRED ROUGH GRADE ELEVATIONS DO NOT SUBSIDE WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER COMPLETION. 3.02 GENERAL PROCEDURES AND PROJECT CONDITIONS A. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE CODES AND REGULATIONS FOR DEMOLITION OPERATIONS AND SAFETY OF ADJACENT STRUCTURES AND THE PUBLIC. 1. OBTAIN REQUIRED PERMITS, COMPLY WITH ALL BUILDING CODES, PROVIDE TEMPORARY BARRIERS, MINIMIZE INTERFERENCES WITH ADJACENT STRUCTURES AND OCCUPANTS, DO NOT OBSTRUCT ENTRANCES, EXITS, ROADWAYS AND SIDEWALKS B. DO NOT BEGIN REMOVAL UNTIL RECEIPT OF NOTIFICATION TO PROCEED FROM OWNER. C. IF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ARE DISCOVERED DURING REMOVAL OPERATIONS, STOP WORK AND NOTIFY THE OWNER'S AND THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IMMEDIATELY. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS INCLUDE REGULATED ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIALS, LEAD, PCB'S, AND MERCURY. D. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: COMPLY WITH 29 CFR 1926 AND STATE AND LOCAL REGULATIONS. SECTION 02 4100 - DEMOLITION (CONT.) 3.03 EXISTING UTILITIES A. COORDINATE WORK WITH UTILITY COMPANIES; NOTIFY BEFORE STARTING WORK AND COMPLY WITH THEIR REQUIREMENTS; OBTAIN REQUIRED PERMITS AND PROTECT EXISTING UTILITIES TO REMAIN. B. DO NOT CLOSE, SHUT OFF, OR DISRUPT EXISTING LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS AND UTILITY BRANCHES THAT ARE IN USE WITHOUT AT LEAST 7 DAYS PRIOR WRITTEN NOTIFICATION TO THE OWNER'S PROPERTY MANAGER, THE OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. C. REMOVE EXPOSED PIPING, VALVES, METERS, EQUIPMENT, SUPPORTS, AND FOUNDATIONS OF DISCONNECTED AND ABANDONED UTILITIES. 3.04 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR ALTERATIONS A. DRAWINGS SHOWING EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AND UTILITIES ARE BASED ON CASUAL FIELD OBSERVATION AND EXISTING RECORD DOCUMENTS ONLY. 1. VERIFY THAT CONSTRUCTION AND UTILITY ARRANGEMENTS ARE AS SHOWN. 2. REPORT DISCREPANCIES TO THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND THE OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER BEFORE DISTURBING EXISTING INSTALLATION. 3. BEGINNING OF DEMOLITION WORK CONSTITUTES ACCEPTANCE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS. B. SEPARATE AREAS IN WHICH DEMOLITION IS BEING CONDUCTED FROM OTHER AREAS THAT ARE STILL OCCUPIED. 1. PROVIDE, ERECT, AND MAINTAIN TEMPORARY DUSTPROOF PARTITIONS OF CONSTRUCTION SPECIFIED IN SECTION 01 5000 IN LOCATIONS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 2. PROVIDE SOUND RETARDANT PARTITIONS OF CONSTRUCTION IN LOCATIONS BASED ON WORK SEQUENCE AND CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULING. C. MAINTAIN WEATHERPROOF EXTERIOR BUILDING ENCLOSURE EXCEPT FOR INTERRUPTIONS REQUIRED FOR REPLACEMENT OR MODIFICATIONS; TAKE CARE TO PREVENT WATER AND HUMIDITY DAMAGE. D. SERVICES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO HVAC, PLUMBING, FIRE PROTECTION, ELECTRICAL, AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS,): REMOVE EXISTING SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT AS INDICATED. E. PROTECT EXISTING WORK TO REMAIN. 1. PREVENT MOVEMENT OF STRUCTURE; PROVIDE SHORING AND BRACING IF NECESSARY. 2. PERFORM CUTTING TO ACCOMPLISH REMOVALS NEATLY AND AS SPECIFIED FOR CUTTING NEW WORK. 3. REPAIR ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION AND FINISHES DAMAGED DURING REMOVAL WORK AND PATCH AS REQUIRED FOR MATCHING NEW WORK. 3.05 DEBRIS AND WASTE REMOVAL A. REMOVE DEBRIS, JUNK, AND TRASH FROM SITE, LEAVE CLEAN AND READY FOR SUBSEQUENT WORK. SECTION 03 3000 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. CONCRETE FORMWORK, ELEVATED CONCRETE SLABS, FLOOR SLABS ON GRADE, FOUNDATIONS, REINFORCEMENT, CONCRETE PADS, JOINT DEVICES AND CURING. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. PERFORM WORK OF THIS SECTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 301 AND ACI 318. 1. MAINTAIN ONE COPY OF EACH DOCUMENT ON SITE. B. FOLLOW RECOMMENDATIONS OF ACI 305R WHEN CONCRETING DURING HOT WEATHER. C. FOLLOW RECOMMENDATIONS OF ACI 306R WHEN CONCRETING DURING COLD WEATHER. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FORMWORK A. FORMWORK DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION: COMPLY WITH GUIDELINES OF ACI 347 TO PROVIDE FORMWORK THAT WILL PRODUCE CONCRETE COMPLYING WITH TOLERANCES OF ACI 117. 2.02 REINFORCEMENT A. REINFORCING STEEL: ASTM A 615/A 615M GRADE 60 (420). 1. TYPE: DEFORMED UNFINISHED BILLET -STEEL BARS B. STEEL WELDED WIRE REINFORCEMENT: ASTM A 185/A 185M, PLAIN TYPE. C. REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES: 1. ANNEALED MINIMUM 16 GAGE TIE WIRE, CHAIRS, BAR SUPPORTS AND SPACERS 2. PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL, GALVANIZED, PLASTIC, OR PLASTIC COATED STEEL COMPONENTS FOR PLACEMENT WITHIN 2 INCHES OF WEATHERING SURFACES. 103 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. CEMENT: ASTM C 150, TYPE I - NORMAL PORTLAND TYPE; FINE AND COARSE AGGREGATE: ASTM C33 B. WATER: CLEAN AND NOT DETRIMENTAL TO CONCRETE. 2.04 CHEMICAL ADMIXTURES A. DO NOT USE CHEMICALS THAT WILL RESULT IN SOLUBLE CHLORIDE IONS IN EXCESS OF 0.1 PERCENT BY WEIGHT OF CEMENT. B. AIR ENTRAINMENT ADMIXTURE: ASTM C 260, ACCELERATING ADMIXTURE: ASTM 494C/ 494M TYPE C, RETARDING ADMIXTURE: ASTM 494C/ 494M TYPE B 105 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. UNDERSLAB VAPOR RETARDER: MULTI- LAYER, FABRIC -, CORD -, GRID -, OR ALUMINUM- REINFORCED POLYETHYLENE OR EQUIVALENT, COMPLYING WITH ASTM E 1745, CLASS A; STATED BY MANUFACTURER AS SUITABLE FOR INSTALLATION IN CONTACT WITH SOIL OR GRANULAR FILL UNDER CONCRETE SLABS. SINGLE PLY POLYETHYLENE IS PROHIBITED. B. CHEMICAL HARDENER: FLUOSILICATE SOLUTION DESIGNED FOR DENSIFICATION OF CURED CONCRETE SLABS. C. NON- SHRINK GROUT: ASTM C 1107/C 1107M; PREMIXED COMPOUND CONSISTING OF NON- METALLIC AGGREGATE, CEMENT, WATER REDUCING AND PLASTICIZING AGENTS. D. MOISTURE- RETAINING COVER: ASTM C 171; REGULAR CURING PAPER, WHITE CURING PAPER, CLEAR POLYETHYLENE, WHITE POLYETHYLENE, OR WHITE BURLAP- POLYETHYLENE SHEET. 106 BONDING AND JOINTING PRODUCTS A. LATEX BONDING AGENT: NON- DISPERSIBLE ACRYLIC LATEX, COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 1059 TYPE IL B. EPDXY BONDING SYSTEM: COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 881/C 881M AND OF TYPE REQUIRED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION. C. JOINT FILLER: COMPRESSIBLE ASPHALT MASTIC WITH FELT FACERS, COMPLYING WITH ASTM D 994,1/4 INCH THICK AND 4 INCHES DEEP. 2.07 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN A. PROPORTIONING NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE: COMPLY WITH ACI 211.1 RECOMMENDATIONS. B. CONCRETE STRENGTH: ESTABLISH REQUIRED AVERAGE STRENGTH FOR EACH TYPE OF CONCRETE ON THE BASIS OF FIELD EXPERIENCE OR TRIAL MIXTURES, AS SPECIFIED IN ACI 301. 1. FOR TRIAL MIXTURES METHOD, EMPLOY INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO ARCHITECT FOR PREPARING AND REPORTING PROPOSED MIX DESIGNS. C. ADMIXTURES: ADD ACCEPTABLE ADMIXTURES AS RECOMMENDED IN ACI 211.1 AND AT RATES RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. D. NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE: 1. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 39/C 39M AT 28 DAYS: 3,000 PSI. 2.08 MIXING A. ON PROJECT SITE: MIX IN DRUM TYPE BATCH MIXER, COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 685. TRANSIT MIXERS: COMPLY WITH ASTM C 94/C 94M. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONCRETE FINISHING A. CONCRETE SLABS: FINISH TO REQUIREMENTS OF ACI 302.1 R, AND AS FOLLOWS: 1. STEEL TROWEL SURFACES THAT WILL RECEIVE CARPETING, RESILIENT FLOORING, SEAMLESS FLOORING, THIN SET QUARRY TILE, AND THIN SET CERAMIC TILE. 2. STEEL TROWEL SURFACES THAT WILL BE LEFT EXPOSED. A. CHEMICAL HARDENER: AFTER SLAB HAS CURED, APPLY WATER - DILUTED HARDENER IN THREE COATS PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, ALLOWING 24 HOURS BETWEEN COATS. B. IN AREAS WITH FLOOR DRAINS, MAINTAIN FLOOR ELEVATION AT WALLS; PITCH SURFACES UNIFORMLY TO DRAINS AT 1:100 NOMINAL. SECTION 03 3000 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE (CONT.) 3.02 CURING AND PROTECTION 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. PROVIDE FREE ACCESS TO CONCRETE OPERATIONS AT PROJECT SITE AND COOPERATE WITH APPOINTED FIRM. B. SUBMIT PROPOSED MIX DESIGN OF EACH CLASS OF CONCRETE TO INSPECTION AND TESTING FIRM FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF CONCRETE OPERATIONS. C. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH TESTS: ASTM C 39/C 39M. FOR EACH TEST, MOLD AND CURE THREE CONCRETE TEST CYLINDERS. OBTAIN TEST SAMPLES FOR EVERY 100 CU YD OR LESS OF EACH CLASS OF CONCRETE PLACED. D. TAKE ONE ADDITIONAL TEST CYLINDER DURING COLD WEATHER CONCRETING, CURED ON JOB SITE UNDER SAME CONDITIONS AS CONCRETE IT REPRESENTS. E. PERFORM ONE SLUMP TEST FOR EACH SET OF TEST CYLINDERS TAKEN, FOLLOWING PROCEDURES OF ASTM C 143/C 143M. 3.04 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE A. TEST RESULTS: THE TESTING AGENCY SHALL REPORT TEST RESULTS IN WRITING TO OWNER AND CONTRACTOR WITHIN 24 HOURS OF TEST. B. DEFECTIVE CONCRETE: CONCRETE NOT CONFORMING TO REQUIRED LINES, DETAILS, DIMENSIONS, TOLERANCES OR SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. C. REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF DEFECTIVE CONCRETE WILL BE DETERMINED BY THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT. THE COST OF ADDITIONAL TESTING SHALL BE BORNE BY CONTRACTOR WHEN DEFECTIVE CONCRETE IS IDENTIFIED. D. DO NOT PATCH, FILL, TOUCH -UP, REPAIR, OR REPLACE EXPOSED CONCRETE EXCEPT UPON EXPRESS DIRECTION OF OWNER AND ARCHITECT FOR EACH INDIVIDUAL AREA. SECTION 04 2000 - UNIT MASONRY PART I GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. CONCRETE BLOCK, FACING AND COMMON BRICK, MORTAR AND GROUT, REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE, FLASHINGS, LINTELS AND ACCESSORIES. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. COMPLY WITH PROVISIONS OF ACI 530 /ASCE 5/TMS 402 AND ACI 530.1 /ASCE 6/TMS 602, EXCEPT WHERE EXCEEDED BY REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 1.03 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. MAINTAIN MATERIALS AND SURROUNDING AIR TEMPERATURE TO MINIMUM 40 DEGREES F PRIOR TO, DURING, AND 48 HOURS AFTER COMPLETION OF MASONRY WORK. B. MAINTAIN MATERIALS AND SURROUNDING AIR TEMPERATURE TO MAXIMUM 90 DEGREES F PRIOR TO, DURING, AND 48 HOURS AFTER COMPLETION OF MASONRY WORK. 1.04 EXTRA MATERIALS A. SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS, FOR ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS. B. PROVIDE 30 OF EACH SIZE, COLOR, AND TYPE OF FACE BRICK UNITS FOR KEY BANK'S USE IN MAINTENANCE OF PROJECT. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. CONCRETE BLOCK: COMPLY WITH REFERENCED STANDARDS AND AS FOLLOWS: 1. SIZE: STANDARD UNITS WITH NOMINAL FACE DIMENSIONS OF 16 X 8 INCHES AND NOMINAL DEPTHS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFIC LOCATIONS, LOADING BEARING UNITS: ASTM C 90, NON -LOAD BEARING UNITS: ASTM C129 2.02 BRICK UNITS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. BORAL BRICKS, INC: WWW.BORALBRICKS.COM. 2. ENDICOTT CLAY PRODUCTS CO: WWW.ENDICOTT.COM. 3. GLEN GERY: WWW.GLENGERY.COM. 4. SUMMITVILLE: WWW.SUMMITVILLE.COM REVIEWED CODE COMPL APPROV JUL 1 3 20 5. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIRE MENTS. B. FACING BRICK: ASTM C 216, TYPE FBS, GRADE SW. 1. SIZE, COLOR AND TEXTURE: TO MATCH EXISTING. C. BUILDING (COMMON ) C. BRICK: ASTM C 62, GRADE SW; SOLID UNIT vit Of TIJ 1. NOMINAL SIZE: TO MATCH EXISTING. 2.03 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS A. MORTAR AND GROUT: 1. TO MATCH EXISTING MORTAR, PORTLAND CEMENT ASTM C 150 TYPE 11 2. GLEN GREY COLORED MORTAT BLEND G -402 2.04 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE A. MANUFACTURERS OF JOINT REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORS: 1. DUR- O -WAL: WWW.DUR- O- WAL.COM. 2. HOHMANN & BARNARD, INC: WWW.H- B.COM. 3. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. B. REINFORCING STEEL: TYPE AS REQUIRED; SIZE AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS; GALVANIZED FINISH. C. STRAP ANCHORS: BENT STEEL SHAPES CONFIGURED AS REQUIRED FOR SPECIFIC SITUATIONS, 1-1/4 IN WIDTH, 0.105 IN THICK, LENGTHS AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE NOT MORE THAN 1 INCH AND NOT LESS THAN 1/2 INCH OF MORTAR COVERAGE FROM MASONRY FACE, CORRUGATED FOR EMBEDMENT IN MASONRY JOINT, HOT DIP GALVANIZED TO ASTM A 153/A 153M, CLASS B. 2.05 FLASHINGS A. METAL FLASHING MATERIALS:ASTM B 370, 060 SOFT ANNEALED; 20 OZ/SQ FT THICK; NATURAL FINISH COPPER. B. EPDM FLASHING: ASTM D 4637, TYPE I, 0.040 INCH THICK. C. STAINLESS STEEL: ASTM A 666, TYPE 304, SOFT TEMPER; 26 GAGE (0.45 MM) THICK; FINISH 2B TO 2D. 2.06 ACCESSORIES A. PREFORMED CONTROL JOINTS: RUBBER MATERIAL. PROVIDE WITH CORNER AND TEE ACCESSORIES, FUSED JOINTS. B. JOINT FILLER: CLOSED CELL POLYVINYL CHLORIDE; OVERSIZED 50 PERCENT TO JOINT WIDTH; SELF EXPANDING; MAXIMUM LENGTHS AVAILABLE. C. CAVITY MORTAR CONTROL: SEMI -RIGID POLYETHYLENE OR POLYESTER MESH PANELS, SIZED TO THICKNESS OF WALL CAVITY, AND DESIGNED TO PREVENT MORTAR DROPPINGS FROM CLOGGING WEEPS AND CAVITY VENTS AND ALLOW PROPER CAVITY DRAINAGE. D. WEEPS: POLYETHYLENE TUBING AT 24" ON CENTER SPACING. E. CAVITY VENTS: POLYESTER MESH. F. CLEANING SOLUTION: NON- ACIDIC, NOT HARMFUL TO MASONRY WORK OR ADJACENT MATERIALS. 2.07 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES A. MORTAR FOR UNIT MASONRY: ASTM C 270, USING THE PROPORTION SPECIFICATION. 1. MASONRY BELOW GRADE AND IN CONTACT WITH EARTH: TYPE S. 2. EXTERIOR, LOADBEARING MASONRY: TYPE N. 3. EXTERIOR, NON - LOADBEARING MASONRY: TYPE N. 4. INTERIOR, LOADBEARING MASONRY: TYPE N. 5. INTERIOR, NON - LOADBEARING MASONRY: TYPE 0. B. COLORED MORTAR: PROPORTION SELECTED PIGMENTS AND OTHER INGREDIENTS TO MATCH EXISTING, WITHOUT EXCEEDING MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED PIGMENT -TO- CEMENT RATIO. C. NEW MORTAR FOR OLD BRICK: PROPORTIONED BY VOLUME ONLY; NOT MORE THAN 20 PERCENT OF THE TOTAL VOLUME OF PORTLAND CEMENT AND LIME COMBINED SHALL BE PORTLAND CEMENT. 1. SAND: MATCH ORIGINAL MORTAR AS CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE IN COLOR, SIZE, AND TEXTURE, WITHOUT USE OF OTHER ADDITIVES. 2. DO NOT USE MODERN ADDITIVES UNLESS PERMITTED IN WRITING. 3. REPOINTING MORTAR: USE PROPORTIONS FROM 1 PART LIME TO 2 PARTS SAND WITH NO PORTLAND CEMENT, UP TO 2 PARTS PORTLAND CEMENT TO 3 PARTS LIME TO 6 PARTS SAND. 4. WHITE PORTLAND CEMENT: • USE FOR REPOINTING MORTAR WHERE PORTLAND CEMENT IS PERMITTED. D. GROUT: ASTM C 476. CONSISTENCY REQUIRED TO FILL COMPLETELY VOLUMES INDICATED FOR GROUTING; FINE GROUT FOR SPACES WITH SMALLEST HORIZONTAL DIMENSION OF 2 INCHES OR LESS; COARSE GROUT FOR SPACES WITH SMALLEST HORIZONTAL DIMENSION GREATER THAN 2 INCHES. UILDING DI 9 ha SI SECTION 04 2000 - UNIT MASONRY (CONT. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 LINTELS A. INSTALL LOOSE STEEL LINTELS OVER OPENINGS. B. INSTALL REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY LINTELS OVER OPENINGS WHERE STEEL OR PRECAST CONCRETE LINTELS ARE NOT SCHEDULED. 1. OPENINGS TO 42 INCHES: PLACE TWO, NO. 3 REINFORCING BARS 1 INCH FROM BOTTOM WEB. 2. OPENINGS FROM 42 INCHES TO 78 INCHES: PLACE TWO, NO. 5 REINFORCING BARS 1 INCH FROM BOTTOM WEB. 3. OPENINGS OVER 78 INCHES: REINFORCE OPENINGS AS DETAILED. 4. DO NOT SPLICE REINFORCING BARS. C. MAINTAIN MINIMUM 8 INCH BEARING ON EACH SIDE OF OPENING. 3.02 CLEANING A. REMOVE EXCESS MORTAR AND MORTAR DROPPINGS AND REPLACE DEFECTIVE MORTAR. B. CLEAN SOILED SURFACES WITH CLEANING SOLUTION AND NON- METALLIC TOOLS. SECTION 05 5000 - METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. SHOP FABRICATED STEEL AND ALUMINUM ITEMS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS - STEEL A. STEEL SECTIONS: ASTM A 36/A 36M. B. STEEL TUBING: ASTM A 500, GRADE B COLD- FORMED STRUCTURAL TUBING. C. PLATES: ASTM A 283. D. PIPE: ASTM A 53/A 53M, GRADE B SCHEDULE 40, BLACK FINISH. E. BOLTS, NUTS, AND WASHERS: ASTM A 325 (ASTM A 325M), TYPE 1, GALVANIZED TO ASTM A 153/A 153M WHERE CONNECTING GALVANIZED COMPONENTS. F. WELDING MATERIALS: AWS D1.1/D1.1M; TYPE REQUIRED FOR MATERIALS BEING WELDED. G. SHOP AND TOUCH -UP PRIMER: SSPC -PAINT 15, COMPLYING WITH VOC LIMITATIONS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. H. TOUCH -UP PRIMER FOR GALVANIZED SURFACES: SSPC -PAINT 20, TYPE I - INORGANIC, COMPLYING WITH VOC LIMITATIONS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 2.02 MATERIALS - ALUMINUM A. EXTRUDED ALUMINUM: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221 M), 6063 ALLOY, T6 TEMPER. B. SHEET ALUMINUM: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), 5052 ALLOY, H32 OR H22 TEMPER. C. ALUMINUM - ALLOY DRAWN SEAMLESS TUBES: ASTM B 210 (ASTM B 210M), 6063 ALLOY, T6 TEMPER. D. ALUMINUM -ALLOY BARS: ASTM B 211 (ASTM B 211M), 6061 ALLOY, T6 TEMPER. E. ALUMINUM -ALLOY SAND CASTINGS: ASTM B 26. F. ALUMINUM -ALLOY DIE CASTINGS: ASTM B 85. G. BOLTS, NUTS, AND WASHERS: STAINLESS STEEL. H. WELDING MATERIALS: AWS D1.2/D1.2M; TYPE REQUIRED FOR MATERIALS BEING WELDED. 2.03 FABRICATION A. FIT AND SHOP ASSEMBLE ITEMS IN LARGEST PRACTICAL SECTIONS, FOR DELIVERY TO SITE. B. FABRICATE ITEMS WITH JOINTS TIGHTLY FITTED AND SECURED. C. GRIND EXPOSED JOINTS FLUSH AND SMOOTH WITH ADJACENT FINISH SURFACE. MAKE EXPOSED JOINTS BUTT TIGHT, FLUSH, AND HAIRLINE. EASE EXPOSED EDGES TO SMALL UNIFORM RADIUS. OR D. SUPPLY COMPONENTS REQUIRED FOR ANCHORAGE OF FABRICATIONS. FABRICATE I\ CE ANCHORS AND RELATED COMPONENTS OF SAME MATERIAL AND FINISH AS FABRICATION, EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. D 2.04 FABRICATED ITEMS A. BOLLARDS: STEEL PIPE, CONCRETE FILLED, CROWNED CAP, AS DETAILED; PRIME PAINT FINISH. B. LINTELS: AS DETAILED; PRIME PAINT FINISH. C. DOOR FRAMES FOR OVERHEAD DOOR OPENINGS AND WALL OPENINGS: CHANNEL SECTIONS; PRIME PAINT FINISH. D. ELEVATOR HOISTWAY DIVIDER BEAMS: BEAM SECTIONS; PRIME PAINT FINISH. )NE. TOILET PARTITION SUSPENSION MEMBERS: STEEL CHANNEL SECTIONS; PRIME PAINT FINISH. 2.05 FINISHES - STEEL A. PRIME PAINT ALL STEEL ITEMS. 1. EXCEPTIONS: GALVANIZE ITEMS TO BE EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE OR MASONRY AND ITEMS EXPOSED TO WEATHER. 2. EXCEPTIONS: DO NOT PRIME SURFACES IN DIRECT CONTACT WITH CONCRETE, WHERE FIELD WELDING IS REQUIRED, AND ITEMS TO BE COVERED WITH SPRAYED FIREPROOFING. B. PREPARE SURFACES TO BE PRIMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SSPC -SP2. C. CLEAN SURFACES OF RUST, SCALE, GREASE, AND FOREIGN MATTER PRIOR TO FINISHING. D. PRIME PAINTING: ONE COAT. E. GALVANIZING OF STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS: GALVANIZE AFTER FABRICATION TO ASTM A 123/A 1123M REQUIREMENTS. F. GALVANIZING OF NON- STRUCTURAL ITEMS: GALVANIZE AFTER FABRICATION TO ASTM A 123/A 123M REQUIREMENTS. 2.06 FINISHES - ALUMINUM A. EXTERIOR ALUMINUM SURFACES: CLASS I NATURAL ANODIZED. B. INTERIOR ALUMINUM SURFACES: CLASS I NATURAL ANODIZED. C. CLASS I NATURAL ANODIZED FINISH: AAMA 611 AA- M12C22A41 CLEAR ANODIC COATING NOT LESS THAN 0.7 MILS THICK. D. CLASS I COLOR ANODIZED FINISH: AAMA 611 AA- M12C22A42 INTEGRALLY COLORED ANODIC COATING NOT LESS THAN 0.7 MILS THICK; LIGHT BRONZE. 107 FABRICATION TOLERANCES A. SQUARENESS: 1/8 INCH MAXIMUM DIFFERENCE IN DIAGONAL MEASUREMENTS. B. MAXIMUM OFFSET BETWEEN FACES: 1/16 INCH. C. MAXIMUM MISALIGNMENT OF ADJACENT MEMBERS: 1/16 INCH. D. MAXIMUM BOW: 1/8 INCH IN 48 INCHES. E. MAXIMUM DEVIATION FROM PLANE: 1/16 INCH IN 48 INCHES. SECTION 05 5213 - PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. WALL MOUNTED HANDRAILS, STAIR RAILINGS AND GUARDRAILS, FREE STANDING RAILINGS AT STEPS AND BALCONY RAILINGS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS: 1. KEE INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTS, INC: WWW.KEEKLAMP.COM. 2. POMA CORP: WWW.POMACORP.COM. 3. STERLING DULA ARCHITECTURAL PRODUCTS: WWW.STERLINGDULA.COM. 4. JULIUS BLUM & CO.INC.: WWW.JULIUSBLUM.COM. 5. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. B. NON -WELD PIPE FITTINGS (CONCEALED): 2.02 RAILINGS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. DESIGN, FABRICATE, AND TEST RAILING ASSEMBLIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MOST STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM E 985 AND APPLICABLE LOCAL CODE. B. DESIGN RAILING ASSEMBLY, WALL RAILS, AND ATTACHMENTS TO RESIST LATERAL FORCE OF 75 LBS AT ANY POINT WITHOUT DAMAGE OR PERMANENT SET. TEST IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 935. C. DIMENSIONS: SEE DRAWINGS FOR DESIGN CONFIGURATIONS AND HEIGHTS. 1. TOP RAILS, INTERMEDIATE, POST AND WALL RAILS: 1 -1/2 INCHES DIAMETER, ROUND, BALUSTERS: 1/2 INCH SOLID BAR. R EIV D CC LA CITY �F:TU� MAY'2\9" 2009 PERMIT CENTER DISCLAIMER: NOT ALL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS APPLY TO THIS LOCATION. JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 REGISTERED ARCHITECT l� EDWARD HANBICKI STATE OF WASHINGTON 8457 Client: KeyBan k 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. Date Issue /Revision 05 -05 -09 ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID 04-09-09 DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Designed By: PDX Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: PE S CIFICATICJNS Drawing No.: G -102 SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 05 5213 - PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS (CONT.) D. PROVIDE ANCHORS AND OTHER COMPONENTS AS REQUIRED TO ATTACH TO STRUCTURE, MADE OF SAME MATERIALS AS RAILING COMPONENTS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED; WHERE EXPOSED FASTENERS ARE UNAVOIDABLE PROVIDE FLUSH COUNTERSUNK FASTENERS. 1. FOR ANCHORAGE TO CONCRETE, PROVIDE INSERTS TO BE CAST INTO CONCRETE, FOR BOLTING ANCHORS. 2. FOR ANCHORAGE TO MASONRY, PROVIDE BRACKETS TO BE EMBEDDED IN MASONRY, FOR BOLTING ANCHORS. 3. FOR ANCHORAGE TO STUD WALLS, PROVIDE BACKING PLATES, FOR BOLTING ANCHORS. 4. POSTS: PROVIDE ADJUSTABLE FLANGED BRACKETS. E. PROVIDE SLIP -ON NON -WELD MECHANICAL FITTINGS TO JOIN LENGTHS, SEAL OPEN ENDS, AND CONCEAL EXPOSED MOUNTING BOLTS AND NUTS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ELBOWS, T-SHAPES, SPLICE CONNECTORS, FLANGES, ESCUTCHEONS, AND WALL BRACKETS. 2.03 ALUMINUM MATERIALS A. ALUMINUM PIPE: SCHEDULE 40; ASTM B 429/B 429M, ASTM B 241/B 241M, OR ASTM B 483/B 483M, NON -WELD MECHANICAL FITTINGS ( FLUSH SET SCREWS), STRAIGHT SPLICE CONNECTORS. 2.04 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. CLASS I NATURAL ANODIZED FINISH: AAMA 611 AA- M12C22A41 CLEAR ANODIC COATING NOT LESS THAN 0.7 MILS THICK. B. CLASS I COLOR ANODIZED FINISH: AAMA 611 AA- M12C22A42 INTEGRALLY COLORED ANODIC COATING NOT LESS THAN 0.7 MILS THICK. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. APPLY ONE COAT OF BITUMINOUS PAINT TO CONCEALED ALUMINUM SURFACES THAT WILL BE IN CONTACT WITH CEMENTITIOUS OR DISSIMILAR MATERIALS. 3.02 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM PLUMB, OFFSET FROM TRUE ALIGNMENT AND OUT OF POSITION: 1/4 INCH SECTION 061000 - ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. STRUCTURAL DIMENSION LUMBER FRAMING, NON- STRUCTURAL DIMENSION LUMBER FRAMING, ROUGH OPENING FRAMING FOR DOORS, WINDOWS, AND ROOF OPENINGS, UNDERLAYMENT, ROOF- MOUNTED CURBS, ROOFING NAILERS, PRESERVATIVE TREATED WOOD MATERIALS, FIRE RETARDANT TREATED WOOD MATERIALS, COMMUNICATIONS AND ELECTRICAL ROOM MOUNTING BOARDS, CONCEALED WOOD BLOCKING, NAILERS, FURRINGS, SUPPORTS AND GROUNDS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. DIMENSION LUMBER: COMPLY WITH PS 20 AND REQUIREMENTS OF SPECIFIED GRADING AGENCIES. 1. SPECIES: DOUGLAS FIR - LARCH, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 2. GRADING AGENCY: ANY GRADING AGENCY WHOSE RULES ARE APPROVED BY THE BOARD OF REVIEW, AMERICAN LUMBER STANDARD COMMITTEE (WWW.ALSC.ORG) AND WHO PROVIDES GRADING SERVICE FOR THE SPECIES AND GRADE SPECIFIED; PROVIDE LUMBER STAMPED WITH ;GRADE MARK UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. B. LUMBER FABRICATED FROM OLD GROWTH TIMBER IS NOT PERMITTED. C. PROVIDE SUSTAINABLY HARVESTED WOOD; SEE SECTION 016000 FOR REQUIREMENTS. D. PROVIDE WOOD HARVESTED WITHIN A 500 MILE RADIUS OF THE PROJECT SITE FOR LOCALLY - SOURCED PRODUCTS. 2.02 CONSTRUCTION PANELS A. SUBFLOORING: APA RATED SHEATHING. 1. EXPOSURE CLASS: EXTERIOR. 2. SPAN RATING: 32/16 INCHES. 3. THICKNESS: 3/8 INCH, NOMINAL. B. WALL SHEATHING: APA STRUCTURAL I RATED SHEATHING, EXTERIOR EXPOSURE CLASS, AND AS FOLLOWS: 1. SPAN RATING: 24/0. 2. THICKNESS: 1/2 INCH, NOMINAL. C. WALL SHEATHING: PLYWOOD, PS 1, GRADE C-D, EXPOSURE I. D. COMMUNICATIONS AND ELECTRICAL ROOM MOUNTING BOARDS: INTERIOR GRADE, A -D PLYWOOD ; 3/4 INCH THICK; FLAME SPREAD INDEX OF 25 OR LESS, SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX OF 450 OR LESS, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 84. E. OTHER APPLICATIONS: 1. CONCEALED PLYWOOD: PS 1, C -C PLUGGED, EXTERIOR GRADE. 2. EXPOSED PLYWOOD: PS 1, A -D, INTERIOR GRADE. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. FASTENERS AND ANCHORS: 1. METAL AND FINISH: HOT - DIPPED GALVANIZED STEEL PER ASTM A 153/A 153M FOR HIGH HUMIDITY AND PRESERVATIVE - TREATED WOOD LOCATIONS, UNFINISHED STEEL ELSEWHERE. 2. DRYWALL SCREWS: BUGLE HEAD, HARDENED STEEL, POWER DRIVEN TYPE, LENGTH THREE TIMES THICKNESS OF SHEATHING. 3. ANCHORS: TOGGLE BOLT TYPE FOR ANCHORAGE TO HOLLOW MASONRY. B. SUBFLOOR GLUE: WATERPROOF, WATER BASE, AIR CURE TYPE, CARTRIDGE DISPENSED. 2.04 FACTORY WOOD TREATMENT A. TREATED LUMBER AND PLYWOOD: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF AWPA U1- USE CATEGORY SYSTEM FOR WOOD TREATMENTS DETERMINED BY USE CATEGORIES, EXPECTED SERVICE CONDITIONS, AND SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS. 1. FIRE- RETARDANT TREATED WOOD: MARK EACH PIECE OF WOOD WITH PRODUCER'S STAMP INDICATING COMPLIANCE WITH SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. 2. PRESERVATIVE- TREATED WOOD: PROVIDE LUMBER AND PLYWOOD MARKED OR STAMPED BY AN ALSC- ACCREDITED TESTING AGENCY, CERTIFYING LEVEL AND TYPE OF TREATMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWPA STANDARDS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 BLOCKING, NAILERS, AND SUPPORTS A. PROVIDE FRAMING AND BLOCKING MEMBERS AS INDICATED OR AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT FINISHES, FIXTURES, SPECIALTY ITEMS, AND TRIM. B. IN METAL STUD WALLS, PROVIDE CONTINUOUS BLOCKING AROUND DOOR AND WINDOW OPENINGS FOR ANCHORAGE OF FRAMES, SECURELY ATTACHED TO STUD FRAMING. C. IN WALLS, PROVIDE BLOCKING ATTACHED TO STUDS AS BACKING AND SUPPORT FOR WALL - MOUNTED ITEMS, UNLESS ITEM CAN BE SECURELY FASTENED TO TWO OR MORE STUDS OR OTHER METHOD OF SUPPORT IS EXPLICITLY INDICATED. D. SPECIFICALLY, PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING NON-STRUCTURAL FRAMING AND BLOCKING: 1. CABINETS AND SHELF SUPPORTS, WALL BRACKETS, HANDRAILS, GRAB BARS, TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES, DOOR STOPS, WALL PANELING AND TRIM, CHALKBOARDS, BULLETIN BOARDS AND MARKER BOARDS. 3.02 ROOF- RELATED CARPENTRY A. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF ROOFING CARPENTRY WITH DECK CONSTRUCTION, FRAMING OF ROOF OPENINGS, AND ROOFING ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION. B. PROVIDE PRESSURE TREATED WOOD CURBS AT ALL ROOF OPENINGS EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OTHERWISE. FORM CORNERS BY ALTERNATING LAPPING SIDE MEMBERS. SECTION 061000 - ROUGH CARPENTRY (CONT.) 3.03 CLEANING A. WASTE DISPOSAL: COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL BUILDING ORDINANCES. 1. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE REGULATIONS. 2. DO NOT BURN SCRAP ON PROJECT SITE OR BURN SCRAPS THAT HAVE BEEN PRESSURE TREATED. 3. DO NOT SEND MATERIALS TREATED WITH PENTACHLOROPHENOL, CCA, OR ACA TO CO- GENERATION FACILITIES OR "WASTE -TO- ENERGY" FACILITIES. B. DO NOT LEAVE ANY WOOD, SHAVINGS, SAWDUST, ETC. ON THE GROUND OR BURIED IN FILL. C. PREVENT SAWDUST AND WOOD SHAVINGS FROM ENTERING THE STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM. SECTION 06 2000 - FINISH CARPENTRY PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. FINISH CARPENTRY ITEMS, WOOD DOOR FRAMES, GLAZED FRAMES, WOOD CASINGS AND MOLDINGS. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. GRADE MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1. LUMBER GRADING AGENCY: CERTIFIED BY ALSC. 2. PLYWOOD: CERTIFIED BY THE AMERICAN PLYWOOD ASSOCIATION. 3. HARDWOOD LUMBER GRADING: NHLA GRADING RULES. B. FABRICATOR QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN FABRICATING THE PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. 1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. CONFORM TO APPLICABLE CODE FOR FIRE RETARDANT REQUIREMENTS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS - GENERAL A. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED PROVIDE PRODUCTS OF QUALITY SPECIFIED BY AWI ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK QUALITY STANDARDS ILLUSTRATED FOR PREMIUM GRADE. 2.02 LUMBER MATERIALS A. HARDWOOD LUMBER: , SAWN, MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT OF 6 PERCENT SUITABLE FOR STAIN FINISH. 2.03 SHEET MATERIALS A. SOFTWOOD PLYWOOD EXPOSED TO VIEW: HARDWOOD FACE SPECIES AS INDICATED, PLAIN SAWN, VENEER CORE; PS 1 GRADE A -B; GLUE TYPE AS RECOMMENDED FOR APPLICATION. 2.04 ADHESIVE A. ADHESIVE: TYPE RECOMMENDED BY LAMINATE MANUFACTURER TO SUIT APPLICATION. 2.05 FASTENERS A. FASTENERS: OF SIZE AND TYPE TO SUIT APPLICATION; FINISH AS INDICATED IN CONCEALED AND EXPOSED LOCATIONS. B. CONCEALED JOINT FASTENERS: THREADED STEEL. 2.06 ACCESSORIES A. LUMBER FOR SHIMMING, BLOCKING.O. B. SAFETY GLASS: LAMINATED GLASS COMPLYING WITH 16 CFR 1201 AND ANSI Z97.1; CLEAR; NOMINALLY 6 MM THICK. C. STAIN AND SATIN FINISH: REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE. D. WOOD FILLER: SOLVENT BASE, TINTED TO MATCH SURFACE FINISH COLOR. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM TRUE POSITION: 1/16 INCH. B. MAXIMUM OFFSET FROM TRUE ALIGNMENT WITH ABUTTING MATERIALS: ALS: 1/32 INCH. SECTION 06 4100 - ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. SPECIALLY FABRICATED CABINET UNITS, COUNTERTOPS, CABINET HARDWARE,FACTORY FINISHING AND PREPARATION FOR INSTALLING UTILITIES. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWI /AWMAC ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK QUALITY STANDARDS ILLUSTRATED, PREMIUM QUALITY, UNLESS OTHER QUALITY IS INDICATED FOR SPECIFIC ITEMS. B. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING THE PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. C. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS:__MEMBE$ IN GOOD STANDING OF THE ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INSTITUTE (AWI) OR THE ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION OF CANADA (AWMAC) AND FAMILIAR WITH THE AWI /AWMAC QS'. D. QUALITY CERTIFICATION: PROVIDE INSPECTION AND QUALITY CERTIFICATION OF COMPLETED CUSTOM CABINETS IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWI/AWMAC QUALITY CERTIFICATION PROGRAM. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. AS PROVIDED BY OWNER B. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 LUMBER MATERIALS A. SOFTWOOD LUMBER: NIST PS 20; GRADED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWI /AWMAC ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK QUALITY STANDARDS ILLUSTRATED, GRADE II /CUSTOM; AVERAGE MOISTURE CONTENT OF 5 -10 PERCENT. B. HARDWOOD LUMBER: NHLA; GRADED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWI /AWMAC ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK QUALITY STANDARDS ILLUSTRATED, GRADE II /CUSTOM; AVERAGE MOISTURE CONTENT OF 5 -10 PERCENT 2.03 PANEL MATERIALS A. SOFTWOOD FACED PLYWOOD: B. EXPOSED SURFACES: NIST PS 1; APA A -A GRADE, PLAIN- SLICED REDWOOD FACE VENEER, INTERIOR RATED ADHESIVES, CORE OF PARTICLEBOARD, MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD, OR ENGINEERED COMBINATION, THICKNESS AS INDICATED. C. HARDWOOD FACED PLYWOOD: HPVA HP -1; GRADED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWI/AWMAC ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK QUALITY STANDARDS ILLUSTRATED, CORE OF PARTICLEBOARD, MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD, STRAWBOARD, OR ENGINEERED COMBINATION; TYPE OF GLUE RECOMMENDED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION; THICKNESS AS REQUIRED; WITH FACE VENEER D. PARTICLEBOARD: ANSI A208.1; MEDIUM DENSITY INDUSTRIAL TYPE AS SPECIFIED IN AWI /AWMAC ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK QUALITY STANDARDS ILLUSTRATED, COMPOSED OF WOOD CHIPS BONDED WITH INTERIOR GRADE ADHESIVE UNDER HEAT AND PRESSURE; SANDED FACES; THICKNESS AS REQUIRED; USE FOR COMPONENTS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. E. MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD (MDF): ANSI A208.2; TYPE AS SPECIFIED IN AWI /AWMAC ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK QUALITY STANDARDS ILLUSTRATED; COMPOSED OF WOOD FIBERS PRESSURE BONDED WITH MOISTURE RESISTANT ADHESIVE TO SUIT APPLICATION; SANDED FACES; THICKNESS AS REQUIRED. 1. USE FOR PAINTED COMPONENTS AND CONCEALED COMPONENTS. F. HARDWOOD EDGEBANDING: USE SOLID HARDWOOD EDGEBANDING MATCHING SPECIES, COLOR, GRAIN, AND GRADE FOR EXPOSED PORTIONS OF CABINETRY. 2.04 LAMINATE MATERIALS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. WILSONART INTERNATIONAL, INC: WWW.WILSONART.COM. B. HIGH PRESSURE DECORATIVE LAMINATE (HPDL): NEMA LD 3, TYPES AS RECOMMENDED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS AND AS FOLLOWS: 1. HORIZONTAL SURFACES: HGS, 0.048 INCH NOMINAL THICKNESS, THROUGH COLOR, COLORS AS SCHEDULED, FINISH AS SCHEDULED. 2. VERTICAL SURFACES: VGS, 0.028 INCH NOMINAL THICKNESS, THROUGH COLOR, COLORS AS SCHEDULED, FINISH AS SCHEDULED. SECTION 06 4100 - ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK (CONT.) 3. FLAME RETARDANT SURFACES: HGF, 0.048 INCH NOMINAL THICKNESS, THROUGH COLOR, COLORS AS SCHEDULED, FINISH AS SCHEDULED. 4. CABINET LINER: CLS, 0.020 INCH NOMINAL THICKNESS, THROUGH COLOR, COLORS AS SCHEDULED, FINISH AS SCHEDULED. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. ADHESIVE: TYPE RECOMMENDED BY FABRICATOR TO SUIT APPLICATION. B. FASTENERS: SIZE AND TYPE TO SUIT APPLICATION, THREADED CONCEALED JOINT FASTENERS, AND GROMMETS. C. BOLTS, NUTS, WASHERS, LAGS, PINS, AND SCREWS: OF SIZE AND TYPE TO SUIT APPLICATION; GALVANIZED OR CHROME - PLATED FINISH IN CONCEALED LOCATIONS AND STAINLESS STEEL, OR CHROME- PLATED FINISH IN EXPOSED LOCATIONS. 2.06 HARDWARE A. HARDWARE: BHMA A156.9, TYPES AS RECOMMENDED BY FABRICATOR FOR QUALITY GRADE SPECIFIED. B. ADJUSTABLE SHELF SUPPORTS: STANDARD SIDE - MOUNTED SYSTEM USING MULTIPLE HOLES FOR PIN SUPPORTS AND COORDINATED SELF RESTS, SATIN CHROME FINISH, FOR NOMINAL 1 INCH SPACING ADJUSTMENTS. C. DRAWER AND DOOR PULLS: "U" SHAPED WIRE PULL, STEEL WITH SATIN FINISH, 4 INCH CENTERS. D. CABINET LOCKS: KEYED CYLINDER, TWO KEYS PER LOCK, STEEL WITH CHROME FINISH. E. CATCHES. F. DRAWER SLIDES: 1. TYPE: STANDARD EXTENSION, COMMERCIAL GRADE, SIDE MOUNTED, INTEGRAL STOP AND SELF CLOSING. G. HINGES: EUROPEAN STYLE CONCEALED SELF - CLOSING TYPE, STEEL WITH POLISHED FINISH. 2.07 SITE FINISHING MATERIALS A. STAIN, SHELLAC, VARNISH AND FINISHING MATERIALS: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND SECTION 9 T N 0 9000. B. FINISHING: SITE FINISHED AS SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS AND SECTION 09 9000. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 ADJUSTING A. ADJUST INSTALLED WORK. 3.02 ; CLEANING A. CLEAN CASEWORK, COUNTERS, SHELVES, HARDWARE, FITTINGS, AND FIXTURES. SECTION 07 2100 - THERMAUSOUND INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. BOARD INSULATION AND INTEGRAL VAPOR RETARDER AT CAVITY WALL CONSTRUCTION, PERIMETER FOUNDATION WALL, AND UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR SLABS. B. BATT INSULATION AND VAPOR RETARDER IN EXTERIOR WALL, CEILING, AND ROOF CONSTRUCTION. C. BATT INSULATION FOR FILLING PER:METER WINDOW AND DOOR SHIM SPACES AND CREVICES IN EXTERIOR WALL AND ROOF. D. BATT /SOUND INSULATION FOR INTERIOR WALLS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. INSULATION: 1. OWENS CORNING- WWW.OWENSCORNING.CO 2. CERTAINTEED CORPORATION- WWW.CERTAINTEED.COM 3. DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY - WWW.DOWSTYROFOAM.COM 4. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 BOARD INSULATION MATERIALS A. EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE BOARD INSULATION: ASTM C 578, TYPE X; EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE BOARD WITH EITHER NATURAL SKIN OR CUT CELL SURFACES; WITH THE FOLLOWING CHARACTERISTICS: 1.FLAME SPREAD INDEX: 75 OR LESS, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 84. 2. SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX: 450 OR LESS, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 84. 3. BOARD THICKNESS: 1 -1/2 INCHES. B. POLYISOCYANURATE BOARD INSULATION: RIGID CELLULAR FOAM, COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 1289; TYPE I, ALUMINUM FOIL BOTH FACES; CLASS 1, NON- REINFORCED FOAM CORE. 1.FLAME SPREAD INDEX: 75 OR LESS, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 84. 2. SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX: 5 INDEX: 4 0 OR LESS, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 84. 3. BOARD THICKNESS: 2 INCH. 2.03 BATT INSULATION MATERIALS A. BATT INSULATION: ASTM C 665; PREFORMED BATT; FRICTION FIT, CONFORMING TO THE FOLLOWING: 1.COMBUSTIBILITY: NON- COMBUSTIBLE, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 136, EXCEPT FOR FACING, IF ANY 2. THICKNESS: INCH AS REQUIRED BY CODES AND INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 3. FACING: UNFACED. 4. FACING: ALUMINUM FOIL, ONE SIDE. SECTION 07 3113 - ASPHALT SHINGLES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. ASPHALT SHINGLE ROOFING, FLEXIBLE SHEET MEMBRANES FOR EAVE PROTECTION, UNDERLAYMENT, AND VALLEY PROTECTION AND ASSOCIATED METAL FLASHINGS AND ACCESSORIES. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF NRCA STEEP ROOFING MANUAL. B. PRODUCTS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH FIRE RESISTANCE CRITERIA: UL LISTED AND LABELED. 1.03 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. DO NOT INSTALL SHINGLES OR EAVE PROTECTION MEMBRANE WHEN SURFACE TEMPERATURES ARE BELOW 45 DEGREES F. 1.04 EXTRA MATERIALS A. SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS, FOR ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS. B. PROVIDE 40SF OF EXTRA SHINGLES OF EACH COLOR SPECIFIED. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SHINGLES A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. GAF MATERIALS CORPORATION: WWW.GAF.COM. 2. OWENS CORNING CORP: WWW.OWENSCORNING.COM. 3. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. B. ASPHALT SHINGLES: ASPHALT- COATED GLASS FELT, MINERAL GRANULE SURFACED, COMPLYING WITH ASTM D 3462; CLASS A FIRE RESISTANCE WITH MIN.40YR MANUFACTURERS WARRANTY. 1. SELF-SEALING TYPE, SQUARE. COLOR TO BE SELECTED FROM MANUFACTURERS STANDARDS. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. NAILS: STANDARD ROUND WIRE SHINGLE TYPE, OF HOT- DIPPED ZINC COATED STEEL, 12 GAGE, 0.105 INCH SHANK DIAMETER, 3/8 INCH HEAD DIAMETER, OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO PENETRATE THROUGH ROOF SHEATHING OR 3/4 INCH INTO ROOF SHEATHING OR DECKING. B. STAPLES: STANDARD WIRE SHINGLE TYPE, OF HOT DIPPED ZINC COATED STEEL, 16 GAGE, 0.062 INCH DIAMETER, 15/16 INCH CROWN WIDTH, OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO PENETRATE THROUGH ROOF SHEATHING OR 3/4 INCH INTO ROOF SHEATHING OR DECKING. C. PLASTIC CEMENT: ASTM D 4586, ASPHALT ROOF CEMENT. SECTION 07 3113 - ASPHALT SHINGLES (CONT.) D. LAP CEMENT: FIBRATED CUTBACK ASPHALT TYPE, RECOMMENDED FOR USE IN APPLICATION OF UNDERLAYMENT, FREE OF TOXIC SOLVENTS. E. RIDGE VENTS: PLASTIC, EXTRUDED WITH VENT OPENINGS THAT DO NOT PERMIT DIRECT WATER OR WEATHER ENTRY; FLANGED TO RECEIVE SHINGLES. 2.03 METAL FLASHINGS A. METAL FLASHINGS: PROVIDE SHEET METAL EAVE EDGE, GABLE EDGE, RIDGE, RIDGE VENTS, OPEN VALLEY FLASHING, CHIMNEY FLASHING, DORMER FLASHING, AND OTHER FLASHING INDICATED. 1. FORM FLASHINGS TO PROFILES INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION - EAVE PROTECTION MEMBRANE A INSTALL EAVE PROTECTION MEMBRANE FROM EAVE EDGE TO MINIMUM 4 FT UP -SLOPE BEYOND INTERIOR FACE OF EXTERIOR WALL. B. APPLY 4 INCH WIDE BAND OF PLASTIC CEMENT OVER DECK FLANGE OF EAVE EDGE FLASHINGS, AND EMBED AN 18 INCH WIDE STRIP OF EAVE PROTECTION MEMBRANE. PLACE STARTER STRIP WITH EAVE EDGE FLUSH WITH FACE OF FLASHINGS. SECURE IN PLACE. LAP ENDS MINIMUM 6 INCHES. C. APPLY LAP CEMENT AT RATE OF APPROXIMATELY 1 1/4 GAU100 SQ. FT OVER STARTER STRIP. D. STARTING FROM LOWER EDGE OF STARTER STRIP, LAY ADDITIONAL 36 INCH WIDE STRIPS IN LAP CEMENT, TO PRODUCE A TWO PLY MEMBRANE WEATHER LAP PLIES MINIMUM 19 INCHES AND NAIL IN PLACE. LAP ENDS MINIMUM 6 INCHES. STAGGER END JOINTS OF EACH CONSECUTIVE PLY. 3.02 INSTALLATION - UNDERLAYMENT A. AT ROOF SLOPES LESS THAN 4:12 : NSTALL TWO LAYERS OF UNDERLAYMENT OVER ENTIRE ROOF AREA, WITH ENDS AND EDGES WEATHER LAPPED MINIMUM 4 INCHES. STAGGER END LAPS OF EACH CONSECUTIVE LAYER. NAIL IN PLACE. B. ITEMS PROJECTING THROUGH OR MOUNTED ON ROOF: WEATHER LAP AND SEAL WATERTIGHT WITH PLASTIC CEMENT. 3.03 INSTALLATION - METAL FLASHING AND ACCESSORIES A INSTALL FLASHINGS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NRCA REQUIREMENTS. B. WEATHER LAP JOINTS MINIMUM 2 INCHES AND SEAL WEATHER TIGHT WITH PLASTIC CEMENT. C. SECURE IN PLACE WITH NAILS AT 12 INCHES ON CENTER. CONCEAL FASTENINGS. D. ITEMS PROJECTING THROUGH OR MOUNTED ON ROOFING: FLASH AND SEAL WEATHER TIGHT WITH PLASTIC CEMENT. 3.04 INSTALLATION - SHINGLES A. INSTALL SHINGLES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 1. FASTEN INDIVIDUAL SHINGLES USING 2 NAILS PER SHINGLE, OR AS REQUIRED BY CODE, WHICHEVER IS GREATER. 2. FASTEN STRIP SHINGLES USING 4 NAILS PER STRIP, OR AS REQUIRED BY CODE, WHICHEVER IS GREATER. B. PLACE SHINGLES IN STRAIGHT COURSING PATTERN WITH 5 INCH WEATHER EXPOSURE TO PRODUCE DOUBLE THICKNESS OVER FULL ROOF AREA. PROVIDE DOUBLE COURSE OF SHINGLES AT EAVES. C. PROJECT FIRST COURSE OF SHINGLES 3/4 INCH BEYOND FASCIA BOARDS. D. EXTEND SHINGLES 1/2 INCH BEYOND FACE OF GABLE EDGE FASCIA BOARDS. SECTION 07 5300 - ELASTOMERIC MEMBRANE ROOFING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. ELASTOMERIC ROOFING MEMBRANE, ADHERED CONVENTIONAL APPLICATION, FLAT AND TAPERED INSULATION, VAPOR RETARDER, DECK SHEATHING, FLASHINGS, ROOF CANT STRIPS, STACK BOOTS, ROOFING.EXPANSION JOINTS, AND WALKWAY PADS. S 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH NRCA ROOFING AND WATERPROOFING MANUAL AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING THE PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. C. APPLICATOR QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN PERFORMING THE WORK OF THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE AND APPROVED BY MANUFACTURER. 1.03 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. DO NOT APPLY ROOFING MEMBRANE DURING UNSUITABLE WEATHER. B. DO NOT APPLY ROOFING MEMBRANE WHEN AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS BELOW 40 DEGREES F OR ABOVE 90 DEGREES F. C. DO NOT APPLY ROOFING MEMBRANE TO DAMP OR FROZEN DECK SURFACE OR WHEN PRECIPITATION IS EXPECTED OR OCCURRING. D. DO NOT EXPOSE MATERIALS VULNERABLE TO WATER OR SUN DAMAGE IN QUANTITIES GREATER THAN CAN BE WEATHERPROOFED THE SAME DAY. 1.04 WARRANTY PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. EPDM MEMBRANE MATERIALS (60 MIL): 1. CARLISLE SYNTEC INCORPORATED: WWW.CARLISLE- SYNTEC.COM. 2. FIRESTONE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO: WWW.FIRESTONEBPCO.COM. 3. GENFLEX ROOFING SYSTEMS: WWW.GENFLEX.COM. 4. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. B. INSULATION: 1. GAF MATERIALS CORPORATION: WWW.GAF.COM. 2. DOW CHEMICAL CO: WWW.DOW.COM. 3. OWENS CORNING CORP: WWW.OWENSCORNING.COM. 4. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 ROOFING - UNBALLASTED APPLICATIONS A ELASTOMERIC MEMBRANE ROOFING: COMPLY WITH NRCA SPECIFICATION PLATE OVER 1/2" DENS DECK SHEATHING AND RIGID INSULATION. B. ROOFING ASSEMBLY REQUIREMENTS: 1. ROOF COVERING EXTERNAL FIRE - RESISTANCE CLASSIFICATION: UL CLASS A. 2. FACTORY MUTUAL CLASSIFICATION: CLASS I AND WINDSTORM RESISTANCE OF 1 -90, IN ACCORDANCE WITH FM DS 1 -28. 3. INSULATION THERMAL VALUE (R), MINIMUM:AS REQUIRED BY BUILDING CODES. C. ACCEPTABLE INSULATION TYPES - CONSTANT THICKNESS APPLICATION: ANY OF THE TYPES SPECIFIED. 1. MINIMUM 2 LAYERS OF POLYISOCYANURATE BOARD. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. STACK BOOTS: PREFABRICATED FLEXIBLE BOOT AND COLLAR FOR PIPE STACKS THROUGH MEMBRANE; SAME MATERIAL AS MEMBRANE. B. CANT AND EDGE STRIPS: WOOD FIBERBOARD, COMPATIBLE WITH ROOFING MATERIALS; CANTS FORMED TO 45 DEGREE ANGLE. C. SHEATHING ADHESIVE: NON- COMBUSTIBLE TYPE, FOR ADHERING GYPSUM SHEATHING TO METAL DECK. D. SHEATHING JOINT TAPE: PAPER TYPE, SELF ADHERING. E. INSULATION JOINT TAPE: GLASS FIBER REINFORCED TYPE AS RECOMMENDED BY INSULATION MANUFACTURER, COMPATIBLE WITH ROOFING MATERIALS; 6 INCHES WIDE; SELF ADHERING. F. INSULATION FASTENERS: APPROPRIATE FOR PURPOSE INTENDED AND APPROVED BY ROOFING MANUFACTURER. G. MEMBRANE ADHESIVE: AS RECOMMENDED BY MEMBRANE MANUFACTURER. H. SURFACE CONDITIONER FOR ADHESIVES: COMPATIBLE WITH MEMBRANE AND ADHESIVES. I. INSULATION ADHESIVE: AS RECOMMENDED BY INSULATION MANUFACTURER. J. ROOFING NAILS: NON- FERROUS TYPE, SIZE AND CONFIGURATION AS REQUIRED TO SUIT APPLICATION. K. STRIP REGLET DEVICES: GALVANIZED STEEL, MAXIMUM POSSIBLE LENGTHS PER LOCATION, WITH ATTACHMENT FLANGES. L. SEALANTS: AS RECOMMENDED BY MEMBRANE MANUFACTURER. SECTION 07 5300 - ELASTOMERIC MEMBRANE ROOFING (CONT.) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. SEE SECTION 014000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS, FOR GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR FIELD QUALITY CONTROL AND INSPECTION. B. REQUIRE SITE ATTENDANCE OF ROOFING AND INSULATION MATERIAL MANUFACTURERS DAILY DURING INSTALLATION OF THE WORK. 3.02 CLEANING A. REMOVE BITUMINOUS MARKINGS FROM FINISHED SURFACES. B. IN AREAS WHERE FINISHED SURFACES ARE SOILED BY WORK OF THIS SECTION, CONSULT MANUFACTURER OF SURFACES FOR CLEANING ADVICE AND CONFORM TO THEIR DOCUMENTED INSTRUCTIONS. C. REPAIR OR REPLACE DEFACED OR DAMAGED FINISHES CAUSED BY WORK OF THIS SECTION. 3.03 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK B. C. D. PART 2.01 A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. 2.02 A. B. C. D. E. SECTION 07 6200- SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. FABRICATED SHEET METAL ITEMS, INCLUDING FLASHINGS, COUNTER FLASHINGS, GUTTERS, DOWNSPOUTS, SHEET METAL ROOFING, AND OTHER ITEMS INDICATED IN SCHEDULE, REGLETS AND PRECAST CONCRETE SPLASH PADS. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA ARCHITECTURAL SHEET METAL MANUAL REQUIREMENTS U QU MENTS AND STANDARD DETAILS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED. B. FABRICATOR AND INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN SHEET METAL WORK WITH 5 YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SHEET MATERIALS A. PRE - FINISHED GALVANIZED STEEL: ASTM A 653/A 653M, WITH G90/Z275 ZINC COATING; MINIMUM 0.02 INCH THICK BASE METAL, SHOP PRE - COATED WITH MODIFIED SILICONE COATING. 1. MODIFIED SILICONE POLYESTER COATING: PIGMENTED ORGANIC COATING SYSTEM, AAMA 2603; BAKED ENAMEL FINISH SYSTEM; COLOR AS SCHEDULED. B. ALUMINUM: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M); 0.032 INCH THICK; ANODIZED FINISH OF COLOR AS SELECTED. C. PRE- FINISHED ALUMINUM: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M); 0.032 INCH THICK; PLAIN FINISH SHOP PRE COATED WITH FLUOROPOLYMER COATING OF COLOR AS SELECTED. 1. FLUOROPOLYMER COATING: HIGH PERFORMANCE ORGANIC FINISH, AAMA 2604; MULTIPLE COAT, THERMALLY CURED FLUOROPOLYMER FINISH SYSTEM; COLOR AS SCHEDULED. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. FASTENERS: GALVANIZED STEEL, WITH SOFT NEOPRENE WASHERS, PRIMER: ZINC CHROMATE TYPE, SEALANT: SPECIFIED IN SECTION 079005, PLASTIC CEMENT: ASTM D 4586, TYPE 1, REGLETS: SURFACE MOUNTED GALVANIZED STEEL, SOLDER: ASTM B 32 2.03 GUTTER AND DOWNSPOUT FABRICATION A. GUTTERS: SMACNA ARCHITECTURAL SHEET METAL MANUAL, RECTANGULAR PROFILE. B. DOWNSPOUTS: RECTANGULAR PROFILE. C. GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS: SIZE FOR RAINFALL INTENSITY DETERMINED BY A STORM OCCURRENCE OF 1 IN 5 YEARS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA ARCHITECTURAL SHEET METAL MANUAL. D. ACCESSORIES: PROFILED TO SUIT GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS. 1. GUTTER SUPPORTS: BRACKETS. 2. DOWNSPOUT SUPPORTS: BRACKETS. E. SPLASH PADS: PRECAST CONCRETE TYPE, OF SIZE AND PROFILES INDICATED; MINIMUM 3000 PSI AT 28 DAYS, WITH MINIMUM 5 PERCENT AIR ENTRAINMENT. F. DOWNSPOUT BOOTS: PLASTIC. G. SEAL METAL JOINTS. SECTION 07 8400- FIRESTOPPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES PERMIT C A. FIRESTOPPING MATERIALS. ENTER B. FIRESTOPPING OF ALL PENETRATIONS AND INTERRUPTIONS TO FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES, WHETHER INDICATED ON DRAWINGS OR NOT, AND OTHER OPENINGS INDICATED. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. FIRE TESTING: PROVIDE FIRESTOPPING ASSEMBLIES OF DESIGNS WHICH PROVIDE THE SCHEDULED FIRE RATINGS WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH METHODS INDICATED. 1. LISTING IN THE CURRENT -YEAR CLASSIFICATION OR CERTIFICATION BOOKS OF UL, FM, OR ITS (WARNOCK HERSEY) WILL BE CONSIDERED AS CONSTITUTING AN ACCEPTABLE TEST REPORT. 2. SUBMISSION OF ACTUAL TEST REPORTS IS REQUIRED FOR ASSEMBLIES FOR WHICH NONE OF THE ABOVE SUBSTANTIATION EXISTS. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING THE PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN PERFORMING THE WORK OF THIS SECTION AND: 1. APPROVED BY FACTORY MUTUAL RESEARCH UNDER FM STANDARD 4991, APPROVAL OF FIRESTOP CONTRACTORS. 2. WITH MINIMUM 3 YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE INSTALLING WORK OF THIS TYPE. 3. ABLE TO SHOW AT LEAST 5 SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED PROJECTS OF COMPARABLE SIZE AND TYPE. 4. APPROVED BY FIRESTOPPING MANUFACTURER. INSTALLING MECHANIC'S QUALIFICATIONS: TRAINED BY FIRESTOPPING MANUFACTURER AND ABLE TO PROVIDE EVIDENCE THEREOF. 2 PRODUCTS FIRESTOPPING ASSEMBLIES FIRESTOPPING: ANY MATERIAL MEETING REQUIREMENTS. 1. FIRE RATINGS: SEE DRAWINGS FOR REQUIRED SYSTEMS AND RATINGS. FIRESTOPPING AT UNINSULATED METALLIC PIPE AND CONDUIT PENETRATIONS, OF DIAMETER 4 INCHES OR LESS: ANY MATERIAL MEETING REQUIREMENTS. FIRESTOPPING AT COMBUSTIBLE PIPE AND CONDUIT PENETRATIONS, OF DIAMETER 4 INCHES OR LESS: ANY MATERIAL MEETING REQUIREMENTS. FIRESTOPPING AT UNINSULATED METALLIC PIPE AND CONDUIT PENETRATIONS, OF DIAMETER 4 INCHES OR LESS: ANY MATERIAL MEETING REQUIREMENTS. FIRESTOPPING AT CABLE TRAY PENETRATIONS: ANY MATERIAL MEETING REQUIREMENTS. FIRESTOPPING AT CABLE PENETRATIONS, NOT IN CONDUIT OR CABLE TRAY: CAULK OR PUTTY. FIRESTOPPING AT CONTROL JOINTS (WITHOUT PENETRATIONS): ANY MATERIAL MEETING REQUIREMENTS. FIRESTOPPING BETWEEN EDGE OF FLOOR SLAB AND CURTAIN WALL (WITHOUT PENETRATIONS): GLASS FIBER OR MINERAL FIBER SAFING INSULATION. MATERIALS FIRESTOPPING SEALANTS: PROVIDE ONLY PRODUCTS HAVING LOWER VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND (VOC) CONTENT THAN REQUIRED BY SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT RULE NO.1168. ELASTOMERIC SILICONE FIRESTOPPING: SINGLE COMPONENT SILICONE ELASTOMERIC COMPOUND AND COMPATIBLE SILICONE SEALANT FOAM FIRESTOPPPING: SINGLE COMPONENT FOAM COMPOUND FIBER COMPOUND FIRESTOPPING: FORMULATED COMPOUND MIXED WITH INCOMBUSTIBLE NON- ASBESTOS FIBERS FIBER FIRESTOPPING: MINERAL FIBER INSULATION USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH ELASTOMERIC SURFACE SEALER FORMING AIRTIGHT BOND TO OPENING. DISCLAIMER: NOT ALL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS APPLY TO THIS LOCATION. cm�o�Ln MAY`'2\9 2009 JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 1 2009 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION tLC IS ARCHITECT EDWARD HANBICKI STATE OF WASHINGTON 8457 Client: KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. Date 05 -05 -09 04-09 -09 Designed By: PDX Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: P S ECIFICATIONS Drawing No.: G -103 1009%- 0 S r� SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 07 8400 - FIRESTOPPING (CONT.) F. FIRESTOP DEVICES - WRAP TYPE: MECHANICAL DEVICE WITH INCOMBUSTIBLE FILLER AND SHEET STAINLESS STEEL JACKET, INTENDED TO BE INSTALLED AFTER PENETRATING ITEM HAS BEEN INSTALLED G. FIRESTOP DEVICES - CAST -IN TYPE: SLEEVE AND SEALING MATERIAL, INTENDED TO BE CAST IN CONCRETE FLOOR FORMS OR IN CONCRETE ON METAL DECK, NOT REQUIRING ANY ADDITIONAL MATERIALS TO ACHIEVE PENETRATION SEAL. H. INTUMESCENT PUTTY: COMPOUND WHICH EXPANDS ON EXPOSURE TO SURFACE HEAT GAIN I. PRIMERS, SLEEVES, FORMS, INSULATION, PACKING, STUFFING, AND ACCESSORIES: TYPE REQUIRED FOR TESTED ASSEMBLY DESIGN. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL MATERIALS IN MANNER DESCRIBED IN FIRE TEST REPORT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, COMPLETELY CLOSING OPENINGS. B. DO NOT COVER INSTALLED FIRESTOPPING UNTIL INSPECTED BY AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. C. INSTALL LABELING REQUIRED BY CODE. SECTION 07 9005 - JOINT SEALERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. SEALANTS AND JOINT BACKING, PRECOMPRESSED FOAM SEALERS, HOLLOW GASKETS. 1.02 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. MAINTAIN TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY RECOMMENDED BY THE SEALANT MANUFACTURER DURING AND AFTER INSTALLATION. 1.03 WARRANTY A. SEE SECTION 017800 - CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS, FOR ADDITIONAL WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS. B. CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK WITHIN A FIVE YEAR PERIOD AFTER DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. C. WARRANTY: INCLUDE COVERAGE FOR INSTALLED SEALANTS AND ACCESSORIES WHICH FAIL TO ACHIEVE AIRTIGHT SEAL, EXHIBIT LOSS OF ADHESION OR COHESION, OR DO NOT CURE. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. SILICONE SEALANTS: 1. BOSTIK, INC: WWW.BOSTIK- US.COM. 2. MOMENTIVE PERFORMANCE MATERIALS, INC. (FORMERLY GE SILICONES): WWW.MOMENTIVE.COM. 3. PECORA CORPORATION: WWW.PECORA.COM. 4. BASF CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, INC: WWW.CHEMREX.COM. 5. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. B. POLYURETHANE SEALANTS: 1. BOSTIK, INC: WWW.BOSTIK- US.COM. 2. PECORA CORPORATION: WWW.PECORA.COM. 3. BASF CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, INC: WWW.CHEMREX.COM. 4. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. C. POLYSULFIDE SEALANTS: 1. PECORA CORPORATION: WWW.PECORA.COM. 2. BASF CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, INC: WWW.CHEMREX.COM. 3. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. D. ACRYLIC SEALANTS: 1. TREMCO, INC: WWW.TREMCOSEALANTS.COM. 2. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. E. BUTYL SEALANTS: 1. BOSTIK, INC: WWW.BOSTIK- US.COM. 2. PECORA CORPORATION: WWW.PECORA.COM. 3. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. F. PREFORMED COMPRESSIBLE FOAM SEALERS: 1. EMSEAL JOINT SYSTEMS, LTD: WWW.EMSEAL.COM. 2. SANDELL MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC : WWW.SANDELLMFG.COM. 3. DAYTON SUPERIOR CORPORATION: WWW.DAYTONSUPERIOR.COM. 4. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 SEALANTS A. SEALANTS AND PRIMERS - GENERAL: PROVIDE ONLY PRODUCTS HAVING LOWER VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND (VOC) CONTENT THAN REQUIRED BY SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT RULE NO.1168. B. GENERAL PURPOSE EXTERIOR SEALANT: CONTROL, EXPANSION AND SOFT JOINTS IN MASONRY AND METAL FRAMES. POLYURETHANE; ASTM C 920, GRADE NS, CLASS 25, USES M, G, AND A; SINGLE COMPONENT. 1. COLOR: STANDARD COLORS MATCHING FINISHED SURFACES. C. GENERAL PURPOSE INTERIOR SEALANT: INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING JOINTS, JOINTS AT WINDOW OR DOOR AND WALLS. ACRYLIC EMULSION LATEX; ASTM C 834, TYPE OP, GRADE NF SINGLE COMPONENT, PAINTABLE. D. BATHTUB/TILE SEALANT: JOINTS BETWEEN PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FLOOR OR WALL , AND KITCHEN AND BATH COUNTERTOPS. WHITE SILICONE; ASTM C 920, USES I, M AND A; SINGLE COMPONENT, MILDEW RESISTANT. E. ACOUSTICAL SEALANT: BEAD BETWEEN TOP STUD RUNNER AND STRUCTURE AND BOTTOM STUD TRACK AND FLOOR. BUTYL OR ACRYLIC SEALANT; ASTM C 920, GRADE NS, CLASS 12 -1/2, USES M AND A; SINGLE COMPONENT, SOLVENT RELEASE CURING, NON- SKINNING. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. PRIMER: NON- STAINING TYPE, RECOMMENDED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER TO SUIT APPLICATION. B. JOINT CLEANER: NON - CORROSIVE AND NON - STAINING TYPE, RECOMMENDED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER; COMPATIBLE WITH JOINT FORMING MATERIALS. C. JOINT BACKING: ROUND FOAM ROD COMPATIBLE WITH SEALANT; ASTM D 1667, CLOSED CELL PVC; OVERSIZED 30 TO 50 PERCENT LARGER THAN JOINT WIDTH. D. BOND BREAKER: PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPE RECOMMENDED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER TO SUIT APPLICATION. SECTION 081113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. NON- FIRE -RATED STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES. B. FIRE -RATED STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES. C. ACCESSORIES, INCLUDING GLAZING, LOUVERS, AND MATCHING PANELS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES: 1. ASSA ABLOY CECO, CURRIES, OR FLEMING: WWW.ASSAABLOYDSS.COM. 2. WINDSOR REPUBLIC DOORS: WWW.REPUBLICDOOR.COM. 3. STEELCRAFT: WWW.STEELCRAFT.COM. 4. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 DOORS AND FRAMES A. REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL DOORS AND FRAMES: 1. ACCESSIBILITY: COMPLY WITH ANSI /ICC A117.1. 2. DOOR TEXTURE: SMOOTH FACES. 3. GLAZED LIGHTS: NON- REMOVABLE STOPS ON NON- SECURE SIDE; SIZES AND CONFIGURATIONS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 4. HARDWARE PREPARATION: IN ACCORDANCE WITH DHI A115 SERIES, WITH REINFORCEMENT WELDED IN PLACE, IN ADDITION TO OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN DOOR GRADE STANDARD. 5. GALVANIZING FOR UNITS IN WET AREAS: ALL COMPONENTS HOT- DIPPED ZINC -IRON ALLOY- COATED (GALVANNEALED), MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD COATING THICKNESS. 6. FINISH: FACTORY PRIMED, FOR FIELD FINISHING. SECTION 081113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES (CONT.) B. COMBINED REQUIREMENTS: IF A PARTICULAR DOOR AND FRAME UNIT IS INDICATED TO COMPLY WITH MORE THAN ONE TYPE OF REQUIREMENT, COMPLY WITH ALL THE SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH TYPE; FOR INSTANCE, AN EXTERIOR DOOR THAT IS ALSO INDICATED AS BEING SOUND -RATED MUST COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED FOR EXTERIOR DOORS AND FOR SOUND -RATED DOORS; WHERE TWO REQUIREMENTS CONFLICT, COMPLY WITH THE MOST STRINGENT. 2.03 STEEL DOORS A. INTERIOR DOORS, NON- FIRE - RATED: 1. GRADE: ANSI A250.8 LEVEL 1, PHYSICAL PERFORMANCE LEVEL C, MODEL 1, FULL FLUSH. B. INTERIOR DOORS, FIRE - RATED: 1. GRADE: ANSI A250.8 LEVEL 2, PHYSICAL PERFORMANCE LEVEL B, MODEL 1, FULL FLUSH. 2. FIRE RATING: AS INDICATED ON DOOR AND FRAME SCHEDULE, TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 10C ( "POSITIVE PRESSURE "). A. PROVIDE UNITS LISTED AND LABELED BY UL. B. ATTACH FIRE RATING LABEL TO EACH FIRE RATED UNIT. C. PANELS: SAME CONSTRUCTION, PERFORMANCE, AND FINISH AS DOORS. 2.04 STEEL FRAMES A. GENERAL: 1. COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF GRADE SPECIFIED FOR CORRESPONDING DOOR. A. ANSI A250.8 LEVEL 1 DOORS: 16 GAGE FRAMES. 2. FINISH: SAME AS FOR DOOR. B. EXTERIOR DOOR FRAMES: FACE WELDED, SEAMLESS WITH JOINTS FILLED. 1. GALVANIZING: ALL COMPONENTS HOT- DIPPED ZINC -IRON ALLOY- COATED (GALVANNEALED) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM A 653 /A 653M, WITH MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD COATING THICKNESS. 2. FINISH: FACTORY PRIMED, FOR FIELD FINISHING. 3. WEATHERSTRIPPING: SEPARATE, SEE SECTION 08 7100. C. INTERIOR DOOR FRAMES, NON- FIRE - RATED: KNOCK -DOWN TYPE. 1. TERMINATED STOPS: PROVIDE AT ALL INTERIOR DOORS; CLOSED END STOP TERMINATED 6 INCHES ABOVE FLOOR AT 45 DEGREE ANGLE. 2. FINISH: FACTORY PRIMED, FOR FIELD,FINISHING. D. INTERIOR DOOR FRAMES, FIRE - RATED: KNOCK -DOWN TYPE 1. FIRE RATING: SAME AS DOOR, LABELED. 2. FINISH: FACTORY PRIMED, FOR FIELD FINISHING. 2.05 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. LOUVERS:. ROLL FORMED STEEL WITH OVERLAPPING FRAME; FACTORY- PAINTED FINISH, COLOR AS SELECTED; FACTORY- INSTALLED. 1. IN FIRE -RATED DOORS: UL- LISTED FUSIBLE LINK LOUVER, SAME RATING AS DOOR. B. GLAZING: AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 08 8000, FACTORY INSTALLED. PART 3 EXECUTION 101 " INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SPECIFIED DOOR GRADE STANDARD AND NAAMM HMMA 840. B. IN ADDITION, INSTALL FIRE RATED UNITS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 80. C. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF HARDWARE. SECTION 081416- FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. FLUSH WOOD DOORS; FLUSH CONFIGURATION; FIRE RATED, NON - RATED, AND ACOUSTICAL. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MANUFACTURER: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING THE PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. B. INSTALLED FIRE RATED DOOR AND TRANSOM PANEL ASSEMBLY: CONFORM TO NFPA 80 FOR FIRE RATED CLASS AS INDICATED. 1.03 WARRANTY A. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS WITH CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS FOR KEY BANK CONSIDERATION. B. INTERIOR DOORS: PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY FOR THE LIFE OF THE INSTALLATION. C. INCLUDE COVERAGE FOR DELAMINATION OF VENEER, WARPING BEYOND SPECIFIED INSTALLATION TOLERANCES, DEFECTIVE MATERI LS, AND TELEGRAPHING CORE CONSTRUCTION. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. WOOD VENEER FACED DOORS: 1. ASSA ABLOY GRAHAM: WWW.GRAHAMDOORS.COM. 2. EGGERS INDUSTRIES: WWW.EGGERSINDUSTRIES.COM. 3. HALEY BROTHERS:` WWW.HALEYBROS.COM. 4. MARSHFIELD DOOR SYSTEMS: WWW.MARSHFIELDDOORS.COM. 5. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 DOORS AND PANELS A. ALL DOORS: SEE DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS AND ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 1. QUALITY LEVEL: PREMIUM GRADE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWI /AWMAC ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK QUALITY STANDARDS ILLUSTRATED, SECTION 1300. 2. WOOD VENEER FACED DOORS: 5 -PLY UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. B. INTERIOR DOORS: 1 -3/4 INCHES THICK UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED; FLUSH CONSTRUCTION. 1. PROVIDE SOLID CORE DOORS AT ALL LOCATIONS. 2. FIRE RATED DOORS: TESTED TO RATINGS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS IN ACCORDANCE WITH INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE ("POSITIVE PRESSURE "); UL OR WH (ITS) LABELED WITHOUT ANY VISIBLE SEALS WHEN DOOR IS OPEN. 3. WOOD VENEER FACING WITH FACTORY TRANSPARENT FINISH WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 2.03 DOOR AND PANEL CORES A. FIRE RATED DOORS: MINERAL CORE, TYPE FD, PLIES AND FACES AS INDICATED ABOVE; WITH CORE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE ANCHORAGE OF HARDWARE WITHOUT THROUGH - BOLTING. B. SOUND RETARDANT DOORS: EQUIVALENT TO TYPE PC CONSTRUCTION WITH CORE AS REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE RATING SPECIFIED; PLIES AND FACES AS INDICATED ABOVE. 2.04 DOOR FACINGS A. WOOD VENEER FACING FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH: SPECIES AS SPECIFIED ABOVE, VENEER GRADE AS SPECIFIED BY QUALITY STANDARD, PLAIN SLICED, BOOK VENEER MATCH, RUNNING ASSEMBLY MATCH; UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 1. VERTICAL EDGES: ANY OPTION ALLOWED BY QUALITY STANDARD FOR GRADE. 2. PAIRS: PAIR MATCH EACH PAIR; SET MATCH PAIRS WITHIN 10 FEET OF EACH OTHER WHEN DOORS ARE CLOSED. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. WOOD LOUVERS: 1. MATERIAL AND FINISH: SAME AS DOOR. 2. LOUVER BLADE FLUSH LOUVER. B. GLAZING STOPS: WOOD, OF SAME SPECIES AS DOOR FACING, BUTTED CORNERS; PREPARED FOR COUNTERSINK-STYLE TAMPER PROOF SCREWS. 2.06 DOOR CONSTRUCTION A. FABRICATE DOORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH DOOR QUALITY STANDARD SPECIFIED. B. CORES CONSTRUCTED WITH STILES AND RAILS: 1. PROVIDE SOLID BLOCKS AT LOCK EDGE FOR HARDWARE REINFORCEMENT. SECTION 081416 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS (CONT.) C. FIT DOOR EDGE TRIM TO EDGE OF STILES AFTER APPLYING VENEER FACING. D. FACTORY MACHINE DOORS FOR HARDWARE OTHER THAN SURFACE - MOUNTED HARDWARE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS. E. FACTORY FIT DOORS FOR FRAME OPENING DIMENSIONS IDENTIFIED ON SHOP DRAWINGS, WITH EDGE CLEARANCES IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFIED QUALITY STANDARD. F. PROVIDE EDGE CLEARANCES IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWI QUALITY STANDARDS ILLUSTRATED SECTION 1700. 2.07 FACTORY FINISHING - WOOD VENEER DOORS A. FACTORY FINISH DOORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFIED QUALITY STANDARD: 1. TRANSPARENT FINISH: TRANSPARENT CATALYZED POLYURETHANE, PREMIUM QUALITY, LOW LUSTER SHEEN. B. FACTORY FINISH DOORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED SAMPLE. C. SEAL DOOR TOP EDGE WITH COLOR SEALER TO MATCH DOOR FACING. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. CONFORM TO SPECIFIED QUALITY STANDARD FOR FIT AND CLEARANCE TOLERANCES. B. CONFORM TO SPECIFIED QUALITY STANDARD FOR MAXIMUM DIAGONAL DISTORTION. C. MAXIMUM DIAGONAL DISTORTION (WARP): 1/8 INCH MEASURED WITH STRAIGHT EDGE OR TAUT STRING, CORNER TO CORNER, OVER AN IMAGINARY 36 BY 84 INCHES SURFACE AREA. D. MAXIMUM VERTICAL DISTORTION (BOW): 1/8 INCH MEASURED WITH STRAIGHT EDGE OR TAUT STRING, TOP TO BOTTOM, OVER AN IMAGINARY 36 BY 84 INCHES SURFACE AREA. E. MAXIMUM WIDTH DISTORTION (CUP): 1/8 INCH MEASURED WITH STRAIGHT EDGE OR TAUT STRING, EDGE TO EDGE, OVER AN IMAGINARY 36 BY 84 INCHES SURFACE AREA. 102 ADJUSTING A. ADJUST DOORS FOR SMOOTH AND BALANCED DOOR MOVEMENT. B. ADJUST CLOSURES FOR FULL CLOSURE. SECTION 081433 - STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. WOOD DOORS, STILE AND RAIL DESIGN, PANELS OF WOOD, GLASS AND LOUVERS. S 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWI /AWMAC QUALITY STANDARDS ILLUSTRATED, SECTION 1400, CUSTOM GRADE. B. FACTORY FINISH DOORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWI /AWMAC QUALITY STANDARDS ILLUSTRATED, SECTION 1500. C. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING THE PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS: 1. EGGERS INDUSTRIES: WWW.EGGERSINDUSTRIES.COM. 2. THE MAIMAN COMPANY: WWW.MAIMAN.COM. 3. MARSHFIELD DOOR SYSTEMS: WWW.MARSHFIELDDOORS.COM. 4. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 DOOR TYPES A. INTERIOR DOORS: 1 -3/4 INCHES THICK UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED; SOLID LUMBER CONSTRUCTION; MORTISED AND TENONED JOINTS. B. TRANSOM PANELS: TO MATCH DOOR. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. MOLDING: WOOD, OF SAME SPECIES AS DOOR FACING, SHAPE, MITERED CORNERS; PREPARED FOR COUNTERSINK STYLE TAMPER PROOF SCREWS. 2.04 FABRICATION A. FABRICATE DOORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWI QUALITY STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS. 2.05 FINISH A. FACTORY FINISH DOORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWI QUALITY STANDARDS SECTION 1500: 1. TRANSPARENT FINISH: TRANSPARENT CATALYZED POLYURETHANE, CUSTOM QUALITY, SATIN SHEEN. B. FACTORY FINISH DOORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED SAMPLE. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL DOORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND AWI QUALITY STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS. B. TRIM DOOR WIDTH BY CUTTING EQUALLY ON BOTH JAMB EDGES. C. TRIM DOOR HEIGHT BY CUTTING BOTTOM EDGES TO A MAXIMUM OF 3/4 INCH. D. MACHINE CUT FOR HARDWARE. E. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF DOORS WITH INSTALLATION OF FRAMES AND HARDWARE. 3.02 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. CONFORM TO AWI REQUIREMENTS FOR FIT, CLEARANCE, AND JOINERY TOLERANCES. B. MAXIMUM DIAGONAL DISTORTION (WARP): 1/8 INCH MEASURED WITH STRAIGHT EDGE OR TAUT STRING, CORNER TO CORNER, OVER AN IMAGINARY 36 X 84 INCH SURFACE AREA C. MAXIMUM VERTICAL DISTORTION (BOW): 1/8 INCH MEASURED WITH STRAIGHT EDGE OR TAUT STRING, TOP TO BOTTOM, OVER AN IMAGINARY 36 X 84 INCH SURFACE AREA. D. MAXIMUM WIDTH DISTORTION (CUP): 1/8 INCH MEASURED WITH STRAIGHT EDGE OR TAUT STRING, EDGE TO EDGE, OVER AN IMAGINARY 36 X 84 INCH SURFACE AREA. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. ADJUST DOORS FOR SMOOTH AND BALANCED DOOR MOVEMENT. B. ADJUST CLOSURES FOR FULL CLOSURE. SECTION 08 3100 - ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. ACCESS DOOR AND FRAME UNITS, FIRE - RATED, IN WALL, AND CEILING LOCATIONS. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. ACCESS DOORS: 1. ACUDOR PRODUCTS INC: WWW.ACUDOR.COM. 2. KARP ASSOCIATES, INC: WWW.KARPINC .COM. 3. MILCOR INC: WWW.MILCORINC.COM. 4. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS A. ALL UNITS: FACTORY FABRICATED, FULLY ASSEMBLED UNITS WITH CORNER JOINTS WELDED, FILLED, AND GROUND FLUSH; SQUARE AND WITHOUT RACK OR WARP; COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH ASSEMBLIES UNITS ARE TO BE INSTALLED IN B. FLOOR UNITS: DESIGN TO SUPPORT LIVE LOAD OF 100 LB /SQ FT WITH DEFLECTION NOT TO EXCEED 1/180 OF SPAN. C. UNITS IN FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES: FIRE RATING EQUIVALENT TO THE FIRE RATED ASSEMBLY IN WHICH THEY ARE TO BE INSTALLED. 1. PROVIDE PRODUCTS LISTED AND LABELED BY UL OR ITS (WARNOCK HERSEY) AS SUITABLE FOR THE PURPOSE SPECIFIED AND INDICATED. 2. PROVIDE CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE FROM AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION INDICATING APPROVAL OF FRE RATED DOORS. SECTION 08 3100 - ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS (CONT.) 2.03 WALL AND CEILING UNITS A. DOOR AND FRAME UNITS: FORMED STEEL, 1. FRAMES AND FLANGES: 0.058 INCH STEEL. 2. DOOR PANELS: 0.070 INCH DOUBLE SHEET WITH INTEGRAL NON- COMBUSTIBLE INSULATION FILLER. 3. HARDWARE: A. HINGE: 175 DEGREE STAINLESS STEEL PIANO HINGE WITH REMOVABLE PIN. B. LOCK: CYLINDER LOCK WITH LATCH, TWO KEYS FOR EACH UNIT. 4. GALVANIZED, HOT DIPPED FINISH. 5. PRIME COAT WITH ALKYD PRIMER. 6. FINISH: ONE COAT BAKED ENAMEL, COLOR TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE. SECTION 08 4126 - ALL -GLASS ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. ALL -GLASS ENTRANCES, ALL -GLASS STOREFRONTS, SWINGING AND BALANCED DOORS. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. ALL -GLASS ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS: 1. KAWNEER- WWW.KAWNEER.COM. 2. EFCO- WWW.EFCO.COM. 3. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. B. FITTINGS AND HARDWARE: C. BALANCED DOOR HARDWARE: 2.02 ASSEMBLIES A. ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS: FACTORY FABRICATED ASSEMBLIES CONSISTING OF FRAMELESS GLASS PANELS FASTENED WITH METAL STRUCTURAL FITTINGS IN CONFIGURATION INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 1. OPERATIONAL LOADS: DESIGNED TO WITHSTAND DOOR OPERATION UNDER NORMAL TRAFFIC WITHOUT DAMAGE, RACKING, SAGGING, OR DEFLECTION. 2. PREPARED FOR ALL SPECIFIED HARDWARE WHETHER SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION OR NOT. 3. FINISHED METAL SURFACES PROTECTED WITH STRIPPABLE FILM. 2.03 FITTINGS A. EXPOSED FITTINGS: EXTRUDED ALUMINUM, U UM, ANODIZED FINISH. B. SWINGING DOOR FITTINGS: CONTINUOUS RAIL AT TOP AND BOTTOM OF DOOR. 1. RAIL CROSS- SECTION: 350 MEDIUM STYLE WITH INSULATED GLASS. 2. RAIL PROFILE: TAPERED. C. BALANCED DOOR FITTINGS: CONTINUOUS RAIL AT TOP AND BOTTOM OF DOOR: 1. RAIL CROSS - SECTION: 350 - MEDIUM STYLE WITH INSULATED GLASS. 2. RAIL PROFILE: TAPERED, 2.04 DOOR HARDWARE A. FINISH OF EXPOSED METALS: MATCH FINISH OF FITTINGS. B. SWINGING DOOR HARDWARE: PROVIDED BY STOREFRONT MANUFACTURER: 1. HINGES, CLOSURES, PUSH /PULLS, LOCKSETS, EXIT DEVICES, WEATHERSTRIPPING, THRESHOLD. C. BALANCED DOOR HARDWARE: PROVIDED BY STOREFRONT MANUFACTURER: 1. TOP AND BOTTOM ARM ASSEMBLIES, HINGE TUBE, PUSH /PULLS, LOCKSETS, EXIT DEVICES, WEATHERSTRIPPING, THRESHOLD. 2.05 MATERIALS A. GLASS: TEMPERED FLOAT GLASS MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM C 1036, TYPE I, QUALITY Q3, FULLY TEMPERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 1048, KIND FT, AND AS FOLLOWS: 1. THICKNESS: 3/8 INCH CLEAR INSULATING GLASS, CLASS 1 B. ALUMINUM COMPONENTS: CONFORMING TO ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M), ALLOY 6063, TEMPER T5. C. SEALANT: ONE -PART SILICONE SEALANT, CONFORMING TO ASTM C 920, CLEAR. SECTION 08 5113 - ALUMINUM WINDOWS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. EXTRUDED ALUMINUM WINDOWS WITH FIXED SASH, OPERATING SASH, AND INFILL PANELS, FACTORY GLAZING, OPERATING HARDWARE AND INSECT SCREENS. 1.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. DESIGN AND SIZE WINDOWS TO WITHSTAND THE FOLLOWING LOAD REQUIREMENTS, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 330 USING TEST LOADS EQUAL TO THE DESIGN WIND LOADS WITH DURATION OF MAXIMUM LOAD: 1. DESIGN WIND LOADS: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF ASCE 7. 2. MEMBER DEFLECTION: LIMIT MEMBER DEFLECTION TO FLEXURE LIMIT OF GLASS IN ANY DIRECTION, WITH FULL RECOVERY OF GLAZING MATERIALS. B. THERMAL RESISTANCE: AS REQUIRED BY BUILDING CODES. C. AIR INFILTRATION: LIMIT AIR INFILTRATION THROUGH ASSEMBLY TO 0.3 CU FT /MIN /SQ FT OF WALL AREA, MEASURED AT A REFERENCE DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE ACROSS ASSEMBLY OF 1.57 PSF AS MEASURED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 283. D. WATER LEAKAGE: NONE, WHEN MEASURED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 331 WITH A TEST PRESSURE DIFFERENCE OF 2.86 LBF /SQ FT. E. AIR AND VAPOR SEAL: MAINTAIN CONTINUOUS AIR BARRIER AND VAPOR RETARDER THROUGHOUT ASSEMBLY. F. SYSTEM INTERNAL DRAINAGE: DRAIN TO THE EXTERIOR BY MEANS OF A WEEP DRAINAGE NETWORK ANY WATER ENTERING JOINTS, CONDENSATION OCCURRING IN GLAZING CHANNEL, OR MIGRATING MOISTURE OCCURRING WITHIN SYSTEM. G. FORCED ENTRY RESISTANCE: CONFORM TO ASTM F 588 REQUIREMENTS FOR PERFORMANCE LEVEL 10 FOR WINDOW TYPE A. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF AAMANVDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 DESIGNATION . B. MANUFACTURER AND INSTALLER: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN FABRICATION OF RESIDENTIAL ALUMINUM WINDOWS OF TYPES REQUIRED, WITH NOT FEWER THAN 5 YEARS OF EXPERIENCE. 1.04 WARRANTY A. SEE SECTION 01 7800 - CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS, FOR ADDITIONAL WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS. B. CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK WITHIN A FIVE YEAR PERIOD AFTER DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. C. PROVIDE FIVE YEAR MANUFACTURER WARRANTY AGAINST FAILURE OF GLASS SEAL ON INSULATING GLASS UNITS, INCLUDING INTERPANE DUSTING OR MISTING. INCLUDE PROVISION FOR REPLACEMENT OF FAILED UNITS. D. PROVIDE FIVE YEAR MANUFACTURER WARRANTY AGAINST EXCESSIVE DEGRADATION OF EXTERIOR FINISH. INCLUDE PROVISION FOR REPLACEMENT OF UNITS WITH EXCESSIVE FADING, CHALKING, OR FLAKING. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ALUMINUM WINDOWS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. KAWNEER: KA: WWW.KAWNEER.COM. 2. EFCO: WWW.EFCO.COM. 3. TRACO: WWW.TRACO.COM. 4. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. SECTION 08 5113 - ALUMINUM WINDCWS (CONT.) 2.02 WINDOWS A. WINDOWS: TUBULAR ALUMINUM SECTIONS, FACTORY FABRICATED, FACTORY FINISHED, THERMALLY BROKEN, VISION INSULATING GLASS, INFILL PANELS, RELATED FLASHINGS, ANCHORAGE AND ATTACHMENT DEVICES. 1. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 HC40. B. FIXED, NON- OPERABLE TYPE, HORIZONTAL PIVOTING TYPE, INSW1NGING HOPPER TYPE, OUTSWINGING CASEMENT TYPE, SLIDING TYPE OR DOUBLE HUNG TYPE AS SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS. 2.03 COMPONENTS A. FRAMES: 2 INCH WIDE X 4" DEEP PROFILE, OF 1/8 INCH THICK SECTION; THERMALLY BROKEN WITH INTERIOR PORTION OF FRAME INSULATED FROM EXTERIOR PORTION; FLUSH GLASS STOPS OF SNAP -ON TYPE. B. REINFORCED MULLION: PROVIDE PROFILE OF EXTRUDED ALUMINUM WITH INTEGRAL REINFORCEMENT OF SHAPED STEEL STRUCTURAL SECTION AS REQUIRED. C. SILLS: 1/8 INCH THICK, EXTRUDED ALUMINUM; SLOPED FOR POSITIVE WASH; FIT UNDER SASH LEG TO 1/2 INCH BEYOND WALL FACE; ONE PIECE FULL WIDTH OF OPENING JAMB ANGLES TO TERMINATE SILL END. D. INSULATED INFILL PANEL: ALUMINUM OUTER AND INNER FACE W/ GLASS FIBER INSULATION CORE. E. INSECT SCREEN FRAME: ROLLED ALUMINUM FRAME OF RECTANGULAR SECTIONS; FIT WITH ADJUSTABLE HARDWARE; NOMINAL SIZE SIMILAR TO OPERABLE GLAZED UNIT. F. OPERABLE SASH WEATHERSTRIPPING: WOOL PILE; PERMANENTLY RESILIENT, PROFILED TO ACHIEVE EFFECTIVE WEATHER SEAL. G. FASTENERS: STAINLESS STEEL. 2.04 MATERIALS A. EXTRUDED ALUMINUM: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221 M), 6063 ALLOY, T6 TEMPER. B. SHEET ALUMINUM: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), 5005 ALLOY, H12 OR H14 TEMPER. C. CONCEALED STEEL ITEMS: PROFILED TO SUIT MULLION SECTIONS; GALVANIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM A 123/A 123M. 2.05 HARDWARE A. PROVIDE SASH LOCK, OPERATOR, PROJECTING SASH ARMS, PULLS, BOTTOM ROLLERS, LIMIT STOP AS REQUIRED TO MATCH WINDOW FINISH.. 2.06 FINISHES A. CLASS I ANODIZED FINISH: AAMA 611 AA- M12C22A41 CLEAR ANODIC COATING NOT LESS THAN 0.7 MILS THICK. B. CLASS I COLOR ANODIZED FINISH: AAMA 611 AA- M12C22A42 INTEGRALLY COLORED ANODIC COATING NOT LESS THAN 0.7 MILS THICK; MEDIUM BRONZE OR AS SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS. C. SUPERIOR PERFORMANCE ORGANIC COATING SYSTEM: AAMA 2605 MULTIPLE COAT, THERMALLY CURED POLYVINYLIDENE FLUORIDE SYSTEM; COLOR AS SCHEDULED. D. APPLY 1 COAT OF BITUMINOUS COATING TO CONCEALED ALUMINUM AND STEEL SURFACES IN CONTACT WITH DISSIMILAR MATERIALS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL WINDOWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. INSTALL WINDOW ASSEMBLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101 /I.S21A440. C. INSTALL GLASS AND INFILL PANELS IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 08 8000. D. INSTALL PERIMETER SEALANT IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 07 9005. 3.02 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM LEVEL OR PLUMB: 1/16 INCHES EVERY 3 FT NON- CUMULATIVE OR 1/8 INCHES PER 10 FT, WHICHEVER IS LESS. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. TEST INSTALLED WINDOWS FOR COMPLIANCE WITH PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR WATER PENETRATION, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 1105 USING UNIFORM PRESSURE AND THE SAME PRESSURE DIFFERENCE AS SPECIFIED FOR LABORATORY TESTING. 1. IF ANY WINDOW FAILS, TEST ADDITIONAL WINDOWS AT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. B. REPLACE WINDOWS THAT HAVE FAILED FIELD TESTING AND RETEST UNTIL PERFORMANCE IS SATISFACTORY. 3.04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. ADJUST HARDWARE FOR SMOOTH OPERATION AND SECURE WEATHERTIGHT CLOSURE. B. WASH SURFACES BY METHOD RECOMMENDED AND ACCEPTABLE TO SEALANT AND WINDOW MANUFACTURER; RINSE AND WIPE SURFACES CLEAN. C. REMOVE EXCESS SEALANT BY MODERATE USE OF MINERAL SPIRITS OR OTHER SOLVENT ACCEPTABLE TO SEALANT AND WINDOW MANUFACTURER. SECTION 08 5200 - WOOD WINDOWS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. FACTORY FABRICATED UNFINISHED WOOD WINDOWS WITH FIXED SASH, METAL INFILL PANELS, OPERATING HARDWARE, INSECT SCREENS, PERIMETER SEALANT, WOOD TRIM FOR EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR FINISHING. 1.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. DESIGN AND SIZE WINDOWS TO WITHSTAND DEAD LOADS AND POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE WIND LOADS ACTING NORMAL TO PLANE OF WALL CALCULATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASCE 7 , WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 330, USING TEST LOADS EQUAL TO 1.5 TIMES THE DESIGN WIND LOADS AND 10 SECOND DURATION OF MAXIMUM LOAD. B. DEFLECTION: LIMIT MEMBER DEFLECTION TO FLEXURE LIMIT OF GLASS WITH FULL RECOVERY OF GLAZING MATERIALS. C. DESIGN WINDOWS TO ACCOMMODATE, WITHOUT DAMAGE TO COMPONENTS OR DETERIORATION OF SEALS, MOVEMENT BETWEEN WINDOW AND PERIMETER FRAMING AND DEFLECTION OF LINTEL. D. THERMAL RESISTANCE OF ASSEMBLY: AS REQUIRED BY BUILDING CODES . E. AIR INFILTRATION: LIMIT AIR LEAKAGE THROUGH ASSEMBLY TO 0.3 CU FT /MIN /SQ FT OF WALL AREA, MEASURED AT A REFERENCE DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE ACROSS ASSEMBLY OF 1.57 PSF AS MEASURED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 283. F. WATER LEAKAGE: NONE, WHEN MEASURED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 331. G. AIR AND VAPOR SEAL: MAINTAIN CONTINUOUS AIR AND VAPOR BARRIER THROUGHOUT ASSEMBLY, PRIMARILY IN LINE WITH INSIDE PANE OF GLASS AND INNER SHEET OF INFILL PANEL AND HEEL BEAD OF GLAZING COMPOUND. H. FORCED ENTRY RESISTANCE: CONFORM TO ASTM F 588 REQUIREMENTS FOR PERFORMANCE LEVEL 10. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MANUFACTURER AND INSTALLER: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING RESIDENTIAL WOOD WINDOWS WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. 1.04 WARRANTY A. SEE SECTION 017800 - CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS, FOR ADDITIONAL WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS. B. CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK WITHIN A FIVE YEAR PERIOD AFTER DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. C. PROVIDE FIVE YEAR MANUFACTURER WARRANTY FOR INSULATED GLASS UNITS FROM SEAL FAILURE, INTERPANE DUSTING OR MISTING, AND REPLACEMENT OF SAME. D. WARRANTY: INCLUDE COVERAGE FOR: DEGRADATION OF COLOR FINISH AND DELAMINATION OF CLADDING OR FINISH. RECEIVED PART 2 PRODUCTS CITY OF TUKWLA 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. OTHER ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: 1. ANDERSEN CORP: WWW.ANDERSENWINDOWS.COM. 2. PELLA CORP: WWW.PELLA.COM. 3. WEATHER SHIELD MANUFACTURING, INC: WWW.WEATHERSHIELD.COM. 4 . SUBSTITUTIONS: NOT PERMITTED. DISCLAIMER: NOT ALL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS APPLY TO THIS LOCATION. • MAY`2.9 2009 • PERMIT CENT JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 1 3 2009 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 8457 n REGISTERED ARCHITECT EDWARD HANBICKI STATE OF WASHINGTON Client: <>It KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No Date Issue /Revision B 05 -05 -09 ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID 04-09-09 DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Designed By: PDX Drawn By: Checked By: KAH MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: SPECIFICATIONS Drawing No.: G -104 b09%. 0 8 Co, SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 08 5200 - WOOD WINDOWS (CONT.) 2.02 WINDOW COMPONENTS A. WINDOWS: WOOD FRAME AND SASH, FACTORY FABRICATED AND ASSEMBLED, INSULATED FACTORY GLAZED. 1. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 HC40. 2. EXTERIOR SURFACES: CLAD COLOR AS SELECTED. 3. INTERIOR SURFACES: UNFINISHED, FOR OPAQUE OR TRANSPARENT FINISH SPECIFIED IN SECTION 09 9000. B. FRAMES: AS SELECTED PER MANUFACTURERS STANDARDS; FLUSH SOLID WOOD GLASS STOPS OF SCREW FASTENED TYPE, SLOPED FOR WASH. C. SIMULATED MUNTIN GRID: FORMED WOOD CONSTRUCTION, OPENINGS, COLOR AS SELECTED. D. STOOLS: 1 INCH NOMINAL THICKNESS, METAL CLAD WOOD; FIT UNDER SASH TO PROJECT 1/2 INCH BEYOND INTERIOR WALL FACE; ONE PIECE FULL WIDTH OF OPENING. E. INSULATED INFILL PANEL: ALUMINUM OUTER AND INNER FACE WITH GLASS FIBER INSULATION CORE. 1. OUTER FACE: ALUMINUM. 2. CORE: GLASS FIBER INSULATION CORE WITH. 3. INNER FACE: ALUMINUM. F. INSECT SCREEN FRAME: ROLLED ALUMINUM FRAME OF RECTANGULAR SECTIONS; FIT WITH ADJUSTABLE HARDWARE; NOMINAL SIZE SIMILAR TO OPERABLE GLAZED UNIT. G. OPERABLE SASH WEATHERSTRIPPING: WOOL PILE; PERMANENTLY RESILIENT, PROFILED TO EFFECT WEATHER SEAL. H. FASTENERS: STAINLESS STEEL. I. APRONS: ALUMINUM, INTERNALLY REINFORCED, EDGED AND SEALED. J. ACCESSORIES: PROVIDE ALL RELATED FLASHINGS, AND ANCHORAGE AND ATTACHMENT DEVICES. 2.03 MATERIALS A. WOOD: CLEAR PINE, CLEAR PRESERVATIVE TREATED USING TREATMENT TYPE SUITABLE FOR TRANSPARENT OR OPAQUE FINISH. B. PLASTIC CLADDING: EXTRUDED PVC, LOW SHEEN SURFACE, FACTORY FIT TO PROFILE OF WOOD MEMBERS. C. METAL CLADDING: FORMED ALUMINUM, FACTORY FINISHED, FACTORY FIT TO PROFILE OF WOOD MEMBERS. D. GLASS AND GLAZING MATERIALS: AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 08 8000 OF TYPES DESCRIBED BELOW: E. SEALANT AND BACKING MATERIALS: AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 07 9005 OF TYPES DESCRIBED BELOW. 2.04 HARDWARE A. HORIZONTAL SLIDING SASH: EXTRUDED PVC INTERFACING TRACKS, LIMIT STOPS IN HEAD AND SILL TRACK. B. DOUBLE HUNG SASH: METAL AND NYLON SPIRAL FRICTION SLIDE CYLINDER, EACH SASH, EACH JAMB. C. SASH LOCK: LEVER HANDLE WITH CAM LOCK. D. POLE HANDLE: LENGTH AS REQUIRED. E. OPERATOR: LEVER ACTION HANDLE FITTED TO PROJECTING SASH ARMS WITH LIMIT STOPS; BAKED ENAMEL FINISH. F. PROJECTING SASH ARMS: CADMIUM PLATED STEEL, FRICTION PIVOT JOINTS WITH NYLON BEARINGS, REMOVABLE PIVOT CLIPS FOR CLEANING. G. PULLS: PER MANUFACTURERS STANDARDS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. PROVIDE THERMAL ISOLATION WHERE COMPONENTS PENETRATE OR DISRUPT BUILDING INSULATION. PACK FIBROUS INSULATION IN SHIM SPACES AT PERIMETER OF ASSEMBLY TO MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF THERMAL BARRIER. C. INSTALL PERIMETER SEALANT AND BACKING MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 07 9005. 3.02 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM LEVEL OR PLUMB: 1/16 INCHES EVERY 3 FT NON- CUMULATIVE OR 1/8 INCHES PER 10 FT, WHICHEVER IS LESS. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. ADJUST HARDWARE FOR SMOOTH OPERATION AND SECURE WEATHERTIGHT CLOSURE. 3.04 CLEANING A. REMOVE PROTECTIVE MATERIAL FROM FACTORY FINISHED SURFACES. B. WASH SURFACES BY METHOD RECOMMENDED AND ACCEPTABLE TO SEALANT AND WINDOW MANUFACTURER; RINSE AND WIPE SURFACES CLEAN. C. REMOVE EXCESS SEALANT BY MODERATE USE OF MINERAL SPIRITS OR OTHER SOLVENT ACCEPTABLE TO SEALANT MANUFACTURER. SECTION 08 7100 - DOOR HARDWARE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. HARDWARE FOR WOOD AND HOLLOW STEEL NON AND FIRE DOORS, ELECTRICALLY OPERATED AND CONTROLLED HARDWARE, THRESHOLDS, WEATHERSTRIPPING, SEALS, CLOSURES, GASKETS, STOPS AND SILENCERS. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. STANDARDS FOR FIRE -RATED DOORS: MAINTAIN ONE COPY OF EACH REFERENCED STANDARD ON SITE, FOR USE BY ARCHITECT AND CONTRACTOR. B. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING THE PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. C. HARDWARE SUPPLIER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN SUPPLYING COMMERCIAL DOOR HARDWARE WITH 5 YEARS OF EXPERIENCE. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. PACKAGE HARDWARE ITEMS INDIVIDUALLY; LABEL AND IDENTIFY EACH PACKAGE WITH DOOR OPENING CODE TO MATCH HARDWARE SCHEDULE. 1.04 COORDINATION A. COORDINATE THE WORK WITH OTHER DIRECTLY AFFECTED SECTIONS INVOLVING MANUFACTURE OR FABRICATION OF INTERNAL REINFORCEMENT FOR DOOR HARDWARE. B. SEQUENCE INSTALLATION TO ENSURE UTILITY CONNECTIONS ARE ACHIEVED IN AN ORDERLY AND EXPEDITIOUS MANNER. C. COORDINATE KEY BANK'S KEYING REQUIREMENTS DURING THE COURSE OF THE WORK. 1.05 WARRANTY A. SEE SECTION 01 7800 - CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS, FOR ADDITIONAL WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS. B. PROVIDE MINIMUM FIVE YEAR WARRANTY FOR DOOR CLOSURES, EXIT DEVICES AND LOCKSETS. 1.06 MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS A. PROVIDE SPECIAL WRENCHES AND TOOLS APPLICABLE TO EACH DIFFERENT OR SPECIAL HARDWARE COMPONENT. B. PROVIDE MAINTENANCE TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED BY HARDWARE COMPONENT MANUFACTURER. 1.07 EXTRA MATERIALS A. PROVIDE TEN EXTRA KEY LOCK CYLINDERS FOR EACH MASTER KEYED GROUP. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. SEE DOOR AND HARDWARE SCHEDULE DRAWING ON A -601 FOR HARDWARE MANUFACTURERS INFORMATION. B. SUBSTITUTIONS: NOT PERMITTED. SECTION 08 7100 - DOOR HARDWARE (CONT.) 2.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR DOOR HARDWARE PRODUCTS A. PROVIDE PRODUCTS THAT COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1. APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL CODES. 2. APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF NFPA 101, LIFE SAFETY CODE. 3. FIRE -RATED DOORS: NFPA 80. 4. ALL HARDWARE ON FIRE -RATED DOORS: LISTED AND CLASSIFIED BY UL AS SUITABLE FOR THE PURPOSE SPECIFIED AND INDICATED. 5. PRODUCTS REQUIRING ELECTRICAL CONNECTION: LISTED AND CLASSIFIED BY UL AS SUITABLE FOR THE PURPOSE SPECIFIED AND INDICATED. B. FINISHES: IDENTIFIED IN SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS. 2.03 KEYING A. DOOR LOCKS: GRAND MASTER KEYED. 1. KEY TO EXISTING KEYING SYSTEM. B. SUPPLY KEYS IN THE FOLLOWING QUANTITIES: 1. PROVIDE THE NUMBER MASTER KEYS,GRAND MASTER KEYS,CONTROL KEYS, KEYS FOR EACH LOCK,_AN[ZEXTR9„CYLINDER CORES PER KEY BANK REQUIREMENTS. PART 3 EXECUTION 23.01 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. FIELD INSPECTION AND TESTING WILL BE PERFORMED UNDER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 014000. 3.02 ADJUSTING A. ADJUST WORK UNDER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 017000. B. ADJUST HARDWARE FOR SMOOTH OPERATION. 3.03 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. PROTECT FINISHED WORK UNDER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 017000. B. DO NOT PERMIT ADJACENT WORK TO DAMAGE HARDWARE OR FINISH. 3.04 SCHEDULE - ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. SECTION 08 8000 - GLAZING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. GLASS, GAZING COMPOUNDS AND ACCESSORIES. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH GANA GLAZING MANUAL AND FGMA SEALANT MANUAL FOR GLAZING INSTALLATION METHODS. B. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN PERFORMING THE ... WORK OF THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. 1.03 WARRANTY A. SEE SECTION 01 7800 - CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS, FOR ADDITIONAL WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS. B. PROVIDE A FIVE (5) YEAR WARRANTY TO INCLUDE COVERAGE FOR SEALED GLASS UNITS FROM SEAL FAILURE, INTERPANE DUSTING OR MISTING, AND REPLACEMENT OF SAME. C. PROVIDE A FIVE (5) YEAR WARRANTY TO INCLUDE COVERAGE FOR DELAMINATION OF LAMINATED GLASS AND REPLACEMENT OF SAME. 1.04 MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS A. PROVIDE TWO OF EACH GLASS SIZE AND EACH GLASS TYPE, OF INSULATED GLASS UNITS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EXTERIOR GLAZING ASSEMBLIES A. STRUCTURAL DESIGN CRITERIA: SELECT TYPE AND THICKNESS TO WITHSTAND DEAD LOADS AND WIND LOADS ACTING NORMAL TO PLANE OF GLASS AT DESIGN PRESSURES CALCULATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASCE 7. 1. USE THE PROCEDURE SPECIFIED IN ASTM E 1300 TO DETERMINE GLASS TYPE AND THICKNESS. 2. LIMIT GLASS DEFLECTION TO 1/200 OR FLEXURE LIMIT OF GLASS, WHICHEVER IS LESS, WITH FULL RECOVERY OF GLAZING MATERIALS. 3. THICKNESSES LISTED ARE MINIMUM. 2.02 FLAT GLASS MATERIALS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. ACH GLASSNERSALUX: WLVW.VERSALUXGLASS.COM. 2. AFG INDUSTRIES, INC: WWW.AFGGLASS.COM. 3. PILKINGTON BUILDING PRODUCTS NORTH AMERICA: WWW.PILKINGTON.COM. 4. PPG INDUSTRIES, INC: WWW.PPG.COM. 5. SUBSTITUTIONS: REFER TO SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. B. CLEAR FLOAT GLASS: CLEAR, FULLY TEMPERED. 1. COMPLY WITH ASTM C 1036, TYPE I, TRANSPARENT FLAT, CLASS 1 CLEAR, QUALITY Q3 (GLAZING SELECT). C. SAFETY GLASS: CLEAR; FULLY TEMPERED WITH HORIZONTAL TEMPERING. 1. LAMINATED WITH 0.030 INCH THICK PLASTIC INTERLAYER; COMPLY WITH ASTM C 1172 2. COMPLY WITH ASTM C 1036, TYPE I, TRANSPARENT FLAT, CLASS 1 CLEAR, QUALITY Q3 (GLAZING SELECT) AND ASTM C 1048. 3. COMPLY WITH 16 CFR 1201 TEST REQUIREMENTS FOR CATEGORY II. 4. WHERE GLAZING IS TO BE INSTALLED IN FIRE -RATED PARTITION, PROVIDE GLAZING THAT IS ALSO FIRE - PROTECTION RATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE CODE. 5. PROVIDE THIS TYPE OF GLAZING AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND AT LOCATIONS REQUIRED BY CODE. A. GLAZED LITES IN DOORS EXCEPT FIRE DOORS. B. GLAZED SIDELIGHTS TO DOORS. D. LOW E GLASS: FLOAT TYPE, HEAT STRENGTHENED, CLEAR. 1. COATING ON INNER SURFACE. E. WIRED GLASS: CLEAR, SQUARE PATTERN. 1. STAINLESS STEEL WIRE IN SQUARE MESH PATTERN. 2.03 SEALED INSULATING GLASS MATERIALS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. CARDINAL GLASS INDUSTRIES: WWW.CARDINALCORP.COM. 2. GUARDIAN INDUSTRIES CORPORATION: WWW.GUARDIAN.COM. 3. VIRACON, APOGEE ENTERPRISES, INC: WWW.VIRACON.COM. 4. SUBSTITUTIONS: REFER TO SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. B. INSULATED GLASS UNITS: DOUBLE PANE WITH GLASS TO ELASTOMER EDGE SEAL 1. DURABILITY: CERTIFIED BY AN INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY TO COMPLY WITH ASTM E 2190. 2. PURGE INTERPANE SPACE WITH DRY HERMETIC AIR. C. EDGE SEAL MATERIAL: COLOR TO MATCH. 2.04 GLAZING COMPOUNDS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. BOSTIK, INC: WWW.BOSTIK- US.COM. 2. MOMENTIVE PERFORMANCE MATERIALS, INC. (FORMERLY GE SILICONES): WWW.MOMENTIVE.COM. 3. PECORA CORPORATION: WWW.PECORA.COM. 4. BASF CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, INC: WWW.CHEMREX.COM. 5. SUBSTITUTIONS: REFER TO SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.05 GLAZING ACCESSORIES A. SETTING BLOCKS: NEOPRENE, 80 TO 90 SHORE A DUROMETER HARDNESS, ASTM C 864 OPTION I. LENGTH OF 0.1 INCH FOR EACH SQUARE FOOT OF GLAZING OR MINIMUM 4 INCH X WIDTH OF GLAZING RABBET SPACE MINUS 1/16 INCH X HEIGHT TO SUIT GLAZING METHOD AND PANE WEIGHT AND AREA. B. SPACER SHIMS: NEOPRENE, 50 TO 60 SHORE A DUROMETER HARDNESS, ASTM C 864 OPTION I. MINIMUM 3 INCH LONG X ONE HALF THE HEIGHT OF THE GLAZING STOP X THICKNESS TO SUIT APPLICATION, SELF ADHESIVE ON ONE FACE. C. GLAZING TAPE: PREFORMED BUTYL COMPOUND WITH INTEGRAL RESILIENT TUBE SPACING DEVICE; 10 TO 15 SHORE A DUROMETER HARDNESS; COILED ON RELEASE PAPER; BLACK COLOR. SECTION 08 8000- GLAZING (CONT.) D. GLAZING GASKETS: RESILIENT SILICONE EXTRUDED SHAPE TO SUIT GLAZING CHANNEL RETAINING SLOT; ASTM C 864 OPTION I; COLOR. E. GLAZING FILM: BLACK, BLACKOUT -X POLYESTER FILM AS MANUFACTURED BY MADICO (800)225 -1926. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MFR RECOMMENDATIONS. F. GLAZING FILM: WHITE, MT- 200 -X -W VIEW CONTROL FILM AS MANUFACTURED BY MADICO (800)225 -1926. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MFR RECOMMENDATIONS. G. GLAZING FILM: MIRROR, SRS -220 AS MANUFACTURED BY MADICO (800)225 -1926. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MFR RECOMMENDATIONS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. INSTALL SEALANTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 1193 AND FGMA SEALANT MANUAL. B. INSTALL SEALANT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 3.02 CLEANING A. REMOVE GLAZING MATERIALS FROM FINISH SURFACES. B. REMOVE LABELS AFTER WORK IS COMPLETE. C. CLEAN GLASS AND ADJACENT SURFACES. 3.03 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK. SECTION 09 2116 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. METAL STUD WALL FRAMING, METAL CHANNEL CEILING FRAMING, SHAFT WALL SYSTEM, FIRE RATED AREA SEPARATION WALLS, ACOUSTIC INSULATION, GYPSUM SHEATHING, CEMENTITIOUS BACKER BOARD, GYPSUM WALL BOARD, GLASS MAT FACED GYPSUM BOARD, JOINT TREATMENT AND ACCESSORIES. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN PERFORMING GYPSUM BOARD APPLICATION AND FINISHING, WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A. PROVIDE COMPLETED ASSEMBLIES COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 840 AND GA -216. B. INTERIOR PARTITIONS INDICATED AS ACOUSTIC: PROVIDE COMPLETED ASSEMBLIES WITH THE FOLLOWING CHARACTERISTICS: 1. ACOUSTIC ATTENUATION: STC OF 45-49 CALCULATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 413, BASED ON TESTS CONDUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 90. C. SHAFT WALLS AT HVAC SHAFTS: PROVIDE COMPLETED ASSEMBLIES WITH THE FOLLOWING CHARACTERISTICS: 1. AIR PRESSURE WITHIN SHAFT: SUSTAINED LOADS OF 5 LBF /SQ FT WITH MAXIMUM MID -SPAN DEFLECTION OF 11240. 2. ACOUSTIC ATTENUATION: STC OF 35 -39 CALCULATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 413, BASED ON TESTS CONDUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 90. D. SHAFT WALLS AT ELEVATOR SHAFTS: PROVIDE COMPLETED ASSEMBLIES WITH THE FOLLOWING CHARACTERISTICS: 1. AIR PRESSURE WITHIN SHAFT: INTERMITTENT LOADS OF 5 LBF /SQ FT WITH MAXIMUM MID -SPAN DEFLECTION OF U240. 2. ACOUSTIC ATTENUATION: STC OF 35 -39 CALCULATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 413, BASED ON TESTS CONDUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 90. E. FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES: PROVIDE COMPLETED ASSEMBLIES WITH THE FOLLOWING CHARACTERISTICS: 1. FIRE RATED PARTITIONS: UL LISTED ASSEMBLY NO.1 AND 2 HOUR FIRE RATING. 2. FIRE RATED CEILINGS AND SOFFITS: UL LISTED ASSEMBLY NO.1 AND 2 HOUR FIRE RATING. 3. FIRE RATED STRUCTURAL COLUMN FRAMING: UL LISTED ASSEMBLY NO.1 AND 2 HOUR FIRE RATING. 4. FIRE RATED STRUCTURAL BEAM FRAMING: UL LISTED ASSEMBLY NO.1 AND 2 HOUR FIRE RATING. 5. FIRE RATED SHAFT WALLS: UL LISTED ASSEMBLY NO.1 AND 2 HOUR FIRE RATING. 6. FIRE RATED AREA SEPARATION WALLS: UL LISTED ASSEMBLY NO.1 AND 2 HOUR FIRE RATING. 7. ICC IBC ITEM NUMBERS: COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF ICC IBC FOR THE PARTICULAR ASSEMBLY. 8. UL ASSEMBLY NUMBERS: PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION EQUIVALENT TO THAT LISTED FOR THE PARTICULAR ASSEMBLY IN THE CURRENT UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY. 2.02 METAL FRAMING MATERIALS A. MANUFACTURERS - METAL FRAMING, CONNECTORS, AND ACCESSORIES: 1. CLARK WESTERN BUILDING SYSTEMS: WWW.CLARKWESTERN.COM. 2. DIETRICH METAL FRAMING: WWW.DIETRICHINDUSTRIES.COM. 3. MARINO -WARE: WWW.MARINOWARE.COM. 4. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. B. NON - LOADBEARING FRAMING SYSTEM COMPONENTS: ASTM C 645; GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL, OF SIZE AND PROPERTIES NECESSARY TO COMPLY WITH ASTM C 754 FOR THE SPACING INDICATED, WITH MAXIMUM DEFLECTION OF WALL FRAMING OF U240 AT 5 PSF. 1. STUDS: "C" SHAPED WITH FLAT OR FORMED WEBS WITH KNURLED FACES, RUNNERS: U SHAPED, CEILING CHANNELS: C SHAPED, FURRING: HAT SHAPED 7/8" DEEP SECTIONS. C. SHAFT WALL STUDS AND ACCESSORIES: ASTM C 645; GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL, OF SIZE AND PROPERTIES NECESSARY TO COMPLY WITH ASTM C 754 AND SPECIFIED PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS. D. CEILING HANGERS: TYPE AND SIZE AS SPECIFIED IN ASTM C 754 FOR SPACING REQUIRED. E. PARTITION HEAD TO STRUCTURE CONNECTIONS: PROVIDE MECHANICAL ANCHORAGE DEVICES THAT ACCOMMODATE DEFLECTION USING SLOTTED HOLES, SCREWS AND ANTI - FRICTION BUSHINGS, PREVENTING ROTATION OF STUDS WHILE MAINTAINING STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE OF PARTITION. 1. STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE: MAINTAIN LATERAL LOAD RESISTANCE AND VERTICAL MOVEMENT CAPACITY REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE CODE, WHEN EVALUATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AISI NORTH AMERICAN SPECIFICATION FOR THE DESIGN OF COLD- FORMED STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. 2. MATERIAL: ASTM A 653 /A 653M STEEL SHEET, SS GRADE 50/340, WITH G60 /Z180 HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED COATING. 2.03 GYPSUM BOARD MATERIALS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. CERTAINTEED CORPORATION: WWW.CERTAINTEED.COM. 2. G -P GYPSUM CORPORATION: WWW.GP.COM /GYPSUM. 3. NATIONAL GYPSUM COMPANY: WWW.NATIONALGYPSUM.COM. 4. USG: WWW.USG.COM. 5. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. B. GYPSUM WALLBOARD: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M. SIZES TO MINIMIZE JOINTS IN PLACE; ENDS SQUARE CUT. 1. REGULAR TYPE: A. APPLICATION: USE FOR VERTICAL SURFACES, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. B. THICKNESS: 5/8 INCH W/ TAPERED EDGES. 2. FIRE RESISTANT TYPE: COMPLYING WITH TYPE X REQUIREMENTS; UL OR WH RATED. A. AT ASSEMBLIES INDICATED WITH FIRE - RATING: USE TYPE REQUIRED BY INDICATED TESTED ASSEMBLY; IF NO TESTED ASSEMBLY IS INDICATED, USE TYPE X. B. OTHER APPLICATIONS: USE AT ALL VERTICAL SURFACES, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. C. THICKNESS: 5/8 INCH W/ TAPERED EDGES. 3. CEILING BOARD: SPECIAL SAG - RESISTANT TYPE. A. APPLICATION: CEILINGS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED 1/2 THICKNESS W/ TAPERED EDGES. SECTION 09 2116 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES (CONT.) 4. ABUSE- RESISTANT TYPE: GYPSUM WALLBOARD ESPECIALLY FORMULATED FOR INCREASED IMPACT RESISTANCE, WITH ENHANCED GYPSUM CORE AND HEAVY DUTY FACE AND BACK PAPER. A. APPLICATION: HIGH - TRAFFIC AREAS INDICATED 1/2 OR 518 THICKNESS AS INDICATED WITH REGULAR OR TYPE X CORE AS INDICATED. C. WATER - RESISTANT GYPSUM BACKING BOARD: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M; ENDS SQUARE CUT. 1. APPLICATION: VERTICAL SURFACES BEHIND THINSET TILE, EXCEPT IN WET AREAS 5/8" W/ REGULAR OR TYPE X CORE AS INDICATED. D. EXTERIOR GYPSUM SOFFIT BOARD: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M; SIZES TO MINIMIZE JOINTS IN PLACE; ENDS SQUARE CUT. 1. APPLICATION: CEILINGS AND SOFFITS IN PROTECTED EXTERIOR AREAS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 2. 5/8" THICKNESS REGULAR AND TYPE X, AS INDICATED. E. GYPSUM SHAFTWALL OR COREBOARD: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M; TYPE X CORE; SIZES TO MINIMIZE JOINTS IN PLACE; 1 INCH THICK; SQUARE, TONGUE AND GROOVE, OR DOUBLE BEVELED EDGES, ENDS SQUARE CUT. 2.04 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED BOARD MATERIALS A. GLASS MAT GYPSUM BOARD: GYPSUM PANELS WITH MOISTURE - RESISTANT CORE AND COATED INORGANIC FIBERGLASS MAT BACK SURFACE DESIGNED TO RESIST GROWTH OF MOLD AND MILDEW, PER ASTM D 3273. 1. PAPER -FACED BOARD: COMPLY WITH PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM C 1396/C 1396M FOR GYPSUM WALLBOARD AND ASTM C 1177/C 1177M FOR SHEATHING; TAPERED LONG EDGES. A. STANDARD TYPE: THICKNESS 5/8 INCH. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. ACOUSTIC INSULATION: ASTM C 665; PREFORMED GLASS FIBER, FRICTION FIT TYPE, UNFACED. THICKNESS: 4 INCH. B. ACOUSTIC SEALANT: NON- HARDENING, NON- SKINNING, FOR USE IN CONJUNCTION WITH GYPSUM BOARD. C. ACOUSTIC SEALANT: AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 07 9005. D. DEMISING WALL SECURITY MESH: PRODUCT: DRAMEX, WWW.DRAMEX.COM, 3/4" FLATTENED CARBON STEEL MESH SECURELY FASTENED TO DEMISING WALL STEEL STUDS FOR ENTIRE AREA OF WALL FROM FLOOR TO UNDERSIDE OF ROOF OR FLOOR DECK ABOVE. PROVIDE 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD FINISH OVER MESH. E. FINISHING ACCESSORIES: ASTM C 1047, GALVANIZED STEEL OR ROLLED ZINC, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 1. TYPES: AS DETAILED OR REQUIRED FOR FINISHED APPEARANCE. 2. SPECIAL SHAPES: IN ADDITION TO CONVENTIONAL CORNER BEAD AND CONTROL JOINTS, PROVIDE U -BEAD AT EXPOSED PANEL EDGES. F. JOINT MATERIALS: ASTM C 475 AND AS RECOMMENDED BY GYPSUM BOARD MANUFACTURER FOR PROJECT CONDITIONS. 1. TAPE: 2 INCH WIDE, COATED GLASS FIBER TAPE FOR JOINTS AND CORNERS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 2. READY -MIXED VINYL -BASED JOINT COMPOUND. G. SCREWS: ASTM C 1002; SELF - PIERCING TAPPING TYPE; CADMIUM - PLATED FOR EXTERIOR LOCATIONS. H. SCREWS: ASTM C 954; STEEL DRILL SCREWS FOR APPLICATION OF GYPSUM BOARD TO LOADBEARING STEEL STUDS. I. ANCHORAGE TO SUBSTRATE: TIE WIRE, NAILS, SCREWS, AND OTHER METAL SUPPORTS, OF TYPE AND SIZE TO SUIT APPLICATION; TO RIGIDLY SECURE MATERIALS IN PLACE. J. ADHESIVE FOR ATTACHMENT TO WOOD: ASTM C 557. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SHAFT WALL INSTALLATION A. SHAFT WALL FRAMING: INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 1. INSTALL STUDS AT SPACING REQUIRED TO MEET PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS. B. SHAFT WALL LINER: CUT PANELS TO ACCURATE DIMENSION AND INSTALL SEQUENTIALLY BETWEEN SPECIAL FRICTION STUDS. 3.02 FRAMING INSTALLATION A. METAL FRAMING: INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 754 AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. SUSPENDED CEILINGS AND SOFFITS: SPACE FRAMING AND FURRING MEMBERS AS INDICATED. 1. LATERALLY BRACE ENTIRE SUSPENSION SYSTEM. 2. INSTALL BRACING AS REQUIRED AT EXTERIOR LOCATIONS TO RESIST WIND UPLIFT. C. STUDS: SPACE STUDS AS PERMITTED BY STANDARD. 1. EXTEND PARTITION FRAMING TO STRUCTURE WHERE INDICATED AND TO CEILING IN OTHER LOCATIONS. 2. PARTITIONS TERMINATING AT CEILING: ATTACH CEILING RUNNER SECURELY TO CEILING TRACK IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 3. PARTITIONS TERMINATING AT STRUCTURE: ATTACH TOP RUNNER TO STRUCTURE, MAINTAIN CLEARANCE BETWEEN TOP OF STUDS AND STRUCTURE, AND CONNECT STUDS TO TRACK USING SPECIFIED MECHANICAL DEVICES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS; VERIFY FREE MOVEMENT OF TOP OF STUD CONNECTIONS; DO NOT LEAVE STUDS UNATTACHED TO TRACK. D. OPENINGS: REINFORCE OPENINGS AS REQUIRED FOR WEIGHT OF DOORS OR OPERABLE PANELS, USING NOT LESS THAN DOUBLE STUDS AT JAMBS. E. STANDARD WALL FURRING: INSTALL AT CONCRETE WALLS SCHEDULED TO RECEIVE GYPSUM BOARD, NOT MORE THAN 4 INCHES FROM FLOOR AND CEILING LINES AND ABUTTING WALLS. SECURE IN PLACE ON ALTERNATE CHANNEL FLANGES AT MAXIMUM 24 INCHES ON CENTER. F. ACOUSTIC FURRING: INSTALL RESILIENT CHANNELS AT MAXIMUM 24 INCHES ON CENTER. LOCATE JOINTS OVER FRAMING MEMBERS. G. FURRING FOR FIRE RATINGS: INSTALL AS REQUIRED FOR FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS INDICATED AND TO GA -600 REQUIREMENTS. H. BLOCKING: INSTALL WOOD BLOCKING FOR SUPPORT OF FRAMED OPENINGS, WAL MOUNTED CABINETS, PLUMBING FIXTURES, TOILET PARTITIONS, TOILET ACCESSORIES, WALL MOUNTED DOOR HARDWARE. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. MAXIMUM VARIATION OF FINISHED GYPSUM BOARD SURFACE FROM TRUE FLATNESS: 1/8 INCH IN 10 FEET IN ANY DIRECTION. SECTION 09 2300 - GYPSUM PLASTERING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. GYPSUM PIASTER OVER GYPSUM LATH, METAL LATH, AND CONCRETE, GYPSUM LATH. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 842 AND GA- 600. .- B. CONFORM TO APPLICABLE CODE FOR FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 1. FIRE RATED PARTITIONS: LISTED ASSEMBLY BY UL,1 AND 2 HOUR FIRE RATING. 2. FIRE RATED CEILING AND SOFFITS: LISTED ASSEMBLY BY UL,1 AND 2 HOUR FIRE RATING. 3. FIRE RATED STRUCTURAL COLUMN FRAMING: LISTED ASSEMBLY BY UL,1 AND 2 HOUR FIRE RATING. 4. FIRE RATED STRUCTURAL BEAM FRAMING: LISTED ASSEMBLY BY UL,1 AND HOUR FIRE RATING. 5. FIRE RATED SHAFT WALL REQUIREMENTS: LISTED ASSEMBLY BY UL,1 AND HOUR FIRE RATING. 6. COORDINATE COMPONENTS OF FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES WITH MATERIALS SPECIFIED FOR SUPPORT OF PIASTER IN OTHER SECTIONS. C. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN PERFORMING THE WORK OF THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS OF EXPERIENCE. SECTION 09 2300 - GYPSUM PLASTERING (CONT.) 1.03 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. DO NOT APPLY PLASTER WHEN SUBSTRATE OR AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE IS UNDER 50 DEGREES F OR OVER 80 DEGREES F. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. GYPSUM PLASTER 1. NATIONAL GYPSUM COMPANY: WWW.NATIONALGYPSUM.COM. 2. USG: WWW.USG.COM. 3. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 PLASTER MATERIALS A. GYPSUM NEAT PLASTER: ASTM C 28; FIBER B. READY-MIXED GYPSUM PLASTER: ASTM C 28; MILL -MIXED TYPE, REQUIRING ONLY THE ADDITION OF WATER. FOR APPLICATION TO MONOLITHIC CONCRETE, PROVIDE BONDING TYPE. C. WOOD -FIBER GYPSUM PLASTER: ASTM C 28. D. GYPSUM KEENE'S CEMENT: ASTM C 61 /C 61M. E. LIME: ASTM C'206, TYPE 8; SPECIAL FINISHING HYDRATED LIME. F. READY -MIXED FINISHING PLASTER: GYPSUM /LIME PUTTY TYPE, ASTM C 28; MIXTURE OF GAUGING PLASTER AND LIME. G. READY-MIXED FINISHING PLASTER: KEENE'S CEMENT /LIME PUTTY TYPE; ASTM C 61/C 61M AND C 206. H. READY -MIXED FINISHING PLASTER: SAND FLOAT TYPE; ASTM C 28 AND C 35; PREPARED MIXTURE OF GYPSUM PIASTER AND SAND. I. WATER: CLEAN, FRESH, POTABLE AND FREE OF MINERAL OR ORGANIC MATTER WHICH CAN AFFECT PLASTER. J. BONDING AGENT: ASTM C 631; TYPE RECOMMENDED FOR BONDING PLASTER TO CONCRETE SURFACES. 2.03 METAL LATH AND FURRING A. BEADS, SCREEDS, AND JOINT ACCESSORIES: ZINC OR GALVANIZED STEEL. 2.04 GYPSUM LATH AND ACCESSORIES A. GYPSUM LATH: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M, STANDARD TYPE. 1. THICKNESS: 3/8 INCH. B. BEADS, SCREEDS, JOINT ACCESSORIES, AND OTHER TRIM: DEPTH GOVERNED BY PLASTER THICKNESS, MAXIMUM POSSIBLE LENGTHS. 1. MATERIAL: FORMED GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL OR ZINC, EXPANDED METAL FLANGES. C. CORNER MESH: FORMED SHEET STEEL, MINIMUM 0.018 INCH THICK, PERFORATED FLANGES SHAPED TO PERMIT COMPLETE EMBEDDING IN PLASTER, MINIMUM 2 INCH SIZE; GALVANIZED. D. STRIP MESH: EXPANDED METAL LATH, MINIMUM 0.018 INCH THICK, 2 INCH WIDE X 24 INCH LONG; GALVANIZED. E. FASTENERS: SCREWS, NAILS, STAPLES, OR OTHER APPROVED METAL SUPPORTS, OF TYPE AND SIZE TO SUIT APPLICATION, TO RIGIDLY SECURE ACCESSORIES IN PLACE. F. ACOUSTIC SEALANT: AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 07 9005. 2.05 PLASTER MIXES A. OVER GYPSUM LATH: TWO -COAT APPLICATION, READY -MIXED PLASTER, MIXED AND PROPORTIONED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 842 AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. OVER OTHER SOLID BASES: TWO -COAT APPLICATION, READY -MIXED PLASTER, MIXED AND PROPORTIONED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 842 AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. C. OVER METAL LATH: THREE -COAT APPLICATION, READY -MIXED PLASTER, MIXED AND PROPORTIONED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 842 AND pilaw warn IRFR'S INSTRUCTIONS. D. READY -MIXED PLASTER MATERIALS: MIX IN ACCORDANCE W INSTRUCTIONS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PLASTERING A. APPLY GYPSUM PLASTER IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C842 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. THICKNESS OF PLASTER INCLUDING FINISH COAT: 1. OVER METAL LATH: 5/8 INCH. 2. OVER GYPSUM LATH: 1/2 INCH. 3. DIRECT TO UNIT MASONRY: 5/8 INCH. 4. FINISH COAT APPLIED DIRECT TO CONCRETE: 3116 IN 3.02 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM TRUE FLATNESS: 1/8 INCH IN 10 FEET. REVIEWE! FOR LIANC APPROVED JUL 1 3 2009 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVIS 10 , MAXIMUM SECTION 09 2400 - PORTLAND EXTERIOR STUCCO CEMENT PLASTERING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. PORTLAND EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER FOR INSTALLATION OVER METAL LATH. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 926. B. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN PERFORMING THE WORK OF THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS OF EXPERIENCE. 1.03 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PLASTER MATERIALS A. PREMIXED BASE, SECOND AND FINISH COATS.. B. PREMIXED FINISH COAT: ; COLOR AS SELECTED TO MATCH EXISTING. C. WATER: CLEAN, FRESH, POTABLE AND FREE OF MINERAL OR ORGANIC MATTER WHICH CAN AFFECT PLASTER. D. ADMIXTURE: AIR ENTRAINMENT AND COLOR PIGMENT TO MATCH EXISTING.. E. PLASTER MIX REINFORCEMENT: GLASS FIBERS, CHOPPED TO 1/2 INCH NOMINAL LENGTH, ALKALI RESISTANT.. F. FINISH AGGREGATE:, TO MATCH EXISTING, CHIP SIZE OF 100 PERCENT PASSING 1/8 INCH BUT RETAINED ON 1/16 INCH SCREEN. 2.02 METAL LATH A. METAL LATH AND ACCESSORIES: GALVANIZED. B. BEADS, SCREEDS, AND JOINT ACCESSORIES: AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 09 2236.23. 2.03 PLASTER MIXES A. OVER METAL LATH: THREE -COAT. APPLICATION, MIXED AND PROPORTIONED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. PREMIXED PLASTER MATERIALS: MIX IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. C. MIX ONLY AS MUCH PLASTER AS CAN BE USED PRIOR TO INITIAL SET. D. MIX MATERIALS DRY, TO UNIFORM COLOR AND CONSISTENCY, BEFORE ADDING WATER. E. PROTECT MIXTURES FROM FREEZING, FROST, CONTAMINATION, AND EXCESSIVE EVAPORATION. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PLASTERING A. APPLY PLASTER IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 926. B. THREE -COAT APPLICATION OVER METAL LATH: ERA�� 1. APPLY FIRST COAT TO A NOMINAL THICKNESS OF 3/B INC . TCENTER 2. APPLY SECOND COAT TO A NOMINAL THICKNESS OF 3/8 INCH. 3. APPLY FINISH COAT TO A NOMINAL THICKNESS OF 1/8 INCH. C. MOIST CURE BASE COATS, APPLY SECOND COAT IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING SET OF FIRST COAT, AFTER CURING DAMPEN PREVIOUS COAT PRIOR TO APPLYING FINISH COAT. D. FINISH TEXTURE: FLOAT TO A CONSISTENT AND SMOOTH FINISH TO MATCH EXISTING, E. AVOID EXCESSIVE WORKING OF SURFACE. DELAY TROWELING AS LONG AS POSSIBLE TO AVOID DRAWING EXCESS FINES TO SURFACE. F. AGGREGATE SURFACING: HAND APPLY TO FULL SURFACE COVERAGE. G. MOIST CURE FINISH COAT FOR MINIMUM PERIOD OF 48 HOURS. 3.02 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM TRUE FLATNESS: 1/8 INCH IN 10 FEET. CITY OF TUIKWLA MAY-'2i9 2009 DISCLAIMER: NOT ALL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS APPLY TO THIS LOCATION. JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 f Ei;(STERED ARCHITECT EDWARD HANBICKI STATE OF WASHINGTON 8457 Client: KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 N Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. Date 05 -05 -09 04-09 -09 Designed By: PDX Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: SPECIFICATIONS Drawing No.: G -105 FOR -680 SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 09 3000 - TILING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. TILE FOR FLOOR AND WALL APPLICATIONS, CEMENTITIOUS BACKER BOARD, STONE THRESHOLD, ACCESSORIES AND TRIM. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MAINTAIN ONE COPY OF TCA HANDBOOK AND ANSI A108 SERIES /A118 SERIES ON SITE. B. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING THE TYPES OF PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION, WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. C. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN PERFORMING TILE INSTALLATION, WITH MINIMUM OF 5 YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. PROTECT ADHESIVES FROM FREEZING OR OVERHEATING IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. DO NOT INSTALL ADHESIVES IN AN UNVENTILATED ENVIRONMENT. AND SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURE OF DEGREES MAINTAIN AMBIENT AN SU ST U 0 50 REES F DURING G INSTALLATION OF MORTAR MATERIALS. 1.05 EXTRA MATERIALS A. PROVIDE 10 SQ. FT OF EACH SIZE, COLOR, AND SURFACE FINISH OF TILE SPECIFIED. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TILE A. MANUFACTURERS: ALL PRODUCTS BY THE SAME MANUFACTURER. 1. AMERICAN OLEAN: WWW.AMERICANOLEAN.COM. 2. DAL -TILE CORPORATION: WWW.DALTILE.COM. 3. SUMMITVILLE TILES, INC: WWW.SUMMITVILLE.COM. 4. CROSSVILLE:WWW.CROSSVILLE.COM 5. MANNINGTON: www.MANNINGTON.COM (OR LIZ KUHNER @ 440 - 933 -9225) 6. SUBSTITUTIONS: PER KEY BANK APPROVED EQUAL AND SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. B. CERAMIC MOSAIC TILE: ANSI A137.1, AND AS FOLLOWS: 1. RESTROOM FLOOR TILE MANUFACTURED BY CROSSVILLE. 2. MOISTURE ABSORPTION 0 TO 0.5 PERCENT, 3 INCH SQUARE X 1/4 INCH UNGLAZED W/ SQUARE EDGE. 3. COLORS: A235 SAHARA DUNE W/ COVE BASE TO MATCH. C. GLAZED WALL TILE: ANSI A137.1, AND AS FOLLOWS: 1. • RESTROOM WALL TILE TO 48 "AFF MANUFACTURED BY CROSSVILLE OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT PRODUCT. 2. MOISTURE ABSORPTION 3.0 TO 7.0 PERCENT, 3 INCH SQUARE X 1/4 INCH HIGH GLOSS W/ CUSHIONED EDGES. 3. COLORS: A235 SAHARA DUNE W/ WAINSCOT BULL NOSE TRIM TILE TO MATCH WALL. D. UNGLAZED CUSTOMER AREA FLOOR TILE: ANSI A137.1, AND AS FOLLOWS: 1. CUSTOMER AREA FLOOR TILE MANUFACTURED BY MANNINGTON OR BANK APPROVED EQUAL. Z SIZE AND SHAPE: #CRIT2412 "X24" 3. COLORS: CARMEL BEIGE. 4. GROUT: ACCUCOLOR PREMIUM SANDED; COLOR PARCHMENT #991, WITH 118" GROUT JOINTS. 5. BASE: NO TILE BASE. COORDINATE FOR WOOD WALL BASE. 2.02 TRIM AND ACCESSORIES A. CERAMIC TRIM: RESTROOMS - MATCHING BULLNOSE, DOUBLE BULLNOSE, COVE BASE, AND COVE CERAMIC SHAPES IN SIZES COORDINATED WITH FIELD TILE. 1. MANUFACTURER: SAME AS FOR TILE. B. NON- CERAMIC TRIM: SATIN NATURAL ANODIZED EXTRUDED ALUMINUM, STYLE AND DIMENSIONS TO SUIT APPLICATION, FOR SETTING USING TILE MORTAR OR ADHESIVE. 1. APPLICATIONS: USE IN THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS: A. OPEN EDGES OF FLOOR TILE, TRANSITION BETWEEN FLOOR FINISHES OF DIFFERENT HEIGHTS, THRESHOLDS AT DOOR OPENINGS, FLOOR TO WALL JOINTS, BORDERS AND OTHER TRIM AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 2. MANUFACTURER: A. SCHLUTER - SYSTEMS: WWW.SCHLUTER.COM. B. CERAMIC TOOL CO.SEE FINISH SPECIFICATIONS ON DRAWINGS. C. JOHNSONITE: SEE FINISH SPECIFICATION ON DRAWINGS. D. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. C. THRESHOLDS: MARBLE, WHITE, HONED FINISH; 2 INCHES WIDE BY FULL WIDTH OF WALL OR FRAME OPENING; 1/2 INCH THICK THICK; BEVELED ONE LONG EDGE WITH RADIUS CORNERS ON TOP SIDE; WITHOUT HOLES, CRACKS, OR OPEN SEAMS. 1. APPLICATIONS: PROVIDE AT THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS: A. AT RESTROOM DOORWAYS WHERE TILE TERMINATES. 2.03 ADHESIVE MATERIALS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. BONSAL: WWW.BONSAL.COM. 2. BOSTIK, INC: WWW.BOSTIK-US.COM. 3. MAPEI CORPORATION: WWW.MAPEI.COM. 4. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. B. ORGANIC ADHESIVE: ANSI A136.1, THINSET BOND TYPE; USE TYPE I IN AREAS SUBJECT TO PROLONGED MOISTURE EXPOSURE. C. EPDXY ADHESIVE: ANSI A118.3, THINSET BOND TYPE. D. TILE SETTING ADHESIVE: ELASTOMERIC, WATERPROOF, LIQUID APPLIED,. 2.04 MORTAR MATERIALS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. BONSAL: WWW.BONSAL.COM. 2. BOSTIK, INC: WWW.BOSTIK- US.COM. 3. CUSTOM BUILDING PRODUCTS: WWW.CUSTOMBUILDINGPRODUCTS.COM. 4. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.05 GROUT MATERIALS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. BONSAL: WWW.BONSAL.COM. 2. BOSTIK, INC: WWW.BOSTIK-US.COM. 3. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. B. STANDARD GROUT: ANY TYPE SPECIFIED IN ANSI A118.6 OR A118.7. C. FURAN GROUT: ANSI A118.5, FURAN RESIN TYPE, COLOR AS SELECTED. D. SILICONE RUBBER GROUT: SILICONE SEALANT, MOISTURE AND MILDEW RESISTANT TYPE. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION 3.02 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. INSTALL TILE AND THRESHOLDS AND GROUT IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF ANSI A108.1 THROUGH A108.13, MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, AND TCA HANDBOOK RECOMMENDATIONS. B. LAY TILE TO PATTERN INDICATED. DO NOT INTERRUPT TILE PATTERN THROUGH OPENINGS. C. CUT AND FIT TILE TO PENETRATIONS THROUGH TILE, LEAVING SEALANT JOINT SPACE. FORM CORNERS AND BASES NEATLY. ALIGN FLOOR JOINTS. D. PLACE TILE JOINTS UNIFORM IN WIDTH, SUBJECT TO VARIANCE IN TOLERANCE ALLOWED IN TILE SIZE. MAKE JOINTS WATERTIGHT, WITHOUT VOIDS, CRACKS, EXCESS MORTAR, OR EXCESS GROUT. E. FORM INTERNAL ANGLES SQUARE AND EXTERNAL ANGLES BULLNOSED. F. INSTALL NON- CERAMIC TRIM IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. G. INSTALL THRESHOLDS WHERE INDICATED. H. SOUND TILE AFTER SETTING. REPLACE HOLLOW SOUNDING UNITS. I. KEEP EXPANSION JOINTS FREE OF ADHESIVE OR GROUT. APPLY SEALANT TO JOINTS. SECTION 09 3000 - TILING (CONT.) J. ALLOW TILE TO SET FOR A MINIMUM OF 48 HOURS PRIOR TO GROUTING. K. GROUT TILE JOINTS. USE STANDARD GROUT UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED L. APPLY SEALANT TO JUNCTION OF TILE AND DISSIMILAR MATERIALS AND JUNCTION OF DISSIMILAR PLANES. 3.03 CLEANING A. CLEAN TILE AND GROUT SURFACES. 3.04 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. DO NOT PERMIT TRAFFIC OVER FINISHED FLOOR SURFACE FOR 4 DAYS AFTER INSTALLATION. 3.05 SCHEDULE: REFER TO ROOM FINISH PLAN, SCHEDULE AND SPECIFICATION DRAWING. SECTION 09 5100- ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. SUSPENDED METAL GRID CEILING SYSTEM, ACOUSTICAL UNITS AND INSULATION ABOVE CEILINGS. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A FIRE- RESISTIVE ASSEMBLIES: COMPLETE ASSEMBLY LISTED AND CLASSIFIED BY UL FOR THE FIRE RESISTANCE INDICATED. B. SUSPENSION SYSTEM MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING THE PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. C. ACOUSTICAL UNIT MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING THE PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. 1.03 EXTRA MATERIALS A. SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS, FOR ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS. B. PROVIDE 20SF OF EACH TYPE OF ACOUSTICAL UNIT FOR KEY BANK'S USE IN MAINTENANCE OF PROJECT. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACOUSTICAL UNITS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC: WWW.ARMSTRONG.COM. 2. SUBSTITUTIONS: NOT PERMITTED OR PER KEY BANK FOR APPROVAL AND SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. B. ACOUSTICAL UNITS - GENERAL: ASTM E 1264, CLASS A. 1. UNITS FOR INSTALLATION IN FIRE -RATED SUSPENSION SYSTEM: LISTED AND CLASSIFIED FOR THE FIRE - RESISTIVE ASSEMBLY THE SUSPENSION SYSTEM IS A PART OF C. ACOUSTICAL TILE (ACT -1): ARMSTRONG DUNE - ITEM #1775. PAINTED MINERAL FIBER, ASTM E 1264 TYPE III, WITH THE FOLLOWING CHARACTERISTICS: 1. SIZE: 24 X 24 INCHES (300 X 300 MM). 2. THICKNESS: 5/8 INCHES. 3. COMPOSITION; WET- FORMED MINERAL FIBER. 4. DENSITY: 0.75 LBS /SF. 5. LIGHT REFLECTANCE: 0.83 PERCENT, DETERMINED AS SPECIFIED IN ASTM E 1264. NRC RANGE: 0.50, DETERMINED AS SPECIFIED IN ASTM E 1264. CEILING ATTENUATION CLASS (CAC): 35, DETERMINED AS SPECIFIED IN ASTM E 1264. JOINT: BEVELED TEGULAR. 9. SURFACE COLOR: WHITE. 10. SUSPENSION SYSTEM: SUPRAFINE 9/16" XL EXPOSED TEE GRID HEAVY DUTY. WHITE. D. ACOUSTICAL TILE (ACT -2): ARMSTRONG DUNE- ITEM #1774 PAINTED MINERAL FIBER, AS TM E 1264 TYPE III, WITH THE FOLLOWING CHARACTERISTICS: 1. SIZE: 24 X 24 INCHES (300 X 300 MM). 2. THICKNESS: 5/8 INCHES- - 3. COMPOSITION: WET- FORMED MINERAL FIBER. 4. DENSITY: 0.75 LBS /SF. 5. LIGHT REFLECTANCE: 0.83 PERCENT, DETERMINED AS SPECIFIED IN ASTM E 1264. NRC RANGE: 0.50, DETERMINED AS SPECIFIED IN ASTM E 1264. CEILING ATTENUATION CLASS (CAC): 35, DETERMINED AS SPECIFIED IN ASTM E 1264. 8. JOINT: ANGLED TEGULAR. 9. SURFACE COLOR: WHITE OR FACTORY FINISH E. ACOUSLIWE'RVOK61? :P#iRI1S1FfR OdJ9b6VBQSEERSEIODM E1111EM110 fl1&. PAINTED MINERAL FIBER, ASTM E 1264 TYPE III, WITH THE FOLLOWING CHARACTERISTICS: 1. SIZE: 24 X 48 INCHES (300 X 600 MM). 2. THICKNESS: 3/4 INCHES. 3. COMPOSITION: WET- FORMED MINERAL FIBER. 4. DENSITY: 0.75 LBS /SF. 5. LIGHT REFLECTANCE: 0.83 PERCENT, DETERMINED AS SPECIFIED IN ASTM E 1264. 6. NRC RANGE: 0.50, DETERMINED AS SPECIFIED IN ASTM E 1264. 7. CEILING ATTENUATION CLASS (CAC): 35, DETERMINED AS SPECIFIED IN ASTM E 1264. 8. JOINT: ANGLED TEGULAR. 9. SURFACE COLOR: WHITE OR FACTORY FINISH 10. SUSPENSION SYSTEM: SUPRAFINE 15/16" EXPOSED TEE GRID. WHITE. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. SUPPORT CHANNELS AND HANGERS: GALVANIZED STEEL; SIZE AND TYPE TO SUIT APPLICATION, SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS, AND CEILING SYSTEM FLATNESS REQUIREMENT SPECIFIED. B. PERIMETER MOLDINGS: SAME MATERIAL AND FINISH AS GRID. 1.AT EXPOSED GRID: PROVIDE L- SHAPED MOLDING FOR MOUNTING AT SAME ELEVATION AS FACE OF GRID. C. ACOUSTICAL INSULATION: SPECIFIED IN SECTION 07 2100. 1.THICKNESS: 4 INCH. D. GYPSUM BOARD: FIRE RATED TYPE; 5/8 INCH THICK, ENDS AND EDGES SQUARE, PAPER FACED. E. TOUCH -UP PAINT: TYPE AND COLOR TO MATCH ACOUSTICAL AND GRID UNITS PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION - SUSPENSION SYSTEM A. INSTALL SUSPENSION SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 636 /C 636M, ASTM E 580/E 580M, AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND AS SUPPLEMENTED IN THIS SECTION. B. RIGIDLY SECURE SYSTEM, INCLUDING INTEGRAL MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS, FOR MAXIMUM DEFLECTION OF 1:360. C. HANG SUSPENSION SYSTEM INDEPENDENT OF WALLS,: COLUMNS, DUCTS, PIPES AND CONDUIT. WHERE CARRYING MEMBERS ARE SPLICED, AVOID VISIBLE DISPLACEMENT OF FACE PLANE OF ADJACENT MEMBERS. D. WHERE DUCTS OR OTHER EQUIPMENT PREVENT THE REGULAR SPACING OF HANGERS, REINFORCE THE NEAREST AFFECTED HANGERS AND RELATED CARRYING CHANNELS TO SPAN THE EXTRA DISTANCE. E. SUPPORT FIXTURE LOADS USING SUPPLEMENTARY HANGERS LOCATED WITHIN 6 INCHES OF EACH CORNER, OR SUPPORT COMPONENTS INDEPENDENTLY. F. PERIMETER MOLDING: INSTALL AT INTERSECTION OF CEILING AND VERTICAL SURFACES AND AT JUNCTIONS WITH OTHER INTERRUPTIONS. G. INSTALL LIGHT FIXTURE BOXES CONSTRUCTED OF GYPSUM BOARD ABOVE LIGHT FIXTURES IN ACCORDANCE WITH FIRE RATED ASSEMBLY REQUIREMENTS AND LIGHT FIXTURE VENTILATION REQUIREMENTS. 3.02 INSTALLATION - ACOUSTICAL UNITS A. INSTALL ACOUSTICAL UNITS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. CUTTING ACOUSTICAL UNITS: 1. MAKE FIELD CUT EDGES OF SAME PROFILE AS FACTORY EDGES. C. INSTALL HOLD -DOWN CLIPS ON EACH PANEL TO RETAIN PANELS TIGHT TO GRID SYSTEM; COMPLY WITH FIRE RATING REQUIREMENTS. D. INSTALL HOLD -DOWN CLIPS ON PANELS WITHIN 20 FT OF AN EXTERIOR DOOR. SECTION 09 5100 - ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS (CONT.) 3.03 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM FLAT AND LEVEL SURFACE: 1/8 INCH IN 10 FEET. B. MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM PLUMB OF GRID MEMBERS CAUSED BY ECCENTRIC LOADS: 2 DEGREES. SECTION 09 6500 - RESILIENT FLOORING PART I GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. RESILIENT TILE FLOORING, BASE AND STAIR ACCESSORIES. 1.02 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. MAINTAIN TEMPERATURE IN STORAGE AREA BETWEEN 55 DEGREES F AND 90 DEGREES F. B. STORE MATERIALS FOR NOT LESS THAN 48 HOURS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION IN AREA OF INSTALLATION AT A TEMPERATURE OF 70 DEGREES F TO ACHIEVE TEMPERATURE STABILITY. THEREAFTER, MAINTAIN CONDITIONS ABOVE 55 DEGREES F. 1.03 EXTRA MATERIALS A. SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS, FOR ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS. B. PROVIDE 20 SQ. FT OF FLOORING, AND 5 PERCENT OF INSTALLED STAIR MATERIALS OF EACH TYPE AND COLOR SPECIFIED. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS VCT TILE A. VINYL COMPOSITION TILE: HOMOGENEOUS, WITH COLOR EXTENDING THROUGHOUT THICKNESS. 1. - MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS: COMPLY WITH ASTM F 1066, OF CLASS CORRESPONDING TO TYPE SPECIFIED. 2. CRITICAL RADIANT FLUX (CRF): MINIMUM 0.45 WATT PER SQUARE CENTIMETER, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 648 OR NFPA 253. 3. SIZE: 12 X 12, 0.125 INCHES THICK. 4. PATTERN: TYPE V -4, COLOR: 51809 DESERT BEIGE . 5. MANUFACTURERS: A. ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC; PRODUCT IMPERIAL TEXTURE STANDARD EXCELON TILE: WWW.ARMSTRONG.COM. B. SUBSTITUTIONS: PER KEY BANK APPROVAL AND SEE SECTION 01 6000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 MATERIALS - STAIR COVERING A. STAIR TREADS: RUBBER; FULL WIDTH AND DEPTH OF STAIR TREAD IN ONE PIECE; TAPERED THICKNESS; NOSING NOT LESS THAN 1 -5/8 INCH DEEP. 1. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS: COMPLY WITH FS RR -T -650 REQUIREMENTS CORRESPONDING TO TYPE SPECIFIED. 2. NOMINAL THICKNESS: 0.1875 INCH SQUARE NOSING 3. STYLE: NO.500 RECTANGULAR DESIGN, COLOR: BROWN. 4. MANUFACTURERS: A. RC MUSSON RUBBER CO.; PRODUCT WWW.MUSSON.COM. B. SUBSTITUTIONS: PER KEY BANK APPROVAL AND SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.03 MATERIALS - BASE A. RESILIENT BASE: ASTM F 1861, TYPE TS RUBBER, VULCANIZED THERMOSET; TOP SET STYLE B, COVE, AND AS FOLLOWS: 1. HEIGHT: 4 INCH, THICKNESS 0.125 INCHES. 2. COLOR: JOHNSONITE COLOR #DC -22 PEARL SATIN FINISH. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. SUBFLOOR FILLER: WHITE PREMIX LATEX; TYPE RECOMMENDED BY ADHESIVE MATERIAL MANUFACTURER. B. PRIMERS, ADHESIVES, AND SEAMING MATERIALS: WATERPROOF; TYPES RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER. 1. PROVIDE ONLY PRODUCTS HAVING LOWER VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND (VOC) CONTENT THAN REQUIRED BY THE MORE STRINGENT OF THE SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT RULE NO.1168 AND THE BAY AREA AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT REGULATION 8, RULE 51. C. EDGE STRIPS: METAL. 1. PRODUCT: CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM MANUFACTURED BY CERAMIC TOOL CO..CARPET TO STONE TRIM #CTC38CT, 2. PRODUCT: RUBBER, MANUFACTURED BY JOHNSONITE. CARPET TO VCT, TRIM #CTA -XX -D. 3. PRODUCT: ALUMINUM AND RUBBER MANUFACTURED BY CERAMIC TOOL CO. OR JOHNSONITE. CARPET TO STONE. CTC CARPET TRIM #CTC38 WITH JOHNSONITE #CTA -XX -K. COLOR -CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM AND SISAL #130. NOTE: CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALUMINUM TRIM EDGE FOR MATERIAL TRANSITION. D. FILLER FOR COVED BASE: PLASTIC E. SEALER AND WAX: TYPES RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION 102 CLEANING A. REMOVE EXCESS ADHESIVE FROM FLOOR, BASE, AND WALL SURFACES WITHOUT DAMAGE. B. CLEAN, SEAL, AND WAX RESILIENT FLOORING PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS 103 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. PROHIBIT TRAFFIC ON RESILIENT FLOORING FOR 48 HOURS AFTER INSTALLATION. 3.04 SCHEDULE: REFER TO ROOM FINNISH PLAN AND SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS. SECTION 09 6813 - TILE CARPETING PART I GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. CARPET TILE, FULLY ADHERED, REMOVAL OF EXISTING CARPET TILE. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING SPECIFIED CARPET TILE WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. B. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECiALIZING IN INSTALLING CARPET WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. 1.03 EXTRA MATERIALS A. SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS, FOR ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS. B. PROVIDE 40 SQ. FT OF TILE CARPET, OF EACH TYPE, COLOR, AND PATTERN SPECIFIED. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. OTHER ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: 1. BENTLEY PRINCE STREET; PRODUCT NEW DEMOGRAPHIC: WWW.BENTLEYPRINCESTREET.COM. 2. SUBSTITUTIONS: NOT PERMITTED. 2.02 MATERIALS A. CARPET TILE:, MANUFACTURED IN ONE COLOR DYE LOT. 1. PRODUCT: NEW DEMOGRAPHIC MANUFACTURED BY BENTLEY PRINCE STREET. 2. TILE SIZE: 18 X 18 INCH OR PER MANUFACTURERS STANDARD. 3. THICKNESS: PER MANUFACTURER, COLOR: CUSTOM # KR333 WITH KR362. 4. CRITICAL RADIANT FLUX: MINIMUM OF 0.22 WATTS /SQ CM, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 648 OR NFPA 253. 5. SURFACE FLAMMABILITY IGNITION: PASS ASTM D 2859 (THE "PILL TEST "). 6. VOC CONTENT: PROVIDE CRI GREEN LABEL PLUS CERTIFIED PRODUCT; IN LIEU OF LABELING, INDEPENDENT TEST REPORT SHOWING COMPLIANCE IS ACCEPTABLE. 7. MAX. ELECTROSTATIC CHARGE: 3 IN. AT 20 PERCENT RELATIVE HUMIDITY. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. SUB -FLOOR FILLER: WHITE PREMIX LATEX; TYPE RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING MATERIAL MANUFACTURER. SECTION 09 6813 - TILE CARPETING (CONT.) B. EDGE STRIPS: BETWEEN CARPET AND STONE -CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM STRIP- CERAMIC TOOL CO. #CTC38CT, BETWEEN CARPET AND VCT - JOHNSONITE RUBBER STRIP # CTA -XX -D BURNT UMBER 63 COLOR. C. ADHESIVES: ACCEPTABLE TO CARPET MANUFACTURERS, COMPATIBLE WITH MATERIALS BEING ADHERED; MAXIMUM VOC OF 50 GIL; CRI GREEN LABEL CERTIFIED; IN LIEU OF LABELED PRODUCT, INDEPENDENT TEST REPORT SHOWING COMPLIANCE IS ACCEPTABLE. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. REMOVE EXISTING CARPET TILE AND ALL OTHER EXISTING FINISH FLOOR. B. REMOVE SUB -FLOOR RIDGES AND BUMPS. FILL MINOR OR LOCAL LOW SPOTS, CRACKS, JOINTS, HOLES, AND OTHER : DEFECTS WITH SUB -FLOOR FILLER. C. APPLY, TROWEL, AND FLOAT FILLER TO ACHIEVE SMOOTH, FLAT, HARD SURFACE. PROHIBIT TRAFFIC UNTIL FILLER IS CURED. D. VACUUM CLEAN SUBSTRATE. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL CARPET TILE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND CRI 104. B. BLEND CARPET FROM DIFFERENT CARTONS TO ENSURE MINIMAL VARIATION IN COLOR MATCH. C. CUT CARPET TILE CLEAN. FIT CARPET TIGHT TO INTERSECTION WITH VERTICAL SURFACES WITHOUT GAPS. D. LAY CARPET TILE IN SQUARE PATTERN, WITH PILE DIRECTION PARALLEL TO NEXT UNIT, SET PARALLEL TO BUILDING LINES. E. LOCATE CHANGE OF COLOR OR PATTERN BETWEEN ROOMS UNDER DOOR CENTERLINE. N F. FULLY ADHERE CARPET TILE TO SUBSTRATE. G. TRIM CARPET TILE NEATLY AT WALLS AND AROUND INTERRUPTIONS. H. COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF EDGE STRIPS, CONCEALING EXPOSED EDGES. 3.03 CLEANING A. REMOVE EXCESS ADHESIVE WITHOUT DAMAGE, FROM FLOOR, BASE, AND WALL SURFACES. B. CLEAN AND VACUUM CARPET SURFACES. SECTION 09 7200 - WALL COVERINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. SURFACE PREPARATION AND PRIME PAINTING. B. WALL COVERING AND BORDERS. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING THE TYPE OF PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. B. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN PERFORMING THE TYPE OF WORK SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. 1.03 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. DO NOT APPLY MATERIALS WHEN SURFACE AND AMBIENT TEMPERATURES ARE OUTSIDE THE TEMPERATURE RANGES REQUIRED BY THE ADHESIVE OR WALL COVERING PRODUCT MANUFACTURER. B. MAINTAIN THESE CONDITIONS 24 HOURS BEFORE, DURING, AND AFTER INSTALLATION OF ADHESIVE AND WALL COVERING. 1.04 EXTRA MATERIALS A. SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS, FOR ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS. B. SUPPLY 25 LINEAR FEET OF EACH COLOR AND PATTERN OF WALL COVERING; STORE WHERE DIRECTED. C. PACKAGE AND LABEL EACH ROLL BY MANUFACTURER, COLOR AND PATTERN, AND DESTINATION ROOM NUMBER. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. SYMPHONY / SURFACE MATERIALS (REFER TO FINISH SPECIFICATION DRAWINGS). B. OTHER ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: 1. SUBSTITUTIONS: NOT PERMITTED. 2.02 MATERIALS A. REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL WALL COVERINGS: I.SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS: FLAME SPREAD /SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX OF 25/50, MAXIMUM, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 84. B. SUBSTRATE FILLER: AS RECOMMENDED BY ADHESIVE AND WALL COVERING MANUFACTURERS; COMPATIBLE WITH SUBSTRATE. C. SUBSTRATE PRIMER AND SEALER: ALKYD ENAMEL TYPE. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. VERIFY THAT SUBSTRATE SURFACES ARE PRIME PAINTED AND READY TO RECEIVE WORK, AND CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS OF THE WALL COVERING MANUFACTURER. B. MEASURE MOISTURE CONTENT OF SURFACES USING AN ELECTRONIC MOISTURE METER. DO NOT APPLY WALL COVERINGS IF MOISTURE CONTENT OF SUBSTRATE EXCEEDS LEVEL RECOMMENDED BY WALL COVERING MANUFACTURER. C. VERIFY FLATNESS TOLERANCE OF SURFACES DOES NOT VARY MORE THAN 1/8 INCH IN 10 FEET NOR VARY AT A RATE GREATER THAN 1/16 INCH /FT. 3.02 PREPARATION A. FILL CRACKS IN SUBSTRATE AND SMOOTH IRREGULARITIES WITH FILLER; SAND SMOOTH. B. WASH IMPERVIOUS SURFACES WITH TETRA- SODIUM PHOSPHATE, RINSE AND NEUTRALIZE; WIPE DRY. C. SURFACE APPURTENANCES: REMOVE OR MASK ELECTRICAL PLATES, HARDWARE, LIGHT FIXTURE TRIM, ESCUTCHEONS, AND FITTINGS PRIOR TO PREPARING SURFACES OR FINISHING. D. SURFACES: CORRECT DEFECTS AND CLEAN SURFACES THAT AFFECT WORK OF THIS SECTION. REMOVE EXISTING COATINGS THAT EXHIBIT LOOSE SURFACE DEFECTS. E. MARKS: SEAL WITH SHELLAC THOSE THAT MAY BLEED THROUGH SURFACE FINISHES. F. APPLY ONE COAT OF PRIMER SEALER TO SUBSTRATE SURFACES. ALLOW TO DRY. LIGHTLY SAND SMOOTH. G. VACUUM CLEAN SURFACES FREE OF LOOSE PARTICLES. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. APPLY ADHESIVE AND WALL COVERING IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. HORIZONTAL SEAMS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. C. DO NOT SEAM WITHIN 2 INCHES OF INTERNAL CORNERS OR WITHIN 6 INCHES OF EXTERNAL CORNERS. D. INSTALL WALL COVERING BEFORE INSTALLATION OF BASES AND ITEMS ATTACHED TO OR SPACED SLIGHTLY FROM WALL SURFACE. E. DO NOT INSTALL WALL COVERING MORE THAN 1/4 INCH BELOW TOP OF RESILIENT BASE. F. COVER SPACES ABOVE AND BELOW WINDOWS, ABOVE DOORS, IN PATTERN SEQUENCE FROM ROLL. G. APPLY WALL COVERING TO ELECTRICAL WALL PLATES PRIOR TO REPLACING. H. WALL COVERING IS REQUIRED BEHIND FIN TUBE CABINETS. I. WHERE WALL COVERING TUCKS INTO REVEALS, OR METAL WALLBOARD OR PLASTER STOPS, APPLY WITH CONTACT ADHESIVE WITHIN 6 INCHES OF WALL COVERING TERMINATION. ENSURE FULL CONTACT BOND. J. REMOVE EXCESS ADHESIVE WHILE WET FROM SEAM BEFORE PROCEEDING TO NEXT WALL COVERING SHEET. WIPE CLEAN WITH DRY CLOTH. 3.04 CLEANING A. CLEAN WALL COVERINGS OF EXCESS ADHESIVE, DUST, DIRT, AND OTHER CONTAMINANTS. B. REINSTALL WALL PLATES AND ACCESSORIES REMOVED PRIOR TO WORK OF THIS SECTION. SECTION 09 9000 - PAINTING AND COATING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. SURFACE PREPARATION, FIELD APPLICATION OF PAINTS, STAINS, VARNISHES AND OTHER COATINGS. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING THE PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. B. APPLICATOR QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN PERFORMING THE WORK OF THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM YEARS EXPERIENCE AND WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. 1.03 MOCK -UP A. SEE SECTION 014000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS, FOR GENERAL REQ' FOR MOCK -UP. B. PROVIDE PANEL, ENTIRE WALL FULL HEIGHT, ILLUSTRATING SPECIAL COATING COLOR, TEXTURE, AND FINISH. C. MOCK -UP MAY REMAIN AS PART OF THE WORK. 1.04 EXTRA MATERIALS A. SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS, FOR ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS. B. SUPPLY 1 GALLON OF EACH COLOR; STORE WHERE DIRECTED. C. LABEL EACH CONTAINER WITH COLOR IN ADDITION TO THE MANUFACTURER'S LABEL. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. INTERIOR PAINTS: SHERWIN - WILLIAMS B. EXTERIOR PAINTS: SHERWIN - WILLIAMS. C. SUBSTITUTIONS: PER KEY BANK APPROVAL AND SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 PAINTS AND COATINGS - GENERAL A. PAINTS AND COATINGS: READY MIXED, EXCEPT FIELD - CATALYZED COATINGS. PREPARE PIGMENTS: 1. TO A SOFT PASTE CONSISTENCY, CAPABLE OF BEING READILY AND UNIFORMLY DISPERSED TO A HOMOGENEOUS COATING, FOR GOOD FLOW AND BRUSHING PROPERTIES AND CAPABLE OF DRYING OR CURING FREE OF STREAKS OR SAGS. B. VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND (VOC) CONTENT: 1.PROVIDE COATINGS THAT COMPLY WITH THE MOST STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE FOLLOWING: A. 40 CFR 59, SUBPART 0- NATIONAL VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND EMISSION STANDARDS FOR ARCHITECTURAL COATINGS. B. OZONE TRANSPORT COMMISSION (OTC) MODEL RULE, ARCHITECTURAL, INDUSTRIAL, AND MAINTENANCE COATINGS; WWW.OTCAIR.ORG. C. ARCHITECTURAL COATINGS VOC LIMITS OF STATE IN WHICH THE PROJECT IS LOCATED. D. USGBC LEED RATING SYSTEM FOR INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISH (ALL COATS), ANTI - CORROSIVE PAINTS ON INTERIOR FERROUS METAL, CLEAR WOOD STAINS AND FINISHES, SANDING SEALERS, OTHER SEALERS, SHELLAC, AND FLOOR COATINGS. 2. DETERMINATION OF VOC CONTENT: TESTING AND CALCULATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH 40 CFR 59, SUBPART D (EPA METHOD 24), EXCLUSIVE OF COLORANTS ADDED TO A TINT BASE AND WATER ADDED AT PROJECT SITE; OR OTHER METHOD ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. C. FLAMMABILITY: COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE CODE FOR SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS. 2.03 PAINT SYSTEMS - EXTERIOR (REFER TO SITE AND BUILDING ELEVATION DRAWINGS) A. PAINT - WOOD, OPAQUE, LATEX, 3 COAT: 1. ONE COAT OF LATEX PRIMER SEALER. 2. SEMI - GLOSS: TWO COATS OF LATEX ENAMEL; . B. PAINT - MASONRY /CONCRETE, OPAQUE, LATEX, 3 COAT: 1. ONE COAT OF BLOCK FILLER. 2. SEMI - GLOSS: TWO COATS OF LATEX ENAMEL. C. PAINT - GYPSUM BOARD AND PLASTER, OPAQUE, LATEX, 2 COAT: 1. ONE COAT OF LATEX PRIMER SEALER. 2. FIAT: ONE COAT OF LATEX. D. PAINT - FERROUS METALS, PRIMED, LATEX, 2 COAT: 1. TOUCH -UP WITH RUST - INHIBITIVE PRIMER RECOMMENDED BY TOP COAT MANUFACTURE. 2. SEMI - GLOSS: TWO COATS LATEX ENAMEL. E. PAINT GALVANIZED METALS, LATEX, 3 COAT: 1. ONE COAT GALVANIZE PRIMER 2. SEMI - GLOSS: TWO COATS OF LATEX ENAMEL. F . PAINT PAVEMENT MARKING PAINT: 1. ONE COAT, WITH REFLECTIVE PARTICLES. G. BRICK STAIN 1. GENERAL A. SUBMITTALS, QUALITY ASSURANCE, PRODUCT DELIVERY, PROJECT CONDITIONS, SCHEDULING AND WARRANTY AS PER PROJECTS GENERAL CONDITIONS. B. SEE DRAWINGS FOR COLOR AND LOCATION. C. PROVIDE 4'X4' MOCK UP PANEL AS DIRECTED BY OWNER. 2. PRODUCT A. MANUFACTURER 1. SHERWIN - WILLIAMS. SUBSTITUTIONS NOT PERMITTED. B. MATERIALS 2. SUPERPAINT EXTERIOR LATEX SATIN A89 -100 SERIES. C. EXECUTION 1. SEE MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. 2.04 PAINT SYSTEMS - INTERIOR (REFER TO FINISH SPECIFICATION DRAWINGS). A. PAINT - GYPSUM BOARD / PLASTER, LATEX, 3 COAT: 1. ONE COAT OF ALKYLYD PRIMER SEALER, 2. SATIN: WALLS - TWO COATS OF LATEX ENAMEL. 3. FLAT: CEILINGS - TWO COATS OF LATEX ENAMEL. B. PAINT - WOOD, OIL BASE THREE COATS: 1. ONE COAT PREPRITE CLASSIC PRIMER. 2. TWO COATS GLASS ALL SURFACE ENAMEL. T)C)4' 0 8(0 RECEIVED CITY OFTUKWILA MAY'2 9 2009 PERMITCENTER DISCLAIMER: NOT ALL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS APPLY TO THIS LOCATION. JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 REVIEWED FOR �! CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 13 2009 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION Client: 0,1! KeyBan k 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. Date Issue /Revision 05 -05 -09 ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID 04-09-09 DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Designed By: PDX Drawn By: Checked By: KAH MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: SPECIFICATIONS Drawing No.: G -106 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE RATINGS HP VOLTAGE (SINGLE PHASE) DUAL ELEMENT FUSE TIME DELAY INVERSE TIME BREAKER 3/4 HP. 115V 20A 30A 1 HP. 115V 30A 30A 1 1/2 HP. 115V 30A 30A 3/4 HP. 230V 12 T014 A 20A 1 1/2 HP. 230V 12 T014 A 20A 3 HP. 230V 15A 20A SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 10 2113.13 - METAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. METAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS, URINAL AND VESTIBULE SCREENS. 1.02 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. COORDINATE THE WORK WITH PLACEMENT OF SUPPORT FRAMING AND ANCHORS IN WALL. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. METAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS: 1. GENERAL PARTITIONS MFG. CORP: WWW.GENERALPARTITIONS.COM. 2. GLOBAL STEEL PRODUCTS CORP: WWW.GLOBALPARTITIONS.COM. 3. SANYMETAL: WWW.SANYMETAL.COM. 4. SUBSTITUTIONS: SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 MATERIALS A. STEEL SHEET: HOT- DIPPED GALVANIZED STEEL SHEET, ASTM A 653/A 653M, WITH G90/Z275 COATING. B. STEEL SHEET FOR PORCELAIN ENAMELING: ASTM A 424, TYPE I, COMMERCIAL STEEL. C. STAINLESS STEEL SHEET: ASTM A 666, TYPE 304. 2.03 COMPONENTS A. TOILET COMPARTMENTS: BAKED ENAMELED STEEL, CEILING -HUNG. B. DOORS, PANELS, AND PILASTERS: SHEET STEEL FACES, PRESSURE BONDED TO SOUND DEADENING CORE, FORMED AND CLOSED EDGES, MITERED AND WELDED CORNERS GROUND SMOOTH. 1. PANEL AND PILASTER FACES: 20 GAGE, DOOR FACES: 22 GAGE. 2. REINFORCEMENT: 12 GAGE. 3. INTERNAL REINFORCEMENT: PROVIDE IN AREAS OF ATTACHED HARDWARE AND FITTINGS. MARK LOCATIONS OF REINFORCEMENT FOR PARTITION MOUNTED WASHROOM ACCESSORIES. C. DOOR AND PANEL DIMENSIONS: 1. THICKNESS: 1 INCH. 2. DOOR WIDTH: 24 INCH. 3. DOOR WIDTH FOR HANDICAPPED USE: 36 INCH, OUT - SWINGING. 4. HEIGHT: 58 INCH. D. ' PILASTERS: 1 -1/4 INCH THICK, OF SIZES REQUIRED TO SUIT COMPARTMENT WIDTH AND SPACING. E. URINAL SCREENS: WALL MOUNTED WITH TWO PANEL BRACKETS, AND FLOOR -TO- CEILING VERTICAL UPRIGHT CONSISTING OF PILASTER ANCHORED TO FLOOR AND CEILING. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. PILASTER SHOES: FORMED CHROMED STEEL WITH POLISHED FINISH, 3 INCH HIGH, CONCEALING FLOOR FASTENINGS. 1. PROVIDE ADJUSTMENT FOR FLOOR VARIATIONS WITH SCREW JACK THROUGH STEEL SADDLES INTEGRAL WITH PILASTER. 2. PROVIDE CEILING ATTACHMENT USING TWO ADJUSTABLE HANGING STUDS, ATTACHED TO ABOVE- CEILING FRAMING. B. BRACKETS: POLISHED CHROME - PLATED NON- FERROUS CAST METAL. C. ATTACHMENTS, SCREWS, AND BOLTS: STAINLESS STEEL, TAMPER PROOF TYPE. 1. FOR ATTACHING PANELS AND PILASTERS TO BRACKETS: THROUGH -BOLTS AND NUTS; TAMPER PROOF. D. HARDWARE: POLISHED CHROME PLATED NON- FERROUS CAST METAL: 1. PIVOT HINGES, GRAVITY TYPE, ADJUSTABLE FOR DOOR CLOSE POSITIONING; TWO PER DOOR. 2. NYLON BEARINGS. 3. THUMB TURN DOOR LATCH WITH EXTERIOR EMERGENCY ACCESS FEATURE. 4. DOOR STRIKE AND KEEPER WITH RUBBER BUMPER; MOUNTED ON PILASTER IN ALIGNMENT WITH DOOR LATCH. 5. COAT HOOK WITH RUBBER BUMPER; ONE PER COMPARTMENT, MOUNTED ON DOOR. 6. PROVIDE DOOR PULL FOR OUT SWINGING DOORS. 2.05 FINISHING A. BAKED ENAMEL STEEL COMPARTMENTS: CLEAN, DEGREASE, AND NEUTRALIZE. FOLLOW IMMEDIATELY WITH A PHOSPHATIZING TREATMENT, PRIME COAT AND TWO FINISH COATS BAKED ENAMEL. B. COLORS: TO BE SELECTED FROM MANUFACTURERS STANDARDS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE STARTING WORK. B. VERIFY CORRECT SPACING OF AND BETWEEN PLUMBING FIXTURES. C. VERIFY CORRECT LOCATION OF BUILT -IN FRAMING, ANCHORAGE, AND BRACING. 3.02 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM TRUE POSITION: 1/4 INCH. B. MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM PLUMB: 1/8 INCH. 103 ADJUSTING A. ADJUST AND ALIGN HARDWARE TO UNIFORM CLEARANCE AT VERTICAL EDGE OF DOORS, NOT EXCEEDING 3/16 INCH. B. ADJUST HINGES TO POSITION DOORS IN PARTIAL OPENING POSITION WHEN UNLATCHED. RETURN OUT SWINGING DOORS TO CLOSED POSITION. C. ADJUST ADJACENT COMPONENTS FOR CONSISTENCY OF LINE OR PLANE. SECTION 10 2800 - TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. ACCESSORIES FOR TOILET ROOMS AND GRAB BARS. 1.02 COORDINATION A. COORDINATE THE'NORK WITH THE PLACEMENT OF INTERNAL WALL REINFORCEMENT, CONCEALED CEILING SUPPORTS, AND REINFORCEMENT OF TOILET PARTITIONS TO RECEIVE ANCHOR ATTACHMENTS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. PRODUCTS LISTED ARE MADE BY BOBRICK. B. OTHER ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: 1. BOBRICK: BOBRICK.COM. 2. AMERICAN SPECIALTIES, INC: WWW.AMERICANSPECIALTIES.COM. 3. BRADLEY CORPORATION: WWW.BRADLEYCORP.COM. 4. SUBSTITUTIONS: PER KEY BANK APPROVAL AND SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. C. ALL ITEMS OF EACH TYPE TO BE MADE BY THE SAME MANUFACTURER. 2.02 MATERIALS A. ACCESSORIES - GENERAL: SHOP ASSEMBLED, FREE OF DENTS AND SCRATCHES AND PACKAGED COMPLETE WITH ANCHORS AND FITTINGS, STEEL ANCHOR PLATES, ADAPTERS, AND ANCHOR COMPONENTS FOR INSTALLATION. 1. GRIND WELDED JOINTS SMOOTH. 2. FABRICATE UNITS MADE OF METAL SHEET OF SEAMLESS SHEETS, WITH FLAT SURFACES. B. KEYS: PROVIDE KEYS FOR EACH ACCESSORY TO KEY BANK; MASTER KEY ALL LOCKABLE ACCESSORIES. C. STAINLESS STEEL SHEET: ASTM A 666, TYPE 304. D. STAINLESS STEEL TUBING: ASTM A 269, TYPE 304 OR 316. E. GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL: HOT- DIPPED GALVANIZED STEEL SHEET, ASTM A 653/A 653M, WITH G90/Z275 COATING. F. MIRROR GLASS: FLOAT GLASS, ASTM C 1036 TYPE I, CLASS 1, QUALITY Q2, WITH SILVERING, COPPER COATING, AND SUITABLE PROTECTIVE ORGANIC COATING TO COPPER BACKING IN ACCORDANCE WITH GSA CID A -A -3002. G. ADHESIVE: TWO COMPONENT EPDXY TYPE, WATERPROOF. H. FASTENERS, SCREWS, AND BOLTS: HOT DIP GALVANIZED, TAMPER - PROOF, SECURITY TYPE. I. EXPANSION SHIELDS: FIBER, LEAD, OR RUBBER AS RECOMMENDED BY ACCESSORY MANUFACTURER FOR COMPONENT AND SUBSTRATE. J. PRIMER:. SECTION 10 2800 - TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES (CONT.) 2.03 FINISHES A. STAINLESS STEEL: NO. 4 SATIN BRUSHED FINISH, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. B. CHROME/NICKEL PLATING: ASTM B 456, SC 2, SATIN FINISH, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 2.04 TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES A. SEE TOILET ROOM FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES SCHEDULE IN DRAWINGS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01, INSTALLATION A. INSTALL ACCESSORIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS. B. INSTALL PLUMB AND LEVEL, SECURELY AND RIGIDLY ANCHORED TO SUBSTRATE. C. MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCATIONS: AS REQUIRED BY ACCESSIBILITY REGULATIONS AND AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. SECTION 10 4400 - FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS. B. FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS. C. ACCESSORIES. 1.02 REFERENCES A. NFPA 10 - STANDARD FOR PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS; NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION; 2007. B. UL (FPED) - FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT DIRECTORY; UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC.; CURRENT EDITION. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS AND ACCESSORIES: 1. JL INDUSTRIES, INC: WWW.JLINDUSTRIES.COM. 2. LARSEN'S MANUFACTURING CO: WWW.LARSENSMFG.COM. 3. POTTER - ROEMER: WWW.POTTERROEMER.COM. 4. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS - GENERAL: COMPLY WITH PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 10 AND APPLICABLE CODES, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. 1. PROVIDE EXTINGUISHERS LABELED BY UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC. FOR THE PURPOSE SPECIFIED AND INDICATED. B. DRY CHEMICAL TYPE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS: STAINLESS STEEL TANK, WITH PRESSURE GAGE. 1. CLASS B:C. 2. SIZE 10. C. CARBON DIOXIDE TYPE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS: STAINLESS STEEL TANK, WITH PRESSURE GAGE. 2.03 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS A. METAL: FORMED PRIMED STEEL SHEET; 0.036 INCH THICK BASE METAL. B. - DOOR: 0.036 INCH THICK, REINFORCED FOR FLATNESS AND RIGIDITY; LATCH. HINGE DOORS FOR 180 DEGREE OPENING WITH TWO BUTT HINGE. PROVIDE NYLON CATCH. C. DOOR GLAZING: GLASS, CLEAR, 1/8 INCH THICK FLOAT. SET IN RESILIENT CHANNEL GASKET GLAZING. D. CABINET MOUNTING HARDWARE: APPROPRIATE TO CABINET. PRE -DRILL FOR ANCHORS. E. WELD, FILL, AND GRIND COMPONENTS SMOOTH. F. FINISH OF CABINET EXTERIOR TRIM AND DOOR: PRIMED FOR FIELD PAINT FINISH. G. FINISH OF CABINET INTERIOR: WHITE ENAMEL. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. INSTALL CABINETS PLUMB AND LEVEL IN WALL OPENINGS, FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO INSIDE BOTTOM OF CABINET PER BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS. C. POSITION CABINET SIGNAGE AT AS REQUIRED BY CODES. 3.02 SCHEDULES: REFER TO FLOOR PLAN DRAWING FOR LOCATIONS. SECTION 10 7500 - FLAGPOLES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. ALUMINUM FLAGPOLES. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. FLAGPOLES: 1. UNITED STATES FLAG STORE: WWW.UNITED- STATES - FLAG.COM. 2. SUBSTITUTIONS: NOT PERMITTED OR PER KEY BANK APPROVAL. 2.02 FLAGPOLES A. FLAGPOLE: SILVER ALUMINUM WITH BASE. 1. HEIGHT: 7 FEET. 2. DESIGN: SILVER EAGLE POLE TOP. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. SILVER EAGLE TOP: CAST ALUMINUM; NON- REVOLVING, B. FLAG: INDOOR AMERICAN FLAG DESIGN, 3 X 5 FEET IN SIZE, NO TASSELS. PART 3 EXECUTION 101 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL FLAGPOLE, BASE ASSEMBLY, AND FITTINGS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 102 SCHEDULES- REFER TO FURNITURE PLAN FOR LOCATION. SECTION 113100 RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. KITCHEN APPLIANCES. 1.02 REFERENCES A. UL (EAUED) - ELECTRICAL APPLIANCE AND UTILIZATION EQUIPMENT DIRECTORY; UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC.; CURRENT EDITION. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION, WITH NOT LESS THAN 5 YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. SECTION 113100 - .RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES B. ELECTRIC APPLIANCES: LISTED AND LABELED BY UL AND COMPLYING WITH NEMA STANDARDS. 1.04 WARRANTY A. SEE SECTION 017800 - CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS, FOR ADDITIONAL WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS. B. PROVIDE FIVE (5) YEAR MANUFACTURER WARRANTY ON REFRIGERATION SYSTEM OF REFRIGERATORS. C. PROVIDE TEN (10) YEAR MANUFACTURER WARRANTY ON MAGNETRON TUBE OF MICROWAVE OVENS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 KITCHEN APPLIANCES (SEARS) A. REFRIGERATOR: FREE - STANDING, SIDE -BY -SIDE, FROST -FREE. 1. CAPACITY: 46- 95872- 6 CUBIC FT; COMPACT UNIT 46- 62042 -10 CUBIC FT 46- 60532 -15 CUBIC FT 46- 60732 -17 CUBIC FT 46- 60892 -18 CUBIC FT 46- 67172- 21 CUBIC FT (STANDARD) 2. ENERGY USAGE: ENERGY STAR RATED 3. FEATURES: INCLUDE GLASS SHELVES AND LIGHT IN FREEZER COMPARTMENT AND WATER DISPENSER. 4. FINISH: PORCELAIN ENAMELED STEEL, COLOR WHITE. 5. MANUFACTURERS: A. KENMORE : WWW.KENMORE.COM. B. SUBSTITUTIONS: NOT PERMITTED OR PER OWNER APPROVAL. B. MICROWAVE: COUNTERTOP. 1. CAPACITY: 20- 63252 -1.2 CUBIC FT 20- 66312 -1.6 CUBIC FT 2. POWER: 1200 WATTS. 3. FEATURES: INCLUDE TURNTABLE AND 2 -SPEED EXHAUST FAN. 4. FINISH: COLOR. WHITE. 5. MANUFACTURERS: A. KENMORE : #20 -66321 WWW.KENMORE.COM. B. SUBSTITUTIONS: NOT PERMITTED OR PER OWNER APPROVAL. PART 3 EXECUTION 101 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 102 ADJUSTING A. ADJUST OPERATING EQUIPMENT TO EFFICIENT OPERATION. 3.03 CLEANING A. REMOVE PACKING MATERIALS FROM EQUIPMENT. B. WASH AND CLEAN EQUIPMENT. SECTION 12 2113 - HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. HORIZONTAL SLAT LOUVER BLINDS AND OPERATING HARDWARE. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING THE PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. 1.03 EXTRA MATERIALS A. SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS, FOR ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS. B. PROVIDE TEN ADDITIONAL SLATS. C. PROVIDE TWO ADDITIONAL COMPLETE BLIND ASSEMBLIES OF EACH SIZE. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS WITH ALUMINUM SLATS: 1. BALI: WWW.BALIBLINDS.COM 2. SUBSTITUTIONS: NOT PERMITTED OR PER OWNER APPROVAL. 2.02 BLINDS AND BLIND COMPONENTS A. HEADRAIL SHALL BE 1" HIGH BY 1 112" WIDE X.025" THICK U- SHAPED STEEL. THE STEEL FINISHING PROCESS INCLUDES PHOSPHATE TREATMENT FOR CORROSION RESISTANCE, A CHROME -FREE SEALER, A LOW HAP URETHANE PRIMER AND A TOPCOAT WITH LOW HAP POLYESTER BAKED ENAMEL. B. TILTER SHALL BE MADE OF INJECTION - MOLDED THERMOPLASTICS FOR SMOOTH LOW- FRICTION OPERATION AND WILL INCORPORATE A CLUTCH MECHANISM TO PREVENT DAMAGE DUE TO OVER TILTING. C. CORD LOCK SHALL BE METAL OF A SNAP -IN DESIGN INCORPORATING A FLOATING, SHAFT -TYPE LOCKING PIN AND SHALL INCORPORATE A CRASH PROOF SAFETY FEATURE THAT WILL LOCK THE BLIND AUTOMATICALLY UPON RELEASE OF CORD. D. BRAIDED LADDER SHALL BE MADE OF 100% HIGH TENACITY POLYESTER INCORPORATING TWO EXTRA STRENGTH RUNGS PER LADDER TO SUPPORT SLATS. 21.5MM (14.17 SLATS PER FOOT) STANDARD E. SLATS SHALL BE 5000 SERIES COLD - ROLLED ALUMINUM CONTAINING THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE RECYCLED CONTENT TO PRODUCE A HIGH STRENGTH AND CORROSION RESISTANT FLEXIBLE PRODUCT. SLATS SHALL BE NOMINALLY 1" WIDE X .006" THICK AND TREATED WITH ADVANCED FINISHING TECHNOLOGY (AFT), PROVIDING A SMOOTH, HARD, LESS POROUS SURFACE. AFT DELIVERS ANTI - STATIC PERFORMANCE TO REPEL DUST AND ANTI- MICROBIAL QUALITIES TO RESIST FUNGAL AND BACTERIAL GROWTH. SLATS SHALL BE TREATED WITH A CHROME -FREE SEALER AND A TOPCOAT OF LOW HAP POLYESTER BAKED ENAMEL. SOLID .006" THICK (STANDARD). F. BOTTOMRAIL SHALL BE COMPLETELY ENCLOSED TUBULAR SHAPE MADE OF PHOSPHATE TREATED STEEL, FINISHED WITH A POLYESTER BAKED ENAMEL PAINT FINISH AND SHALL MEASURE .025" THICK. 2.01 FABRICATION A. BLINDS SHALL BE FABRICATED ACCORDING TO SPECIFICATIONS AND ACCURATE TO TOLERANCE ESTABLISHED BY SWF ENGINEERING STANDARDS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01INSPECTION A. INSTALLER SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR INSPECTION OF JOBSITE, APPROVAL OF MOUNTING SURFACES, VERIFICATION OF FIELD MEASUREMENTS AND INSTALLATION CONDITIONS. INSTALLATION SHALL COMMENCE WHEN SATISFACTORY CONDITIONS ARE MET. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL BLINDS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDING RECOMMENDED SUPPORT BRACKETS AND FASTENERS. B. INSTALL BLINDS WITH ADEQUATE CLEARANCE TO PERMIT SMOOTH OPERATION OF THE BLINDS. DEMONSTRATE BLINDS TO BE IN SMOOTH, UNIFORM WORKING ORDER. 3.03 MAINTENANCE AND CLEANING MAINTAIN AND CLEAN BLINDS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS 3.02 SCHEDULE: REFER TO WALL FINISH PLAN FOR LOCATIONS. SECTION 12 4813 - ENTRANCE FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. CARPET MAT AND RECESSED FRAME. 1.02 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. VERIFY THAT FIELD MEASUREMENTS ARE AS INDICATED. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. FLOOR MATS: (WALK -OFF MATS IN VESTIBULE AREAS) 1. BENTLEY PRICE STREET: WWW.BENTLEYPRICESTREET.COM. 2. SUBSTITUTIONS: NOT PERMITTED. 2.02 MATERIALS A. CARPET MAT: CUT NYLON PILE PERMANENTLY BONDED TO VINYL BACKING; WITH BROWN MATCHING VINYL BORDER ON ALL EDGES; COLOR AS SELECTED. B. STYLE AND COLOR: DECO TUFT- CHOCOLATE() GAGE INCH BEVELED. C. RECESSED FRAME: THICK ZINC EXPOSED TOP STRIP, ZINC COATED STEEL CONCEALED BOTTOM STRIP, DEEP, WITH ANCHORING FEATURES. SECTION 12 4813 - ENTRANCE FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES 2.03 FABRICATION A. CONSTRUCT RECESSED MAT FRAMES SQUARE, TIGHT JOINTS AT CORNERS, RIGID. COAT SURFACES WITH PROTECTIVE COATING WHERE IN CONTACT WITH CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS. B. FABRICATE MATS IN SINGLE UNIT SIZES; FABRICATE MULTIPLE MATS WHERE INDICATED. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL MAT FRAMES TO ACHIEVE FLUSH PLANE WITH FINISHED FLOOR SURFACE. B. INSTALL MATS IN FLOOR RECESS FLUSH WITH FINISH FLOOR AFTER CLEANING OF FINISH FLOORING. 3.02 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. MAXIMUM GAP FORMED AT RECESSED FRAME FROM MAT SIZE: 1/4 INCH. B SECTION 14 4200 - VERTICAL PLATFORM LIFTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. ALL MATERIALS AND LABOR NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE INSTALLATION OF THE VERTICAL PLATFORM LIFT. B. OBTAIN ALL INFORMATION AFFECTING WORK AT JOB SITE. INCLUDE VERIFICATION OF FIELD, DIMENSIONS, ANCHORING AND STORAGE. VERIFY VOLTAGES AND OUTLETS ON ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 1.02 REFERENCES A. THE LIFT SHALL BE DESIGNED AND TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ICC /A117.1, NEC AND ASME A18.1 GUIDELINES. B. ALL DESIGNS, CLEARANCES, CONSTRUCTION, WORKMANSHIP AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS AND CODE ADOPTED BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. THE PLATFORM LIFT SHALL BE SUBJECT TO LOCAL, CITY AND STATE APPROVAL PRIOR TO AND FOLLOWING INSTALLATION 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. THE PRODUCT DESCRIBED HEREIN MANUFACTURED BY NATIONAL WHEEL -O- VATOR, IS A VERTICAL PLATFORM LIFT CONSISTING OF A MACHINE TOWER WITH LIFTING PLATFORM. SYSTEM IS TO BE CONSTRUCTED BY WHEELCHAIR LIFT VENDOR WITHIN A SHAFT CONSTRUCTED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, AS DESCRIBED IN CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. B. PERFORMANCE 1. RATED LOAD: 750 POUND CAPACITY 2. TRAVEL SPEED: 9 FPM 3. LIFTING HEIGHT: 12' -0" (TO BE FIELD VERIFIED) 4. PLATFORM SIZE 37^ X 51 WITH NON -SKID SURFACE 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. SUBMIT DRAWINGS OR MANUFACTURERS LITERATURE FOR APPROVAL. DRAWINGS SHALL SHOW DIMENSIONAL AND WIRING REQUIREMENTS. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MANUFACTURER: COMPANY WITH NOT LESS THAN TWENTY (20) YEARS OF EXPERIENCE IN THE DESIGN AND FABRICATION OF VERTICAL PLATFORM LIFTS. B. TECHNICAL SERVICES: MANUFACTURER AND AUTHORIZED DEALER SHALL WORK WITH ARCHITECTS, ENGINEERS AND CONTRACTORS TO ADAPT THE PLATFORM LIFT PRODUCT TO THE DESIGN AND STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS OF THE BUILDING, SITE, AND CODE REQUIREMENTS. 1.06 WARRANTY A. UNIT SHALL HAVE A FOUR (4) YEAR LIMITED PARTS WARRANTY ON THE BASIC UNIT, INCLUDING ALL ELECTRICAL AND DRIVE SYSTEM COMPONENTS. 1.07 MAINTENANCE A. MAINTENANCE OF THE PLATFORM LIFT UNIT SHALL CONSIST OF REGULAR CLEANING OF THE UNIT AND REGULAR INSPECTION AT INTERVALS NOT LONGER THAN EVERY 6 MONTHS. RULE 10.2.1 OF ASME A18.1 REQUIRES ALL VERTICAL PLATFORM LIFTS BE INSPECTED EVERY SIX (6) MONTHS. PART 2-PRODUCT 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. NATIONAL WHEEL -O- VATOR, A DIVISION OF THYSSENKRUPP ACCESS, MODEL BC AS DISTRIBUTED BY: AMERICAN ELEVATOR CORP. PO BOX 47117, SEATTLE, WA, 98146 PHONE: 206 - 623 -2400, WWW.AMERICANELEVATOR.COM NO SUBSTITUTION SHALL BE CONSIDERED UNLESS WRITTEN REQUEST FOR APPROVAL HAS BEEN SUBMITTED AND RECEIVED BY THE ARCHITECT AT LEAST TEN (10) DAYS PRIOR TO THE BID DATE. C. EACH SUBSTITUTION REQUEST SHALL INCLUDE THE NAME OF THE MATERIAL FOR WHICH IT IS TO BE SUBSTITUTED AND A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS INCLUDING DRAWINGS, PERFORMANCE AND TEST DATA, A LIST OF PROJECTS SIMILAR IN SCOPE, PHOTOGRAPHS OF EXISTING INSTALLATION, DESIGN DIFFERENCES AND OTHER INFORMATION NECESSARY FOR EVALUATION. 2.02 FABRICATION A. PLATFORM SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF 12 -GAUGE MINIMUM ZINC CLAD STEEL. A STATIONARY RAMP SHALL BE PROVIDED THAT EXTENDS UNDER THE LOWER LANDING GATE /DOOR AS SHOWN IN CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. PLATFORM SIDE PANELS MUST BE 42" HIGH. SIDE PANEL FRAMEWORK SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 1" X 1W STEEL OR ALUMINUM. SOLD INFILL PANELS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 18 -GAUGE ZINC CLAD STEEL. THE MAINFRAME SUPPORT TUBING SHALL BE A COMBINATION OF SQUARE AND RECTANGULAR STEEL TUBING WITH A MINIMUM .120 INCH WALL THICKNESS. D. CARRIAGE PLATFORM SUPPORTS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 1 "X 2" STEEL FLAT BAR AND CARRIAGE UPRIGHTS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF' /" THICK STEEL FLAT BAR. CAM ROLLERS SHALL BE USED FOR AXIAL CARRIAGE GUIDANCE AND CAM- FOLLOWERS WITH WEAR PADS SHALL BE USED FOR HORIZONTAL STABILITY. E. LOADED FASTENERS SHALL BE GRADE FIVE OR HIGHER. LOCKING FASTENERS SHALL BE USED IN ALL CRITICAL LOCATIONS. F. THE MACHINE TOWER STRUCTURAL SIDE PLATES SHALL BE OF 12 -GAUGE STEEL AND FRONT AND BACK COVERS SHALL BE 18 -GAUGE ZINC CLAD STEEL MINIMUM. G. THE DRIVE MECHANISM SHALL BE A ROTATING NUT ON A STATIONARY 1 W DIAMETER ACME SCREW WITH A SECONDARY SAFETY NUT. H. THE OPERATING CONTROL CIRCUIT SHALL BE 24 VOLTS. I. FINISH SHALL BE ELECTRO STATICALLY APPLIED POWDER COATING, OVEN BAKED TO CURE. J. AN UPPER FINAL LIMIT SWITCH SHALL BE PROVIDED. K. COLOR SHALL BE SELECTED FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE OF COLORS. L. A CONSTANT PRESSURE UP /DOWN CONTROL SWITCH SHALL BE INSTALLED AT EACH LANDING LEVEL AND ON THE PLATFORM. M. THE PLATFORM SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH AN OBSTRUCTION PANEL THAT WILL STOP THE DOWNWARD TRAVEL IF AN OBSTRUCTION IS ENCOUNTERED. N. AN EMERGENCY STOP / ILLUMINATED ALARM SWITCH SHALL BE PROVIDED ON THE CAR AS A MEANS OF SIGNALING FOR ASSISTANCE IN THE EVENT OF AN EMERGENCY. 0. A GRAB RAIL SHALL BE PROVIDED ON THE PLATFORM. P. THE MAIN LIFT NUT WILL BE EQUIPPED WITH A CONTINUOUS LUBE SYSTEM TO DISTRIBUTE LUBRICATION BETWEEN MAIN LIFT NUT AND THE ACME SCREW. Q. UNIT TO BE EQUIPPED WITH THE "SIMPLEX" BASE AND CARRIAGE DESIGN, WHICH ALLOWS THE CARRIAGE TO BE FOLDED TO REDUCE THE SHROUD AND CARRIAGE WIDTH TO 19 ", FOR EASE OF INSTALLATION, WITHOUT REMOVAL OF ANY CARRIAGE ATTACHING BOLTS. R. UNIT MUST BE ASSEMBLED AND TESTED IN FACTORY BEFORE SHIPMENT. C. SECTION 14 4200 - VERTICAL PLATFORM LIFTS (CONTINUED) 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. A CDP -3000 - FLUSH MOUNTED, 84 INCHES HIGH, SOLID CORE OAK LAMINATED DOOR AND (OAK) FRAME SHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE LOWER LANDING. DOOR INCLUDES WIRE MESH VISION PANEL WITH DELAY ACTION DOOR CLOSURE, DEAD LATCH, DUMMY TRIM DOOR HANDLE, LOCK PLATE COVER AND ELECTRIC STRIKE. B. A CDP -4000 - FLUSH MOUNTED, 42 INCHES HIGH, SOLID CORE OAK LAMINATED GATE AND (OAK) FRAME SHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE UPPER LANDING. GATE INCLUDES SPRING HINGES, DEAD LATCH, DUMMY TRIM GATE HANDLE, LOCK PLATE COVER AND ELECTRIC STRIKE. C. PLATFORM CONFIGURATION; ENTER EXIT SAME SIDE. POWER OPERATORS ARE REQUIRED BY A117.1. D. AN OPTIONAL HAND CRANK MUST BE PROVIDED AS A MEANS OF MANUALLY RAISING & LOWERING THE PLATFORM. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 ACCEPTABLE INSTALLERS A. SUBCONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS: A COMPANY THAT IS LISTED AS AN AUTHORIZED NATIONAL WHEEL -O -VATOR DEALER. B. ELECTRICAL DEVICES, SERVICES AND FINAL CONNECTIONS SHALL BE BYA QUALIFIED ELECTRICIAN. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. UNIT SHALL BE INSTALLED AND OPERATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ICC/A117.1, NEC AND ASME A18.1 GUIDELINES. B. A DEDICATED ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT WITH A LOCKABLE SERVICE DISCONNECT SWITCH RATED PER TABLE 1 SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR AT JOB SITE. (DEPENDING ON LOCAL ELECTRICAL CODES, A G.F.I. DEVICE MAY BE REQUIRED.) PLEASE CONFER WITH LIFT CONTRACTOR TO DETERMINE APPROPRIATE MOTOR FOR SPECIFIED APPLICATIONS. C. COORDINATE WORK WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR. D. PROVIDE STANDARD ELECTRICAL CONNECTION DRAWINGS TO ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO MAKE FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTION. E. THE INSTALLATION OF THE VERTICAL PLATFORM LIFT SHALL BE MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPROVED PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND THE MANUFACTURERS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. LOAD THE VERTICAL LIFT TO RATED CAPACITY AND TEST FOR SEVERAL CYCLES TO INSURE PROPER OPERATION. NO MECHANICAL FAILURES SHALL OCCUR AND NO WEAR THAT WOULD AFFECT THE RELIABILITY OF THE UNIT SHALL BE DETECTED. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 13 2009 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION bog- o s(e) RECEIVED CITY OFTUKIMLA Iv' r IQ 2009 PERMIT CENTER DISCLAIMER: NOT ALL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS APPLY TO THIS LOCATION. JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 REGISTERED ARCHITECT ST ATE OF WASHI 8457 Client: 0 KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. Date 05 -05 -09 04-09-09 Designed By: PDX Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: SPECIFICATIONS Drawing No.: G -107 SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 210500 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. PIPE, FITTINGS, VALVES, AND CONNECTIONS FOR SPRINKLER SYSTEMS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL SYSTEM AND PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS A. SPRINKLER SYSTEMS: CONFORM WORK TO NFPA 13. 2.02 ABOVE GROUND PIPING A. STEEL PIPE: ASTM A 53 SCHEDULE 40, BLACK. 1. MALLEABLE IRON FITTINGS: ASME B16.3, THREADED FITTINGS. 2.03 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. HANGERS FOR PIPE SIZES 1/2 TO 1-1/2 INCH: MALLEABLE IRON, ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL, SPLIT RING. B. HANGERS FOR PIPE SIZES 2 INCHES AND OVER: CARBON STEEL, ADJUSTABLE, CLEVIS. 2.04 DRAIN VALVES A. BALL VALVE: 1. BRASS WITH CAP AND CHAIN, 314 INCH HOSE THREAD. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL SPRINKLER SYSTEM AND SERVICE MAIN PIPING, HANGERS, AND SUPPORTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13. B. ROUTE PIPING IN ORDERLY MANNER, PLUMB AND PARALLEL TO BUILDING STRUCTURE. MAINTAIN GRADIENT. C. INSTALL PIPING TO CONSERVE BUILDING SPACE, TO NOT INTERFERE WITH USE OF SPACE AND OTHER WORK. D. SLEEVE PIPES PASSING THROUGH PARTITIONS, WALLS, AND FLOORS. E. INSTALL PIPING TO ALLOW FOR EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION WITHOUT STRESSING PIPE, JOINTS, OR CONNECTED EQUIPMENT. F. PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: 1. INSTALL HANGERS TO PROVIDE MINIMUM 1/2 INCH SPACE BETWEEN FINISHED COVERING AND ADJACENT WORK. 2. PLACE HANGERS WITHIN 12 INCHES OF EACH HORIZONTAL ELBOW. 3. USE HANGERS WITH 1 -1/2 INCH MINIMUM VERTICAL ADJUSTMENT. DESIGN HANGERS FOR PIPE MOVEMENT WITHOUT DISENGAGEMENT OF SUPPORTED PIPE. G. SLOPE PIPING AND ARRANGE SYSTEMS TO DRAIN AT LOW POINTS. USE ECCENTRIC REDUCERS TO MAINTAIN TOP OF PIPE LEVEL. H. PROVIDE DRAIN VALVES AT LOW POINTS OF PIPING. SECTION 21 1300 - FIRE - SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM. B. SYSTEM DESIGN, INSTALLATION, AND CERTIFICATION. 1.02 REFERENCES A. NFPA 13 - STANDARD FOR THE INSTALLATION OF SPRINKLER SYSTEMS; NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION; 2007. B. UL (FPED) - FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT DIRECTORY; UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC.; CURRENT EDITION. 1.03 SUBMITTALS 2.01 A. B. C. A. PRODUCT DATA: PROVIDE DATA ON SPRINKLERS, VALVES, AND SPECIALTIES, INCLUDING MANUFACTURERS CATALOG INFORMATION. SUBMIT PERFORMANCE RATINGS, ROUGH -IN DETAILS, WEIGHTS, SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS, AND PIPING CONNECTIONS. B. SHOP DRAWINGS: 1. INDICATE HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS, DETAILED PIPE LAYOUT, HANGERS AND SUPPORTS, SPRINKLERS, COMPONENTS AND ACCESSORIES. INDICATE SYSTEM CONTROLS. 2. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION FOR APPROVAL. SUBMIT PROOF OF APPROVAL TO ARCHITECT. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE TO UL REQUIREMENTS. A. CONFORM T UIREMENTS. Q B. DESIGN SYSTEM UNDER DIRECT SUPERVISION OF A PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER EXPERIENCED IN DESIGN OF THIS TYPE OF WORK AND LICENSED IN THE STATE IN WHICH THE PROJECT IS LOCATED. PART 2 PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS VIKING RELIABLE GEM 2.02 SPRINKLER SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS A. B. C. SPRINKLER SYSTEM: PROVIDE COVERAGE FOR BUILDING AREAS NOTED. OCCUPANCY: LIGHT HAZARD; COMPLY WITH NFPA 13. WATER SUPPLY: DETERMINE VOLUME AND PRESSURE FROM WATER FLOW TEST DATA. 2.03 SPRINKLERS A. SUSPENDED CEILING TYPE: MATCH EXISTING TYPE, FINISH AND TEMPERATURE RATING FOR SPECIFIC AREA HAZARD. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH REFERENCED NFPA DESIGN AND INSTALLATION STANDARD. B. INSTALL EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. C. PLACE PIPE RUNS TO MINIMIZE OBSTRUCTION TO OTHER WORK. D. PLACE PIPING IN CONCEALED SPACES ABOVE FINISHED CEILINGS. E. CENTER SPRINKLERS IN TWO DIRECTIONS IN CEILING TILE AND PROVIDE PIPING OFFSETS AS REQUIRED. F. FLUSH ENTIRE PIPING SYSTEM OF FOREIGN MATTER. G. HYDROSTATICALLY TEST ENTIRE SYSTEM. H. REQUIRE TEST BE WITNESSED BY FIRE MARSHALL. SECTION 22 0553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. TAGS. B. STENCILS. C. PIPE MARKERS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. BRADY CORPORATION B. CHAMPION AMERICA, INC C. SETON IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS 2.02 TAGS A. PLASTIC TAGS: LAMINATED THREE -LAYER PLASTIC WITH ENGRAVED BLACK LETTERS ON LIGHT CONTRASTING BACKGROUND COLOR. TAG SIZE MINIMUM 1 -1/2 INCH DIAMETER. B. METAL TAGS: BRASS WITH STAMPED LETTERS; TAG SIZE MINIMUM 1 -1/2 INCH DIAMETER WITH SMOOTH EDGES. 2.03 STENCILS A. STENCILS: WITH CLEAN CUT SYMBOLS AND LETTERS OF FOLLOWING SIZE: 1. 3/4 TO 1-1/4 INCH OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF INSULATION OR PIPE: 8 INCH LONG COLOR FIELD, 1/2 INCH HIGH LETTERS. 2 . 1 -1/2 TO 2 INCH OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF INSULATION OR PIPE: 8 INCH LONG COLOR FIELD, 3/4 INCH HIGH LETTERS. 2.04 PIPE MARKERS A. COLOR CONFORM TO ASME A13.1. B. PLASTIC PIPE MARKERS: FACTORY FABRICATED, FLEXIBLE, SEMI- RIGID PLASTIC, PREFORMED TO FIT AROUND PIPE OR PIPE COVERING; MINIMUM INFORMATION INDICATING FLOW DIRECTION ARROW AND IDENTIFICATION OF FLUID BEING CONVEYED. C. PLASTIC TAPE PIPE MARKERS: FLEXIBLE, VINYL FILM TAPE WITH PRESSURE SENSITIVE ADHESIVE BACKING AND PRINTED MARKINGS. D. UNDERGROUND PLASTIC PIPE MARKERS: BRIGHT COLORED CONTINUOUSLY PRINTED PLASTIC RIBBON TAPE, MINIMUM 6 INCHES WIDE BY 4 MIL THICK, MANUFACTURED FOR DIRECT BURIAL SERVICE. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL TAGS WITH CORROSION RESISTANT CHAIN. B. INSTALL PLASTIC PIPE MARKERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. C. INSTALL PLASTIC TAPE PIPE MARKERS COMPLETE AROUND PIPE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. D. INSTALL UNDERGROUND PLASTIC PIPE MARKERS 6 TO 8 INCHES BELOW FINISHED GRADE, DIRECTLY ABOVE BURIED PIPE. E. IDENTIFY VALVES IN MAIN AND BRANCH PIPING WITH TAGS. F. IDENTIFY PIPING, CONCEALED OR EXPOSED, WITH PLASTIC PIPE MARKERS. USE TAGS ON PIPING 3/4 INCH DIAMETER AND SMALLER. IDENTIFY SERVICE, FLOW DIRECTION, AND PRESSURE. INSTALL IN CLEAR VIEW AND ALIGN WITH AXIS OF PIPING. LOCATE IDENTIFICATION NOT TO EXCEED 20 FEET ON STRAIGHT RUNS INCLUDING RISERS AND DROPS, ADJACENT TO EACH VALVE AND TEE, AT EACH SIDE OF PENETRATION OF STRUCTURE OR ENCLOSURE, AND AT EACH OBSTRUCTION. SECTION 22 0719 - PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. PIPING INSULATION. B. JACKETS AND ACCESSORIES. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL PRODUCTS OF THIS SECTION A. SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS: FLAME SPREAD /SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX OF 25/50, MAXIMUM, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 84, NFPA 255, OR UL 721 Z.02 GLASS FIBER A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. KNAUF FIBER GLASS 2. JOHNS MANVILLE CORPORATION 3. OWENS CORNING CORP B. INSULATION: ASTM C 547 AND ASTM C 795; RIGID MOLDED, NONCOMBUSTIBLE. 1. 'K' VALUE: ASTM C 177, 024 AT 75 DEGREES F. 2. MAXIMUM SERVICE TEMPERATURE: 850 DEGREES F. 3. MAXIMUM MOISTURE ABSORPTION: 0.2 PERCENT BY VOLUME. C. VAPOR BARRIER JACKET: WHITE KRAFT PAPER WITH GLASS FIBER YARN, BONDED TO ALUMINIZED FILM; MOISTURE VAPOR TRANSMISSION WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 961E 96M OF 0.02 PERM - INCHES. D. TIE WIRE: 0.048 INCH STAINLESS STEEL WITH TWISTED ENDS ON MAXIMUM 12. INCH CENTERS. E. VAPOR BARRIER LAP ADHESIVE: 1. COMPATIBLE WITH INSULATION. 2.03 JACKETS A. PVC PLASTIC. 1. MANUFACTURERS: MANVILLE CORPORATION A. JOHN S MAN 2. JACKET: ONE PIECE MOLDED TYPE FITTING COVERS AND SHEET MATERIAL, OFF -WHITE COLOR. A. MINIMUM SERVICE TEMPERATURE: 0 DEGREES F. B. MAXIMUM SERVICE TEMPERATURE: 150 DEGREES F. C. MOISTURE VAPOR PERMEABILITY: 0.002 PERM INCH, MAXIMUM, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 96 /E 96M. D. THICKNESS: 10 MIL. E. CONNECTIONS: BRUSH ON WELDING ADHESIVE. 3. COVERING ADHESIVE MASTIC: A. COMPATIBLE WITH INSULATION. PART 3 EXECUTION 101 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. GLASS FIBER INSULATED PIPES CONVEYING DOMESTIC COLD WATER AND SANITARY: 1. PROVIDE VAPOR BARRIER JACKETS, FACTORY - APPLIED OR FIELD- APPLIED. SECURE WITH SELF - SEALING LONGITUDINAL LAPS AND BUTT STRIPS WITH PRESSURE SENSITIVE ADHESIVE. SECURE WITH OUTWARD CLINCH EXPANDING STAPLES AND VAPOR BARRIER MASTIC. 2.' INSULATE FITTINGS, JOINTS, AND VALVES WITH MOLDED INSULATION OF LIKE MATERIAL AND THICKNESS AS ADJACENT PIPE. FINISH WITH GLASS CLOTH AND VAPOR BARRIER ADHESIVE OR PVC FITTING COVERS. C. GLASS FIBER INSULATED PIPES CONVEYING DOMESTIC HOT WATER: 1. PROVIDE STANDARD JACKETS, WITH OR WITHOUT VAPOR BARRIER, FACTORY- APPLIED OR FIELD - APPLIED. SECURE WITH SELF - SEALING LONGITUDINAL LAPS AND BUTT STRIPS WITH PRESSURE SENSITIVE ADHESIVE. SECURE WITH OUTWARD CLINCH EXPANDING STAPLES. 2 INSULATE FITTINGS, JOINTS, AND VALVES WITH INSULATION OF LIKE MATERIAL AND THICKNESS AS ADJOINING PIPE. FINISH WITH GLASS CLOTH AND ADHESIVE OR PVC FITTING COVERS. D. CONTINUE INSULATION THROUGH NON -RATED WALLS, SLEEVES, PIPE HANGERS, AND OTHER PIPE PENETRATIONS. FINISH AT SUPPORTS, PROTRUSIONS, AND INTERRUPTIONS. SECTION 221005 - PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. PIPE, PIPE FITTINGS, VALVES, AND CONNECTIONS FOR PIPING SYSTEMS. 1. SANITARY SEWER. 2. DOMESTIC WATER. 3. GAS. 4. VENT. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SANITARY SEWER AND VENT PIPING, BURIED UNDER AND WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING A. CAST IRON PIPE: CISPI 301, HUBLESS. 1. FITTINGS: CAST IRON. 2. JOINTS: CISPI 310, NEOPRENE GASKET AND STAINLESS STEEL CLAMP AND SHIELD ASSEMBLIES. 2.02 SANITARY SEWER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A. CAST IRON PIPE: CISPI 301, HUBLESS, SERVICE WEIGHT. 1. FITTINGS: CAST IRON. 2. JOINTS: CISPI 310, NEOPRENE GASKETS AND STAINLESS STEEL CLAMP -AND- SHIELD ASSEMBLIES. 2.03 WATER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A. COPPER TUBE: ASTM B 88 (ASTM B 88M), TYPE K (A), DRAWN (H). 1. FITTINGS: ASME B16.18, CAST COPPER ALLOY OR ASME B16.22, WROUGHT COPPER AND BRONZE. 2. JOINTS: ASTM B 32, ALLOY SN95 SOLDER. 2.04 NATURAL GAS PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A. STEEL PIPE: ASTM A 53 /A 53M SCHEDULE 40 BLACK. 1. FITTINGS: ASME B16.3, MALLEABLE IRON, OR ASTM A 234/A 234M, WROUGHT STEEL WELDING TYPE. 2. JOINTS: NFPA 54, THREADED OR WELDED TO ASME B31.1. 2.05 VENT PIPING ABOVE GRADE A. PVC PIPE: ASTM D 2665 OR ASTM D 3034. 1. FITTINGS: PVC. 2. JOINTS: SOLVENT WELDED, WITH ASTM D 2564 SOLVENT CEMENT. 2.06 FLANGES, UNIONS, AND COUPLINGS A. UNIONS FOR PIPE SIZES 3 INCHES AND UNDER: 1. FERROUS PIPE: CLASS 150 MALLEABLE IRON THREADED UNIONS. 2. COPPER TUBE AND PIPE: CLASS 150 BRONZE UNIONS WITH SOLDERED JOINTS. B. DIELECTRIC CONNECTIONS: UNION WITH GALVANIZED OR PLATED STEEL THREADED END, COPPER SOLDER END, WATER IMPERVIOUS ISOLATION BARRIER. 2.07 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. PLUMBING PIPING - DRAIN, WASTE, AND VENT: 1. CONFORM TO ASME B31.9. HANGERS FOR PIPE SIZES 1/2 INCH TO 1-1/2 INCHES: MALLEABLE IRON, ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL, SPLIT RING. HANGERS FOR PIPE SIZES 2 INCHES AND OVER: CARBON STEEL, ADJUSTABLE, CLEVIS. WALL SUPPORT FOR PIPE SIZES TO 3 INCHES: CAST IRON HOOK. WALL SUPPORT FOR PIPE SIZES 4 INCHES AND OVER: WELDED STEEL BRACKET AND WROUGHT STEEL CLAMP. VERTICAL SUPPORT: STEEL RISER CLAMP. FLOOR SUPPORT: CAST IRON ADJUSTABLE PIPE SADDLE, LOCK NUT, NIPPLE, FLOOR FLANGE, AND CONCRETE PIER OR STEEL SUPPORT. COPPER PIPE SUPPORT: CARBON STEEL RING, ADJUSTABLE, COPPER PLATED. B. PLUMBING PIPING - WATER: I . CO 0 NF RMTOASMEB31.9. 2. HANGERS FOR PIPE SIZES 1/2 INCH TO 1-1/2 INCHES: MALLEABLE IRON, ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL, SPLIT RING. 3. WALL SUPPORT FOR PIPE SIZES TO 3 INCHES: CAST IRON HOOK. 2.08 GATE VALVES A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. CONBRACO INDUSTRIES 12. NIBCO, INC 3. MILWAUKEE VALVE COMPANY B. UP TO AND INCLUDING 3 INCHES: 1. MSS SP -80, CLASS 125, BRONZE BODY, BRONZE TRIM, RISING STEM, HANDWHEEL, INSIDE SCREW, SOLID WEDGE DISC, SOLDER ENDS. 2.09 BALL VALVES A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. CONBRACO INDUSTRIES 2. NIBCO, INC 3. MILWAUKEE VALVE COMPANY B. CONSTRUCTION, 4 INCHES AND SMALLER: MSS SP -110, CLASS 150, 400 PSI CWP, BRONZE, TWO PIECE BODY, CHROME PLATED BRASS BALL, REGULAR PORT, TEFLON SEATS AND STUFFING BOX RING, BLOW -OUT PROOF STEM, LEVER HANDLE WITH BALANCING STOPS, SOLDER ENDS WITH UNION. 2.10 RELIEF VALVES A. TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE RELIEF: 1. MANUFACTURERS: A. CLA -VAL CO B. HENRY TECHNOLOGIES C. WATTS REGULATOR COMPANY 2. AGAZ21.22 CERTIFIED, BRONZE BODY, TEFLON SEAT, STAINLESS STEEL STEM AND SPRINGS, AUTOMATIC, DIRECT PRESSURE ACTUATED, TEMPERATURE RELIEF MAXIMUM 210 DEGREES F, CAPACITY ASME (BPV IV) CERTIFIED AND LABELED. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL: IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. PROVIDE NON - CONDUCTING DIELECTRIC CONNECTIONS WHEREVER JOINTING DISSIMILAR METALS. C. ROUTE PIPING IN ORDERLY MANNER AND MAINTAIN GRADIENT. ROUTE PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO WALLS. D. INSTALL PIPING TO MAINTAIN HEADROOM, CONSERVE SPACE, AND NOT INTERFERE WITH USE OF SPACE. E. PROVIDE CLEARANCE IN HANGERS AND FROM STRUCTURE AND OTHER EQUIPMENT FOR INSTALLATION OF INSULATION AND ACCESS TO VALVES AND FITTINGS. REFER TO SECTION 22 0719. F. INSTALL VALVES WITH STEMS UPRIGHT OR HORIZONTAL, NOT INVERTED. G. INSTALL WATER PIPING TO ASME B31.9. H. PROVIDE MISCELLANEOUS STEEL REQUIRED TO ENSURE PROPER INSTALLATION OF PIPING AND EQUIPMENT AND AS SHOWN IN DETAILS. L COORDINATE PIPING SUPPORTED FROM STRUCTURAL STEEL . MAKE ALL ATTACHMENTS TO TOP PANEL OF STEEL BAR JOISTS. PROVIDE BEAM CLAMPS MEETING MSS STANDARDS. DO NOT WELD ATTACHMENTS TO STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. DO NOT USE C- CLAMPS FOR ATTACHMENTS. DRILLING OF STRUCTURAL STEEL FOR ATTACHMENTS IN NOT PERMITTED. J. DO NOT SUPPORT PLUMBING EQUIPMENT OR PIPING FROM THE METAL ROOF DECK K. RUN SOIL WASTE AND VENT PIPING WITH 2% MINIMUM SLOPE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. HORIZONTAL VENT PIPING SHALL BE SLOPED TO DRIP BACK TO THE SOIL OR WASTE PIPE BY GRAVITY. L ALL HOT, COLD & RECIRCULATING DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SHALL BE MINIMUM 112" AND INSULATED WITH VAPOR PROOF COVERING. M. HORIZONTAL BRANCH CONNECTIONS SHALL NOT BE MADE WITHIN 10 PIPE DIAMETERS DOWNSTREAM OF A STACK LONG SWEEP FITTINGS SHALL BE USED AT THE BASE OF STACKS TO MINIMIZE HYDRAULIC JUMP. N. PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: 1. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASME B31.9. 2. SUPPORT HORIZONTAL PIPING AS SCHEDULED. 3. INSTALL HANGERS TO PROVIDE MINIMUM 1/2 INCH SPACE BETWEEN FINISHED COVERING AND ADJACENT WORK. PLACE HANGERS WITHIN 12 INCHES OF EACH HORIZONTAL ELBOW. USE HANGERS WITH 1 -1/2 INCH MINIMUM VERTICAL ADJUSTMENT. DESIGN HANGERS FOR PIPE MOVEMENT WITHOUT DISENGAGEMENT OF SUPPORTED PIPE. SECTION 221005 - PLUMBING PIPING (CONT.) 6. WHERE SEVERAL PIPES CAN BE INSTALLED IN PARALLEL AND AT SAME ELEVATION, PROVIDE MULTIPLE OR TRAPEZE HANGERS. 7. PROVIDE COPPER PLATED HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR COPPER PIPING. 8. SUPPORT HORIZONTAL CAST IRON SANITARY PIPING AT EVERY JOINT AND NOT MORE THAN SIX FEET. 3.02 APPLICATION A. INSTALL UNIONS DOWNSTREAM OF VALVES AND AT EQUIPMENT OR APPARATUS CONNECTIONS. B. INSTALL GATE OR BALL VALVES FOR SHUT -OFF AND TO ISOLATE EQUIPMENT, PART OF SYSTEMS, OR VERTICAL RISERS. 3.03 DISINFECTION OF DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM A. PRIOR TO STARTING WORK, VERIFY SYSTEM IS COMPLETE, FLUSHED AND CLEAN. B. ENSURE PH OF WATER TO BE TREATED IS BETWEEN 7.4 AND 7.6 BY ADDING ALKALI (CAUSTIC SODA OR SODA ASH) OR ACID (HYDROCHLORIC). C. INJECT DISINFECTANT, FREE CHLORINE IN LIQUID, POWDER, TABLET OR GAS FORM, THROUGHOUT SYSTEM TO OBTAIN 50 TO 80 MG /L RESIDUAL. D. BLEED WATER FROM OUTLETS TO ENSURE DISTRIBUTION AND TEST FOR DISINFECTANT RESIDUAL AT MINIMUM 15 PERCENT OF OUTLETS. E. MAINTAIN DISINFECTANT IN SYSTEM FOR 24 HOURS. F. IF FINAL DISINFECTANT RESIDUAL TESTS LESS THAN 25 MG /L, REPEAT TREATMENT. G. FLUSH DISINFECTANT FROM SYSTEM UNTIL RESIDUAL IS EQUAL TO THAT OF INCOMING WATER OR 1.0 MG /L. H. TAKE SAMPLES NO SOONER THAN 24 HOURS AFTER FLUSHING, FROM 10 PERCENT OF OUTLETS AND FROM WATER ENTRY, AND ANALYZE IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWWA C651. 3.04 SCHEDULES A. PIPE HANGER SPACING: 1. METAL PIPING: A. PIPE SIZE: 1/2 INCHES TO 1 -1/4 INCHES: 1) MAXIMUM HANGER SPACING: 6.5 FT. 2) HANGER ROD DIAMETER: 3/8 INCHES. B. PIPE SIZE: 1 -1/2 INCHES TO 2 INCHES: 1) MAXIMUM HANGER SPACING: 10 FT. 2) HANGER ROD DIAMETER: 3/8 INCHES. SECTION 221006 - PLUMBING PIPING SPECIALTIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. CLEANOUTS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CLEANOUTS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. JAY R. SMITH MANUFACTURING COMPANY 2. JOSAM COMPANY 3. ZURN INDUSTRIES, INC B. CLEANOUTS AT INTERIOR FINISHED FLOOR AREAS: 1. LACQUERED CAST IRON BODY WITH ANCHOR FLANGE, REVERSIBLE CLAMPING COLLAR, THREADED TOP ASSEMBLY, AND ROUND GASKETED SCORED COVER IN SERVICE AREAS AND ROUND GASKETED DEPRESSED COVER TO ACCEPT FLOOR FINISH IN FINISHED FLOOR AREAS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. EXTEND CLEANOUTS TO FINISHED FLOOR. LUBRICATE THREADED CLEANOUT PLUGS WITH MIXTURE OF GRAPHITE AND LINSEED OIL. ENSURE CLEARANCE AT CLEANOUT FOR RODDING OF DRAINAGE SYSTEM. C. INSTALL FLOOR CLEANOUTS AT ELEVATION TO ACCOMMODATE FINISHED FLOOR. D. CLEANOUTS SHALL MEET THE PLUMBING CODE REQUIREMENTS. CLEANOUTS SHALL BE PROVIDED EVERY 75' FOR 4" & SMALLER, 100' FOR 5" & LARGER, AT THE BASE OF ALL SANITARY & STORM STACKS & AT CHANGES IN DIRECTION OF MORE THAN 45 DEGREES EXCEPT NOT MORE THAN ONE IN EVERY 40' OF RUN AND AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. SECTION 22 3000 - PLUMBING EQUIPMENT PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. WATER HEATERS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 WATER HEATER MANUFACTURERS A. A.O. SMITH WATER PRODUCTS CO B. BOCK WATER HEATERS, INC C. RHEEM MANUFACTURING COMPANY 2.02 COMMERCIAL ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS A. TYPE: FACTORY- ASSEMBLED AND WIRED, ELECTRIC, VERTICAL STORAGE. B. TANK: GLASS LINED WELDED STEEL; 4 INCH DIAMETER INSPECTION PORT, THERMALLY INSULATED WITH MINIMUM 2 INCHES GLASS FIBER ENCASED IN CORROSION- RESISTANT STEEL JACKET; BAKED -ON ENAMEL FINISH. C. CONTROLS: AUTOMATIC IMMERSION WATER THERMOSTAT; EXTERNALLY ADJUSTABLE TEMPERATURE RANGE FROM 60 TO 180 DEGREES F, FLANGED OR SCREW -IN NICHROME ELEMENTS, HIGH TEMPERATURE LIMIT THERMOSTAT. D. ACCESSORIES: BRASS WATER CONNECTIONS AND DIP TUBE, DRAIN VALVE, MAGNESIUM ANODE, AND ASME RATED TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE. E. HEATING ELEMENTS: FLANGE- MOUNTED IMMERSION ELEMENTS; INDIVIDUAL ELEMENTS SHEATHED WITH INCOLOY CORROSION- RESISTANT METAL ALLOY, RATED LESS THAN 75 WATTS PER SQUARE INCH. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL PLUMBING EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, AS REQUIRED BY CODE, AND COMPLYING WITH CONDITIONS OF CERTIFICATION, IF ANY. B. COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING PIPING AND RELATED ELECTRICAL WORK TO ACHIEVE OPERATING SYSTEM. SECTION 22 4000 - PLUMBING FIXTURES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. WATER CLOSETS. B. LAVATORIES AND FAUCETS. C. SINKS AND FAUCETS. D. SERVICE SINKS AND FAUCETS. E. DRINKING FOUNTAINS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TANK TYPE WATER CLOSETS A. WATER CLOSET MANUFACTURERS: 1. AMERICAN STANDARD INC 2. ELJER 3. KOHLER COMPANY 4. OR APPROVED EQUAL B. BOWL 1. ASME A112.19.2; FLOOR MOUNTED, SIPHON JET, VITREOUS CHINA, 16.5 INCHES HIGH, CLOSE- COUPLED CLOSET COMBINATION WITH ELONGATED RIM, INSULATED VITREOUS CHINA CLOSET TANK WITH FITTINGS AND LEVER FLUSHING VALVE, BOLT CAPS. C. SEAT MANUFACTURERS: 1. AMERICAN STANDARD INC 2. CHURCH SEAT COMPANY 3. OLSONITE D. SEAT: 1. SOLID WHITE PLASTIC, OPEN FRONT, BRASS BOLTS, WITH COVER. B. SECTION 224000 PLUMBING FIXTURES (CONT.) 2.02 LAVATORIES A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. AMERICAN STANDARD INC 2. ELJER 3. KOHLER COMPANY 4. OR APPROVED EQUAL VITREOUS CHINA WALL HUNG BASIN: 1. ASME A112.19.2; VITREOUS CHINA WALL HUNG LAVATORY 20 X 18 1/4" INCH MINIMUM, WITH RECTANGULAR BASIN WITH SPLASH LIP, REAR OVERFLOW, AND SOAP DEPRESSION. A. DRILLING CENTERS: 4 INCH. C. SUPPLY FAUCET MANUFACTURERS: 1. DELTA FAUCET 2. ELJER 3. KOHLER COMPANY 4. OR APPROVED EQUAL D. SUPPLY FAUCET: 1. ASME A112.18.1; CHROME PLATED COMBINATION SUPPLY FITTING WITH . OPEN GRID STRAINER, WATER ECONOMY AERATOR WITH MAXIMUM 2.0 GPM FLOW, SINGLE LEVER HANDLE. E. ACCESSORIES: 1. CHROME PLATED 17 GAGE BRASS P -TRAP WITH CLEAN -OUT PLUG AND ARM WITH ESCUTCHEON. 2 OFFSET WASTE WITH PERFORATED OPEN STRAINER. 3. FLEXIBLE SUPPLIES. 4. CARRIER A. MANUFACTURERS: 1) JOSAM COMPANY 2) SLOAN VALVE COMPANY 3) ZURN INDUSTRIES, INC B. ASME Al 12.6.1 M; CAST IRON AND STEEL FRAME WITH TUBULAR LEGS, LUGS FOR FLOOR AND WALL ATTACHMENT, CONCEALED ARM SUPPORTS, BEARING PLATE AND STUDS. 2.03 KITCHEN SINKS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. ELKAY 2. ELJER 3. KOHLER COMPANY 4. OR APPROVED EQUAL B. SINGLE COMPARTMENT BOWL: 1. ASME A112.19.3;191/2" X 19" X 5 1/2" INCH OUTSIDE DIMENSIONS, 18 GAGE THICK, TYPE 304 STAINLESS STEEL, SELF RIMMING AND UNDERCOATED, WITH LEDGE BACK DRILLED FOR TRIM. A. DRAIN: 1 -1/2 INCH CHROMED BRASS DRAIN. C. SUPPLY FAUCET: 1. ASME A112.18.1; CHROME PLATED COMBINATION SUPPLY FITTING WITH OPEN GRID STRAINER, WATER ECONOMY AERATOR MAXIMUM 2.0 GPM FLOW, SINGLE LEVER HANDLE. D. ACCESSORIES: CHROME PLATED 17 GAGE BRASS P -TRAP WITH CLEAN -OUT PLUG AND ARM WITH ESCUTCHEON, WHEEL HANDLE STOP, FLEXIBLE SUPPI.IES. 2.04 DRINKING FOUNTAINS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. ELKAY MANUFACTURING COMPANY 2. HALSEY TAYLOR 3. HAWS CORPORATION 4. OR APPROVED EQUAL B. FOUNTAIN: 1. 18 GAGE TYPE 304 STAINLESS STEEL FULLY EXPOSED TWO-LEVEL FOUNTAIN S 0 OU N BASINS WITH LOWER BASIN ON THE RIGHT. 2. 16 GAUGE TYPE 304 STAINLESS STEEL TUBULAR SUPPORT ARMS. 3. ADA COMPLIANT WITH SAFETY BUBBLERS, VANDAL RESISTANT PUSH BUTTONS, AND VALVE AND IN -LINE FLOW REGULATOR. C. ACCESSORIES: CHROME PLATED 17 GAGE BRASS P -TRAP WITH CLEAN -OUT PLUG AND ARM WITH ESCUTCHEON, WHEEL HANDLE STOP, FLEXIBLE SUPPLIES. 2.05 SERVICE SINKS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. KOHLER 2. ELKAY MANUFACTURING COMPANY 3. JUST MANUFACTURING COMPANY 4. OR APPROVED EQUAL B. BOWL 1. ASME Al12.19.1M; 28' X 28" X 13 ".:INCH DEEP, CAST IRON SERVICE SINK, WITH ACID RESISTANT ENAMEL FINISH, CHROME PLATED STRAINER, COATED WIRE RIM GUARD, CAST IRON P -TRAP WITH ADJUSTABLE FLOOR FLANGE. C. FAUCET AND TRIM: 1. ASME A112.18.1 EXPOSED WALL TYPE SUPPLY WITH CROSS HANDLES, SPOUT WALL BRACE, VACUUM BREAKER, HOSE END SPOUT, STRAINERS, ECCENTRIC ADJUSTABLE INLETS, INTEGRAL SCREWDRIVER STOPS WITH COVERING CAPS AND ADJUSTABLE THREADED WALL FLANGES. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL EACH FIXTURE WITH TRAP, EASILY REMOVABLE FOR SERVICING AND CLEANING. B. PROVIDE CHROME PLATED RIGID OR FLEXIBLE SUPPLIES TO FIXTURES WITH LOOSE KEY STOPS, REDUCERS, AND ESCUTCHEONS. C. NSTALL COMPONENTS LEVEL AND PLUMB. D. SEAL FIXTURES TO WALL AND FLOOR SURFACES WITH SEALANT, COLOR TO MATCH FIXTURE. E. SOLIDLY ATTACH WATER CLOSETS TO FLOOR WITH LAG SCREWS. LEAD FLASHING IS NOT INTENDED HOLD FIXTURE IN PLACE. F. ALL FIXTURES TO BE PROVIDED WITH TRAPS INCLUDING FLOOR DRAINS & OPEN HUBS. G. WHERE FIXTURE TRAP ARMS (FROM TRAP TO VENT) EXCEED THE MAXIMUM LENGTH PERMITTED BY CODE, INCREASE FIXTURE TRAP ARM PIPE SIZE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PLUMBING CODE. 3.02 INTERFACE WITH WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS A. REVIEW MILLWORK SHOP DRAWINGS. CONFIRM LOCATION AND SIZE OF FIXTURES AND OPENINGS BEFORE ROUGH -IN AND INSTALLATION. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. ADJUST STOPS OR VALVES FOR INTENDED WATER FLOW RATE TO FIXTURES WITHOUT SPLASHING, NOISE, OR OVERFLOW. 104 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. CLEAN PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT. 0 es (,„ REVIEWED FOR f CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 13 2009 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF 1UKVM - H l ( 1 '9 2009 PERMIT CENTER DISCLAIMER: NOT ALL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS APPLY TO THIS LOCATION. JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 EXPIRES AUGUST 1, 2010 Client: 4 051! KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. Date 05 -05 -09 04 -09 -09 Designed By: PDX Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: SPECIFICATIONS Drawing No.: G -108 SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 23 0553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART I GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. NAMEPLATES. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. BRADY CORPORATION B. CHAMPION AMERICA, INC C. SETON IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS 2.02 NAMEPLATES A. DESCRIPTION: LAMINATED THREE -LAYER PLASTIC WITH ENGRAVED LETTERS. 1. LETTER COLOR: WHITE. 2. LETTER HEIGHT: 1/4 INCH. 3. BACKGROUND COLOR: BLACK. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL PLASTIC NAMEPLATES WITH CORROSIVE- RESISTANT MECHANICAL FASTENERS, OR ADHESIVE. APPLY WITH SUFFICIENT ADHESIVE TO ENSURE PERMANENT ADHESION AND SEAL WITH CLEAR LACQUER. B. IDENTIFY ROOF TOP UNITS, AIR CONDITIONERS, CONDENSING UNITS, BASEBOARD HEATERS, CONDENSATE PUMPS AND EXHAUST FANS WITH PLASTIC NAMEPLATES. C. IDENTIFY UNITS CONTROLLED WITH NAMEPLATES ON ASSOCIATED THERMOSTATS. SECTION 23 0593 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. TESTING, ADJUSTMENT, AND BALANCING OF AIR SYSTEMS. B. MEASUREMENT OF FINAL OPERATING CONDITION OF HVAC SYSTEMS. C. SOUND MEASUREMENT OF EQUIPMENT OPERATING CONDITIONS. D. VIBRATION MEASUREMENT OF'EQUIPMENT OPERATING CONDITIONS. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. PERFORM TOTAL SYSTEM BALANCE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: 1. AABC MN -1, AABC NATIONAL STANDARDS FOR TOTAL SYSTEM BALANCE. 2. NEBB PROCEDURAL STANDARDS FOR TESTING ADJUSTING BALANCING OF ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEMS. 3. SMACNA HVAC SYSTEMS TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING. BEGIN WORK AFTER COMPLETION OF SYSTEMS TO BE TESTED, ADJUSTED, OR BALANCED AND COMPLETE WORK PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. C. WHERE HVAC SYSTEMS AND /OR COMPONENTS INTERFACE WITH LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS, INCLUDING FIRE AND SMOKE DETECTION, ALARM, AND CONTROL, COORDINATE SCHEDULING AND TESTING AND INSPECTION PROCEDURES WITH THE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. TAB AGENCY QUALIFICATIONS: 1. COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN THE TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING OF SYSTEMS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. HAVING MINIMUM OF THREE YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. CERTIFIED BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: a. AABC, ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCE COUNCIL: UPON b. COMPLETION SUBMIT AABC NATIONAL PERFORMANCE GUARANTY. NEBB, NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL BALANCING BUREAU TABB, THE TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING BUREAU OF NATIONAL ENERGY MANAGEMENT INSTITUTE TAB SUPERVISOR AND TECHNICIAN QUALIFICATIONS: CERTIFIED BY SAME ORGANIZATION AS TAB AGENCY. f. SUBMIT A COPY OF THE TEST RESULTS TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR REVIEW. e. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. VERIFY THAT SYSTEMS ARE COMPLETE AND OPERABLE BEFORE COMMENCING WORK. ENSURE THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS: 1. SYSTEMS ARE STARTED AND OPERATING IN A SAFE AND NORMAL CONDITION. 2. PROPER THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION IS IN PLACE FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 3. FINAL FILTERS ARE CLEAN AND IN PLACE. IF REQUIRED, INSTALL TEMPORARY MEDIA IN ADDITION TO FINAL FILTERS. 4. DUCT SYSTEMS ARE CLEAN OF DEBRIS. 5. FANS ARE ROTATING CORRECTLY. 6. AIR OUTLETS ARE INSTALLED AND CONNECTED. 7. DUCT SYSTEM LEAKAGE IS MINIMIZED. 3.03 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. AIR HANDI.ING SYSTEMS: ADJUST TO WITHIN PLUS OR MINUS 5 PERCENT OF DESIGN FOR SUPPLY SYSTEMS AND PLUS OR MINUS 10 PERCENT OF DESIGN FOR RETURN AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS. B. AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS: ADJUST TOTAL TO WITHIN PLUS 10 PERCENT AND MINUS 5 PERCENT OF DESIGN TO SPACE. ADJUST OUTLETS AND INLETS IN SPACE TO WITHIN PLUS OR MINUS 10 PERCENT OF DESIGN. 3.04 RECORDING AND ADJUSTING A. ENSURE RECORDED DATA REPRESENTS ACTUAL MEASURED OR OBSERVED CONDITIONS. B. PERMANENTLY MARK SETTINGS OF VALVES, DAMPERS, AND OTHER ADJUSTMENT DEVICES ALLOWING SETTINGS TO BE RESTORED. SET AND LOCK MEMORY STOPS. C. AFTER ADJUSTMENT, TAKE MEASUREMENTS TO VERIFY BALANCE HAS NOT BEEN DISRUPTED OR THAT SUCH DISRUPTION HAS BEEN RECTIFIED. LEAVE SYSTEMS IN PROPER WORKING ORDER, REPLACING BELT GUARDS, CLOSING ACCESS DOORS, CLOSING DOORS TO ELECTRICAL SWITCH BOXES, AND RESTORING THERMOSTATS TO SPECIFIED SETTINGS. 3.05 AIR SYSTEM PROCEDURE A. ADJUST AIR HANDLING AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS TO PROVIDE REQUIRED OR DESIGN SUPPLY, RETURN, AND EXHAUST AIR QUANTITIES. MAKE AIR QUANTITY MEASUREMENTS IN DUCTS BY PITOT TUBE TRAVERSE OF ENTIRE CROSS SECTIONAL AREA OF DUCT. MEASURE AIR QUANTITIES AT AIR INLETS AND OUTLETS. ADJUST DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM TO OBTAIN UNIFORM SPACE TEMPERATURES FREE FROM OBJECTIONABLE DRAFTS AND NOISE. E. USE VOLUME CONTROL DEVICES TO REGULATE AIR QUANTITIES ONLY TO EXTEND THAT ADJUSTMENTS DO NOT CREATE OBJECTIONABLE AIR MOTION OR SOUND LEVELS. EFFECT VOLUME CONTROL BY DUCT INTERNAL DEVICES SUCH AS DAMPERS AND SPLITTERS. F. PROVIDE SYSTEM SCHEMATIC WITH REQUIRED AND ACTUAL AIR QUANTITIES RECORDED AT EACH OUTLET OR INLET. G. MEASURE STATIC AIR PRESSURE CONDITIONS ON AIR SUPPLY UNITS, INCLUDING FILTER AND COIL PRESSURE DROPS, AND TOTAL PRESSURE ACROSS THE FAN. MAKE ALLOWANCES FOR 50 PERCENT LOADING OF FILTERS. H. ADJUST OUTSIDE AIR AUTOMATIC DAMPERS, OUTSIDE AIR, RETURN AIR, AND EXHAUST DAMPERS FOR DESIGN CONDITIONS. 3.06 SCOPE A. TEST, ADJUST, AND BALANCE THE FOLLOWING: 1. PACKAGED ROOF TOP HEATING /COOLING UNITS 2. SMALL SPLIT SYSTEMS 3. FANS 4. AIR INLETS AND OUTLETS C. D. SECTION 23 0593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC (CONT.) 3.07 MINIMUM DATA TO BE REPORTED A. ELECTRIC MOTORS: 1. MANUFACTURER 2. HP /BHP 3. PHASE, VOLTAGE, AMPERAGE; NAMEPLATE, ACTUAL 4. RPM V -BELT DRIVES: 1. IDENTIFICATION /LOCATION 2. DRIVEN SHEAVE, DIAMETER AND RPM 3. BELT, SIZE AND QUANTITY 4. MOTOR SHEAVE DIAMETER AND RPM AIR MOVING EQUIPMENT: 1. LOCATION 2. MANUFACTURER 3. MODEL NUMBER 4. AIR FLOW, SPECIFIED AND ACTUAL 5. RETURN AIR FLOW, SPECIFIED AND ACTUAL 6. OUTSIDE AIR FLOW, SPECIFIED AND ACTUAL 7. TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE (TOTAL EXTERNAL), SPECIFIED AND ACTUAL 8. SHEAVE MAKE/SIZE/BORE 9. FAN RPM EXHAUST FANS: 1. MANUFACTURER 2. MODEL NUMBER 3. AIR FLOW, SPECIFIED AND ACTUAL 4. TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE (TOTAL EXTERNAL), SPECIFIED AND ACTUAL 5. SHEAVE MAKEISIZE /BORE 6. FAN RPM DUCT TRAVERSES: 1. DUCT SIZE 2. DESIGN VELOCITY 3. DESIGN AIR FLOW 4. TEST VELOCITY 5. TEST AIR FLOW 6. DUCT STATIC PRESSURE DUCT INLETS AND OUTLETS 1. SIZE 2. DESIGN AIRFLOW 3. TEST AIRFLOW DUCT LEAK TESTS: 1. DUCT DESIGN OPERATING PRESSURE 2. DUCT DESIGN TEST STATIC PRESSURE 3. DUCT CAPACITY, AIR FLOW AIR DISTRIBUTION TESTS: 1. AIR TERMINAL NUMBER 2. ROOM NUMBER/LOCATION 3. DESIGN VELOCITY 4. DESIGN AIR FLOW 5. TEST (FINAL) VELOCITY 6. TEST (FINAL) AIR FLOW 7. PERCENT OF DESIGN AIR FLOW SOUND LEVEL REPORTS: 1. LOCATION 2. OCTAVE BANDS - EQUIPMENT OFF 3. OCTAVE BANDS EQUIPMENT ON T VIBRATION TESTS: SS 1. LOCATION OF POINTS: A. FAN BEARING, DRIVE END B. FAN BEARING, OPPOSITE END C. MOTOR BEARING, DRIVE END D. MOTOR BEARING, OPPOSITE END E. DUCT AFTER FLEXIBLE CONNECTION (DISCHARGE) F. DUCT AFTER FLEXIBLE CONNECTION (SUCTION) SECTION 23 0713 - DUCT INSULATION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. DUCT INSULATION. B. DUCT LINER. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL PRODUCTS OF THIS SECTION A. SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS: FLAME SPREAD /SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX OF 25/50, MAXIMUM, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 84, NFPA 255, OR UL 723. 2.02 GLASS FIBER, FLEXIBLE A. MANUFACTURER 1. KNAUF FIBER GLASS 2. JOHNS MANVILLE CORPORATION 3. OWENS CORNING CORP B. INSULATION: ASTM C 553; FLEXIBLE, NONCOMBUSTIBLE BLANKET. 1. 'K' VALUE: 0.36 AT 75 DEGREES F, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 518. 2. MAXIMUM SERVICE TEMPERATURE: 450 DEGREES F. 3. MAXIMUM WATER VAPOR SORPTION: 5.0 PERCENT BY WEIGHT. C. VAPOR BARRIER JACKET: 1. KRAFT PAPER WITH GLASS FIBER YARN AND BONDED TO ALUMINIZED FILM. 2. MOISTURE VAPOR PERMEABILITY: 0.02 PERM INCH, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 96/E 96M. 3. SECURE WITH PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPE. D. VAPOR BARRIER TAPE: 1. KRAFT PAPER REINFORCED WITH GLASS FIBER YARN AND BONDED TO ALUMINIZED FILM, WITH PRESSURE SENSITIVE RUBBER BASED ADHESIVE. E. TIE WIRE: ANNEALED STEEL, 16 GAGE. 2.03 DUCT LINER A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. KNAUF FIBER GLASS 2. JOHNS MANVILLE CORPORATION 3. OWENS CORNING CORP B. INSULATION: INCOMBUSTIBLE GLASS FIBER COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 1071; RIGID BOARD; IMPREGNATED SURFACE AND EDGES COATED WITH POLY VINYL ACETATE POLYMER, OR ACRYLIC POLYMER SHOWN TO BE FUNGUS AND BACTERIA RESISTANT BY TESTING TO ASTM G 21. 1. APPARENT THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY: MAXIMUM OF 0.31 AT 75 DEGREES F. 2. SERVICE TEMPERATURE: UP TO 250 DEGREES F. 3. RATED VELOCITY ON COATED AIR SIDE FOR AIR EROSION: 5,000 FPM, MINIMUM. 4 MINIMUM NOISE REDUCTION COEFFICIENTS: a. 1 INCH THICKNESS: 0.45. b. ADHESIVE: WATERPROOF, FIRE - RETARDANT TYPE. c. LINER FASTENERS: GALVANIZED STEEL, SELF - ADHESIVE PAD WITH INTEGRAL HEAD. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. INSULATED DUCTS CONVEYING AIR BELOW AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: 1. PROVIDE INSULATION WITH VAPOR BARRIER JACKETS. 2. FINISH WITH TAPE AND VAPOR BARRIER JACKET. 3 INSULATE ENTIRE SYSTEM INCLUDING FITTINGS, JOINTS, FLANGES, FIRE DAMPERS, FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS, AND EXPANSION JOINTS. C. INSULATED DUCTS CONVEYING AIR ABOVE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: 1. PROVIDE WITH STANDARD VAPOR BARRIER JACKET. 2 INSULATE FITTINGS AND JOINTS. WHERE SERVICE ACCESS IS REQUIRED, BEVEL AND SEAL ENDS OF INSULATION. SECTION 23 0713 - DUCT INSULATION (CONT.) D. EXTERNAL DUCT INSULATION APPLICATION: 1. SECURE INSULATION WITH VAPOR BARRIER WITH WIRES AND SEAL JACKET JOINTS WITH VAPOR BARRIER ADHESIVE OR TAPE TO MATCH JACKET. 2. SECURE INSULATION WITHOUT VAPOR BARRIER WITH STAPLES, TAPE, OR WIRES. 3. INSTALL WITHOUT SAG ON UNDERSIDE OF DUCT. USE ADHESIVE OR MECHANICAL FASTENERS WHERE NECESSARY TO PREVENT SAGGING. LIFT DUCT OFF TRAPEZE HANGERS AND INSERT SPACERS. 4. SEAL VAPOR BARRIER PENETRATIONS BY MECHANICAL FASTENERS WITH VAPOR BARRIER ADHESIVE. 5. STOP AND POINT INSULATION AROUND ACCESS DOORS AND DAMPER OPERATORS TO ALLOW OPERATION WITHOUT DISTURBING WRAPPING. E. DUCT AND PLENUM LINER APPLICATION: 1. ADHERE INSULATION WITH ADHESIVE FOR 100 PERCENT COVERAGE. 2. DUCT DIMENSIONS INDICATED ARE NET INSIDE DIMENSIONS REQUIRED FOR AIR FLOW. INCREASE DUCT SIZE TO ALLOW FOR INSULATION THICKNESS. SECTION 23 0719 - HVAC PIPING INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. PIPING INSULATION. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL PRODUCTS OF THIS SECTION A. SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS: FLAME SPREAD /SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX OF 25/50, MAXIMUM, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 84, NFPA 255, OR UL 723. 2.02 FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC CELLULAR INSULATION A. MANUFACTURER: 1. ARMACELL INTERNATIONAL B. INSULATION: PREFORMED FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC CELLULAR RUBBER INSULATION COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 534 GRADE 3; USE MOLDED TUBULAR MATERIAL WHEREVER POSSIBLE. 1. MINIMUM SERVICE TEMPERATURE: -40 DEGREES F. 2. MAXIMUM SERVICE TEMPERATURE: 220 DEGREES F. 3. CONNECTION: WATERPROOF VAPOR BARRIER ADHESIVE. C. ELASTOMERIC FOAM ADHESIVE: AIR DRIED, CONTACT ADHESIVE, COMPATIBLE WITH INSULATION. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. EXPOSED PIPING: LOCATE INSULATION AND COVER SEAMS IN LEAST VISIBLE LOCATIONS. C. CONTINUE INSULATION THROUGH WALLS, SLEEVES, PIPE HANGERS, AND OTHER PIPE PENETRATIONS. FINISH AT SUPPORTS, PROTRUSIONS, AND INTERRUPTIONS. SECTION 23 2113 - HYDRONIC PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS FOR: 1. HEATING WATER PIPING SYSTEM. B. VALVES: 1. BALL VALVES. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 HEATING WATER PIPING, ABOVE GROUND A. COPPER TUBE: ASTM B 88 (ASTM B 88M), TYPE K (A), DRAWN. 1. FITTINGS: ASME B16.18, CAST BRASS, OR ASME B16.22, SOLDER WROUGHT COPPER. 2. TEE CONNECTIONS: MECHANICALLY EXTRACTED COLLARS WITH NOTCHED AND DIMPLED BRANCH TUBE. 3. JOINTS: SOLDER, LEAD FREE, 95-5 TIN - ANTIMONY, OR TIN AND SILVER. 2.02 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. CONFORM TO ASME B31.9. B. HANGERS FOR PIPE SIZES 1/2 TO 1 -1/2 INCH: MALLEABLE IRON, ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL, SPLIT RING. C. VERTICAL SUPPORT: STEEL RISER CLAMP. D. COPPER PIPE SUPPORT: CARBON STEEL RING, ADJUSTABLE, COPPER PLATED. E. HANGER RODS: MILD STEEL THREADED BOTH ENDS, THREADED ONE END, OR CONTINUOUS THREADED. 2.03 UNIONS, FLANGES, AND COUPLINGS A. UNIONS FOR PIPE 2 INCHES AND UNDER: 1. COPPER PIPE: BRONZE, SOLDERED JOINTS. 2.04 BALL VALVES A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. CONBRACO INDUSTRIES; WWW.CONBRACO.COM. 2. NIBCO, INC; WWW.NIBCO.COM. 3. MILWAUKEE VALVE COMPANY; WWW.MILWAUKEEVALVE.COM. . UP TO AND INCLUDING 2 INCHES: 1. BRONZE ONE PIECE BODY, CHROME PLATED BRASS BALL, TEFLON SEATS AND STUFFING BOX RING, LEVER HANDLE WITH BALANCING STOPS, SOLDER ENDS WITH UNION. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. ROUTE PIPING IN ORDERLY MANNER, PARALLEL TO BUILDING STRUCTURE, AND MAINTAIN GRADIENT. INSTALL PIPING TO CONSERVE BUILDING SPACE AND TO AVOID INTERFERE WITH USE OF SPACE. GROUP PIPING WHENEVER PRACTICAL AT COMMON ELEVATIONS. SLOPE PIPING AND ARRANGE TO DRAIN AT LOW POINTS. PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: 1. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASME B31.9. 2. SUPPORT HORIZONTAL PIPING AS SCHEDULED. 3. PLACE HANGERS WITHIN 12 INCHES OF EACH HORIZONTAL ELBOW. 3.02 SCHEDULES A. HANGER SPACING FOR COPPER TUBING. 1. 1/2 INCH AND 3/4 INCH: MAXIMUM SPAN, 5 FEET; MINIMUM ROD SIZE, 1/4 INCH. 2 1 INCH: MAXIMUM SPAN, 6 FEET; MINIMUM ROD SIZE, 1/4 INCH. 3 1 -1/2 INCH AND 2 INCH: MAXIMUM SPAN, 8 FEET; MINIMUM ROD SIZE, 3/8 INCH. E. F. SECTION 23 2300 - REFRIGERANT PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. PIPING. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPING A. COPPER TUBE: ASTM B 280, H58 HARD DRAWN OR 060 SOFT ANNEALED. 1. FITTINGS: ASME B16.22 WROUGHT COPPER. 2. JOINTS: BRAZE, AWS A5.8 BCUP SILVER/PHOSPHORUS /COPPER ALLOY. B. PIPE SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS: 1. CONFORM TO ASME B31.5. 2. HANGERS FOR PIPE SIZES 1/2 TO 1 -1/2 INCH: MALLEABLE IRON ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL, SPLIT RING. 3. WALL SUPPORT FOR PIPE SIZES TO 3 INCHES: CAST IRON HOOK. 4. COPPER PIPE SUPPORT: CARBON STEEL RING, ADJUSTABLE, COPPER PLATED. 5. HANGER RODS: MILD STEEL THREADED BOTH ENDS, THREADED ONE END, OR CONTINUOUS THREADED. SECTION 23 2300 - REFRIGERANT PIPING (CONT.) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL REFRIGERATION SPECIALTIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. ROUTE PIPING IN ORDERLY MANNER, WITH PLUMBING PARALLEL TO BUILDING STRUCTURE, AND MAINTAIN GRADIENT. C. INSTALL PIPING TO CONSERVE BUILDING SPACE AND AVOID INTERFERENCE WITH USE OF SPACE. D. INSTALL PIPING TO ALLOW FOR EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION WITHOUT STRESSING PIPE, JOINTS, OR CONNECTED EQUIPMENT. E. PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: 1. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASME B31.5. 2. SUPPORT HORIZONTAL PIPING AS SCHEDULED. 3. INSTALL HANGERS TO PROVIDE MINIMUM 1/2 INCH SPACE BETWEEN FINISHED COVERING AND ADJACENT WORK. 4. PLACE HANGERS WITHIN 12 INCHES OF EACH HORIZONTAL ELBOW. 5. PROVIDE COPPER PLATED HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR COPPER PIPING. F. ARRANGE PIPING TO RETURN OIL TO COMPRESSOR. PROVIDE TRAPS AND LOOPS IN PIPING, AND PROVIDE DOUBLE RISERS AS REQUIRED. SLOPE HORIZONTAL PIPING 0.40 PERCENT IN DIRECTION OF FLOW. G. FLOOD PIPING SYSTEM WITH NITROGEN WHEN BRAZING. H. FOLLOW ASHRAE STD 15 PROCEDURES FOR CHARGING AND PURGING OF SYSTEMS AND FOR DISPOSAL OF REFRIGERANT. I. FULLY CHARGE COMPLETED SYSTEM WITH REFRIGERANT AFTER TESTING. 3.02 SCHEDULES A. HANGER SPACING FOR COPPER TUBING. 1. 1/2 INCH, 5/8 INCH, AND 7/8 INCH OD: MAXIMUM SPAN, 5 FEET; MINIMUM ROD SIZE, 1/4 INCH SECTION 23 3100 HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. METAL DUCTWORK. B. DUCT CLEANING. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. GALVANIZED STEEL DUCTS: HOT- DIPPED GALVANIZED STEEL SHEET, ASTM A 653/A 653M FS TYPE B, WITH G602180 COATING. B. STEEL DUCTS: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, DESIGNATION CS, COLD- ROLLED COMMERCIAL STEEL. C. INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCTS: 1. TWO PLY VINYL FILM SUPPORTED BY HELICALLY WOUND SPRING STEEL WIRE; FIBERGLASS INSULATION; POLYETHYLENE VAPOR BARRIER FILM. A. PRESSURE RATING: 10 INCHES WG POSITIVE AND 1.0 INCHES WG NEGATIVE. B. MAXIMUM VELOCITY: 4000 FPM. C. TEMPERATURE RANGE: -10 DEGREES F TO 160 DEGREES F. 2. RUNS OF FLEXIBLE DUCT ARE NOT TO EXCEED 5 FEET IN LENGTH. 2.02 DUCTWORK FABRICATION A. FABRICATE AND SUPPORT IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE, AND AS INDICATED. PROVIDE DUCT MATERIAL, GAGES, REINFORCING, AND SEALING FOR OPERATING PRESSURES INDICATED. B. CONSTRUCT TS, BENDS, AND ELBOWS WITH RADIUS OF NOT LESS THAN 1 -1/2 TIMES WIDTH OF DUCT ON CENTERLINE. WHERE NOT POSSIBLE AND WHERE RECTANGULAR ELBOWS MUST BE USED, PROVIDE AIR FOIL TURNING VANES. WHERE ACOUSTICAL LINING IS INDICATED, PROVIDE TURNING VANES OF PERFORATED METAL WITH GLASS FIBER INSULATION. C. INCREASE DUCT SIZES GRADUALLY, NOT EXCEEDING 15 DEGREES DIVERGENCE WHEREVER POSSIBLE; MAXIMUM 30 DEGREES DIVERGENCE UPSTREAM OF EQUIPMENT AND 45 DEGREES CONVERGENCE DOWNSTREAM. PART 3 EXECUTION 101 INSTALLATION A. DUCT SIZES INDICATED ARE INSIDE CLEAR DIMENSIONS. FOR LINED DUCTS, MAINTAIN SIZES INSIDE LINING. B. INSTALL AND SEAL METAL AND FLEXIBLE DUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE. C. LOCATE DUCTS WITH SUFFICIENT SPACE AROUND EQUIPMENT TO ALLOW NORMAL OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES. D. USE CRIMP JOINTS WITH OR WITHOUT BEAD FOR JOINING ROUND DUCT SIZES 8 INCH AND SMALLER WITH CRIMP IN DIRECTION OF AIR FLOW. E. USE DOUBLE NUTS AND LOCK WASHERS ON THREADED ROD SUPPORTS. F. CONNECT DIFFUSERS OR LIGHT TROFFER BOOTS TO LOW PRESSURE DUCTS DIRECTLY OR WITH 5 FEET MAXIMUM LENGTH OF FLEXIBLE DUCT HELD IN PLACE WITH NYLON DRAW BAND. G. CONNECT FLEXIBLE DUCTS TO METAL DUCTS WITH ADHESIVE. H. DURING CONSTRUCTION PROVIDE TEMPORARY CLOSURES OF METAL OR TAPED POLYETHYLENE ON OPEN DUCTWORK TO PREVENT CONSTRUCTION DUST FROM ENTERING DUCTWORK SYSTEM. I. PROVIDE MISCELLANEOUS STEEL REQUIRED TO ENSURE PROPER INSTALLATION AND AS SHOWN IN DETAILS FOR DUCTWORK J. COORDINATE ALL DUCTWORK SUPPORTED FROM STRUCTURAL STEEL . MAKE ALL ATTACHMENTS TO STEEL BAR JOISTS, TRUSSES, OR JOIST GIRDERS AT PANEL POINTS. PROVIDE BEAM CLAMPS MEETING MSS STANDARDS. DO NOT WELD ATTACHMENTS TO STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. DO NOT USE C- CLAMPS FOR ATTACHMENTS. DRILLING OF STRUCTURAL STEEL FOR ATTACHMENTS IN NOT PERMITTED. K. DO NOT SUPPORT MECHANICAL DUCTWORK FROM THE METAL DECK. L UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, DUCTWORK IS OVERHEAD, TIGHT TO THE UNDERSIDE OF THE STRUCTURE OR AS OTHERWISE REQUIRED WITH SPACE FOR INSULATION AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE OFFSETS IN DUCTS, INCLUDING TRANSITIONS AROUND OBSTRUCTIONS, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST. 3.02 CLEANING A. CLEAN DUCT SYSTEMS WITH HIGH POWER VACUUM MACHINES. PROTECT EQUIPMENT WHICH MAY BE HARMED BY EXCESSIVE DIRT WITH FILTERS, OR BYPASS DURING CLEANING. PROVIDE ADEQUATE ACCESS INTO DUCTWORK FOR CLEANING PURPOSES. 3.03 SCHEDULES A. DUCTWORK PRESSURE CLASS: 1. ALL DUCTS: 2 INCHES. SECTION 23 3300 - AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. AIR TURNING DEVICES/EXTRACTORS. B. DUCT ACCESS DOORS. C. DUCT TEST HOLES. D. FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS. E. VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 AIR TURNING DEVICES /EXTRACTORS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. KRUEGER 2. RUSKIN COMPANY 3. TITUS 4. OR APPROVED EQUAL B. MULTI -BLADE DEVICE WITH RADIUS BLADES ATTACHED TO PIVOTING FRAME AND BRACKET, STEEL CONSTRUCTION, WITH PUSH -PULL OPERATOR STRAP. RECEIV CITY OF TU LA MAY 2\9 2009 PERMIT CENTER SECTION 23 3300 - AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES (CONT.) 2.02 DUCT ACCESS DOORS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1.' NAILOR INDUSTRIES INC 2. RUSKIN COMPANY 3. SEMCO INCORPORATED B. FABRICATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE, AND AS INDICATED. 2.03 DUCT TEST HOLES A. TEMPORARY TEST HOLES: CUT OR DRILL IN DUCTS AS REQUIRED. CAP WITH NEAT PATCHES, NEOPRENE PLUGS, THREADED PLUGS, OR THREADED OR TWIST -ON METAL CAPS. 2.04 FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS A. FABRICATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE, AND AS INDICATED. FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS: FABRIC CRIMPED INTO METAL EDGING STRIP. 1. FABRIC: UL LISTED FIRE - RETARDANT NEOPRENE COATED WOVEN GLASS FIBER FABRIC TO NFPA 90A, MINIMUM DENSITY 30 OZ PER SQ YD. A . NET FABRIC WIDTH: APPROXIMATELY 6 INCHES WIDE. 2. METAL: 3 INCHES WIDE, 24 GAGE THICK GALVANIZED STEEL. 2.05 VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. LOUVERS & DAMPERS, INC: 2. NAILOR INDUSTRIES INC 3. RUSKIN COMPANY FABRICATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE, AND AS INDICATED. SINGLE BLADE DAMPERS: FABRICATE FOR DUCT SIZES UP TO 6 X 30 INCH. MULTI -BLADE DAMPER: FABRICATE OF OPPOSED BLADE PATTERN WITH MAXIMUM BLADE SIZES 8 X 72 INCH. ASSEMBLE CENTER AND EDGE CRIMPED BLADES IN PRIME COATED OR GALVANIZED CHANNEL FRAME WITH SUITABLE HARDWARE. E END BEARINGS: EXCEPT IN ROUND DUCTS 12 INCHES AND SMALLER, PROVIDE END BEARINGS. ON MULTIPLE BLADE DAMPERS, PROVIDE OIL- IMPREGNATED NYLON OR SINTERED BRONZE BEARINGS. F QUADRANTS: 1. PROVIDE LOCKING, INDICATING QUADRANT REGULATORS ON SINGLE AND MULTI -BLADE DAMPERS. 2. ON INSULATED DUCTS MOUNT QUADRANT REGULATORS ON STAND -OFF MOUNTING BRACKETS, BASES, OR ADAPTERS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL ACCESSORIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, NFPA 90A, AND FOLLOW SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE. REFER TO SECTION 23 3100 FOR DUCT CONSTRUCTION AND PRESSURE CLASS. PROVIDE DUCT ACCESS DOORS FOR INSPECTION AND CLEANING BEFORE AND AFTER FILTERS, COILS, FANS, AUTOMATIC DAMPERS, AT FIRE DAMPERS, COMBINATION FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPERS, AND ELSEWHERE AS INDICATED. PROVIDE MINIMUM 8 X 8 INCH SIZE FOR HAND ACCESS, 18 X 18 INCH SIZE FOR SHOULDER ACCESS, AND AS INDICATED. PROVIDE 4 X 4 INCH FOR BALANCING DAMPERS ONLY. REVIEW LOCATIONS PRIOR TO FABRICATION. PROVIDE DUCT TEST HOLES WHERE INDICATED AND REQUIRED FOR TESTING AND BALANCING PURPOSES. AT FANS AND MOTORIZED EQUIPMENT ASSOCIATED WITH DUCTS, PROVIDE FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT TO THE EQUIPMENT. E GROUND DUCTS ACROSS FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS WITH FLEXIBLE UL LISTED COPPER GROUNDING STRAPS. GROUNDING STRAPS SHALL BE MECHANICALLY SECURED TO METAL COMPONENTS ON BOTH SIDES OF THE FLEXIBLE CONNECTION TO THE EQUIPMENT AND /OR DUCT USING UL LISTED GROUNDING HARDWARE. F. PROVIDE BALANCING DAMPERS AT POINTS ON SUPPLY, RETURN, AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS WHERE BRANCHES ARE TAKEN FROM LARGER DUCTS AS REQUIRED FOR AIR BALANCING. INSTALL MINIMUM 2 DUCT WIDTHS FROM DUCT TAKE -OFF. PROVIDE BALANCING DAMPERS CN DUCT TAKE -OFF TO DIFFUSERS, GRILLES, AND REGISTERS, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER DAMPERS ARE SPECIFIED AS PART OF THE DIFFUSER, GRILLE, OR REGISTER ASSEMBLY. PROVIDE ALL 90 DEGREE SQUARE ELBOWS WITH DOUBLE RADIUS TURNING VANES UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. SECTION 23 3600 - AIR TERMINAL UNITS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. VARIABLE VOLUME BYPASS TERMINAL UNITS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. NAILOR, 3400 SERIES. B. OTHER ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS OFFERING EQUIVALENT PRODUCTS. 1. CARNES, MODEL ABB. 2. KRUEGER, MODEL KLB. 2.02 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. CEILING MOUNTED VARIABLE AIR VOLUME SUPPLY AIR CONTROL TERMINALS FOR CONNECTION TO SINGLE DUCT, CENTRAL AIR SYSTEMS, WITH ELECTRONIC VARIABLE VOLUME CONTROLS. 2.03 SINGLE DUCT VARIABLE VOLUME UNITS A. BASIC ASSEMBLY: 1. CASINGS: MINIMUM 22 GAGE GALVANIZED STEEL. 2. LINING: MINIMUM 1/2 INCH THICK NEOPRENE OR VINYL COATED FIBROUS GLASS INSULATION, 1.5 LB /CU FT DENSITY, MEETING NFPA 90A REQUIREMENTS AND UL 181 EROSION REQUIREMENTS. FACE LINING WITH MYLAR FILM. 3. AIR INLETS: ROUND STUB CONNECTIONS FOR DUCT ATTACHMENT. 4. AIR OUTLETS: S SLIP AND DRIVE CONNECTIONS. B. BASIC UNIT: 1. CONFIGURATION: BYPASS TERMINAL UNIT WITH "FLOW DIVERTER" DAMPER OR VALVE, INTEGRAL BYPASS BALANCING DAMPER, AND STATIC PRESSURE TAPS FOR AIR BALANCING. INLET AIR BALANCING DAMPER MAY BE INTEGRAL TO UNIT OR PROVIDED SEPARATELY IN DUCTWORK. 2 VOLUME DAMPER: CONSTRUCT OF HEAVY DUTY GALVANIZED STEEL WITH PERIPHERAL GASKET AND SELF LUBRICATING BEARINGS; MAXIMUM DAMPER LEAKAGE: 2 PERCENT OF DESIGN AIR FLOW AT 1 INCH RATED INLET STATIC PRESSURE. 3. MOUNT DAMPER OPERATOR TO POSITION DAMPER NORMALLY OPEN. C. AUTOMATIC DAMPER OPERATOR: 1. ANALOG ELECTRONIC CONTROLS ACTUATOR: 24 VOLT WITH HIGH LIMIT. D. THERMOSTAT: ELECTRONIC TYPE WITH APPROPRIATE MOUNTING HARDWARE. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. SUPPORT UNITS INDIVIDUALLY FROM STRUCTURE. DO NOT SUPPORT FROM ADJACENT DUCTWORK. C. PROVIDE MINIMUM 5 FT LENGTH OF 1 INCH THICK LINED DUCTWORK DOWNSTREAM OF UNITS. LINED DUCT I.D. SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN THE TERMINAL UNIT I.D. D. PROVIDE 120 VOLT /60 HERTZ TO 24VAC TRANSFORMER. 3.02 ADJUSTING A. RESET VOLUME WITH DAMPER OPERATOR. DAMPER OPERATOR SHALL PROVIDE FLOW RANGE MODULATION FROM 100 PERCENT TO 30 PERCENT OF DESIGN FLOW. DISCLAIMER: NOT ALL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS APPLY TO THIS LOCATION. JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 RVEIEWEDFOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVen JUL 13 Aid City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION EXPIRES AUGUST 1, 2010 Client: KeyBan k 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. B Designed By: PDX Date 05 -05 -09 Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID 04-09 -09 DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: Checked By: KAH MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: SPECIFICATIONS Drawing No.: G -109 X6 `1 -086 SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 23 3700 - AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. DIFFUSERS. B. REGISTERS /GRILLES. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. TITUS B. NO SUBSTITUTIONS 2.02 RECTANGULAR CEILING DIFFUSERS A. TYPE: SQUARE, 22 -GAUGE STEEL FACE PANEL THAT CAPTURES A SECONDARY 22 -GAUGE PANEL. FACE PANEL REMOVABLE BY MEANS OF FOUR HANGER BRACKETS. EXPOSED SURFACE SMOOTH, FLAT AND FREE OF FASTENERS. BACKPAN SHALL BE ONE -PIECE DIE - STAMPED WITH INTEGRALLY DRAWN INLET. B. FRAME: SURFACE MOUNT TYPE. IN PLASTER CEILINGS, PROVIDE PLASTER FRAME AND CEILING FRAME. C. FABRICATION: STEEL WITH BAKED ENAMEL OFF -WHITE FINISH. D. ACCESSORIES: RADIAL OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER AND MULTI - LOUVERED EQUALIZING GRID WITH DAMPER ADJUSTABLE FROM DIFFUSER FACE. 2.03 CEILING EXHAUST AND RETURN REGISTERS /GRILLES A. TYPE: STREAMLINED BLADES, 3/4 INCH MINIMUM DEPTH, 3/4 INCH MAXIMUM SPACING, WITH BLADES SET AT 45 DEGREES, VERTICAL FACE. B. FRAME: 1 -1/4 INCH MARGIN WITH COUNTERSUNK SCREW MOUNTING. C. FABRICATION: STEEL WITH 20 GAGE MINIMUM FRAMES AND 22 GAGE MINIMUM BLADES, STEEL AND ALUMINUM WITH 20 GAGE MINIMUM FRAME, OR ALUMINUM EXTRUSIONS, WITH FACTORY OFF -WHITE ENAMEL FINISH, COLOR TO BE SELECTED. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. CHECK LOCATION OF OUTLETS AND INLETS AND MAKE NECESSARY ADJUSTMENTS IN POSITION TO CONFORM WITH ARCHITECTURAL FEATURES, SYMMETRY, AND LIGHTING ARRANGEMENT. C. INSTALL DIFFUSERS TO DUCTWORK WITH AIR TIGHT CONNECTION. D. PROVIDE BALANCING DAMPERS ON DUCT TAKE -OFF TO DIFFUSERS, AND GRILLES AND REGISTERS, DESPITE WHETHER DAMPERS ARE SPECIFIED AS PART OF THE DIFFUSER, OR GRILLE AND REGISTER ASSEMBLY. SECTION 23 8101 - TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER UNITS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. BASEBOARD RADIATION. B. FINNED TUBE RADIATION. C. CONVECTORS. D. CABINET UNIT HEATERS. E. RADIANT HEATERS. F. ELECTRIC BASEBOARD. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 BASEBOARD RADIATION A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. SLANT /FIN CORPORATION: WWW.SLANTFIN.COM. 2. STERLING HYDRONICS /MESTEK TECHNOLOGY, INC: WWW.STERLINGHEAT.COM. B. HEATING ELEMENTS: 3/4 INCH ID COPPER TUBING MECHANICALLY EXPANDED INTO FLANGED COLLARS OF EVENLY SPACED ALUMINUM FINS, ONE TUBE END BELLED. C. ENCLOSURE: MINIMUM 0.030 INCH STEEL WITH 7 INCH HIGH BACK AND TOP OF ONE PIECE; FRONT PANEL, END PANEL, END CAPS, CORNERS, AND JOINER PIECES TO SNAP TOGETHER, WITH FRONT PANEL EASILY REMOVABLE. PROVIDE FULL LENGTH DAMPER. D. FINISH: FACTORY APPLIED BAKED ENAMEL AS SELECTED. E. ELEMENT BRACKETS: 0.0516 INCH GALVANIZED STEEL TO SUPPORT FROM PANEL AND NOISE FREE ELEMENT CRADLE. F. CAPACITY: AS SCHEDULED, BASED ON 65 DEGREE F ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE, 180 DEGREE F AVERAGE WATER TEMPERATURE. 2.02 FINNED TUBE RADIATION A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. SLANT /FIN CORPORATION: WWW.SLANTFIN.COM. 2. MARLEY ENGINEERED PRODUCTS: WWW.MARLEYMEH.COM. 3. THE TRANE COMPANY: WWW.TRANE.COM. B. HEATING ELEMENTS: 3/4 INCH ID SEAMLESS COPPER TUBING, MECHANICALLY EXPANDED INTO EVENLY SPACED ALUMINUM FINS SIZED 4 X 4 INCHES, SUITABLE FOR SOLDERED FITTINGS. C. ELEMENT HANGERS: QUIET OPERATING, BALL BEARING CRADLE TYPE PROVIDING UNRESTRICTED LONGITUDINAL MOVEMENT, ON ENCLOSURE BRACKETS. D. ENCLOSURES: 0.0478 INCH STEEL UP TO 18 INCHES IN HEIGHT, 0.0598 INCH STEEL OVER 18 INCHES IN HEIGHT OR ALUMINUM AS DETAILED, WITH EASILY JOINTED COMPONENTS FOR WALL TO WALL INSTALLATION. E. FINISH: FACTORY APPLIED BAKED ENAMEL OF COLOR AS SELECTED. F. DAMPER: WHERE NOT THERMOSTATICALLY CONTROLLED, PROVIDE KNOB - OPERATED INTERNAL DAMPER AT ENCLOSURE AIR OUTLET. G. ACCESS DOORS: FOR OTHERWISE INACCESSIBLE VALVES, PROVIDE FACTORY -MADE PERMANENTLY HINGED ACCESS DOORS, 6 X 7 INCH MINIMUM SIZE, INTEGRAL WITH CABINET. H. CAPACITY: AS SCHEDULED, BASED ON 65 DEGREE F ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE, 180 DEGREE F AVERAGE WATER TEMPERATURE. 2.03 CONVECTORS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. SLANT /FIN CORPORATION: WWW.SLANTFIN.COM. 2. STERLING HYDRONICS /MESTEK TECHNOLOGY, INC: WWW.STERLINGHEAT.COM. 3. THE TRANE COMPANY: WWW.TRANE.COM. B. HEATING ELEMENTS: SEAMLESS COPPER TUBING MECHANICALLY EXPANDED INTO EVENLY SPACED ALUMINUM FINS AND CAST IRON HEADERS, STEEL SIDE PLATES AND SUPPORTS, FACTORY AIR PRESSURE TESTED AT 100 PSI UNDER WATER, WITH MEANS OF ADJUSTING PITCH OF ELEMENT. C. CABINET: 0.0598 INCH STEEL FRONT AND TOP, 0.0478 INCH STEEL BACK AND ENDS; EXPOSED CORNERS ROUNDED; EASILY SECURED REMOVABLE FRONT PANELS, ADEQUATELY BRACED AND REINFORCED FOR STIFFNESS. D. FINISH: FACTORY APPLIED BAKED ENAMEL OF COLOR AS SELECTED. E. DAMPER: WHERE NOT THERMOSTATICALLY CONTROLLED, PROVIDE KNOB - OPERATED INTERNAL DAMPER AT ENCLOSURE AIR OUTLET. F. ACCESS DOORS: FOR OTHERWISE INACCESSIBLE VALVES, PROVIDE FACTORY -MADE PERMANENTLY HINGED ACCESS DOORS, 6 X 7 INCH MINIMUM SIZE, INTEGRAL WITH CABINET. G. CAPACITY: AS SCHEDULED, BASED ON 65 DEGREE F ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE, 180 DEGREE F AVERAGE WATER TEMPERATURE. 2.04 CABINET UNIT HEATERS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. SLANT /FIN CORPORATION: WWW.SLANTFIN.COM. 2. STERLING HYDRONICS /MESTEK TECHNOLOGY, INC: WWW.STERLINGHEAT.COM. 3. THE TRANE COMPANY: WWW.TRANE.COM. B. COILS: EVENLY SPACED ALUMINUM FINS MECHANICALLY BONDED TO COPPER TUBES, DESIGNED FOR 100 PSI AND 220 DEGREES F. C. CABINET: 0.0598 INCH STEEL WITH EXPOSED CORNERS AND EDGES ROUNDED, EASILY REMOVED PANELS, GLASS FIBER INSULATION AND INTEGRAL AIR OUTLET. D. FINISH: FACTORY APPLIED BAKED ENAMEL OF COLOR AS SELECTED ON VISIBLE SURFACES OF ENCLOSURE OR CABINET. E. FANS: CENTRIFUGAL FORWARD - CURVED DOUBLE -WIDTH WHEELS, STATICALLY AND DYNAMICALLY BALANCED, DIRECT DRIVEN. F. MOTOR: TAP WOUND MULTIPLE SPEED PERMANENT SPLIT CAPACITOR WITH SLEEVE BEARINGS, RESILIENTLY MOUNTED. SECTION 23 8101 - TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER UNITS (CONT.) G. CONTROL: MULTIPLE SPEED SWITCH, FACTORY WIRED, LOCATED IN CABINET. H. FILTER: EASILY REMOVED 1 INCH THICK GLASS FIBER THROW -AWAY TYPE, LOCATED TO FILTER AIR BEFORE COIL. I. CAPACITY: AS SCHEDULED, BASED ON 65 DEGREE F ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE, 180 DEGREE F AVERAGE WATER TEMPERATURE. 2.05 HYDRONIC RADIANT HEATERS 2.06 ELECTRIC BASEBOARD A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. MARLEY ENGINEERED PRODUCTS 2. SLANT/FIN CORPORATION 3. BRASCH B. ASSEMBLY: UL LISTED AND LABELED WITH TERMINAL BOX AND COVER, AND BUILT -IN CONTROLS. C. HEATING ELEMENTS: ENCLOSED COPPER TUBE, ALUMINUM FINNED ELEMENT OF COILED NICKEL - CHROME RESISTANCE WIRE CENTERED IN TUBES AND EMBEDDED IN REFRACTORY MATERIAL. D. ENCLOSURE: MINIMUM 0.030 INCH STEEL WITH 7 INCH HIGH BACK AND TOP OF ONE PIECE; FRONT PANEL, END PANEL, END CAPS, CORNERS, AND JOINER PIECES TO SNAP TOGETHER, AND FRONT PANEL EASILY REMOVABLE. PROVIDE FULL LENGTH DAMPER. E. CONTROL: WALL MOUNTED ELECTRIC THERMOSTAT. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. INSTALL EQUIPMENT EXPOSED TO FINISHED AREAS AFTER WALLS AND CEILING ARE FINISHED AND PAINTED. DO NOT DAMAGE EQUIPMENT OR FINISHES. C. BASEBOARD RADIATION: LOCATE ON OUTSIDE WALLS AND RUN COVER CONTINUOUSLY WALL -TO -WALL. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. CENTER ELEMENTS UNDER WINDOWS. WHERE MULTIPLE WINDOWS OCCUR OVER UNITS, DIVIDE ELEMENT INTO EQUAL SEGMENTS CENTERED UNDER EACH WINDOW. INSTALL END CAPS WHERE UNITS BUTT AGAINST WALLS. D. FINNED TUBE RADIATION: LOCATE ON OUTSIDE WALLS AND RUN COVER WALL -TO -WALL UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. CENTER ELEMENTS UNDER WINDOWS. WHERE MULTIPLE WINDOWS OCCUR OVER UNITS, DIVIDE ELEMENT INTO EQUAL SEGMENTS CENTERED UNDER EACH WINDOW. ALIGN CABINET JOINTS WITH WINDOW MULLIONS. INSTALL WALL ANGLES WHERE UNITS BUTT AGAINST WALLS. E. CONVECTORS: INSTALL WHERE INDICATED. COORDINATE TO ASSURE CORRECT RECESS SIZE FOR RECESSED CONVECTORS. F. CABINET UNIT HEATERS: INSTALL AS INDICATED. COORDINATE TO ASSURE CORRECT RECESS SIZE FOR RECESSED UNITS. G. HYDRONIC UNITS: PROVIDE WITH SHUT -OFF VALVE ON SUPPLY AND LOCKSHIELD BALANCING VALVE ON RETURN PIPING. IF NOT EASILY ACCESSIBLE, EXTEND VENT TO EXTERIOR SURFACE OF CABINET FOR EASY SERVICING. FOR CABINET UNIT HEATERS, PROVIDE FLOAT OPERATED AUTOMATIC AIR VENTS WITH STOP VALVE. H. INSTALL ELECTRIC HEATING EQUIPMENT INCLUDING DEVICES FURNISHED BY MANUFACTURER BUT NOT FACTORY - MOUNTED. FURNISH COPY OF MANUFACTURER'S WIRING DIAGRAM SUBMITTAL. SECTION 23 8127 - SMALL SPLIT - SYSTEM HEATING AND COOLING PART I GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNITS. B. INDOOR DUCTLESS FAN & COIL UNITS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. SANYO B. THE TRANE COMPANY C. MITSUBISHI D. OR APPROVED EQUAL 2.02 SYSTEM DESIGN A. SPLIT - SYSTEM HEATING AND COOLING UNITS: SELF - CONTAINED, PACKAGED, MATCHED FACTORY- ENGINEERED AND ASSEMBLED, PRE -WIRED INDOOR AND OUTDOOR UNITS; UL LISTED. 1. HEATING: NONE. 2. PROVIDE REFRIGERANT LINES INTERNAL TO UNITS AND BETWEEN INDOOR AND OUTDOOR UNITS, FACTORY CLEANED, DRIED, PRESSURIZED AND SEALED, WITH INSULATED SUCTION LINE. B. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: SEE DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 1. EFFICIENCY: ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATING (EER) /COEFFICIENT OF PERFORMANCE (COP) NOT LESS THAN REQUIREMENTS OF ASHRAE STD 90.1; SEASONAL EFFICIENCY TO ASHRAE STD 103 AND LOCAL ENERGY CODE. 2.03 INDOOR UNITS FOR DUCTLESS SYSTEMS (AC -1) A. INDOOR UNITS: SELF - CONTAINED, PACKAGED, FACTORY ASSEMBLED, PRE -WIRED UNIT CONSISTING OF CABINET, SUPPLY FAN, EVAPORATOR COIL, AND CONTROLS; WIRED FOR SINGLE POWER CONNECTION WITH CONTROL TRANSFORMER. B. EVAPORATOR COILS: COPPER TUBE ALUMINUM FIN ASSEMBLY, GALVANIZED OR POLYMER DRAIN PAN SLOPED IN ALL DIRECTIONS TO DRAIN, DRAIN CONNECTION, REFRIGERANT PIPING CONNECTIONS, RESTRICTED DISTRIBUTOR OR THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVE. 1. CONSTRUCTION AND RATINGS: IN ACCORDANCE WITH ARI 210/240 AND UL LISTED. 2. MANUFACTURER: SYSTEM MANUFACTURER. 2.04 OUTDOOR UNITS (ACCU -1) A. OUTDOOR UNITS: SELF - CONTAINED, PACKAGED, FACTORY ASSEMBLED, PRE -WIRED UNIT CONSISTING OF CABINET, WITH COMPRESSOR AND CONDENSER. 1. CABINET: STEEL WITH BAKED ENAMEL FINISH, EASILY REMOVED AND SECURED ACCESS DOORS WITH SAFETY INTERLOCK SWITCHES, GLASS FIBER INSULATION WITH REFLECTIVE LINER. 2. CONSTRUCTION AND RATINGS: IN ACCORDANCE WITH ARI 210/240 WITH TESTING IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASHRAE STD 23 AND UL LISTED. B. COMPRESSOR: ARI 520; HERMETIC, TWO SPEED 1800 AND 3600 RPM, RESILIENTLY MOUNTED INTEGRAL WITH CONDENSER, WITH POSITIVE LUBRICATION, CRANKCASE HEATER, HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL, MOTOR OVERLOAD PROTECTION, SERVICE VALVES AND DRIER. PROVIDE TIME DELAY CONTROL TO PREVENT SHORT CYCLING AND RAPID SPEED CHANGES. C. ACCESSORIES: SOLENOID VALVES, CHARGE PLUGS, BYPASS VALVES, STOP VALVES, BALL VALVES, ACCUMULATORS, STRAINERS, THERMISTORS, FILTER DRIER, HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH (MANUAL RESET), THERMOMETER WELL (IN LIQUID LINE). 1. PROVIDE THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVES. D. OPERATING CONTROLS: 1. CONTROL BY ROOM THERMOSTAT TO MAINTAIN ROOM TEMPERATURE SETTING. 2. LOW AMBIENT KIT: PROVIDE REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SWITCH TO CYCLE CONDENSER FAN ON WHEN CONDENSER REFRIGERANT PRESSURE IS ABOVE 285 PSIG AND OFF WHEN PRESSURE DROPS BELOW 140 PSIG FOR OPERATION TO 0 DEGREES F. E. MOUNTING PAD: PRECAST CONCRETE PARKING BUMPERS, MINIMUM 4 INCHES SQUARE; MINIMUM OF TWO LOCATED UNDER CABINET FEET. 2.05 ACCESSORY EQUIPMENT A. ROOM THERMOSTAT: WALL - MOUNTED, ELECTRIC SOLID STATE MICROCOMPUTER BASED ROOM THERMOSTAT WITH REMOTE SENSOR TO MAINTAIN TEMPERATURE SETTING; LOW- VOLTAGE. SECTION 23 8127 - SMALL SPLIT - SYSTEM HEATING AND COOLING (CONT.) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. B. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 90A AND NFPA 90B. C. INSTALL REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASHRAE STD 15. D. PROVIDE REPLACEABLE CARTRIDGE FILTER - DRIERS, WITH ISOLATION VALVES AND VALVED BYPASS. E. LOCATE EXPANSION VALVE SENSING BULB IMMEDIATELY DOWNSTREAM OF EVAPORATOR ON SUCTION LINE. bo9 O�(o REVIEW FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROV JUL 1 3 2009 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION CITY Of TUKVVVILA MAY' 2 2009 PERMIT CENTER DISCLAIMER: NOT ALL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS APPLY TO THIS LOCATION. JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 I EXPIRES AUGUST 1, 2010 I Client: 0 KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. B Date 05 -05 -09 04-09 -09 Designed By: PDX Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Sheet Title: SPECIFICATIONS Drawing No.: G -110 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 26 0500 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ALL ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS SHALL COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES, NEC AND LOCAL ADMENDMENTS. B. ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES SHALL BE UL LISTED AND LABELED. SECTION 26 0501- MINOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT FOR PATCHING AND EXTENDING WORK: AS SPECIFIED IN INDIVIDUAL SECTIONS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. DEMOLITION DRAWINGS ARE BASED ON CASUAL FIELD OBSERVATION. B. REPORT DISCREPANCIES TO KEY BANK BEFORE DISTURBING EXISTING INSTALLATION. C. BEGINNING OF DEMOLITION MEANS INSTALLER ACCEPTS EXISTING CONDITIONS. 3.02 PREPARATION A. EXISTING ELECTRICAL SERVICE: MAINTAIN EXISTING SYSTEM IN SERVICE. DISABLE SYSTEM ONLY TO MAKE SWITCHOVERS AND CONNECTIONS. MINIMIZE OUTAGES. 3.03 DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK A. REMOVE EXISTING INSTALLATIONS TO ACCOMMODATE NEW CONSTRUCTION. B. REMOVE WIRING TO SOURCE OF SUPPLY. C. REMOVE CONDUIT, INCLUDING ABANDONED CONDUIT ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING FINISHES. CUT CONDUIT FLUSH FLOORS, AND PATCH SURFACES. D. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE OUTLETS AND DEVICES. E. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ELECTRICAL DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT SERVING UTILIZATION EQUIPMENT THAT HAS BEEN REMOVED. F. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE LUMINAIRES. REMOVE BRACKETS, STEMS, HANGERS, AND OTHER ACCESSORIES. G. REPAIR ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION AND FINISHES DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION. 3.04 CLEANING AND REPAIR A. CLEAN AND REPAIR EXISTING MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT WHICH REMAIN OR ARE TO BE REUSED. B. PANELBOARDS: CLEAN EXPOSED SURFACES AND CHECK TIGHTNESS OF ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS. PROVIDE TYPED CIRCUIT DIRECTORY SHOWING REVISED CIRCUITING ARRANGEMENT. SECTION 26 0519 LOW- VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES (600 V AND LESS) PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. WIRE AND CABLE FOR 600 VOLTS AND LESS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 WIRING REQUIREMENTS A. CONCEAL CONDUITS AND CABLES IN WALL CONSTRUCTION AND ABOVE SUSPENDED CEILINGS. EXPOSED CONDUITS AND CABLES IN FINISHED AREAS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. EXPOSED WIRING WILL ONLY BE ALLOWED IN SPECIFIC AREAS LISTED IN PARAGRAPH C BELOW. B. CONCEALED DRY INTERIOR LOCATIONS: USE ONLY BUILDING WIRE IN RACEWAY, OR METAL CLAD CABLE. C. EXPOSED DRY INTERIOR LOCATIONS (ETO RM, ATM /AHD CLOSET, AND JAN CLOSET ONLY): USE ONLY BUILDING WIRE IN RACEWAY. D. ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS: USE ONLY BUILDING WIRE IN RACEWAY, OR METAL CLAD CABLE. E. WET OR DAMP INTERIOR LOCATIONS: USE ONLY BUILDING WIRE IN RACEWAY. F. EXTERIOR LOCATIONS: USE ONLY BUILDING WIRE IN METAL RACEWAY. 2.02 BUILDING WIRE A. DESCRIPTION: SINGLE CONDUCTOR INSULATED WIRE. B. CONDUCTOR: COPPER. C. INSULATION VOLTAGE RATING: 600 VOLTS. D. INSULATION: NFPA 70, TYPE THHNITHWN. 2.03 METAL CLAD CABLE A. DESCRIPTION: NFPA 70, TYPE MC. B. CONDUCTOR: COPPER. C. INSULATION VOLTAGE RATING: 600 VOLTS. D. INSULATION TEMPERATURE RATING: 75 DEGREES C. E. INSULATION MATERIAL: THERMOPLASTIC. F. ARMOR MATERIAL: ALUMINUM OR STEEL. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL WIRE AND CABLE SECURELY, IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER, AS SPECIFIED IN NECA 1. B. ROUTE WIRE AND CABLE AS REQUIRED TO MEET PROJECT CONDITIONS. C. USE WIRING METHODS INDICATED. D. PULL ALL CONDUCTORS INTO RACEWAY AT SAME TIME. E. SUPPORT CABLES ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING, USING SPRING METAL CLIPS OR METAL OR FIRE RATED PLASTIC CABLE TIES TO SUPPORT CABLES FROM STRUCTURE OR CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM. DO NOT REST CABLE ON CEILING PANELS. F. NEATLY TRAIN AND LACE WIRING INSIDE BOXES, EQUIPMENT, AND PANELBOARDS. G. CLEAN CONDUCTOR SURFACES BEFORE INSTALLING LUGS AND CONNECTORS. H. MAKE SPLICES, TAPS, AND TERMINATIONS TO CARRY FULL AMPACITY OF CONDUCTORS WITH NO PERCEPTIBLE TEMPERATURE RISE. I. IDENTIFY AND COLOR CODE WIRE AND CABLE UNDER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 26 0553. IDENTIFY EACH CONDUCTOR WITH ITS CIRCUIT NUMBER OR OTHER DESIGNATION INDICATED. J. PERFORM INSPECTIONS AND TESTS LISTED IN NETA STD ATS, SECTION 7.3.2 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. INSPECT AND TESTS LISTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NETA ATS, SECTION 7.3.2 CABLES, LOW VOLTAGE, 600V MAXIMUM. SECTION 26 0526 - GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. GROUNDING AND BONDING COMPONENTS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GROUND BAR A. MANUFACTURER 1. PANDUIT MODEL GB2B0306TP -1 2.02 CONNECTORS AND ACCESSORIES A. GROUNDING LUGS SHOULD BE CRIMP ON TWO HOLE WITH 5/8" SPACING AND 1/4" HOLES. B. WIRE: STRANDED COPPER. C. GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR: SIZE TO MEET NFPA 70 REQUIREMENTS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. PROVIDE BONDING TO MEET REQUIREMENTS DESCRIBED IN QUALITY ASSURANCE. B. ISOLATE ETO GROUND BAR MINIMUN 2 INCHES FROM WALL. C. PROVIDE ISOLATED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR FOR CIRCUITS SUPPLYING OUTLETS AND EQUIPMENT AS SHOWN. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. INSPECT AND TEST IN ACCORDANCE WITH NETA ATS. SECTION 26 0529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. CONDUIT AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS. B. ANCHORS AND FASTENERS. SECTION 26 0529- HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS (CONT.) PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. HANGERS, SUPPORTS, ANCHORS, AND FASTENERS - GENERAL: CORROSION- RESISTANT MATERIALS OF SIZE AND TYPE ADEQUATE TO CARRY THE LOADS OF EQUIPMENT AND CONDUIT, INCLUDING WEIGHT OF WIRE IN CONDUIT. B. SUPPORTS: FABRICATED OF STRUCTURAL STEEL OR FORMED STEEL MEMBERS; GALVANIZED. C. ANCHORS AND FASTENERS: 1. DO NOT USE POWDER- ACTUATED ANCHORS, SPRING CLIPS, OR BEAM CLAMPS. 2 STEEL STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS: USE BEAM CLAMPS, STEEL SPRING CLIPS, STEEL RAMSET FASTENERS, OR WELDED FASTENERS. 3. CONCRETE SURFACES: USE SELF - DRILLING ANCHORS OR EXPANSION ANCHORS. 4 HOLLOW MASONRY, PLASTER, AND GYPSUM BOARD PARTITIONS: USE TOGGLE BOLTS OR HOLLOW WALL FASTENERS. 5 SHEET METAL: USE SHEET METAL SCREWS. 6. WOOD ELEMENTS: USE WOOD SCREWS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL HANGERS AND SUPPORTS AS REQUIRED TO ADEQUATELY AND SECURELY SUPPORT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM COMPONENTS, IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER, AS SPECIFIED IN NECA 1. 1. DO NOT FASTEN SUPPORTS TO PIPES, DUCTS, MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, OR CONDUIT. 2. DO NOT DRILL OR CUT STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. B. RIGIDLY WELD SUPPORT MEMBERS OR USE HEXAGON -HEAD BOLTS TO PRESENT NEAT APPEARANCE WITH ADEQUATE STRENGTH AND RIGIDITY. USE SPRING LOCK WASHERS UNDER .ALL NUTS,_ C. INSTALL SURFACE - MOUNTED CABINETS AND PANELBOARDS WITH MINIMUM OF FOUR ANCHORS. D. IN WET AND DAMP LOCATIONS USE STEEL CHANNEL SUPPORTS TO STAND CABINETS AND PANELBOARDS 1 INCH OFF WALL. E. USE SHEET METAL CHANNEL TO BRIDGE STUDS ABOVE AND BELOW CABINETS AND PANELBOARDS RECESSED IN HOLLOW PARTITIONS. SECTION 26 0534 - CONDUIT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. CONDUIT, FITTINGS AND CONDUIT BODIES. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS A. CONDUIT SIZE: COMPLY WITH NFPA 70. B. WET AND DAMP LOCATIONS: USE RIGID STEEL CONDUIT AND LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT. C. DRY LOCATIONS: USE ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING. D. ETO RM., ATM/AHD CLOSET, AND JAN CLOSET: USE EXPOSED ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING. 2.02 METAL CONDUIT A. RIGID STEEL CONDUIT: ANSI C80.1. B. FITTINGS AND CONDUIT BODIES: NEMA FB 1; MATERIAL TO MATCH CONDUIT. 2.03 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT A. DESCRIPTION: INTERLOCKED STEEL CONSTRUCTION WITH PVC JACKET. B. FITTINGS: NEMA FB 1. 2.04 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) A. DESCRIPTION: ANSI C80.3; GALVANIZED TUBING. B. FITTINGS AND CONDUIT BODIES: NEMA FB 1; STEEL OR MALLEABLE IRON COMPRESSION TYPE. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 - INSTALLATION A. INSTALL CONDUIT SECURELY, IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER, AS SPECIFIED IN NECA 1. B. INSTALL STEEL CONDUIT AS SPECIFIED IN NECA 101. C. ARRANGE SUPPORTS TO PREVENT MISALIGNMENT DURING WIRING INSTALLATION. D. SUPPORT CONDUIT USING COATED STEEL OR MALLEABLE IRON STRAPS, LAY -IN ADJUSTABLE HANGERS, CLEVIS HANGERS, AND SPLIT HANGERS. E. FASTEN CONDUIT SUPPORTS TO BUILDING STRUCTURE AND SURFACES UNDER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 26 0529. F. DO NOT SUPPORT CONDUIT WITH WIRE OR PERFORATED PIPE STRAPS. REMOVE WIRE USED FOR TEMPORARY SUPPORTS. G. DO NOT ATTACH CONDUIT TO CEILING SUPPORT WIRES. H. ROUTE EXPOSED CONDUIT PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO WALLS. I. ROUTE CONDUIT INSTALLED ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO WALLS. J. MAINTAIN ADEQUATE CLEARANCE BETWEEN CONDUIT AND PIPING. K. CUT CONDUIT SQUARE USING SAW OR PIPECUTTER; DE -BURR CUT ENDS. L. BRING CONDUIT TO SHOULDER OF FITTINGS; FASTEN SECURELY. M. PROVIDE SUITABLE PULL STRING IN EACH EMPTY CONDUIT EXCEPT SLEEVES AND NIPPLES. N. USE SUITABLE CAPS TO PROTECT INSTALLED CONDUIT AGAINST ENTRANCE OF DIRT AND MOISTURE. 0. GROUND AND BOND CONDUIT UNDER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 26 0526. SECTION 26 0535 - SURFACE RACEWAYS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. SURFACE METAL RACEWAYS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SURFACE RACEWAYS A. SURFACE METAL RACEWAY: SHEET METAL CHANNEL WITH FITTED COVER, SUITABLE FOR USE AS SURFACE METAL RACEWAY. 1. SIZE: AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. 2. FINISH: GRAY ENAMEL. 3. FITTINGS, BOXES, AND EXTENSION RINGS: FURNISH MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD ACCESSORIES. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. INSTALL RACEWAYS SECURELY, IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER, AS SPECIFIED IN NECA 1. C. USE FLAT -HEAD SCREWS, CLIPS, AND STRAPS TO FASTEN RACEWAY CHANNEL TO SURFACES. MOUNT PLUMB AND LEVEL D. USE SUITABLE INSULATING BUSHINGS AND INSERTS AT CONNECTIONS TO OUTLETS AND CORNER FITTINGS. SECTION 26 0536 - CABLE TRAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. CABLE TRAYS AND ACCESSORIES. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: PROVIDE DATA FOR FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES. B. SHOP DRAWINGS: INDICATE TRAY TYPE, DIMENSIONS, SUPPORT POINTS, AND FINISHES. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 LADDER -TYPE CABLE TRAY A. DESCRIPTION: NEMA VE 1, CLASS 12C LADDER TYPE TRAY. B. MATERIAL: FORMED ALUMINUM, PAINTED WITH GRAY EPDXY. C. INSIDE WIDTH: 12 INCHES. D. INSIDE DEPTH: 4 INCHES. E. STRAIGHT SECTION RUNG SPACING: 6 INCHES ON CENTER. SECTION 26 0536 - CABLE TRAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS (CONT.) F. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD CLAMPS, HANGERS, BRACKETS, SPLICE PLATES, REDUCER PLATES, BLIND ENDS, BARRIER STRIPS, CONNECTORS, AND GROUNDING STRAPS. 2.02 WARNING SIGNS A. ENGRAVED NAMEPLATES: 1/4 INCH BLACK LETTERS ON YELLOW LAMINATED PLASTIC NAMEPLATE, ENGRAVED WITH THE FOLLOWING WORDING: WARNING! DO NOT USE CABLE TRAY AS WALKWAY, LADDER, OR SUPPORT. USE ONLY AS MECHANICAL SUPPORT FOR CABLES AND TUBING!" PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL METALLIC CABLE TRAY IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEMA VE 1. B. SUPPORT TRAYS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 26 0529. C. GROUND AND BOND CABLE TRAY UNDER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 26 0526. 1. PROVIDE CONTINUITY BETWEEN TRAY COMPONENTS. 2. USE ANTI - OXIDANT COMPOUND TO PREPARE ALUMINUM CONTACT SURFACES BEFORE ASSEMBLY. 3. PROVIDE 8 AWG BARE COPPER EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR THROUGH ENTIRE LENGTH OF TRAY; BOND TO EACH COMPONENT. 4. CONNECTIONS TO TRAY MAY BE MADE USING MECHANICAL OR EXOTHERMIC CONNECTORS. D. INSTALL WARNING SIGNS AT 6 FEET CENTERS ALONG CABLE TRAY, LOCATED TO BE VISIBLE. SECTION 26 0537 - BOXES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. WALL AND CEILING OUTLET BOXES. B. PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 OUTLET BOXES A. SHEET METAL OUTLET BOXES: NEMA OS 1, GALVANIZED STEEL. 1. LUMINAIRE AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTING BOXES: RATED FOR WEIGHT OF EQUIPMENT SUPPORTED; INCLUDE 1/2 INCH MALE FIXTURE STUDS WHERE REQUIRED. 2.02 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A. SHEET METAL BOXES: NEMA OS 1, GALVANIZED STEEL. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. VERIFY LOCATIONS OF FLOOR BOXES AND OUTLETS IN OFFICES AND WORK AREAS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL BOXES SECURELY, IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER, AS SPECIFIED IN NECA 1. B. INSTALL IN LOCATIONS AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, AND AS REQUIRED FOR SPLICES, TAPS, WIRE PULLING, EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS, AND AS REQUIRED BY NFPA 70. C. ORIENT BOXES TO ACCOMMODATE WIRING DEVICES ORIENTED AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 26 2726. D. MAINTAIN HEADROOM AND PRESENT NEAT MECHANICAL APPEARANCE. E. INSTALL PULL BOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS AND IN UNFINISHED AREAS ONLY F. COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCATIONS OF OUTLETS MOUNTED ABOVE COUNTERS, BENCHES, AND BACKSPLASHES. G. LOCATE OUTLET BOXES TO ALLOW LUMINAIRES POSITIONED AS SHOWN ON REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. H. ALIGN ADJACENT WALL MOUNTED OUTLET BOXES FOR SWITCHES, THERMOSTATS, AND SIMILAR DEVICES. I SECURE FLUSH MOUNTING BOX TO INTERIOR WALL AND PARTITION STUDS. ACCURATELY POSITION TO ALLOW FOR SURFACE FINISH THICKNESS. J. DO NOT FASTEN BOXES TO CEILING SUPPOR T WIRES. K. SUPPORT BOXES INDEPENDENTLY OF CONDUIT, EXCEPT CAST BOX THAT IS CONNECTED TO TWO RIGID METAL CONDUITS BOTH SUPPORTED WITHIN 12 INCHES OF BOX. L. USE GANG BOX WHERE MORE THAN ONE DEVICE IS MOUNTED TOGETHER. DO NOT USE SECTIONAL BOX. SECTION 26 0553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. NAMEPLATES AND LABELS. B. WIRE AND CABLE MARKERS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 NAMEPLATES AND LABELS A. NAMEPLATES: ENGRAVED THREE -LAYER LAMINATED PLASTIC, BLACK LETTERS ON WHITE BACKGROUND. B. LOCATIONS: 1. EACH ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURE. 2. COMMUNICATION CABINETS. C. LETTER SIZE: 1. USE 1/8 INCH LETTERS FOR IDENTIFYING INDIVIDUAL EQUIPMENT AND LOADS. 2.02 WIRE MARKERS A. DESCRIPTION: CLOTH, TAPE, SPLIT SLEEVE, OR TUBING TYPE WIRE MARKERS. B. LOCATIONS: EACH CONDUCTOR AT PANELBOARD GUTTERS, PULL BOXES, OUTLET BOXES, AND JUNCTION BOXES EACH LOAD CONNECTION. C. LEGEND: 1. POWER AND LIGHTING CIRCUITS: BRANCH CIRCUIT OR FEEDER NUMBER INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 2. CONTROL CIRCUITS: CONTROL WIRE NUMBER INDICATED ON SCHEMATIC AND INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAMS ON DRAWINGS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL NAMEPLATES AND LABELS PARALLEL TO EQUIPMENT LINES. B. SECURE NAMEPLATES TO EQUIPMENT FRONT USING SCREWS. C. SECURE NAMEPLATES TO INSIDE SURFACE OF DOOR ON PANELBOARD THAT IS RECESSED IN FINISHED LOCATIONS. SECTION 26 2416 - PANELBOARDS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE PANELBOARDS. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. SHOP DRAWINGS: INDICATE OUTLINE AND SUPPORT POINT DIMENSIONS, VOLTAGE, MAIN BUS AMPACITY, INTEGRATED SHORT CIRCUIT AMPERE RATING, CIRCUIT BREAKER AND FUSIBLE SWITCH ARRANGEMENT AND SIZES. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE PANELBOARDS A. DESCRIPTION: NEMA PB1, CIRCUIT BREAKER TYPE, LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARD. B. PANELBOARD BUS: COPPER, RATINGS AS INDICATED. PROVIDE COPPER GROUND BUS IN EACH PANELBOARD; PROVIDE INSULATED GROUND BUS WHERE SCHEDULED. C. MINIMUM INTEGRATED SHORT CIRCUIT RATING: AS INDICATED. D. MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS: THERMAL MAGNETIC TRIP CIRCUIT BREAKERS, BOLT -ON TYPE, WITH COMMON TRIP HANDLE FOR ALL POLES; UL LISTED. 1. DO NOT USE TANDEM CIRCUIT BREAKERS. ENCLOSURE: NEMA PB 1, TYPE 1. CABINET FRONT: FLUSH CABINET FRONT WITH CONCEALED TRIM CLAMPS, CONCEALED HINGE, METAL DIRECTORY FRAME, AND FLUSH LOCK ALL KEYED ALIKE. FINISH IN MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD GRAY ENAMEL. 3 EXECUTION INSTALLATION INSTALL PANELBOARDS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEMA PB 1.1 AND NECA 1. INSTALL PANELBOARDS PLUMB. INSTALL RECESSED PANELBOARDS FLUSH WITH WALL FINISHES. PROVIDE TYPED CIRCUIT DIRECTORY FOR EACH BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARD. PROVIDE ENGRAVED PLASTIC NAMEPLATES UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 26 0553. PROVIDE SPARE CONDUITS OUT OF EACH RECESSED PANELBOARD TO AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION ABOVE CEILING. IDENTIFY EACH AS SPARE. 1. MINIMUM SPARE CONDUITS: 3 EMPTY 1 INCH. GROUND AND BOND PANELBOARD ENCLOSURE ACCORDING TO SECTION 26 0526. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL INSPECT AND TEST IN ACCORDANCE WITH NETA STD ATS, EXCEPT SECTION 4. PERFORM INSPECTIONS AND TESTS LISTED IN NETA ATS, SECTION 7.6.1.1 CIRCUIT BREAKERS, AIR INSULATED - CASE /MOLDED AND SECTION 7.1 SWITCH GEAR AND SWITCHBOARD ASSEMBLIES VISUAL AND MECHANICAL INSPECTION ITEMS 1 THROUGH 13 (ONLY). E. F. PART 3.01 A. B. C. D. E. F. 3.02 A. B. SECTION 26 2726 - WIRING DEVICES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. WALL SWITCHES. B. RECEPTACLES. C. DEVICE PLATES AND DECORATIVE BOX COVERS. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG INFORMATION SHOWING DIMENSIONS, COLORS, AND CONFIGURATIONS. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. COOPER WIRING DEVICES B. HUBBELL C. LEVITON MANUFACTURING, INC D. SUBSTITUTIONS: APPROVED EQUAL 2.02 WALL SWITCHES A. WALL SWITCHES: HEAVY DUTY, AC ONLY GENERAL -USE SNAP SWITCH, COMPLYING WITH NEMA WD 6 AND WD 1. 1. BODY AND HANDLE: IVORY PLASTIC WITH TOGGLE HANDLE. 2. RATINGS: a. VOLTAGE: 120 -277 VOLTS, AC. b. CURRENT: 20 AMPERES. B. SWITCH TYPES: SINGLE POLE AND 3 -WAY. 2.03 RECEPTACLES A. RECEPTACLES: HEAVY DUTY, COMPLYING WITH NEMA WD 6 AND WD 1. 1. DEVICE BODY: IVORY PLASTIC. 2. CONFIGURATION: NEMA WD 6, TYPE AS SPECIFIED AND INDICATED. B. DUPLEX CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLES. C. GFCI RECEPTACLES: CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLE WITH INTEGRAL GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER TO MEET REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS. D. ISOLATED GROUND DUPLEX RECEPTACLES: ORANGE BODY WITH GREEN TRIANGLE 2.04 TOGGLE DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. EXTRA HEAVY DUTY GRADE INDUSTRIAL GRADE 1. SINGLE POLE: 30 AMPERE, 120 -277V HUBBELL MODEL #: HBL3031I OR APPROVED EQUAL. 2 DOUBLE POLE: 30 AMPERE, 120 -277V HUBBELL MODEL #: HBL30321 OR APPROVED EQUAL. 2.05 WALL PLATES A. DECORATIVE COVER PLATES: IVORY, NYLON. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. VERIFY THAT OUTLET BOXES ARE INSTALLED AT PROPER HEIGHT. B. VERIFY THAT WALL OPENINGS ARE NEATLY CUT AND WILL BE COMPLETELY COVERED BY WALL PLATES. C. VERIFY THAT BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING INSTALLATION IS COMPLETED, TESTED, AND READY FOR CONNECTION TO WIRING DEVICES. 3.02 PREPARATION A. PROVIDE EXTENSION RINGS TO BRING OUTLET BOXES FLUSH WITH FINISHED SURFACE. B. CLEAN DEBRIS FROM OUTLET BOXES. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL SECURELY, IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER, AS SPECIFIED IN NECA 1. B. INSTALL DEVICES PLUMB AND LEVEL. C. INSTALL SWITCHES WITH OFF POSITION DOWN. D. INSTALL RECEPTACLES WITH GROUNDING POLE ON BOTTOM. E. CONNECT WIRING DEVICE GROUNDING TERMINAL TO BRANCH CIRCUIT EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. F. INSTALL DECORATIVE PLATES ON SWITCH, RECEPTACLE, AND BLANK OUTLETS IN FINISHED AREAS. G. CONNECT WIRING DEVICES BY WRAPPING CONDUCTOR AROUND SCREW TERMINAL. H. INSTALL GALVANIZED STEEL PLATES ON OUTLET BOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES IN UNFINISHED AREAS, ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS, AND ON SURFACE MOUNTED OUTLETS. 3.04 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. INSTALL WALL SWITCH 48 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. B. INSTALL CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLE 18 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. INSPECT EACH WIRING DEVICE FOR DEFECTS. B. OPERATE EACH WALL SWITCH WITH CIRCUIT ENERGIZED AND VERIFY PROPER OPERATION. C. VERIFY THAT EACH RECEPTACLE DEVICE IS ENERGIZED. D. TEST EACH RECEPTACLE DEVICE FOR PROPER POLARITY. 3.06 ADJUSTING A. ADJUST DEVICES AND WALL PLATES TO BE FLUSH AND LEVEL. SECTION 26 2818 - ENCLOSED SWITCHES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. FUSIBLE SWITCHES. B. NONFUSIBLE SWITCHES. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: PROVIDE SWITCH RATINGS AND ENCLOSURE DIMENSIONS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 COMPONENTS A. FUSIBLE SWITCH ASSEMBLIES: NEMA KS 1, TYPE HD ENCLOSED LOAD INTERRUPTER KNIFE SWITCH. 1. EXTERNALLY OPERABLE HANDLE INTERLOCKED TO PREVENT OPENING FRONT COVER WITH SWITCH IN ON POSITION. 2. HANDLE LOCKABLE IN OFF POSITION. 3. FUSE CLIPS: DESIGNED TO ACCOMMODATE NEMA FU1, CLASS R FUSES. B. NONFUSIBLE SWITCH ASSEMBLIES: NEMA KS 1, TYPE HD ENCLOSED LOAD INTERRUPTER KNIFE SWITCH. 1. EXTERNALLY OPERABLE HANDLE INTERLOCKED TO PREVENT OPENING FRONT COVER WITH SWITCH IN ON POSITION. 2. HANDLE LOCKABLE IN OFF POSITION. C. ENCLOSURES: NEMA KS 1. 1. INTERIOR DRY LOCATIONS: TYPE 1. 2. EXTERIOR LOCATIONS: TYPE 3R. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. INSTALL FUSES IN FUSIBLE DISCONNECT SWITCHES. C. APPLY ADHESIVE TAG ON INSIDE DOOR OF EACH FUSED SWITCH INDICATING NEMA FUSE CLASS AND SIZE INSTALLED. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. INSPECT AND TEST IN ACCORDANCE WITH NETA ATS SECTION 7.5.1.1 SWITCHES, AIR, LOW VOLTAGE. B. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. SECTION 26 5100 - INTERIOR LIGHTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. INTERIOR LUMINAIRES AND ACCESSORIES. B. EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS. C. EXIT SIGNS. D. BALLASTS. E. FLUORESCENT LAMP EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY. F. LAMPS. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: PROVIDE DIMENSIONS, RATINGS, AND PERFORMANCE DATA. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 LUMINAIRES A. FURNISH PRODUCTS AS INDICATED IN SCHEDULE INCLUDED ON THE DRAWINGS. 2.02 BALLASTS AND CONTROL UNITS A. FLUORESCENT BALLASTS: ELECTRONIC TYPE, SUITABLE FOR LAMPS SPECIFIED. 1. VOLTAGE: 120 VOLTS. B. FLUORESCENT LAMP EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY: EMERGENCY BATTERY POWER SUPPLY SUITABLE FOR INSTALLATION IN BALLAST COMPARTMENT OF FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRE. 1. BATTERY: SEALED LEAD CALCIUM TYPE, RATED FOR 5 YEAR LIFE. 2. INCLUDE TEST SWITCH AND AC ON INDICATOR LIGHT, INSTALLED TO BE OPERABLE AND VISIBLE FROM THE OUTSIDE OF AN ASSEMBLED LUMINAIRE. 2.03 LAMPS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. GE LIGHTING 2. PHILIPS LIGHTING CO OF NA. 3. OSRAM SYLVANNIA. 4. SUBSTITUTIONS: NOT PERMITTED. LAMP TYPES: AS SPECIFIED FOR EACH LUMINAIRE. FLUORESCENT LAMPS: 1. COLOR TEMPERATURE: 3500K PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL FIXTURES SECURELY, IN A NEAT AND WORKMA , SPECIFIED IN NECA 500 (COMMERCIAL LIGHTING). B. LOCATE RECESSED CEILING LUMINAIRES AS INDICATED ON REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. C. INSTALL SURFACE MOUNTED LUMINAIRES AND EXIT SIGNS PLUMB AND ADJUST TO ALIGN WITH BUILDING LINES AND WITH EACH OTHER. SECURE TO PREVENT MOVEMENT. D. EXPOSED GRID CEILINGS: SUPPORT SURFACE MOUNTED LUMINAIRES IN GRID CEILING DIRECTLY FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE. E. INSTALL CLIPS TO SECURE RECESSED GRID SUPPORTED LUMINAIRES IN PLACE F. INSTALL WALL MOUNTED LUMINAIRES AT HEIGHT AS SCHEDULED. G. INSTALL ACCESSORIES FURNISHED WITH EACH LUMINAIRE. H. CONNECT LUMINAIRES AND EXIT SIGNS TO BRANCH CIRCUIT OUTLETS PROVIDED UNDER SECTION 26 0537 USING FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT. I. MAKE WIRING CONNECTIONS TO BRANCH CIRCUIT USING BUILDING WIRE WITH INSULATION SUITABLE FOR TEMPERATURE CONDITIONS WITHIN LUMINAIRE. J. BOND PRODUCTS AND METAL ACCESSORIES TO BRANCH CIRCUIT EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. K. INSTALL SPECIFIED LAMPS IN EACH LUMINAIRE. B. C. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. OPERATE EACH LUMINAIRE AFTER INSTALLATION AND CONNECTION. INSPECT FOR PROPER CONNECTION AND OPERATION. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. POSITION EXIT SIGN DIRECTIONAL ARROWS AS INDICATED. 3.04 CLEANING A. CLEAN ELECTRICAL PARTS TO REMOVE CONDUCTIVE AND DELETERIOUS MATERIALS. B. REMOVE DIRT AND DEBRIS FROM ENCLOSURES. C. CLEAN PHOTOMETRIC CONTROL SURFACES AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. D. CLEAN FINISHES AND TOUCH UP DAMAGE. 3.05 PROTECTION A. RELAMP LUMINAIRES THAT HAVE FAILED LAMPS AT SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 3.06 SCHEDULE - SEE DRAWINGS oqo9cp REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 1 3 2009 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIV ISIn� RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY % 9 2009 PERMIT CENTER DISCLAIMER:' NOT ALL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS APPLY TO THIS LOCATION. JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 Client: 0,1! KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. B Date 05 -05 -09 04-09-09 Designed By: PDX Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Sheet Title: SPECIFICATIONS Drawing No.: G -111 MAXIMUM AGGREGATE SIZE INCHES (MM) AIR CONTENT, PERCENT SEVERE EXPOSURE MODERATE EXPOSURE 3/8 INCHES (9 MM) 6.0 TO 9.0 4.5 TO 7.5 1/2 INCHES (13 MM) 5.5 TO 8.5 4.7 TO 7.0 3/4 INCHES (18 MM) 4.5 TO 7.5 3.5 TO 6.5 1 INCHES (25 MM) 4.5 TO 7.5 3.0 TO 6.0 11/2 INCHES (38 MM) 4.5 TO 7.0 3.0.T0 6.0 SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 321216 ASPHALT PAVING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. AGGREGATE BASE COURSE. B. SINGLE COURSE BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVING. C. DOUBLE COURSE BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVING. D. SURFACE SEALER. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH KEY BANK REQUIREMENTS. B. OBTAIN MATERIALS FROM SAME SOURCE THROUGHOUT. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. ASPHALT CEMENT: ASTM D 946. B. AGGREGATE FOR BASE COURSE: ANGULAR CRUSHED WASHED STONE; FREE OF SHALE, CLAY, FRIABLE MATERIAL AND DEBRIS. C. AGGREGATE FOR BINDER COURSE: ANGULAR CRUSHED WASHED STONE; FREE OF SHALE, CLAY, FRIABLE MATERIAL AND DEBRIS. D. AGGREGATE FOR WEARING COURSE: ANGULAR CRUSHED WASHED STONE; FREE OF SHALE, CLAY, FRIABLE MATERIAL AND DEBRIS. 2.02 ASPHALT PAVING MIXES AND MIX DESIGN A. BASE COURSE: 3.0 TO 6 PERCENT OF ASPHALT CEMENT BY WEIGHT IN MIXTURE IN ACCORDANCE WITH Al MS -2. B. BINDER COURSE: 4.5 TO 6 PERCENT OF ASPHALT CEMENT BY WEIGHT IN MIXTURE IN ACCORDANCE WITH Al MS-2. C. WEARING COURSE: 5 TO 7 PERCENT OF ASPHALT CEMENT BY WEIGHT IN MIXTURE IN ACCORDANCE WITH AIMS -2. D. SUBMIT PROPOSED MIX DESIGN OF EACH CLASS OF MIX FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO BEGINNING OF WORK. 2.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. TEST MIX DESIGN AND SAMPLES IN ACCORDANCE WITH Al MS -2. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. VERIFY THAT COMPACTED SUBGRADE IS DRY AND READY TO SUPPORT PAVING AND IMPOSED LOADS. 3.02 BASE COURSE A. PLACE AND COMPACT BASE COURSE. 3.03 PREPARATION • PRIMER A. APPLY PRIMER IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. USE CLEAN SAND TO BLOT EXCESS PRIMER. 104 PREPARATION - TACK COAT A. APPLY TACK COAT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. APPLY TACK COAT TO CONTACT SURFACES OF CURBS, GUTTERS AND. C. COAT SURFACES OF MANHOLE FRAMES WITH OIL TO PREVENT BOND WITH ASPHALT PAVEMENT. DO NOT TACK COAT THESE SURFACES. 3.05 PLACING ASPHALT PAVEMENT - SINGLE COURSE A. INSTALL WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH KEY BANK REQUIREMENTS. B. PLACE ASPHALT WITHIN 24 HOURS OF APPLYING PRIMER OR TACK COAT. C. COMPACT PAVEMENT BY ROLLING TO SPECIFIED DENSITY. DO NOT DISPLACE OR EXTRUDE PAVEMENT FROM POSITION. HAND COMPACT IN AREAS INACCESSIBLE TO ROLLING EQUIPMENT. D. PERFORM ROLLING WITH CONSECUTIVE PASSES TO ACHIEVE EVEN AND SMOOTH FINISH WITHOUT ROLLER MARKS. 106 SEAL COAT A. APPLY SEAL COAT TO SURFACE ASPHALT CURBS IN COURSE AND A ACE COUR ACCORDANCE WITH Al MS -19. 3.07 TOLERANCES A. FLATNESS: MAXIMUM VARIATION OF 114 INCH MEASURED WITH 10 FOOT STRAIGHT EDGE. B. VARIATION FROM TRUE ELEVATION: WITHIN 1/2 INCH. 108 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. SEE SECTION 014000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS, FOR GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR QUALITY CONTROL. SECTION 32 1723.13 PAINTED PAVEMENT MARKINGS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. PARKING LOT MARKINGS, INCLUDING PARKING BAYS, CROSSWALKS, ARROWS, HANDICAPPED SYMBOLS, AND CURB MARKINGS. B. ROADWAY LANE MARKINGS AND CROSSWALK MARKINGS. C. "NO PARKING' CURB PAINTING. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. SEE SECTION 013000 - ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS, FOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. B. PRODUCT DATA: MANUFACTURER'S DATA SHEETS ON EACH PRODUCT TO BE USED, INCLUDING: 1. PREPARATION INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. C. CERTIFICATES: SUBMIT FOR EACH BATCH OF PAINT AND GLASS BEADS STATING COMPLIANCE WITH SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. 1.03 EXTRA MATERIALS A. SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS, FOR ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS. B. SUPPLY 2 CONTAINERS OF EACH COLOR FOR KEY BANK'S USE. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. LINE AND ZONE MARKING PAINT: MPI NO. 97 LATEX TRAFFIC MARKING PAINT; COLOR(S) AS INDICATED. 1. ROADWAY MARKINGS: AS REQUIRED BY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION.: 2. PARKING LOTS: YELLOW. 3. HANDICAPPED SYMBOLS: BLUE. B. PAINT FOR OBLITERATING EXISTING MARKINGS: FS TT -P -1952; BLACK FOR, BITUMINOUS PAVEMENTS, GRAY FOR PORTLAND CEMENT PAVEMENTS.. C. REFLECTIVE GLASS BEADS: FS TT -B -1325, TYPE I (LOW INDEX OF REFRACTION), GRADATION A (COARSE, DROP -ON); WITH SILICONE OR OTHER SUITABLE WATERPROOFING COATING TO ENSURE FREE FLOW. D. TEMPORARY MARKING TAPE: PREFORMED, REFLECTIVE, PRESSURE SENSITIVE ADHESIVE TAPE IN COLORS) REQUIRED; CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SELECTION OF MATERIAL OF SUFFICIENT DURABILITY AS TO PERFORM SATISFACTORILY DURING PERIOD FOR WHICH ITS USE IS REQUIRED. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01. EXAMINATION A. DO NOT BEGIN INSTALLATION UNTIL SUBSTRATES HAVE BEEN PROPERLY PREPARED. B. IF SUBSTRATE PREPARATION IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF ANOTHER INSTALLER, NOTIFY KEY BANK OF UNSATISFACTORY PREPARATION BEFORE PROCEEDING. 102 ` PREPARATION A. ALLOW NEW PAVEMENT SURFACES TO CURE FOR A PERIOD OF NOT LESS THAN 14 DAYS BEFORE APPLICATION OF MARKING MATERIALS. B. PREPARE SURFACES USING THE METHODS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER FOR ACHIEVING THE BEST RESULT FOR THE SUBSTRATE UNDER THE PROJECT CONDITIONS. C. CLEAN SURFACES THOROUGHLY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 1 REMOVE DUST, DIRT, AND OTHER GRANULAR SURFACE DEPOSITS BY SWEEPING, BLOWING WITH COMPRESSED AIR, RINSING WITH WATER, OR A COMBINATION OF THESE METHODS. D. WHERE OIL OR GREASE ARE PRESENT, SCRUB AFFECTED AREAS WITH SEVERAL APPLICATIONS OF TRISODIUM PHOSPHATE SOLUTION OR OTHER APPROVED DETERGENT OR DEGREASER, AND RINSE THOROUGHLY AFTER EACH APPLICATION; AFTER CLEANING, SEAL OIL- SOAKED AREAS WITH CUT SHELLAC TO PREVENT BLEEDING THROUGH THE NEW PAINT. E. ESTABLISH SURVEY CONTROL POINTS TO DETERMINE LOCATIONS AND DIMENSIONS OF MARKINGS; PROVIDE TEMPLATES TO CONTROL PAINT APPLICATION BY TYPE AND COLOR AT NECESSARY INTERVALS. F. TEMPORARY PAVEMENT MARKINGS: WHEN REQUIRED OR DIRECTED BY KEY BANK, APPLY TEMPORARY MARKINGS OF THE COLOR(S), WIDTH(S) AND LENGTH(S) AS INDICATED OR DIRECTED. 1. AFTER TEMPORARY MARKING HAS SERVED ITS PURPOSE, REMOVE TEMPORARY MARKING BY CAREFULLY CONTROLLED SANDBLASTING, APPROVED GRINDING EQUIPMENT, OR OTHER APPROVED METHOD SO THAT SURFACE TO WHICH THE MARKING WAS APPLIED WILL NOT BE DAMAGED. 2. AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION, TEMPORARY MARKING TAPE MAY USED IN LIEU OF TEMPORARY PAINTED MARKING; REMOVE UNSATISFACTORY TAPE AND REPLACE WITH PAINTED MARKINGS AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO KEY BANK. 103 INSTALLATION A. BEGIN PAVEMENT MARKING AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER SURFACE HAS BEEN CLEANED AND DRIED. B. DO NOT APPLY PAINT IF TEMPERATURE OF SURFACE TO BE PAINTED OR THE ATMOSPHERE IS LESS THAN 50 DEGREES F OR MORE THAN 95 DEGREES F. C. APPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS USING AN EXPERIENCED TECHNICIAN THAT IS THOROUGHLY FAMILIAR WITH EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, AND MARKING LAYOUTS. D. COMPLY WITH FHWA MUTCD MANUAL (HTTP: / /MUTCD.FHWA.DOT.GOV) FOR DETAILS NOT SHOWN. E. APPLY MARKINGS IN LOCATIONS DETERMINED BY MEASUREMENT FROM SURVEY CONTROL POINTS; PRESERVE CONTROL POINTS UNTIL AFTER MARKINGS HAVE BEEN ACCEPTED. F. APPLY UNIFORMLY PAINTED MARKINGS OF COLOR(S), LENGTHS, AND WIDTHS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS TRUE, SHARP EDGES AND ENDS. 1. APPLY PAINT IN ONE COAT ONLY 2. WET FILM THICKNESS: 0.015 INCH, MINIMUM. 3. WIDTH TOLERANCE PLUS OR MINUS 1/8 INCH. G. ROADWAY TRAFFIC LANES: USE SUITABLE MOBILE MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT THAT PROVIDES CONSTANT AGITATION OF PAINT AND TRAVELS AT CONTROLLED SPEEDS. 1. CONDUCT OPERATIONS IN SUCH A MANNER THAT NECESSARY TRAFFIC CAN MOVE WITHOUT HINDRANCE. 2. PLACE WARNING SIGNS AT THE BEGINNING OF THE WET LINE, AND AT POINTS WELL IN ADVANCE OF THE MARKING EQUIPMENT FOR ALERTING APPROACHING TRAFFIC FROM BOTH DIRECTIONS. PLACE SMALL FLAGS OR OTHER SIMILARLY EFFECTIVE SMALL OBJECTS NEAR FRESHLY APPLIED MARKINGS AT FREQUENT INTERVALS TO REDUCE CROSSING BY TRAFFIC. 3. IF PAINT DOES NOT DRY WITHIN EXPECTED TIME, DISCONTINUE PAINT OPERATIONS UNTIL CAUSE OF SLOW DRYING IS DETERMINED AND CORRECTED. 4. SKIP MARKINGS: SYNCHRONIZE ONE OR MORE PAINT "GUNS" TO AUTOMATICALLY BEGIN AND CUT OFF PAINT FLOW; MAKE LENGTH OF INTERVALS AS INDICATED. 5. USE HAND APPLICATION BY PNEUMATIC SPRAY FOR APPLICATION OF PAINT IN AREAS WHERE A MOBILE PAINT APPLICATOR CANNOT BE USED. DISTRIBUTE GLASS BEADS UNIFORMLY ON THE PAINT LINES WITHIN TEN SECONDS WITHOUT ANY WASTE, APPLIED AT RATE OF 6 POUNDS PER GALLON OF PAINT; IF THE MARKING EQUIPMENT DOES NOT HAVE A GLASS BEAD DISPENSER, USE A SEPARATE PIECE OF EQUIPMENT ADJUSTED AND SYNCHRONIZED WITH THE PAINT APPLICATOR; REMOVE AND REPLACE MARKINGS HAVING FAULTY DISTRIBUTION OF BEADS. H. PARKING LOTS: APPLY PARKING SPACE LINES, ENTRANCE AND EXIT ARROWS, PAINTED CURBS, AND OTHER MARKINGS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 1. MARK THE INTERNATIONAL HANDICAPPED SYMBOL AT INDICATED PARKING SPACES.' 2. HAND APPLICATION BY PNEUMATIC SPRAY IS ACCEPTABLE. I. SYMBOLS: USE A SUITABLE TEMPLATE THAT WILL PROVIDER PAVEMENT MARKING WITH TRUE, SHARP EDGES AND ENDS, OF THE DESIGN AND SIZE INDICATED. 3.04 DRYING, PROTECTION, AND REPLACEMENT A. PROTECT NEWLY PAINTED MARKINGS SO THAT PAINT IS NOT PICKED UP BY TIRES, SMEARED, OR TRACKED. B. PROVIDE BARRICADES, WARNING SIGNS, AND FLAGS AS NECESSARY TO PREVENT TRAFFIC CROSSING NEWLY PAINTED MARKINGS. C. ALLOW PAINT TO DRY AT LEAST THE MINIMUM TIME SPECIFIED BY THE APPLICABLE PAINT STANDARD AND NOT LESS THAN THAT RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. D. REMOVE AND REPLACE MARKINGS THAT ARE APPLIED AT LESS THAN MINIMUM MATERIAL RATES; DEVIATE FROM TRUE ALIGNMENT; EXCEED LENGTH AND WIDTH TOLERANCES; OR SHOW LIGHT SPOTS, SMEARS, OR OTHER DEFICIENCIES OR IRREGULARITIES. E. REMOVE MARKINGS IN MANNER TO AVOID DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE TO WHICH THE MARKING WAS APPLIED, USING CAREFULLY CONTROLLED SAND BLASTING, APPROVED GRINDING EQUIPMENT, OR OTHER APPROVED METHOD. F. REPLACE REMOVED MARKINGS AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO KEY BANK. SECTION 32 3113 - FENCES AND GATES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. FENCE FRAMEWORK, FABRIC, AND ACCESSORIES, FOUNDATIONS, GATES AND HARDWARE. 1.02 ' QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION, WITH NOT LESS THAN 5 YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. CHAIN LINK, WROUGHT IRON AND VINYL FENCES AND GATES: 1. MASTER- HALCO, INC.: WWW.FENCEONLINE.COM. 2. MERCHANTS METALS: WWW.MERCHANTSMETALS.COM. 3. AMERISTAR FENCE PRODUCTS: WWW.AMERISTARFENCE.COM 4: ALUMI- GUARD: WWW.ALUMI- GUARD.COM 5. AMETCO MANUFACTURING CORPORATION: WWW.AMETCO.COM 6. F &F COMPOSITE GROUP, INC.: WWW.INFO @FIBERFENCE.COM 7. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 MATERIALS 2.03 CHAIN LINK FENCE: A. POSTS, RAILS, AND FRAMES: ASTM F 1083 SCHEDULE 40 HOT- DIPPED GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE, WELDED CONSTRUCTION, MINIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 30 KSI. B. WIRE FABRIC: ASTM A 392 ZINC COATED STEEL CHAIN LINK 2" DIAMOND MESH FABRIC. C. CONCRETE: ASTM C 94 /C 94M, READY- MIXED; NORMAL PORTLAND CEMENT, 2,500 PSI STRENGTH AT 28 DAYS, 3 INCH SLUMP; 3/4 INCH NOMINAL SIZED COARSE AGGREGATE. D. LINE POSTS: 1.9 INCH DIAMETER, CORNER AND TERMINAL POSTS: 2.38 INCH, TOP AND BRACE RAIL: 1.66 INCH DIAMETER, PLAIN END, SLEEVE COUPLED, GATE FRAME: 1.66 INCH DIAMETER FOR WELDED FABRICATION. E. TENSION BAND AND STRAP: 1/8' THICK GALVANIZED STEEL. F. TIE WIRE: ALUMINUM ALLOY STEEL WIRE. G. CAPS, FITTINGS, EXTENSION ARMS: GALVANIZED STEEL. H. HARDWARE FOR SWING GATES: 180 DEGREE HINGES, 2 FOR GATES UP TO 60 INCHES HIGH, 3 FOR TALLER GATES, FORK LATCH WITH GRAVITY DROP AND PADLOCK HASP AND KEEPER TO HOLD GATE FULLY OPENED. I. PRIVACY SLATS: VINYL STRIPS, SIZED TO FIT FABRIC WEAVE, COLOR TO BE SELECTED. 2.04 STEEL FENCE A. STEEL MATERIAL FOR FENCE FRAMEWORK ( TUBULAR PICKETS, RAILS AND POSTS), WHEN GALVANIZED PRIOR TO FORMING, SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM A924/A924M, WITH A MINIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 50,000 PSI. THE STEEL SHALL BE HOT -DIP GALVANIZED TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM A6531A653M WITH A MINIMUM ZINC COATING WEIGHT OF 0.90 OZ/FT2. COATING DESIGNATION G -90. B. THE MANUFACTURED GALVANIZED FRAMEWORK INCLUDING PICKETS, RAILS, POSTS, GATES AND HARDWARE TO BE PAINTED SHALL BE WASHED WITH A BIODEGRADABLE ALKALINE DETERGENT TP REMOVE ALL OIL, GREASE, FLUX, WHITE RUST, DIRT AND OTHER CONTAMINANTS. THE SURFACE SHALL BE LIGHTLY SANDBLASTED AND THOROUGHLY CLEANED PRIOR TO FINISHING. APPLY A PRIMER WITHIN 24 HRS OF CLEANING. APPLY 50 MICROMETERS MINIMUM DRY FILM THICKNESS OF ACRYLIC -CURED ALIPHATIC POLYURETHANE APPEARANC E COATING AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. THE APPEARANCE COATING SHALL DRY TO FORM A SMOOTH, CONTINUOUS ADHERING FILM OF UNIFORM THICKNESS. COLOR TO BE SELECTED. C. FENCE PICKETS: 1" SQUARE X12 GA TUBING, FORERUNNER RAILS: 1 3/4 SQUARE X14 GA, POSTS: 3" SQUARE X1/8" THICK. 2.05 VINYL FENCE ( REINFORCED FIBERGLASS ) A. MATERIALS: FIBERGLASS ASTM D -638 , FLEXURAL STRENGTH ASTM D -790, COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH ASTM D -695, IMPACT STRENGTH 25 FT- LBS /IN, THERMAL EXPANSION ASTM D-696 MOLDED RIGID VINYL B. PICKETS: 1" DIAMETER OR SQUARE ( TO BE SELECTED ) 4" O.C., RAILS: 2" X 2" PLUS 3/4" X 2 ". (COMMERCIAL GRADE), POSTS: 3" X 3" SQUARE X REQUIRED HEIGHT. C. FASTENERS, ACCESSORIES AND GATE OPENING HARDWARE PER MANUFACTURERS STANDARDS. D. [< >]FINISH AND COLOR PROVIDE WARRANTY FOR FADE RESISTANCE. COLOR AS SELECTED. 2.06 FABRICATION A. FENCE PANELS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING 400 PLUS POUND LOAD AT MID SPAN WITHOUT PERMANENT DEFLECTION. B. SET ALL POSTS IN CONCRETE FOOTINGS AS INDICATED AND PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION 3.02 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM PLUMB: 1/4 INCH. B. MAXIMUM OFFSET FROM TRUE POSITION: 1 INCH. SECTION 33 0516 - UTILITY STRUCTURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES PRECAST CONCRETE UTILITY STRUCTURES: 1. . DRAINAGE SYSTEM CATCH BASINS. 2. FRAMES AND COVERS. 1.2 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. DESIGN STRUCTURES FOR MINIMUM LOADS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C857 AND ASTM C890. 1. ROOF LIVE LOAD: COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING LOADING CONDITIONS, INCLUDING IMPACT LOAD. a. HEAVY TRAFFIC: ASTM C857; A -16 AASHTO S99 -HB; HS20 -44, MAXIMUM 16,000 LB (71.2 KN) EACH WHEEL. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. OBTAIN PRECAST CONCRETE UTILITY STRUCTURES FROM SINGLE SOURCE. B. PERFORM STRUCTURAL DESIGN IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 318. C. PREFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH NPCA QUALITY CONTROL MANUAL FOR PRECAST PLANTS. D. CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING FOR MATERIAL AND FABRICATION REQUIREMENTS: 1. SINGLE CELL BOX CULVERTS: ASTM C1433. E PERFORM WELDING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1. STRUCTURAL STEEL: AWS D1.1. 2. REINFORCING STEEL: AWS D1.4. F. ' PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH KEY BANK REQUIREMENTS: 1.4 QUALIFICATIONS A. ' MANUFACTURER: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. . INSTALLER: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN PERFORMING WORK OF THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE APPROVED BY MANUFACTURER C. WELDERS: AWS QUALIFIED WITHIN PREVIOUS 12 MONTHS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PRECAST CONCRETE UTILITY STRUCTURES A. FABRICATORS: 1. OLD CASTLEPRECAST INC. 2. GENERAL PRECAST MANUFACTURING CO. 3. KISTNER CONCRETE 4. SUBSTITUTIONS: 0160 00 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS B. PRECAST CONCRETE UTILTY STRUCTURES: REINFORCED PRECAST CONCRETE. C. FOUNDATION SLAB: CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE OF TYPE SPECIFIED IN SECTION 03 30 00, LEVELED TOP SURFACE. 2.2 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. CEMENT: ASTM C150, TYPE I - NORMAL PORTLAND TYPE. B. FINE AND COARSE AGGREGATES: ASTM C33, EXCEPT GRADATION REQUIREMENTS DO NOT APPLY. C. WATER: CLEAN AND NOT DETRIMENTAL TO CONCRETE. 2.3 ADMIXTURES A. AIR ENTRAINMENT: ASTM C260 B. CHEMICAL ADMIXTURES: ASTM C494/C494M. 1: ` TYPE A - WATER REDUCING 2. TYPE C - ACCELERATING 3. TYPE G WATER REDUCING, HIGH RANGE AND RETARDING C. FLY ASH WITH CALCINED POZZOLAN: ASTM C618 CLASS H. D. BLAST FURNACE SLAG: ASTM C989 GRADE 80. E. PIGMENTS MINERAL OXIDE, NON - FADING, LIME RESISTANT. 2.4 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT A. REINFORCING STEEL ASTM A615/A615M, 75 KSI (520 MPA) YIELD GRADE; DEFORMED BILLET STEEL BARS, GALVANIZED. B. REINFORCING WIRE: 1. PLAIN WIRE: ASTM A82; UNFINISHED WELDED STEEL WIRE FABRIC: 1. PLAIN WIRE: ASTM A185; UNFINISHED REINFORCING STEEL FINISHES: 1. GALVANIZED FINISH: ASTM A767/A767M, CLASS I. 2.5 FRAMES AND COVERS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. BARRY PATTERN AND FOUNDRY CO., INC. 2. CAMPBELL FOUNDRY CO. 3. MCKINLEY IRON WORKS 4. NEENAH FOUNDRY CO. 5. SUBSTITUTIONS: SECTION 0160 00 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PRODUCT DESCRIPTION: ASTM A48 /A48M, CLASS 30B AASHTO M306 CAST IRON CONSTRUCTION. 1. UD: MACHINED FLAT BEARING SURFACE, REMOVABLE UD, CLOSED OPEN CHECKERBOARD GRILLE COVER DESIGN; LIVE LOAD RATING OF HEAVY TRAFFIC HS20 -44. 2. GRATE: BICYCLE SAFE GRATE 2.6 ACCESSORIES A. MEMBRANE CURING COMPOUND: ASTM C1315 TYPE1, CLASS A B. INSERTED AND EMBEDDED ITEMS: 1. STRUCTURAL STEEL SECTIONS: ASTM A36 /A36M; GALVANIZED. JOINT SEALANTS AND JOINT GASKETS: 1. GASKET JOINTS FOR CIRCULAR CONCRETE PIPE: ASTM C443 (ASTM C443M); STANDARD OIL- RESISTANT RUBBER GASKETS. . 2 EXTERNAL SEALING BANDS: ASTM C877 (ASTM C877M); TYPE I RUBBER AND MASTIC BANDS. 3 PREFORMED JOINT SEALANTS FOR CONCRETE PIPE AND BOX SECTIONS: ASTM C990. 4. ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS: ASTM C920; SILICONE GRADE NS, CLASS 25 PIPE ENTRY CONNECTORS: ASTM C923 (ASTM C923M). GROUT: , 1. CEMENT GROUT: PORTLAND CEMENT, SAND AND WATER MIXTURE WITH STIFF CONSISTENCY TO SUIT INTENDED PURPOSE. 2 NON- SHRINK GROUT: ASTM C1107, GRADE A PREMIXED COMPOUND CONSISTING OF NON- METALLIC AGGREGATE,. CEMENT, WATER REDUCING AND PLASTICIZING AGENTS; CAPABLE OF DEVELOPING MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 2,400 PSI IN 48 HOURS AND 7,000 IN 28 DAYS; BITUMINOUS COATING: 1. MANUFACTURERS: a BITUMASTIC b. BEAZER EAST, INC. c. SUBSTITUTIONS: SECTION 0160 00 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS TOUCH -UP PRIMER FOR GALVANIZED SURFACES: SSPC 20 TYPE I INORGANIC C. 2.7 CONCRETE MIX A. SELECT PROPORTIONS FOR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 318. AND ACI 211.1. PROVIDE CONCRETE TO THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA: 1. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH: 4,000 AT 28 DAYS. WATER CEMENT RATIO: a. CONCRETE EXPOSED TO FREEZING AND THAWING: MAXIMUM 0.45 PERCENT BY MASS. WATERTIGHT CONCRETE NOT EXPOSED TO FREEZING AND THAWING: MAXIMUM 0.45 PERCENT BY MASS. CONCRETE EXPOSED TO CORROSIVE CONDITIONS: 0.40 PERCENT BY MASS. AIR CONTENT: ADMIXTURES: INCLUDE ADMIXTURE TYPES AND QUANTITIES INDICATED IN CONCRETE MIX DESIGNS APPROVED THROUGH SUBMITTAL PROCESS. 1. DO NOT USE CALCIUM CHLORIDE. 2.8 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. SECTION 01 40 00 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS: TESTING, INSPECTION AND ANALYSIS REQUIREMENTS. PERFORM THE FOLLOWING TESTS FOR EACH 150 CY (114 CUBIC METER) OF CONCRETE PLACED, WITH MINIMUM ONE SET OF TESTS EACH WEEK. 1. SLUMP: ASTM C143/C143M. 2. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH: ASTM C31/C31 M, ASTM C192/C192M AND ASTM C39/C39M. 1 AIR CONTENT: ASTM C231 OR ASTM C171 4. UNIT WEIGHT: ASTM C138. . VISUALLY INSPECT COMPLETED PRECAST STRUCTURES FOR DEFECTS. 1. REPAIR DEFECTS AFFECTING EXPOSED TO VIEW SURFACES TO ACHIEVE UNIFORM APPEARANCE. 2 REPAIR HONEYCOMB BY REMOVING LOOSE MATERIAL AND APPLYING GROUT TO PRODUCE SMOOTH SURFACE FLUSH WITH ADJACENT SURFACE. 3. REPAIR MAJOR DEFECTS ONLY WHEN PERMITTED BY KEY BANK D. - MAKE TEST RESULTS AVAILABLE TO KEY BANK UPON REQUEST. PART 3 EXECUTION 11 EXAMINATION A. SECTION 01 30 00 - ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS: VERIFICATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE STARTING WORK LY SIZED WORK ARE PROPER PROVIDED BY OTHER SECTIONS OF WOR : VERIFY ITEMS R AND LOCATED. C. VERIFY CORRECT SIZE AND ELEVATION OF EXCAVATION. D. VERIFY SUBGRADE AND BEDDING IS PROPERLY PREPARED, COMPACTED AND READY TO RECEIVE WORK OF THIS SECTION. 3.2 PREPARATION A. COORDINATE PLACEMENT OF INLET AND OUTLET PIPE OR DUCT SLEEVES REQUIRED BY OTHER SECTIONS. B. DO NOT INSTALL STRUCTURES WHERE SITE CONDITIONS INDUCE LOADS EXCEEDING STRUCTURAL CAPACITY OF STRUCTURES. C. INSPECT PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO PLACEMENT IN EXCAVATION TO VERIFY ARE INTERNALLY CLEAN AND FREE FROM DAMAGE. REMOVE AND REPLACE DAMAGED UNITS. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL PRECAST CONCRETE UTILITY STRUCTURES TO PROPER ELEVATION AND ALIGNMENT AS REQUIRED. ASSEMBLE MULTI - SECTION STRUCTURES BY LOWERING EACH SECTION INTO EXCAVATION. 1. CLEAN JOINT SURFACES. 2. INSTALL WATERTIGHT JOINT SEALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS USING GASKET JOINTS, EXTERNAL SEAUNG BANDS, PREFORMED JOINT SEALANTS, ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS, OR GROUT. REMOVE KNOCKOUTS OR CUT STRUCTURE TO RECEIVE PIPING WITHOUT CREATING OPENINGS LARGER THAN REQUIRED TO RECEIVE PIPE. FILL ANNULAR SPACE WITH GROUT. CONNECT PIPE TO STRUCTURE AND SEAL WATERTIGHT. CUT PIPE AND FLUSH WITH INTERIOR OF STRUCTURE. GROUT FOUNDATION SLAB TO ACHIEVE SLOPE TO EXIT PIPING., TROWEL SMOOTH. CONTOUR [TO FORM CONTINUOUS DRAINAGE CHANNEL] [AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS]. PAINT INTERIOR WITH 2 COATS OF BITUMINOUS INTERIOR COATING AT RATE OF 120 SQUARE FEET PER GALLON FOR EACH COAT. G. SET FRAME AND COVER LEVEL WITHOUT TIPPING, TO PROPER ELEVATIONS. 1. SET COVER ABOVE FINISHED GRADE FOR STRUCTURES LOCATED WITHIN UNPAVED AREAS TO ALLOW AREA TO BE GRADED AWAY FROM COVER. H. TOUCH UP DAMAGED GALVANIZED COATINGS. I. BACKFILL EXCAVATIONS FOR STRUCTURES AS REQUIRED. 3.4 FIELD QUAUTY CONTROL A. SECTION 01 40 00 - QUAUTY REQUIREMENTS 01 70 00 - EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS FIELD INSPECTING, TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING. D. DISCLAIMER: NOT ALL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS APPLY TO THIS LOCATION. JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 4374300 FAX (614) 437-4304 REVIEWED FOR CODE R COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 1 3 2009 City of Tukwila BUILDING D - .._,._ IVISION REGISTERED ARCHITECT Client: 0 KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. Drawing No.: Date 05 -05 -09 04 -09 -09 Designed By: PDX Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: SPECIFICATIONS G -112 444111111pp4 LANDS OF HAWLEY ENTERPRISES, INC. PARCEL NO. 0041000493 KING CO. R.O.S. NO. 20000211900001 RIGHT- OF -WAY) ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN SCALE: 1' =20' F.O.B. SURVEYOR'S DESCRIPTION o � ti At C. ' Af GENERAL NOTES 1. ALL NOTES ARE FOR REFERNCE ONLY UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. SIGNS ARE TO BE INSTALLED BY LICENSED SIGN CONTRACTOR UNDER A SEPARATE SIGN PERMIT. 10' 20' SCALE: 1 "= 20' 0 SHEET KEYNOTES 1. EXISTING ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACE. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 13 2009 City of Tukwila BUILDING VISION boco 6(0 RECEIV €D., CITY OF TUKVVILA MAY )2c9 2009 PERMIT CENTER 40' 60' NORTH (13 JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 REGISTERED ARCHITECT EDWARD HANBICKI STATE OF WASHINGTON 8457 Client: 0,1). KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE. WA 98188 No. B Date 05 -05 -09 04 -09 -09 Designed By: PDX Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN Drawing No.: AS-1 00 TELLER AREA 109 STAIRS 1ST-1I EMERGENCY EXIT 106 CUSTOMER AREA STORAGE 1 006 1 HALL 013 WOMEN'S RESTROOM [i] WOMEN'S RESTROOM Cif MEN'S RESTROOM [i] ELEC/ MECH ROOM 1 009 HALL 011 STAIRS FIRST FLOOR - DEMOLITION PLAN SCALE: 10=1 f� STORAGE 1014I SCALE: 10=1'-0" CONFERENCE ROOM 005 UP 2' -34" U, VESTIBULE 1 PHONE/ ETO ROOM 1T:15 0 CI 0 O ® 13 CONFERENCE OOM ououo H 0 L - 6' -10" L _ [o En 0 STORAGE 003 019 CUSTOMER SERVICE VAULT I 0151 1 016 BASEMENT FLOOR - DEMOLITION PLAN - -J RECORD VAULT 1017) f.1 UP STAIRS 002 EMPLOYEE LOUNGE 001 HALL 018 DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES 1. DURING THE BIDDING MEETING THE KEYBANK PROPERTY MANAGER WILL DISTRIBUTE A LIST OF FURNITURE AND SYSTEM FURNITURE TO BE RETAINED BY KEYBANK. 2. ALL FURNITURE SHALL BE DISPOSED OF OFFSITE BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. FOR BIDDING PURPOSES THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIGURE IN THEIR BID TO REMOVE OF AND DISPOSE OF ALL FURNITURE PRESENTLY LOCATED IN THE BRANCH. PROPERTY MANAGER TO VERIFY ACTUAL QUANTITIES AT THE TIME OF BIDDING. 3. ALL SYSTEMS FURNITURE NOT TO BE RETAINED BY KEYBANK SHALL BE DISPOSED OF OFFSITE BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. FOR BIDDING PURPOSES THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIGURE IN THEIR BID TO REMOVE OF AND DISPOSE OF ALL SYSTEMS FURNITURE LOCATED IN THE BRANCH. PROPERTY MANAGER TO VERIFY ACTUAL QUANTITIES AT THE TIME OF BIDDING. ALL SYSTEMS FURNITURE WHICH NEEDS TO BE MOVED DURING CONSTRUCTION TO ACCOMMODATE PHASING SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF AND AT THE COST OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 4. ALL WOOD BASE IN AREAS THAT CAN BE VIEWED BY THE PUBLIC IS TO BE REMOVED & SALVAGED. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT FROM DAMAGE ALL EXISTING WOOD BASE TO BE REUSED. TOUCH UP AND / OR REFINISH BASE AS REQUIRED TO MATCH EXISTING. WHERE WOOD BASE IS REMOVED, ANY WALL DAMAGE TO EXISTING WALL SURFACES SHALL BE REPAIRED. 5. ALL WOOD TRIMS ON DEMOLISHED OR REMODELED NON- PUBLIC AREAS SHALL BE SAVED FOR REUSE ON WALLS IN NON -PUBIC AREAS EXCEPT WHERE WOOD TRIMS ARE SCHEDULED TO REMAIN. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT FROM DAMAGE ALL EXISTING WOOD TRIMS TO BE REUSED. TOUCH UP AND / OR REFINISH TRIMS AS REQUIRED TO MATCH EXISTING. WHERE WOOD TRIMS ARE REMOVED, MN WALL DAMAGE TO EXISTING WALL / CEILING SURFACES SHALL BE REPAIRED. 6. REMOVE WOOD CROWN MOLDING FROM WALLS AND COLUMNS, TYPICAL WHERE WOOD CROWN MOWING IS REMOVED, ANY WALL DAMAGE TO EXISTING WALL / CEILING , SURFACES SHALL BE REPAIRED. 7. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVING ALL DEMOLISHED MATERIAL PROMPTLY AND PROPERLY DISPOSED OF AFTER EACH DAYS WORK. 8. BURNING OF MATERIALS ON SITE IS NOT PERMITTED. 9. REPAIR ALL DEMOLITION IN EXCESS OF THAT REQUIRED AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. 10. ALL DEMOLITION TO BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION 11. DEMOLISH IN A CLEAR AND ORDERLY FASHION TO ACCOMMODATE ALL NEW WORK. PROTECT EXISTING FOUNDATIONS AND ALL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. 12. PHASE DEMOLITION IN ACCORDANCE WITH CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 13. PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN BARRICADES, LIGHTING, GUARD RAILS, SAFETY RAILS AS REQUIRED BY OSHA AND AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION TO PROTECT THE OCCUPANTS, WORKERS, PEDESTRIANS AND CLIENTS. 14. CEASES ALL OPERATIONS IMMEDIATELY AND NOTIFY CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IF SAFETY OF STRUCTURE APPEARS TO BE COMPROMISED. TAKE ALL NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS TO SECURE STRUCTURE. RESUMPTION OF WORK SHALL ONLY TAKE PLACE AFTER SAFETY HAS BEEN RESTORED. 15. DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION CAN NOT INTERFERE WITH POSTED OPERATING BUSINESS HOURS OF BRANCH. BRANCH MUST REMAIN OPEN DURING CONSTRUCTION. 0 SHEET KEYNOTES 1. REMOVE ENTIRE TELLER STATION CABINETRY, BUILT -IN COUNTERS AND SURROUNDING WALLS AS INDICATED. PATCH ALL AREAS FLUSH WITH EXISTING TO REMAIN 2. REMOVE ALL EXISTING FURNITURE 3. REMOVE ALL EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES AND PARTITIONS. CONCEAL CAP ALL PIPING NOT USED FOR NEW WORK. PATCH ALL AREAS FLUSH WITH EXISTING TO REMAIN 4. REMOVE EXISTING COUPON ROOM AND PATCH ALL AREAS FLUSH WITH EXISTING TO REMAIN 5. REMOVE EXISTING FLOORING AND BASE TO SUBFLOOR. PREPARE FOR NEW WORK 6. REMOVE EXISTING PARTIAL HEIGHT WALL AS INDICATED AND PATCH ALL AREAS FLUSH TO REMAIN 7. REMOVE EXISTING BUILT -IN UNITS AND PATCH ALL AREAS FLUSH TO REMAIN 8. EXISTING ATM TO REMAIN 9. EXISTING AHD TO REMAIN 10. EXISTING RESTROOM FIXTURES TO REMAIN 11. EXISTING FREIGHT ELEVATOR TO BE ABANDONED IN PLACE. REMOVE EXISTING DOOR TO PREPARE TO INFILL WALL 12. SALVAGE EXISTING MICROWAVE FOR REUSE 13. EXISTING CONFERENCE ROOM TABLES AND CHAIRS TO REMAIN 14. REMOVE EXISTING REFRIGERATOR; CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR LEGAL DISPOSAL. 15. REMOVE EXISTING DOOR TO PREPARE FOR NEW DOOR 16. REMOVE EXISTING WALK -OFF MAT AND PREP EXISTING SUBSTRATE TO RECEIVE NEW 17. REMOVE EXISTING GLAZING, S;LL AND JAMB; PREPARE TO INFILL WALL AT THIS LOCATION 18. REMOVE EXISTING DOOR, FRAME AND WALL IN THIS LOCATION IN PREPARATION OF NEW DOOR AND FRAME WHICH IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH ADA STANDARDS 19. APPROXIMATE EXTENTS OF EXISTING FLOOR TO BE DEMOLISHED TO COORDINATE WITH NEW WHEELCHAIR LIFT. REFER TO 9/A -502 20. G.C. TO REMOVE SLAB IN THIS LOCATION AND PREPARE FOR NEW SLAB AND FOUNDATION. SEE 6/A -502 ARCHITECTURAL LEGEND + EXISTING WALL / DOOR CONSTRUCTION II , EXISTING WALL / DOOR TO BE DEMOLISHED coq - 086 SCALE: 1/8"= EXISTING CASEWORK / FURNITURE TO BE DEMOLISHED LINE /EXTENT OF FLOORING MATERIAL TO BE DEMOLISHED REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 13 2009 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKIMLA MAY ''2\9 2009 PERMIT CENTER PLAN NORTH -0" 16' MN JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 8457 tz EGISTERED ARCHITECT ST ATE OF WASHINGTON Client: 0,1". KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. A Designed By: PDX Drawing No.: Date 05 -05 -09 Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID 04-09 -09 DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN A -101 TELLER AREA 109 STORAGE 006 9'-6" ETR HALL 013 7' -10" ETR WOMEN'S RESTROOM [0-1T1 r -7" ETR WOMEN'S RESTROOM 10121 7'-0" ETR MEN'S RESTROOM 101T I 9 1 6 ETR ELEC/ MECH ROOM 10091 9'-6" ETR HALL 011 9'-s" ETR STAIRS STAIRS 1ST -1 SCALE: 1/8 " =1' -0" 15'4 ETR CONFERENCE ROOM 9'-8" ETR 00 OPEN TO ABOVE STORAGE 1 014 1 ETR VESTIBULE 100 15' -0' ETR I + -H - H 15 ' 0 " H +H-1 a ErR D 3 � o _ H s .�J -ITLL JTis I r H _ ❑ -I I- H-H I- -F 1-1-I 1-141- -I - 1 IS LI 7 LI 11 L H _ 0 1- i.-I -I -FAH _ -I -E1- _ - - _ CIS LI Z LI� L _ -1 ❑ j""LI41 -1 -1- 1-1 _ I -F 1- _ -[ - H illLI 1LI: -IZ L: FH _{.- la El a L IKI S L I H-1- 1-H I- -F1-I-I H-I- -I- - - la LI a LI IZ L H -H 1-I 41-I H- +- D CIS El a LI IS L -1 t I- 1-1 -H-I 14 1- .1.-H F IS LI a LI 11L_I I-_1 -1-H-I -I- +-1 I-1-1- - - D -I- Ja El 1 El Is L _'- -1 I -H- 1-H I- -I- 1-1-1 I-H-1- - D 4- IS LI ram El 17L - _ H H- -HI 1-1 141- - - 7.H �I =Li I IZ LI Is 1: d � I +H +H -F [D - I TILTSLTDTIZT F-H H H 1 U EMERGENCY EXIT 106 15' -0" ETR PHONE/ ETO ROOM 004 9'-6" 15-0" ETR 0 CUSTOMER AREA 101 FIRST FLOOR - REFLECTED CEILING DEMOLITION PLAN STORAGE 003 ETR 5 -f rrn 0 II II E 0 COVFERENC IONA I )191 p CUSTOMER SERVICE VAULT 1 015 1 10161 9' -6" ETR H- H--I o 15' -0 SCI ETR - I� - I F-I - L tII-1rt tu=t tlr _ 1_IZ 1-1-) I- 4 1-1-i I-14 9' -0" ETR 1-1�- tfil 1 t'H I - I - t'I- I fill 1 " - 1 I.1- -1 _,1 I Z -1-I -,- ,-I i Irt -1 - 4 - _w-I I- - 4-1-I 1-I4 - I--I -I - 1 - t 1 1 1-1 - -I -1 - I _1 1-1 -I-I - it 1 - 4 1-11 - 1 t'H 1-1-t ill , [IZ "I - -1- --1 - 1-1 a-1 11 — � 1-14 1-1= - -t 1=1� - 1 - 1 - 1 - 1 .- - - t - t - - - 14 --I- -a- -t-1 r I :I -t i la fil -t fil -t . - - 4_11 1- - -1:1 1-14 1 - I--I — 1-I -t 1-I Il tl I = -, A-I -1• a- I I-1. 1--14 12, - - 1 - H I 1 hi -h._ � '-I' -`i ' 4_11--1 I I-t -1- -t fi - H th-L f_±"J=t�L L F4.L - t "hi l' ii 15' -0" CONFERENCE' n ROOM t 1 -t D II O �a 4 4 -I - N t 1 � - TI i I I i ETR RECORD VAULT 1 017 1 9 ETR J- __L_ BASEMENT FLOOR - REFLECTED CEILING DEMOLITION PLAN SCALE: 1/8 " =1' -0" STAIRS 002 EMPLOYEE LOUNGE 001 9' -5" ETR HALL 018 9' -0" ETR DEMO RCP GENERAL NOTES 1. SALVAGE TO CONTRACTOR UNDAMAGED EXISTING SUSPENDED CEILING TILES FROM PUBLIC AREA. UNDAMAGED CEILING TILES TO BE STORED IN STORAGE ROOM. CONTRACTOR TO REUSE UNDAMAGED TILES AS REPLACEMENTS TILES IN BACK OF HOUSE AS SHOWN ON DRAWING A -114. 2. DURING CONSTRUCTION THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT ALL EXISTING WOOD TRIMS AROUND CEILING PERIMETER IN AREAS THAT WILL ULTIMATELY BE WITHIN THE PUBLIC'S VIEW WHEN THE REMODEL IS COMPLETED. WHERE THESE TRIMS ARE REMOVED, AS PART OF THE DEMO PROCESS IN NON- PUBLIC AREAS, THEY SHALL BE SALVAGED AND REUSED IN PUBLIC AREAS WHERE POSSIBLE. REFER TO DEMO GENERAL NOTE 1 ON DRAWING A -111 AND GENERAL FINISH NOTE 8 ON DWG A -115. 0 SHEET KEYNOTES 1. DEMO EXISTING GYPSUM BOARD CEILING AND FLOOR ABOVE AS REQUIRED TO COORDINATE WITH NEW CONSTRUCTION. REFER TO MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR DEMO IN THIS AREA. REFER TO 9/A -502 2. EXISTING DOOR HEADER, FRAME AND SURROUNDING WALL TO BE DEMOLISHED IN THIS LOCATION IN PREPARATION FOR NEW DOOR HEADER AND FRAME THAT IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH ADA STANDARDS. REFER ALSO TO SHEET A -101 3. REMOVE ALL EXISTING CEILING TILE, SUSPENSION SYSTEM, LIGHTS AND HVAC DIFFUSERS IN THIS AREA 4. REMOVE EXISTING SOFFIT IN THIS LOCATION. G.C. TO FIELD VERIFY CONSTRUCTION AND SYSTEMS INSIDE SOFFIT AND COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO BID 5. DEMO EXISTING GYPSUM BOARD CEILING AS REQUIRED TO COORDINATE WITH NEW CONSTRUCTION. REFER TO MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR DEMO IN THIS AREA. ARCHITECTURAL LEGEND Q Da El H--14HI 154 FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE TO '' - - - -' BE REMOVED I I I 71 1 . z -1 IC 0 0 r T -T .:41 • EXISTING 12 "x12" ACT CEILING SYSTEM TO REMAIN 12"x12" ACT CEILING SYSTEM TO BE REMOVED AS REQUIRED FOR CONSTRUCTION OF NEW SYSTEMS 15x4' FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN 2'x4' FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN EXISTING CEILING DIFFUSER TO REMAIN Ic 71 CEILING DIFFUSER TO BE REMOVED EXISTING AIR GRILLE TO REMAIN AIR GRILLE TO BE REMOVED INCANDESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE REMOVED INCANDESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN EXISTING GYPSUM BOARD CEILING TO BE REMOVED REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 13 2009 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY %2`9 2009 PERMIT CENTER SCALE: 1 /8"= 1' -0" 16' PLAN NORTH 24' MI MN JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 REGISTERED ARCHITECT EDWARD HANBICKI STATE OF WASHINGTON 8457 Client: 0 KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. Date 05 -05 -09 04-09-09 Designed By: PDX Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: REFLECTED CEILING DEMOLITION PLAN Drawing No.: A -102 ATM ROOM 111 gii 111E ■ INN -- °411ss° °° Imo' °�'1 ° - ° ° ° °° _.i °Mil»i: ° 11111111° ° °111111 0 ^ ° = ° °11M° °° 14 11M1 M'11111° I• ° °IINI° - Ir ° ° °•1111111°111MI°INI° 'n °����Eae� W )l6�P\E!® HMO I Iao LW�% �i�1°°° IV m Emil LS all 1.° •1!!11° °1=1° .°°MMDJ°° °111111 °° MIME MINIM MINIM MINIM MIMI° MINIM MIM I= °°°-° . ° °•11 ° °1. ° ° °- •I •I , o ° -O °° . STAIRS • WHEELCHAIR LIFT 13' -9" ALIGN TELLER AREA 109 TELLER WORK AREA 12-6" 0 CONFERENCE OOM 13/A -401 5/A -401 STAIRS STORAGE 006 HALL 17151 WOMEN'S RESTROOM MEN'S RESTROOM UNISEX RESTROOM ELEC/ MECH ROOM 009 HALL [C2_1' EDS ALIGN WITH SOFFIT ABOVE 1/A -201 FIRST FLOOR - CONSTRUCTION PLAN SCALE: 1 /8" =1' -0" STORAGE 1 014 BASEMENT FLOOR - CONSTRUCTION PLAN CONFERENCE ROOM n VESTIBULE 100 WHEELCHAIR LIFT 'WW1 EMERGENCY EXIT FOT1 PHONE/ ETO ROOM 004 ADA COUPON ROOM 0121 3/A -201 WORK STATION \ it CUSTOMER SERVICE 0151 WORK STATION 3 STORAGE VAULT WORK STATION RECORD VAULT X0171 CONFERENCE ROOM 1021 OFFICE SALES WORK ROOM 105 C SCALE: 1/4'=1'-0" 4'-4" GENERAL NOTES 1. PARTITIONS ARE DIMENSIONED FROM FINISH FACE TO FINISH FACE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALLOW FOR THICKNESS OF FINISHES. MAINTAIN DIMENSIONS MARKED 'CLEAR' OR 'HOLD'. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE AND INSTALL BLOCKING WITHIN PARTITIONS FOR MILLWORK, TOILET ACCESSORIES, AND ALL OTHER WALL- MOUNTED UNITS. ALL WOOD BLOCKING SHALL BE FIRE - RETARDANT WOOD. 3. FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT OF HANDICAP DRINKING FOUNTAIN, PLUMBING FIXTURES & RESTROOM HANDICAP SIGNAGE, SEE SHEET G -003. REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. REVIEWED F CODE COMPLIANC E APPROV JUL 1 3 2009 City of Tukwila DIVISION FIRST FLOOR - WHEELCHAIR LIFT PLAN RECEIVED CITY OF TUKIMLA MAY .2\9 2009 PERMIT CENTER 0 SHEET KEYNOTES 1. NEW 8 PERSON CONFERENCE TABLE 2. NEW REFRIGERATOR 3. EXISTING FREIGHT ELEVATOR TO BE ABANDONED IN PLACE 4. NEW WHEELCHAIR LIFT. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS 5. REPLACE DAMAGED TOILET TANK COVER, THIS TOILET ONLY 6. NEW ADA COMPLIANT DRINKING FOUNTAIN CENTERED ON WALL 7. PROVIDE 3/4" BC PLYWOOD APPLIED VERTICALLY, B SIDE OUT, OVER WALL FINISH AND FASTEN TO STUDS. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH DATA AND ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE FOR INTUMESCENT PAINT SYSTEM TO BE APPLIED BEFORE INSTALLATION OF DATA AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT 8. RELOCATE EXISTING MICROWAVE 9. COMMUNITY ART WALL 10. NEW 12' -0" FULL HEARTH. COORDINATE WITH VENDOR DRAWINGS. SEE A -804 11. APPLY FULL - HEIGHT WINDOW FILM TO INTERIOR FACE OF EXISTING WINDOW GLAZING IN TELLER AREA. REFER TO "ACCESSORIES" UNDER SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 08 8000, GLAZING 12. EXISTING ATM TO REMAIN. NEW SURROUND TO BE INSTALLED 13. EXISTING AHD TO REMAIN 14. NEW CASH SAFE. REFER TO 7/A -504 FOR REINFORCED FLOOR 15. NEW HOSPITALITY CART 16. REFINISH AND PAINT INTERIOR SIDE OF ALL WINDOW FRAMES AND TRIMS PT -6 17. PROVIDE BLINDS ON ALL EXTERIOR WINDOWS 18. NEW 4' L x 3' W SINGLEFOLD RAMP, MODEL ASF4 BY HANDI -RAMP, INC. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. GC TO VERIFY CHANGE OF FLOOR HEIGHT IS NO HIGHER THAN 4" AT THIS LOCATION PRIOR TO BID 19. OUTSIDE FACE OF NEW WALL TO ALIGN WITH FACE OF SOFFIT ABOVE 20. NEW CCTV /LOCKER UNIT (5 LOCKERS) 21. NEW DOCUMENT DESTRUCTION CONTAINER 22. EXISTING CONFERENCE ROOM TABLE AND CHAIRS TO REMAIN 23. NEW 2x4 VIDEO WALL CONFIGURATION. COORDINATE WITH VENDOR 24. REMOVE EXISTING WALL FINISH THIS WALL ONLY. PROVIDE FURRING AS REQUIRED FOR ATTACHMENT OF NEW FINISHES PER A-402 TO ALIGN WITH ADJACENT WALL 25. NEW CONCRETE LEVELING PAD FOR AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNIT (ACCU -1). SEE 3/A -502 26. COORDINATE LOCATION OF WHEELCHAIR LIFT WITH FIRST FLOOR. SEE 3/A -103 27. G.C. TO APPLY BLACKOUT WINDOW FILM AT THIS LOCATION PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION OF WHEELCHAIR LIFT 28. ADA COMPLIANT FIXED RAMP SUPPUED AND INSTALLED BY WHEELCHAIR LIFT VENDOR. SLOPE NOT TO EXCEED 1:10 29. WHEELCHAIR LIFT GATE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY WHEELCHAIR LIFT VENDOR. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE FOR FINISH BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR 30. MEN'S REST ROOM SIGN SEE VENDOR DRAWINGS 31. ACCESSIBLE UNISEX RESTROOM SIGN SEE VENDOR DRAWINGS 32. WOMEN'S RESTROOM SIGN SEE VENDOR DRAWINGS 33. EXISTING ATM TO REMAIN 34. NEW SUPPORT COLUMN AND FOUNDATION FOR CASH SAFE SUPPORT. SEE 7/A -504 ARCHITECTURAL LEGEND -+- EXISTING WALL / DOOR CONSTRUCTION SCALE: 1/8 "= 8' - NEW WALL / DOOR CONSTRUCTION WALL TYPE REFERENCE. SEE SHEET A -501 NEW CASEWORK WALL MOUNTED FIRE EXTINGUISHER TO REMAIN WALL MOUNTED FIRE EXTINGUISHER NEW RELOCATED WALL MOUNTED FIRE EXTINGUISHER DOOR NUMBER. SEE A•601 16' PLAN NORTH T� 24' JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 Client: 0,1" KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. B Date 05 -05 -09 04-09 -09 Designed By: PDX Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: CONSTRUCTION PLAN Drawing No.: A -103 ATM ROOM TELLER AREA TELLER WORK AREA [Toil I 10'-3 1 STORAGE 006 HALL WOMEN'S RESTROOM MEN'S RESTROOM 008 ETR UNISEX RESTROOM 010 ETR ELEC/ MECH ROOM 10091 1 Ent 1 HALL STAIRS 0 STAIRS 1ST -11 ETR I SCALE: 1 /8 " =1' -0" ETR 0 STORAGE 1 014 1 IETRI 9 ct SCALE: 1 /8" =1' -0" • OPEN TO ABOVE CONFERENCE ROOM I I ETR (P ( 10'-3' ><TD 0' -3 WHEELCHAIR uFT IWL -11 I OPEN 1 FIRST FLOOR - REFLECTED CEILING PLAN VESTIBULE EMERGENCY EXIT 1106 - - ETR PHONE/ ETO ROOM 004 7-8' ETR 0 WORK STATION ® CUSTOMER AREA 101 WORK STATION 1 1 WHEELCHAIR LIFT IWL -11 1 MINN U'OVFERE ADA COUPON CUSTOMER ROOM SERVICE I1951I IETR 1 I I q 10' -3 "1 n STORAGE 003 ETR 0 RJC' ET VAULT 1 016 1 ETR 0' -3" I 0E WORK STATION 1 21 WORK STATION 1 41 ETR ux BASEMENT FLOOR - REFLECTED CEILING PLAN RECORD VAULT 1 017 ETR I • 10'-3' CONFERENCE ROOM io2 10' -3" I OFFICE SALES WORK ROOM 105 ETR STAIRS 002 EMPLOYEE LOUNGE HALL RCP GENERAL NOTES 1. ALL CEILINGS ARE TO MATCH EXISTING CEILING HEIGHT (U.O.N.). REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. 2. VERTICAL DIMENSIONS ARE ABOVE FINISHED SLAB (A.F.S.) ACOUSTICAL LAY -IN TILES. PATTERN RUNNING IN SAME DIRECTION, EXCEPT THOSE AREAS NOTED OTHERWISE ON REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. 3. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF CEILING GRID WITH EXISTING MECHANICAL PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL PRIOR TO INSTALLING LIGHT FIXTURES TO ENSURE PROPER CLEARANCES. CONTRACTOR TO NOTIFY ARCHITECT WHEN SUFFICIENT CLEARANCE CANNOT BE MAINTAINED. 4. REPLACE EXISTING ACOUSTICAL TILE TO MATCH EXISTING MFR'S STYLE AND RATING AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL BUILDING CODE OFFICIAL. 5. EXISTING FIRE ALARM SOFTWARE SHALL BE REPROGRAMMED TO INCLUDE ANY NEW DEVICES AND LOCATIONS. 6. FOR LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE SEE ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING DRAWINGS. 7. DIMENSIONED LIGHT FIXTURES ARE FROM FINISH FACE OF PARTITIONS TO CENTER UNE OF FIXTURE AND FROM CENTER LINE OF FIXTURE TO CENTERLINE OF FIXTURE. ALL FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CENTER OF CEILING TILE U.O.N. 10. ALL MULTIPLE SWITCH LOCATIONS ARE TO BE GANGED AND INSTALLED WITH A SINGLE FACE PLATE. 11. ALL V.A.V. BOXES AND ALL ITEMS REQUIRING ACCESS SHALL BE RELOCATED OUT OF GYPSUM BOARD CEILING U.O.N. 12. ANY DISCREPANCIES WITH LIGHT FIXTURES, SWITCHES, THERMOSTATS, DIFFUSERS AS TO LOCATION BETWEEN ARCHITECTURAL AND ENGINEERING DRAWINGS OR BETWEEN THE DRAWINGS AND EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS SHALL BE CLARIFIED WITH ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH INSTALLATION. 14. ALL THERMOSTATS TO BE CENTERED ABOVE LIGHT SWITCH U.O.N. AND ARE TO BE MOUNTED 6" ABOVE LIGHT SWITCH, CENTERLINE TO CENTERLINE OF DEVICES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. REFER TO ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR REQUIRED QUANTITY. 15. EXISTING CEIUNG GRID TO REMAIN IN PUBLIC AREAS EXCEPT WHERE INDICATED TO BE DEMOLISHED ON DEMOLITION PLAN. NEW CEILING TILES IN ALL PUBLIC AREAS. SPUCE NEW CEIUNG CROSS GRID TO EXISTING WHERE REQUIRED TO SUPPORT NEW 2' X 2' LIGHT FIXTURES. PAINT ALL GRID IN PUBLIC AREAS WHITE. 16. ACCESS PANELS SHALL BE INSTALLED AT ANY LOCATION REQUIRING FUTURE ACCESS, PIPING VALVES, VALVE CONTROLS ETC. WHETHER OR NOT INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. ANY ACCESS PANELS REQUIRED IN GYPSUM BOARD CEILING SHALL BE VERIFIED WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 7. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY AND COORDINATE SWITCH AND DIMMER CONTROL LOCATIONS WITH MILLWORK AND PROVIDE CUT OUT F OR FLUSH MOUNTED SWITCHES IN MILLWORK. 18. REFER TO MECHANICAL ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR QUANTITY AND SIZE OF AIR SUPPLY DIFFUSERS, AR RETURN AND EXHAUST GRILLES. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR EXACT PLACEMENT. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 19. ALL LIGHT FIXTURES, SPRINKLER HEADS AND ANY OTHER CEIUNG FIXTURES SHALL BE CENTERED IN THE 2'.0 X 2 TILES. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATION IN ELEVATOR LOBBIES TYP. 20. FINAL EXIT SIGN AND EMERGENCY LIGHT LOCATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF THE LOCAL AUTHORITY AND FIELD INSPECTOR. 21. ALL SWITCHES LOCATED ON PARTITIONS ADJACENT TO DOOR SWINGING AGAINST PARTITION TO BE POSITIONED CLEAR OF DOOR SWING AND VISIBLE WHEN DOOR IS FULLY OPEN. 22. ALL SWITCHES TO BE BUILDING STANDARD TOGGLE TYPE. 23. SEE LIGHTING PLAN FOR CIRCUITING OF EMERGENCY EXIT SIGN AND 24HR FIXTURE PLACEMENT. 24. FOR SUSPENDED CEIUNG SYSTEMS AND DETAILS SEE DRAWINGS A -503 &A-504. 25. CONTRACTOR TO REPLACE ALL DAMAGED CEILING TILES IN BACK OF HOUSE WITH CEIUNG TILES SALVAGED DURING DEMO OF EXISTING CEILING TILES IN PUBLIC AREAS. LEGEND +o'-o" 5. NEW CEILING GRID AND TILES 6. NEW GYPSUM BOARD CEILING 12 "X12" SUSPENDED ACOUSTIC CEILING SYSTEM TO REMAIN NEW 2x2' SUSPENDED ACOUSTIC CEILING SYSTEM GYPSUM CEILING / SOFFIT 1'x4' RECESSED FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE 2'x4' RECESSED FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE 2'x2' RECESSED FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE INCANDESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE HVAC DIFFUSSER HVAC RETURN DIFFUSSER CONCEALED SPRINKLER HEAD EXIT SIGNS - CEILING MOUNTED CEILING GRID STARTING POINT DENOTES EXISTING ITEM TO REMAIN DENOTES EXISTING ITEM TO BE RELOCATED CEILING OR SOFFIT HEIGHT 0 SHEET KEYNOTES 1. NEW TELLER AREA GYPSUM BOARD SOFFIT TO BE PAINTED PT -2. BACK FACE OF SOFFIT TO ALIGN WITH BACK FACE OF TELLER UNE BELOW 2. LIGHTS NOT PROVIDED IN THIS AREA TO AVOID GLARE ON VIDEO WALL REPLACE EXISTING CANOPY WITH SIMILAR SYSTEM AS SPECIFIED BY BRILLIANT 4. PATCH EXISTING CEILING AND REPAINT TO MATCH EXISTING AS REQUIRED 7. NEW EXPOSED W -BEAM. REFER TO 7/A -504 8. APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF NEW CONDENSATE LINE TO BE INSTALLED ABOVE EXISTING CEILING. REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS. PATCH AND REPAIR CEILING TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES 9. NEW GYPSUM BOARD SOFFIT TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT WALLS. SEE 9/A -501 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 1 3 2009 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 8 ' CITY RECEIVED MAYI9 2009 PLAN NORTH 16' 24' JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 REGISTERED ARCHITECT EDWARD HANBICKI STATE OF WASHINGTON 8457 Client: 0 KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 N Date 05 -05 -09 04-09-09 Designed By: PDX Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: REFLECTED CEILING PLAN Drawing No.: A-1 04 ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE ROOM No. ROOM NAME FLOOR BASE WALLS CEILING * REMARKS NORTH EAST SOUTH WEST 001 EMPLOYEE LOUNGE V -1 /ETR B -1 PT -2 PT -2 PT -2 PT -2 ETR 002 STAIRS EXISTING TO REMAIN 003 STORAGE ETR B-1 ETR ETR ETR PT -2 ETR 004 PHONE /ETO ROOM ETR B-1 PT -2 PT -2 PT -2 PT -2 ACT -1 PAINT PT -2 ON GYPSUM BOARD SURFACES ONLY. REFER TO SHEET KEYNOTE (1) ON THIS SHEET FOR INTUMESCENT PAINT ON PLYWOOD. 005 CONFERENCE ROOM EXISTING TO REMAIN 006 STORAGE EXISTING TO REMAIN 007 WOMEN'S ROOM ETR ETR PT -2 PT -2 PT -2 PT -2 ETR 008 MEN'S ROOM ETR ETR PT -2 PT -2 PT -2 PT -2 ETR 009 ELEC /MECH ROOM EXISTING TO REMAIN 010 UNISEX RESTROOM CT -1 CT -2 I PT -2 1 PT -2 1 PT -2 I PT -2 ETR 011 HALL EXISTING TO REMAIN 012 ADA COUPON ROOM CPT -1 B -4 PT -2 PT -2 PT -2 PT -2 GYP. BD. / PT -7 013 HALL CPT -1 B -4 PT -2 PT -2 PT -2 PT -2 ETR 014 STORAGE/ELEV. EQPT. ROOM EXISTING TO REMAIN 015 CUSTOMER SERVICE CPT -1 I B-4 1 PT -2 I PT -2 1 PT -2 I PT -2 I ETR PAINT CEILING PT -5 AT AREAS OF NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION 016 VAULT EXISTING TO REMAIN 017 RECORD VAULT EXISTING TO REMAIN 018 HALL EXISTING TO REMAIN 019 CONFERENCE ROOM EXISTING TO REMAIN ST -1 STAIRS CPT -1 B-4 EXISTING TO REMAIN WL -1 WHEELCHAIR LIFT - B -4 PT -2 I PT -2 1 PT -2 1 PT -2 I - STORAGE 0061 HALL 013 WOMEN'S RESTROOM 007 MEN'S RESTROOM 008 UNISEX RESTROOM 1 0101 ELEC/ MECH ROOM 009 HALL 011 STAIRS 0 0 0 10 STORAGE 0141 SCALE: 1/8"=1 CONFERENCE ROOM 005 WHEELCHAIR LIFT IWL -11 PHONE/ ETO ROOM 004 ADA COUPON ROOM 012 L I STORAGE 003 0 CONFERENCE ROOM 019 CUSTOMER SERVICE VAULT 1 015 1 1 016 1 J ETR 1 RECORD VAULT 1017 • r -ti UP STAIRS 002 EMPLOYEE LOUNGE 001 HALL 018 B BASEMENT FLOOR - FINISH PLAN, SCHEDULE AND SPECIFICATIONS 0 SHEET KEYNOTES 1. PROVIDE INTUMESCENT PAINT AT EXPOSED SURFACES OF PLYWOOD IN ETO ROOM WITH TWO COATS OF FLAME RETARDANT PAINT TYPE "FLAMESTOP IM" AS MANUFACTURED BY FLAME STOP INC. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. APPLY PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS 2. ALIGN WITH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 18 ilia City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISV 1 lxxx-#I FLOORING WALL BASE WALL PAINT PT -5 PT -6 FINISH SPECIFICATIONS CPT -1 TYPE: MANUF: STYLE: COLOR: OTHER: NOTE: CPT -2 TYPE: MANUF: STYLE: COLOR: OTHER: ADHESIVE: T -1 TYPE: MANUF: SIZE: STYLE: COLOR: GROUT: CT -1 TYPE: MANUF: STYLE: SIZE: COLOR: GROUT: CT -2 TYPE: CERAMIC TILE MANUF: CROSSVILLE STYLE: CROSS- COLORS MOSAICS GLAZED WALL TILE TO 48" A.F.F. WITH BULLNOSE TRIM AND COVE BASE COLOR: A235 SAHARA DUNE SIZE: 3'X3'X1/4" GROUT: TEC ACCUCOLOR XT COLOR: CORNSILK #906 V -1 TYPE: VCT FLOORING MANUF: ARMSTRONG STYLE: IMPERIAL TEXTURE STANDARD EXCELON COLOR: #51809 DESERT BEIGE SIZE: 12" X 12" EPT TYPE: MANUF: COLOR: TRANSITION EDGE TS -1 TYPE: MANUF: STYLE: COLOR: NOTE: TS -2 NOT USED TS-3 TYPE: ALUMINUM & RUBBER (STONE TILE TO VINYL COMP. TILE STRIP) MANUF: JOHNSONITE STYLE: CTA -XX -D COLOR: BURNT UMBER #63 NOTE: VERIFY COLOR W/ KEYBANK CONSTR. MGR. TS-4 TYPE: ALUMINUM & RUBBER (STONE TILE TO VINYL COMP. TILE STRIP) MANUF: CERAMIC TOOL CO. & JOHNSONITE STYLE: CTC CARPET TRIM #CTC38 (VERIFY) W/ JOHNSONITE #CTA -XX -K COLOR: CLEAR ANODIZED & SISAL #130 NOTE: G.C. TO VERIFY ALUM. TRIM EDGE MAY I LAVE TO BE STRAIT EDGE FOR RUBBER TRANSITION TO WORK PROPERLY TS -5 TYPE: METAL EDGING STYLE: SCHLUTER METAL EDGING NOTE: SCHLUTER METAL EDGE FINISH STRIP TYPICAL ALL TILE TO CARPET TRANSITIONS. FLOAT ALL FLOORS TO LEVEL TRANSITIONS B/N CARPET AND CERAMIC TILE EDGES AT THESE TRANSITIONS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION B -1 TYPE: MANUF: COLOR: STYLE: B -2 TYPE: MANUF: COLOR: STYLE: B -3 TYPE: MANUF: COLOR: B -4 TYPE: MANUF: COLOR: STYLE: PT -1 TYPE: MANUF: COLOR: PT -2 TYPE: MANUF: COLOR: NOTE: PT-3 TYPE: MANUF: COLOR: PT -4 TYPE: MANUF: COLOR: PT -7 TYPE: MANUF: COLOR: MATCH EXISTING COLOR CARPET TILE BENTLEY PRINCE STREET NEW DEMOGRAPHIC 8BPSC06301 XTI CUSTOM DYE PDS # 132295/030 CONTACT - CHRIS CLARK PH. # 330 -391 -4614 WALK -OFF MAT (VESTIBULES) BENTLEY PRINCE STREET DECO RIB WALK -OFF TILE CHOCOLATE #602372 NEXT STEP 2300 TILE MANNINGTON 12" X 24" CARMEL PORCELAIN BEIGE MACR1T12 TEC ACCUCOLOR PREMIUM SANDED COLOR: PARCHMENT #991 1/8" GROUT JOINTS CERAMIC TILE CROSSVILLE CERAMIC MOSAIC TILE 3'X3'X1/4" A235 SAHARA DUNE TEC ACCUCOLOR XT COLOR: CORNSILK #906 CLEAR EPDXY PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS OR BENJAMIN MOORE 2 COATS CLEAR SATIN EPDXY ALUMINUM (CARPET TO STONE TILE STRIP) CERAMIC TOOL CO. CTC CARPET TRIM #CTC38CT CLEAR ANODIZED CONTACT AT 800- 236 -5230 RUBBER BASE (BACK OF HOUSE) JOHNSONITE #22 PEARL 4' RUBBER COVE (TOE) BASE 0.125' THICK ROLL STOCK RUBBER BASE (WALK -OFF MAD JOHNSONITE #167 FUDGE 4' RUBBER TIGHTLOCKTOELESS BASE 0.125' THICK ROLL STOCK WOOD BASE 4" X 1/2" ARBORITE (TBD) POPLAR - STAINED MATCH WALNUT FURNITURE SAMPLE RUBBER BASE (S.W.A. & T.W.A) JOHNSONITE #167 FUDGE 4' RIBBER COVE (TOE) BASE 0.125' THICK ROLL STOCK INTERIOR PAINT SHERWIN - WILLIAMS SW 6608 - "RAVE RED" INTERIOR PAINT SHERWIN- WILLIAMS SW 6148 -'WOOL SKEIN" USE FOR ALL SOFFITS EXCEPT ROUND SOFFIT AT HEAD TELLER EXTERIOR PAINT SHERWIN- WILLIAMS SW 6094 - "SENSATIONAL SAND" EXTERIOR PAINT SHERWIN - WILUAMS SW 7516 - "KESTREL WHITE" TYPE: INTERIOR PAINT MANUF: SHERWIN - WILLIAMS COLOR: SW 6090 - "JAVA" INTERIOR PAINT SHERWIN - WILUAMS SW 7007 - "CEILING BRIGHT WHITE' booa p WALLCOVERING VWC -1 TYPE: DIST: MANUF: COLOR: PATTERN: STAIN S-1 TYPE: MANUF: COLOR: WINDOW TREATMENT WT -1 TYPE: MANUF: FINISH: COLOR: STAIR TREADS ST -1 TYPE: CEILING NOTE MANUF: COLOR: STYLE: OTHER: WALLCOVERING SURFACE MATERIALS SYMPHONY RED OXIDE MARIMBA ACT -1 REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS STAIN (ALL WOOD BASE AND DOORS) TBD TBD (TO MATCH FURNITURE SAMPLE) 1" HORIZONTAL MINI BLINDS BALI ALUMINUM 112 ALABASTER 12 1/2" DEEP (CUT TO FIT SMALLER THREADS AS REQUIRED) RC MUSSON RUBBER CO. BROWN OR MATCH ADJACENT FLOOR FINISH #500 RECTANGULAR DESIGN MATCH BENJAMIN MOORE 2004 -10 NOT ALL FINISHES LISTE') ARE USED IN THIS BRANCH GENERAL FINISH NOTES 1. PROCEEDING WITH THE INSTALLATION OF FINISHES SHALL BE CONSTRUED THAT THE INSTALLER AND /OR FINISHER HAS INSPECTED AND ACCEPTED THE SUBSTRATE TO RECEIVE THE WORK NO CHANGE ORDER SHALL BE ISSUED TO RECTIFY CONCEALED, UNKNOWN CONDITIONS OR UNSATISFACTORY SUBSTRATE ONCE THE FINISH WORK HAS COMMENCED. 2. USE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION METHODS AND MATERIALS FOR ALL FINISHES. 3. REMOVE ALL EXISTING ANCHORING DEVICES FROM WALLS IN PREPARATION FOR NEW FINISHES. 4. CONTRACTOR TO IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY KEY BANK P.M. IF A SPECIFIED FINISH BECOMES UNAVAILABLE. 5. PAINT ALL GRILLES, FIRE EXTINGUISHERS CABINETS, ETC TO MATCH SURFACE ON WHICH THEY OCCUR. 6. ALL CARPET SHALL CONFORM TO IBC CRITICAL RADIANT FLUX = A4 W /CM WITH FLAME SPREAD LESS THAN 25. 7. CLEAN ALL CARPET AND SURFACES AFTER COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION. 8. PROVIDE WOOD BASE TRIM AND WOOD TRIMS AT THE CEILING IN AREAS THAT CAN BE VIEWED BY THE PUBLIC THROUGHOUT PROJECT (PUBLIC SPACES INCLUDE TELLER AREA, CUSTOMER AREA, OFFICES, CORRIDOR, HALL AND AS SCHEDULED). WHERE WOOD BASE AND WOOD CEILING TRIMS EXIST IN PUBLIC AREAS, LEAVE IN PLACE. MATCH NEW BASE AND CEILING TRIMS TO EXISTING IN COLOR, QUALITY AND FINISH. SALVAGE DEMOED WOOD BASE AND TRIMS THAT ARE NOT IN PUBLIC AREAS FOR REUSE. TOUCH UP FINISH OF REUSED PIECES AS REQ'D. 9. STAIN ALL WOOD FRAMES AND PAINT ALL HM DOOR FRAMES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 10. ALL PAINTED WALLS TO HAVE SATIN FINISH, W/ °EASY CLEAN PAINT', UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. G.0 TO SUBMIT THREE SAMPLES OF EACH FINISH FOR FINAL APPROVAL BY KEYBANK. 11. SEE ELEVATION & DETAILS FOR LAMINATE DESIGNATION OF MILLWORK 12. EXTRA STOCK MATERIAL TO BE STORED WHERE DIRECTED BY KEYBANK CONSTR. MGR. 13. VERIFY ALL FINISH SELECTIONS WITH THE TENANT PRIOR TO ORDERING, TYPICAL. 14. SEE FINISH LEGEND FOR DESIGNATION SYMBOL. 15. ALL SEALANT WORK MUST MATCH ADJACENT FIELD COLOR OR MUST BE PAINTABLE. USE CLEAR SEALANT WHERE APPROPRIATE AND CONFIRM WITH KEYBANK CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 16. NOT USED. 17. CLEAN CONCRETE SLAB & GRIND DOWN HIGH SPOTS TO A SMOOTH LEVEL SURFACE 18. FLASH PATCH LOW SPOTS IN EXISTING FLOORS TO A LEVEL SURFACE FOR NEW FINISHES 19. REFER TO G -002 FOR SYMBOL LEGEND 20. AT FINISH "T -1" PATCH, REPAIR, AND BUILD UP TO ACCEPT NEW FLOOR FINISH LEVEL TO ADJOINING FLOOR FINISHES. 21. WHERE NEW WALL INSTALLATION AFFECTS FINISH ON ADJOINING WALLS AND CEILING NOT SCHEDULED TO BE PAINTED, ADJOINING WALLS AND CEILING - BE TOUCHED UP UP AS REQUIRED. ARCHITECTURAL LEGEND H FLOOR TRANSITION EDGE TS -1 THROUGH TS -5 0 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY ) 2 9 ZUUy PERMIT CENTER SCALE: 1/8"= 1' -0" 8 ' 16' PLAN NORTH 24' JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 8457 REGISTERED ARCHITE EDWARD HANBICKI STATE OF WASHINGTON Client: KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. B A Drawing No.: Date 05 -05 -09 04-09-09 Designed By: PDX Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: BASEMENT FLOOR FINISH PLAN, SCHEDULE, AND SPECIFICATIONS A -105 ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE ROOM No ROOM NAME FLOOR BASE WALLS CEILING * REMARKS NORTH EAST SOUTH I WEST 100 VESTIBULE CPT -2 B-2 PT -2 PT -2 PT -2 PT -2 ETR 101 CUSTOMER AREA CPT-1/T-1 B-3 PT -2 PT -2 PT -2 PT -2 ACT-1/ETR PAINT EXISTING CENTRAL LOBBY GYP CEILING PT -5. WINDOWS TO RECEIVE WT -1. 102 CONFERENCE ROOM CPT-1 B-3 VWC -1 VWC-1 VWC-1 VWC-1 ACT -1 /ETR WINDOWS TO RECEIVE WT -1. 103 OFFICE CPT -1 B-3 PT -2 PT -2 PT -2 PT -2 ACT -1 104 OFFICE CPT -1 B-3 PT -2 PT -2 PT -2 PT -2 ACT -1 105 SALES WORK ROOM CPT -1 B-1 PT -2 PT -2 PT -2 PT -2 ACT -1 /ETR WINDOWS TO RECEIVE WT -1. 106 EMERGENCY EXIT CPT -2 B-2 EXISTING TO REMAIN 108 TELLER WORK AREA CPT-1 B-3 PT -2 PT -2 PT -2 PT -2 ACT -1 109 TELLER AREA CPT -1 B-3 PT -2 PT -2 PT -2 ACT -1 WINDOWS TO RECEIVE WT -1. 111 ATM ROOM V -1 B-1 PT - 2 PT -2 PT -2 PT -2 ACT -1 ST -1 STAIRS CPT -1 " B-3 ETR ETR PT -2 PT -2 ETR WINDOWS TO RECEIVE WT -1. WL -1 WHEELCHAIR LIFT - - PT -2 PT -2 ` PT-2 PT -2 OPEN ATM ROOM TELLER AREA 109 TELLER WORK AREA 108 r r L STAIRS ST, WHEELCHAIR LIFT WI EMERGENCY EXIT 5' -0" CUSTOMER AREA WORK STATION -,� 1I WORK STATION WORK STATION 2 WORK STATION Fri CONFERENCE ROOM 102 OFFICE OFFICE SALES WORK ROOM FIRST FLOOR - FINISH PLAN SCHEDULE AND SPECIFICATIONS SCALE: 1/8"=1 0 SHEET KEYNOTES 1. COMMUNITY ART WALL 2. ALIGN TILE WITH BASE OF WINDOWS 3. STARTING POINT OF TILE Ixxx- FLOORING FINISH SPECIFICATIONS CPT -1 TYPE: CARPET TILE MANUF: BENTLEY PRINCE STREET STYLE: NEW DEMOGRAPHIC 8BPSC06301 COLOR: XTI CUSTOM DYE OTHER: PDS # 132295/030 NOTE: CONTACT - CHRIS CLARK PH. # 330 - 391 -4614 CPT -2 TYPE: MANUF: STYLE: COLOR: OTHER: T -1 TYPE: MANUF: SIZE: STYLE: COLOR: GROUT: CT -1 TYPE: MANUF: STYLE: SIZE: COLOR: GROUT: CT -2 TYPE: MANUF: STYLE: V -1 TYPE: MANUF: STYLE: COLOR: SIZE: EPT TYPE: MANUF: COLOR: ADHESIVE: NEXT STEP 2300 COLOR: SIZE: GROUT: TRANSITION EDGE TS -1 TYPE: MANUF: STYLE: COLOR: NOTE: TS -2 NOT USED TS-3 TYPE: TS -5 TYPE: STYLE: NOTE: WALL BASE MANUF: STYLE: COLOR: NOTE: B-1 TYPE: MANUF: COLOR: STYLE: B -2 TYPE: MANUF: COLOR: STYLE: B-3 TYPE: MANUF: COLOR: B-4 TYPE: MANUF: COLOR: STYLE: WALL PAINT PT -1 TYPE: MANUF: COLOR: PT -2 TYPE: MANUF: COLOR: NOTE: PT-3 TYPE: MANUF: COLOR: PT -4 TYPE: MANUF: COLOR: PT -5 MATCH EXISTING COLOR PT -6 TYPE: MANUF: COLOR: PT -7 TYPE: MANUF: COLOR: WALK -OFF MAT (VESTIBULES) BENTLEY PRINCE STREET DECO RIB WALK -OFF TILE CHOCOLATE #602372 TILE MANNINGTON 12" X 24" CARMEL PORCELAIN BEIGE MACR1T12 TEC ACCUCOLOR PREMIUM SANDED COLOR: PARCHMENT #991 1/8" GROUT JOINTS CERAMIC TILE CROSSVILLE CERAMIC MOSAIC TILE 3'X3'X1/4 A235 SAHARA DUNE TEC ACCUCOLOR XT COLOR: CORNSILK #906 CERAMIC TILE CROSSVILLE CROSS - COLORS MOSAICS GLAZED WALL TILE TO 48" A.F.F. WITH BULLNOSE TRIM AND A2235 SAHARA DUNE 3'X3'X1/4" TEC ACCUCOLOR XT COLOR: CORNSILK #906 VCT FLOORING ARMSTRONG IMPERIAL TEXTURE STANDARD EXCELON #51809 DESERT BEIGE 12 "X12" CLEAR EPDXY PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS OR BENJAMIN MOORE 2 COATS CLEAR SATIN EPDXY ALUMINUM (CARPET TO STONE TILE STRIP) CERAMIC TOOL CO. CTC CARPET TRIM #CTC38CT CLEAR ANODIZED CONTACT AT 800 - 236 -5230 ALUMINUM & RUBBER (STONE TILE TO VINYL COMP. TILE STRIP) JOHNSONITE CTA -XX -D BURNT UMBER #63 VERIFY COLOR W/ KEYBANK CONSTR. MGR. TS-4 TYPE: ALUMINUM & RUBBER (STONE TILE TO VINYL COMP. TILE STRIP) MANUF: CERAMIC TOOL CO. &JOHNSONITE STYLE:., J CTC CARPET TRIM #CTC38 (VERIFY) W/ COLOR: CLEAR ANODIZED & SAL #130 NOTE: G.C. TO VERIFY ALUM. TRIM EDGE MAY HAVE TO BE STRAIT EDGE FOR RUBBER TRANSITION TO WORK PROPERLY METAL EDGING SCHLUTER METAL EDGING SCHLUTER METAL EDGE FINISH STRIP TYPICAL ALL TILE TO CARPET TRANSITIONS. FLOAT ALL FLOORS TO LEVEL TRANSITIONS B/N CARPET AND CERAMIC TILE EDGES AT THESE TRANSITIONS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION RUBBER BASE (BACK OF HOUSE) JOHNSONITE #22 PEARL 4' RUBBER COVE (TOE) BASE 0.125' THICK ROLL STOCK RUBBER BASE (WALK -OFF MAD JOHNSONITE #167 FUDGE 4' RUBBER TIGHTLOCKTOELESS BASE 0.125' THICK ROLL STOCK WOOD BASE 4" X 1/2" ARBORITE (TBD) POPLAR - STAINED MATCH WALNUT FURNITURE SAMPLE RUBBER BASE (S.W.A & T.W.A) JOHNSONITE #167 FUDGE 4' RIBBER COVE (TOE) BASE 0.125' THICK ROLL STOCK INTERIOR PAINT SHERWIN - WILUAMS SW 6608 - "RAVE RED' INTERIOR PAINT SHERWIN - WILLIAMS SW 6148 - 'WOOL SKEIN" USE FOR ALL SOFFITS EXCEPT ROUND SOFFIT AT HEAD TELLER EXTERIOR PAINT SHERWIN - WILUAMS SW 6094 - "SENSATIONAL SAND" EXTERIOR PAINT SHERWIN- WILLIAMS SW 7516 - "KESTREL WHITE" INTERIOR PAINT SHERWIN- WILLIAMS SW 6090 - "JAVA" INTERIOR PAINT SHERWIN- WILLIAMS SW 7007 - "CEILING BRIGHT WHITE' 08 WALLCOVERING VWC -1 TYPE: DIST: MANUF: COLOR: PATTERN: STAIN S-1 TYPE: MANUF: COLOR: WINDOW TREATMENT WT-1 TYPE: MANUF: FINISH: COLOR: STAIR TREADS ST -1 TYPE: MANUF: COLOR: STYLE: OTHER: WALLCOVERING SURFACE MATERIALS SYMPHONY RED OXIDE MARIMBA STAIN (ALL WOOD BASE AND DOORS) TBD TBD (TO MATCH FURNITURE SAMPLE) 1" HORIZONTAL MINI BLINDS BALI ALUMINUM 112 ALABASTER 12112' DEEP (CUT TO FIT SMALLER THREADS AS REQUIRED) RC MUSSON RUBBER CO. BROWN OR MATCH ADJACENT FLOOR FINISH #500 RECTANGULAR DESIGN MATCH BENJAMIN MOORE 2004 -10 CEILING ACT -1 REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS NOTE NOT ALL FINISHES LISTED ARE USED IN THIS BRANCH GENERAL FINISH NOTES 1. PROCEEDING WITH THE INSTALLATION OF FINISHES SHALL BE CONSTRUED THAT THE INSTALLER AND /OR FINISHER HAS INSPECTED AND ACCEPTED THE SUBSTRATE TO RECEIVE THE WORK. NO CHANGE ORDER SHALL BE ISSUED TO RECTIFY CONCEALED, UNKNOWN CONDITIONS OR UNSATISFACTORY SUBSTRATE ONCE THE FINISH WORK HAS COMMENCED. 2. USE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED . INSTALLATION METHODS AND MATERIALS FOR ALL FINISHES. 3. REMOVE ALL EXISTING ANCHORING DEVICES FROM WALLS IN PREPARATION FOR NEW FINISHES. 4. CONTRACTOR TO IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY KEY BANK P.M. IF A SPECIFIED FINISH BECOMES UNAVAILABLE. 5. PAINT ALL GRILLES, FIRE EXTINGUISHERS CABINETS, ETC TO MATCH SURFACE ON WHICH THEY OCCUR. 6. ALL CARPET SHALL CONFORM TO IBC CRITICAL RADIANT FLUX = .44 W /CM WITH FLAME SPREAD LESS THAN 25. 7. CLEAN ALL CARPET AND SURFACES AFTER COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION. 8. PROVIDE WOOD BASE TRIM AND WOOD TRIMS AT THE CEILING IN AREAS THAT CAN BE VIEWED BY THE PUBLIC THROUGHOUT PROJECT (PUBLIC SPACES INCLUDE TELLER AREA, CUSTOMER AREA, OFFICES, CORRIDOR, HALL AND AS SCHEDULED). WHERE WOOD BASE AND WOOD CEILING TRIMS EXIST IN PUBLIC AREAS, LEAVE IN PLACE. MATCH NEW BASE AND CEILING TRIMS TO EXISTING IN COLOR, QUALITY AND FINISH. SALVAGE DEMOED WOOD BASE AND TRIMS THAT ARE NOT IN PUBLIC AREAS FOR REUSE. TOUCH UP FINISH OF REUSED PIECES AS REQ'D. 9. STAIN ALL WOOD FRAMES AND PAINT ALL HM DOOR FRAMES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 10. ALL PAINTED WALLS TO HAVE SATIN FINISH, W/ °EASY CLEAN PAINT', UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. G.0 TO SUBMIT THREE SAMPLES OF EACH FINISH FOR FINAL APPROVAL BY KEYBANK. 11. SEE ELEVATION & DETAILS FOR LAMINATE DESIGNATION OF MILLWORK. 12. EXTRA STOCK MATERIAL TO BE STORED WHERE DIRECTED BY KEYBANK CONSTR. MGR. 13. VERIFY ALL FINISH SELECTIONS WITH THE TENANT PRIOR TO ORDERING, TYPICAL. 14. SEE FINISH LEGEND FOR DESIGNATION SYMBOL. 15. ALL SEALANT WORK MUST MATCH ADJACENT FIELD COLOR OR MUST BE PAINTABLE. USE CLEAR SEALANT WHERE APPROPRIATE AND CONFIRM WITH KEYBANK CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 16. NOT USED. 17. CLEAN CONCRETE SLAB & GRIND DOWN HIGH SPOTS TO A SMOOTH LEVEL SURFACE 18. FLASH PATCH LOW SPOTS IN EXISTING FLOORS TO A LEVEL SURFACE FOR NEW FINISHES 19. REFER TO G -002 FOR SYMBOL LEGEND 20. AT FINISH "T -1" PATCH, REPAIR, AND BUILD UP TO ACCEPT NEW FLOOR FINISH LEVEL TO ADJOINING FLOOR FINISHES. 21. WHERE NEW WALL INSTALLATION AFFECTS FINISH ON ADJOINING WALLS AND CEILING NOT SCHEDULED TO BE PAINTED, ADJOINING WALLS AND CEILING - BE TOUCHED UP UP AS REQUIRED. ARCHITECTURAL LEGEND FLOOR TRANSITION EDGE TS-1 THROUGH TS -5 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY%2'9 ZOO PERMIT CENTER SCALE: 1/8"= 1' -0" 16' PLAN NORTH 24' JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 Client: 0 KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. Date 05 -05 -09 04-09 -09 Designed By: PDn Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: FIRST FLOOR FINISH PLAN, SCHEDULE, AND SPECIFICATIONS Drawing No.: A -106 ATM ROOM TELLER AREA 109 TELLER WORK AREA 108 STORAGE I006 HALL 013 WOMEN'S RESTROOM 007 MEN'S RESTROOM 008 UNISEX RESTROOM 010 ELEC/ MECH ROOM 009 HALL 011 STAIRS Mil L ATM STAIRS 1ST -11 swan norAp WIFEM � r� � rerorAy C a' II SCALE: 1 /8' =1'4' 0 0 STORAGE 1014 SCALE: 1 /8 " =1 CONFERENCE ROOM 15 DN WHEELCHAIR LIFT (WL -1 VESTIBULE 100 WHEELCHAIR LIFT IWL -11 EMERGENCY EXIT 106 1 PHONE/ ETO ROOM 004 ADA COUPON ROOM 1 012 1 WORK STATION -1 1 1 CUSTOMER AREA 101 EiTcp WORK STATION n I tI7 CD II I I Niro Eli mil FIRST FLOOR - FF &E COORDINATION PLAN WORK STATION 131 STORAGE 003 019 CUSTOMER SERVICE VAULT 1 015 1 1016 WORK STATION _r_ RECORD VAULT 1 017 1 BASEMENT FLOOR - FF &E COORDINATION PLAN CONFERENCE ROOM FoT1 OFFICE 103 OFFICE 104 SALES WORK ROOM 105 STAIRS ITYT1 EMPLOYEE LOUNGE 001 HALL 018 GENERAL FINISH NOTES 1. THIS DRAWING PROVIDED FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES ONLY. INDIVIDUAL VENDORS TO PROVIDE DRAWINGS OF THEIR PRODUCTS. ANY CONFLICTS BETWEEN VENDORS DRAWINGS AND THIS DRAWING TO BE BROUGHT TO ATTENTION OF KEY BANK REPRESENTATIVE FOR RESOLUTION. 2. REFER TO SHEET G-004 FOR LIST OF VENDORS AND CONTACT INFORMATION. ARCHITECTURAL SYMBOLS NEW MILLWORK 0 SHEET KEYNOTES 1. NEW REFRIGERATOR 2. EXISTING MICROWAVE TO BE RELOCATED 3. ADA CUSTOMER SERVICE TELLER LOCATION 4. NEW 12'4Y FULL HEARTH. COORDINATE WITH VENDOR DRAWINGS. SEE A-804 5. NEW TELLER QUEUE AND STANCHIONS 6. NEW TABLE AND CHAIRS REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 13 2009 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 REGISTERED A13CHITECT STA OF WASHINGTON 8457 Client: 0 KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. Date 05 -05 -09 04-09-09 Designed By: PDX Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: FURNITURE, FIXTURE AND EQUIPMENT COORDINATION PLAN Drawing No.: A -107 .■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■.■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■■■■■. ■■ ■ii ■■■■■■■■■■■■■ INM EN N ONIMIK IM E N EWINIM PI NEMEND EXC C} C �i C CX} C C J ►1 CO N C C 4 G G a CM t C C I I II II I ( I I I I f E ' I �f I I � 1 � I I I 1 ff � � 1 I I I I I �� Pe rii■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■ ■■■■■■■■■■ ■ ■ ■■■■■ ■■ ■ ■■■■ ■■ ■■■► _ gaff ati tiwatiwlr ■■■ ■■ ■■■■■■■ ■■■ ■■■■ ■ ■ ■■ ■ ■ ■■ ■■ ■► ■■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■■■■■■► 1■ ■■. ■■■■Ill•M■ ■■■■ ■■■■■■■ ■ ■■■ ■ ■ == = = -- _ �wrnM wiwM 11wYN ti1MIwNNM p 1■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ f. ��•••���•�•�� ■����������iilrellI l MIWI I����IIIMMINE�i IBM III �( � I I�� II lI� I III • �I(� I • 1 I II I I 1 1 f 1 I I II [ I� I J I V 11 • 1 ] I J 1 I I I t II I � I I If f I I I 1 ► 1 I I I I I I I I JI 1111 I I 1 I I I I I I I MOM 1■ ■ ■■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■■■■■■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■■■■■■■j ■■1111 ■■■■■■■■■■■.• -- -- = __ \ °_ _ _= --- •\ ••■ ■ ••••••••••1111 •1111 ■ ••••••••••••••••••••••■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■!' _ = _ == ___ ------ -___ -_•\.■■■■■■■■■■ ■■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ 1�■ �mmum ■�■u��� ■�■� ■���■�u■ ■■■■■■ ■% = _ r■ mm■ Ymm ■ ■■■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■■■ ■ ■ ■ ■m ■■■■■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ _ -- GRACE ICE AND WATER SHIELD -FULL ROLL-TO EXTEND MINIMUM OF 4" OVER GUTTER EDGE EXISTING ROOF SHEATHING .040 ALUMINUM BOX GUTTER VERIFY SIZE IN FIELD, GUTTER TO BE SIZED TO BE SUPPORTED BY GUTTER FORM AND SHALL NOT SAG. FINISH TO BE DARK BRONZE. EXISTING BOX GUTTER FORM, REPLACE AS NECESSARY AND LINE WITH GRACE ICE AND WATERSHIELD PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF GUTTER GRACE ICE AND WATER SHIELD EXTEND FROM GUTTER OVER DRIP EDGE A MINIMUM OF 4" .040 ALUMINUM DRIP EDGE FINISH KYNAR 500 WHITE OUTLINE OF EXISTING FASCIA GUTTER DROP TO EXTEND FULL LENGTH REQUIRED TO BE SINGLE PIECE FROM GUTTER TO DOWN SPOUT WITH MINUMIN OVER LAP AT DOWNSPOUT TO BE 4 ". DROP TO BE FORMED WITH PITTSBURGH LOCK AND SEALED TO BE WATER TIGHT. -- ■ii■■■■ ■ ■■■■1 It 1 i■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■► ■ ■ ••••■••••••••■■►. 1■•••••••••••••■r ■ •■ •••••••••••," -- 1•••••••••••• r =_= 1••••••••111/' commum- lomor Iu► TYP. EAST - ELEVATION SCALE: 1 /8" =1' -0" ■■■■ ■■■:;■■■■■■■■■1 -R■�■■■■n1■■■■■■■■■■ ■ ■m 1■■ ■■■■■■■1 \■■■■■■■■■■■■■ - \1111 ■■■■■ ■■■■1 ∎Immun ■■■■■ WEST - ELEVATION SCALE: 1 /8 " =1 GENERAL SHEET NOTES 1 ALL EXTERIOR BRICK SURFACE SHALL BE PRESSURE WASHED W/ REQUIRED SOLVENTS. 2. SIGNS ARE TO BE INSTALLED BY LICENSED SIGN CONTRACTOR UNDER A SEPARATE SIGN PERMIT. 0 SHEET KEYNOTES 1. NEW IN -LINE LED SIGNAGE 2. NEW .040 ALUMINUM BOX GUTTER SEE DETAIL 5/A-201 NEW SURROUND AT ATM NEW DIMENSIONAL SHINGLE ROOF -COLOR COOL BARKWOOD -COLOR TO BE CONFIRMED BY KEY BANK . ASSUME FULL TEAR OFF, CONTRACTOR TO DISPOSE OF SHINGLES IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL AHJ = IT.1 = 7191111"Prujiiill"Prgr"MulitS uiyH•s marl 6. APPLY WINDOW FILM TO INTERIOR SIDE OF EXISTING WINDOW GLAZING. REFER TO 'ACCESSORIES' UNDER SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 08 8000, GLAZING 7. POWER WASH EXTERIOR BRICK 8. NEW .032 ALUMINUM DOWNSPOUT SIZE TO MATCH EXISTING, FINISHED KYNAR 500 DARK BRONZE REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 1 2009 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVi r ' RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY / \9 2009 PERMIT CENTER JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 8457 REGISTERED ARCHITECT EDWARD HANBICKI STATE OF WASHINGTON Client: KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PI D# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. B Date 05 -05 -09 04-09 -09 Designed By: PDX Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS Drawing No.: A -201 n TOILET ROOM FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES SCHEDULE . , 4, • ' . ITEM No. DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER MODEL No.. COLOR/FINISH REMARKS 1 FLOOR MOUNTED WATER CLOSET AMERICAN STANDARD CADET 2998.014 WHITE - 2 - - - - - 3 WALL -HUNG LAVATORY AMERICAN STANDARD COMRADE 0124.024 WHITE - 4 TOILET PAPER DISPENSER GEORGIA PACIFIC 58250 TRANSLUCENT SMOKE - 5 MIRROR UNIT BOBRICK B -290 STAINLESS STEEL - 6 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER GEORGIA PACIFIC 54338 TRANSLUCENT SMOKE - 7 SOAP DISPENSER GOJO 2740 -12 BLACK - 8 GRAB BARS BOBRICK B -6806 STAINLESS STEEL GRAB BARS; 18 ", 36" AND 42" LONG JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 (PL -1) UPPER CABINETS (PL -1) COUNTERTOP WITH BACKSPLASH & RETURN (PL -1) SIDE PANEL (PL -1) BASE CABINETS TELLER WORK AREA -4 SCALE: 1/4' SCALE: 1/4 8/A -4C2 ti II 5' -11" EXIST. VIF 3' -0° 3' -0' /\ /\ / N / N / u \ _ _,.._ n / \4y/ N4.y/ UNISEX RESTROOM PLAN DOCUMENT DESTRUCTION CONTAINER /N / N 3' 0" 3' -0" — MULTI o FUNCTION a PRINTER c+ SCALE: 1/4 " =1' -0" 1' -6" SCALE: 1/4 " =1' -0" X I / N I I / / \ / 3' -0" 3' -0" / N N SALES WORK ROOM ■.... ■.... ■... lommmommumilm ............. mom MMMMM mom RESTROOM ELEVATION (PL -1) UPPER CABINETS — (PL -1) COUNTER TOP WITH BACKSPLASH (PL -1) BASE CABINETS (PL -1) TOILET PAPER CABINET (PL -1) UPPER CABINETS P. LAM. BASE CABINETS NOT USED RESTROOM ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4 " =1' -0" SCALE: 1/4 " =1' -0" 4. 3 3' -0" 1' 1' / N MW 0 N 1 - I N it IN 1 – – _ _ REF O o a a N C EMPLOYEE LOUNGE SOAP DISPENSER Q CV 1 31-0" (PL -1) COUNTER AND BACKSPLASH SUPPORT BRACKETS PAINTED WALL SCHEDULED WALL BASE COUPON COUNTER -I U.OL.......P-= darlhoramok 'mom mum ■I ,I . �.. • CV C7 SCALE: 1/4 " =1' -0" SCALE: 1/4 " =1' -0" CO X 2' -6 " (PL -1) TOILET PAPER CABINET 8 4&-r- ........,.� l ,..... RESTROOM ELEVATION O CCTV/ LOCKER UNIT COMBO ELEVATION • SCALE: 1/4'=1'-0" CCTV 24x24 24 "D P. LAM. SHELF COAT ROD 1" (PL -1) FINISHED END PANEL (1) 5 TIER PREASSEMBLED LOCKERS MANUFACTURER: TENNSCO OVERALL HEIGHT =66" CODE COMP AN E APPROVED C JUL 13 2009 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION GENERAL NOTES bo O8(p ." 14 1. REFER TO MILLWORK FINISH SCHEDULE ON SHEET A -802 OR INFORMATION ON FINISHES. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKW ILA MAY-2 2009 PERMIT CENTER Client: 0 KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. B A Drawing No.: Date 05 -05 -09 04-09 -09 Designed By: PDX Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: MILLWORK ELEVATIONS, ENLARGED TOILET PLANS AND ELEVATIONS A -401 EQ. SCALE: 10=1'-0" 7 /B" 8' -0" 3' -7 7/8" 1/2" GYPSUM BOARD ON — I 3/4" PLYWOOD BACKING (FULL 4'X8' SHEETS) VIDEO WALL ELEVATION - -- — 3' -7 718" SEE PLAN FOR LOCATION 8' -0" 3' -7 7/8" EQ. BASE AS SPECIFIED ON FINISH PLAN NEW 1/2" GYP BD. OVER 3/4" FIRE RETARDANT PLYWD ON EXISTING METAL STUDS BLOCKING AS REQUIRED (2) LAYERS 5/8" GYP. BD. NEW STUD WALL OR FURRING STRIPS (EXISTING GYP. BD. REMOVED) 111111/111111111111111. /1111111/11111111111.11111.111111111111111111111111111111111■1111111111111111111.1111111111111111111111111111.111111111 SCALE: 3/4 " =1' -0" CEILING AS SCHEDULED SCALE: 3' =1' -0' 0 w w 0 w 1/2" GYP. BOARD OVER 3/4' FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD ON METAL STUDS BASE AS SPECIFIED ON FINISH PLAN SECTION @ VIDEO WALL EXISTING VERTICAL DETAIL EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL MTG BRACKET ON FIRE - RETARDANT WOOD BLOCKING - COORDINATE W/ VENDOR REQUIREMENTS ATTACH PLYWOOD TO NEW STUD WALL OR FURRING STRIPS (EXISTING GYP. BD. REMOVED) REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 13 2009 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION oq O8& • RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 2'9 2009 PERMIT CENTER JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 Client: 0 KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. B A Designed By: PDX Drawing No.: Date 05 -05 -09 Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID 04-09 -09 DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: VIDEO WALL ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS A -402 .EAG Ps ..8 /L I.-,Z r .2/L l - 2 .- \(.4-. I II um I4 -.9 ELECTRICAL OUTLETS y j 3 CONT. MTG BRACKET OR FIRE BLOCKING EXP. ANCHORED TO WITH VIDEO WALL VENDORS REQUIREMENTS. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE L_ c VIDEO EQUIPMENT OUTLET RETARDANT WD. STUDS IN ACCORDANCE WITH VENDOR. q VIDEO EQUIPMENT OUTLET J EQ. SCALE: 10=1'-0" 7 /B" 8' -0" 3' -7 7/8" 1/2" GYPSUM BOARD ON — I 3/4" PLYWOOD BACKING (FULL 4'X8' SHEETS) VIDEO WALL ELEVATION - -- — 3' -7 718" SEE PLAN FOR LOCATION 8' -0" 3' -7 7/8" EQ. BASE AS SPECIFIED ON FINISH PLAN NEW 1/2" GYP BD. OVER 3/4" FIRE RETARDANT PLYWD ON EXISTING METAL STUDS BLOCKING AS REQUIRED (2) LAYERS 5/8" GYP. BD. NEW STUD WALL OR FURRING STRIPS (EXISTING GYP. BD. REMOVED) 111111/111111111111111. /1111111/11111111111.11111.111111111111111111111111111111111■1111111111111111111.1111111111111111111111111111.111111111 SCALE: 3/4 " =1' -0" CEILING AS SCHEDULED SCALE: 3' =1' -0' 0 w w 0 w 1/2" GYP. BOARD OVER 3/4' FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD ON METAL STUDS BASE AS SPECIFIED ON FINISH PLAN SECTION @ VIDEO WALL EXISTING VERTICAL DETAIL EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL MTG BRACKET ON FIRE - RETARDANT WOOD BLOCKING - COORDINATE W/ VENDOR REQUIREMENTS ATTACH PLYWOOD TO NEW STUD WALL OR FURRING STRIPS (EXISTING GYP. BD. REMOVED) REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 13 2009 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION oq O8& • RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 2'9 2009 PERMIT CENTER JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 Client: 0 KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. B A Designed By: PDX Drawing No.: Date 05 -05 -09 Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID 04-09 -09 DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: VIDEO WALL ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS A -402 SEE PLAN CD co SCALE: N.T.S /, uuuuunm. 111111111 3 -5/8" (25 GA.) METAL STUDS @ 16' O.C. WITH 5/8" GWB PARTITION TYPE ' ` I 3 -5/8' (25 GA) STEEL ` STUDS DIAGONAL BCING ANCHORED ` 'T0 STRUCTURE \ 1 • ABOVE,@ 4' -0" O.C. , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , VERIFY IN FIELD (1) LAYER OF 5/8" GWB EACH SIDE LATERAL BRACING @ MID -SPAN SCHEDULED BASE PARTITION TYPE , , , , SCHEDULED FINISH FLOOR 8 REMOVE EXISTING GYPSUM BOARD TO 12" MIN. OUTSIDE OF EXISTING OPENING. INSTALL NEW GYPSUM BOARD AND PATCH TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES CLOSE EXISTING OPENING WITH 5/8" GWB & METAL STUDS FLUSH WITH EXISTING, PICTURE FRAME ENTIRE OPENING WITH BACK TO BACK STUDS INFILL STUDS (33MILS) X CAVITY AT 16" O.0 9 , , , , , 3 -5/8" (25 GA.) METAL STUDS @ 16' O.C. WITH 5/8' GWB A , , , , , , , SCALE: N.T.S TOP RUNNER SECURE TO UNDERSIDE OF SCHEDULED BASE SCHEDULED FINISH FLOOR SCHEDULED CEILING SCHEDULED BASE SCHEDULED CD FINISH FLOOR 1 PARTITION TYPE SCALE: N.T.S 1/2" N. SCALE: N.T.S NOTE: CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL STUDS AND /OR BLOCKING AS REQUIRED BY WHEELCHAIR LIFT MANUFACTURER TO SUPPORT LATERAL LOADS PARTITION TYPE REMOVE EXISTING GYPSUM BOARD TO 12" MIN. OUTSIDE OF EXISTING OPENING. INSTALL NEW GYPSUM BOARD AND PATCH TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES CLOSE EXISTING OPENING WITH 5/8" GWB & METAL STUDS FLUSH WITH EXISTING, PICTURE FRAME ENTIRE OPENING WITH BACK TO BACK STUDS INFILL STUDS (33MILS) X CAVITY AT 16" 0.0 SCHEDULED BASE BASE RUNNER SCHEDULED FINISH FLOOR 7 UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE STAIN "ST -1' CASEWORK CAP SHIM, PAINT "BLACK" METAL J -TRIM (TYP.) CONT. J -BEAD (BOTH SIDES) (1) LAYER OF 5/8" GWB EACH SIDE 6" (33 MIL) METAL STUDS @ 16° O.C. BASE RUNNER EXISTING FLOOR STRUCTURE TO BE REMOVED EXISTING FLOOR CONSTRUCTION. SEE 9/A -502 SECURE BOX HEADER TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE BOX HEADER. SEE 9/A -502 (1) LAYER OF 5/8' GWB EACH SIDE METAL STUDS. SEE 61A -502 BASE RUNNER EXPOSED SLAB. SEE 6/A -502 \\` 117\ STEEL STUD BRACING \ AT 40° O.C. SCHEDULED CEILING SCALE: N.T.S SCALE: N.T.S PARTITION TYPES , 44 %�f/// 71% PARTITION TYPE 5 3" DEEP LONG LEG DEFLECTION HEAD TRACK UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE STEEL STUD BRACING AT 4' -0" O.C. SECURE TOP RUNNER TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE EXISTING WALL SURFACE SCHEDULED CEILING SPACE AS REQUIRED FOR WALL ALIGNMENT LATERAL BRACING @ MID -SPAN (2) LAYER OF 1/2" GWB 3 5/8' (33 MIL) METAL STUDS @ 16" 0.C. SCHEDULED BASE BASE RUNNER SCHEDULED FINISH FLOOR 4 NOTE: ALSO REFER TO DETAIL 1/A -402 EXTEND DOUBLE BOXED STUDS TO STRUCTURE ABOVE AT 4' -0" O.C. WITH 3" DEEP LONG LEG DEFLECTION HEAD TRACK UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE 6' THK BATT INSULATION, 2-0" HORIZ. BOTH SIDES OF PARTITION SCHEDULED CEILING 3 5/6° (33 MIL) METAL STUDS @ 16" 0.C. 3' THK SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET (1) LAYER OF 5/8" GWB EACH SIDE HARDWOOD WINDOW HEAD SEE DETAILS ON DWG. N601 2x FR WOOD NAILER 1/ 4" CLEAR LAMINATE SAFETY GLASS, TYP. HARDWOOD WINDOW MULLION SEE DETAILS ON DWG. N601 2x FR WOOD NAILER HARDWOOD WINDOW SILL SEE DETAILS ON DWG. N601 4 "H HARDWOOD BASE FR WOOD BLOCKING ANCHORED TO FLOOR SCHEDULED FINISH FLOOR STEEL STUD BRACING AT 4' -0" O.C. STEEL STUD BRACING AT 4' -0" 0.C. SCHEDULED CEILING STEEL STUD BRACING AT 4' -0" 0.C. >-(°#. SCHEDULED CEILING PARTITION TYPES W z SCALE: N.T.S PARTITION TYPE U' U' \i U' SCALE: N.T.S , , , , PARTITION TYPE 2 3 3" DEEP LONG LEG DEFLECTION HEAD TRACK UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE SECURE TOP RUNNER TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE WITH SEALANT EACH SIDE SCHEDULED CEILING LATERAL BRACING @ MID -SPAN (1) LAYER OF 5/8° GWB EACH SIDE 4' 0" H WAINSCOT CERAMIC TILE ON THIN SET AT RESTROOMS 3 -5/8" (33 MIL.) METAL STUDS @ 16' O.C. SCHEDULED BASE SCHEDULED FINISH FLOOR BASE RUNNER WITH SEALANT EACH SIDE 1 UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE 6" THK BATT INSULATION, 2-0' HORIZ. BOTH SIDES OF PARTITION SCHEDULED CEILING (1) LAYER OF 5/8' GWB EACH SIDE 3" THK SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET 3 5/8" (33 MIL) METAL STUDS @ 16" 0.C. SCHEDULED BASE BASE RUNNER SCHEDULED FINISH FLOOR UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE SCHEDULED CEILING REMOVE EXISTING SOFFIT GYPSUM BOARD TO 12" MIN . ABOVE BOTTOM OF SOFFIT. INSTALL NEW GYPSUM BOARD AND PATCH TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES 3 -5/8' (33 MIL.) METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. (1) LAYER OF 5/8" GWB EACH SIDE SCHEDULED BASE BASE RUNNER SCHEDULED FINISH FLO8IiROE�D LA MAY '2\9 2Utig PERMIT CENTER JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 REVIEWED 'O R CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 1 3 21iu9 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION REGISTERED ARCHITECT EDWARD HANBICKI STATE OF WASHINGTON 8457 Client: 0 KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PI D# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. B A Designed By: PDX Date 05 -05 -09 Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID 04-09 -09 DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: WALL TYPES Drawing No.: A -501 boqo8(0 SIPMSON SDS WOOD SCREWS 1/4X3 @ EACH STUD, SPACING NO GREATER THAN 24" O.C. (2) SIMPSON SDS25112 WOOD SCREWS @ 16" O.C. 362T125 -18 METAL TRACK WITH #8 HILTI KWIK -PRO SELF - DRILLING SCREW EACH SIDE EACH STUD (2) SIMSON SDS25112 WOOD SCREWS @ (E) JOIST NOTES: 1. IF EXISTING JOIST SPACING IS GREATER THAN 16" INSTALL 2x6 FLAT BLOCKING AS NOTED ABOVE. ( 2' ) ! 1 (i ' ) 1 ;;./ �� 31 ` VIK.C:ON II 'WITH HEX HEAD z E Y t 14 w i'li._1 ✓L ,3 do 1 .w �.w, .;.: �• A. I6 £3C, SCALE: NTS (2) #8 Hai KMK -PRO SELFDRILLING SCREWS AT 16" O.C. SCALE: HIS 2) t'si H LT > W:K•PRC) L. 1: L.F•L3'`L.I..I LC' SCREWS AT ALT, BOIT. I 02' ) 362'1125-18 METAL TRACK •..::....- WITH #•8 HII..TI KWIK PRO SELF- L)RILUN{3 SCREW EACH SIDE EACH STUD PL 126A x 6" x 0' -8" WITH (4) 48 HILT: KWIK •PRO SELF-DRILLING ,, SCREWS AT 16" 0.C. ss mas : —m ma —. PARALLEL TO WOOD FRAMING PERPENDICULAR TO WOOD FRAMING SOFFIT ATTACHMENT @ WOOD DECK xx o s ,}s R Y£ TO METAL DECK PARALLEL TO METAL DECK (E) PLYWOOD DECK SIPMSON DS WOOD SCREWS 114X3 @ EACH STUD, SPACING NO GREATER THAN 24" O.C. (E) WOOD FRAMING (N) 2X6 WOOD FRAMING 362S125 -18 METAL STUD @ 16" O.C. • 302T125. I 1: METAL € ACI .L I KINI — RO SE1...F-DRILLING SCREW EACH SR`., E EACH C 31 j (E) Mn I AL. ROOF 3• ECK f . •...,........ 362S125-18 METAL STUD @ 16" O.C, (E) METAL ROOF DECK 3821125-18 ME :T•AL •I'I:LACK WITH #8 HILT: K`WIK PRO SELF-DRILLING SCREW EACH SIDE EACH STUD --- 362S125-18 METAL STUD^ 160.G. 12 '' ) SO FFIT ATTACHMENT @ METAL DECK SCAL NT i NOTE: 1. 2. (2) 1d40 xF FflLTIHIT -AANCHOR ROD WITH HILT: HY-20 ADHESIVE E AND *; •i'i:::i: N TUBE AT 3.3 €,.a.C. 'TRACTOR TO FIELD LD VERI Y LOCATION OF (E) O 31.1..1ND. HOLES. DO NOT CUT OH LA: >.DI. . y m. (2)3r1C0.E i H1LTi 10V C +» (- r ' X E ' r ; Y�YIt; J is 11 £ .rsn D C;`.0 1s'",I > I ;: SCREWS AT I fs C1• I BOTTOM :FLj.E;12' C.C.} 352T125-1 B MET:I.. TRACK ..: V'11(1-1 . -� -3 HILT/ l� iK H SELF- L,. i1' I, » SC DEW :k,,,t<: MA %,r 2 SIDE EACH S 3 U rk HILT/ E {�o ?' I " :L i I F'S�.'iR3�i�5, "3..'R, EL - DHIL.- .NG SCREWS AT s ... : 1 O.C. C f WITH 8110"0X1 I�� J yx3 1 . s , j:� 31.4' i F}.,.3 I lY ik 6 ., N 11 'WITH : .EX I <,!.. :.I.) CONCRETE SCREW KT 113" 0.C. EXISTING FLOOR STRUCTURE TO REMAIN. SEE NOTES BELOW SCALE: TS SCALE; N'iS FLOOR FRAMING MATERIALS AND SPAN ARE UNKNOWN. CONTRACTOR SHALL EXPOSE CONSTRUCTION FOR DETERMINATION OF SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS BID BASIS - SHORE FRAMING WITH NEW BEARING WALL, SAW CUT AND REMOVE PORTION OF FLOOR JOIST AND FLOORING, INSTALL FILL BLOCKING SCALE: 11/2 " -10" • ED S , L:t 7 ORE PLANK REINFORCING PRIOR BEARING WALL HE L`<(' H. 0 I:tiL. F1 K ` 1K —P`:. J E SIDE EACH STUD 4 4 ! c. AF iL Da # k 1 CORE ;a: , N K ..,ms's. g..iM:�:. t'IELD V r' (( ,: CONOGUHAUGH •662S12i -1 ,.1 ..l_ 382 AL (E) CONC. DECK s i HI c 13E fSWIK 1) SELF ONL.L.I:`1.y SCREW 1....`. €..11 SIDE EACH . S f UD — 3628125-18 METAL METAL STUDS. SEE 7/A -501 EXISTING FLOOR STRUCTURE TO BE REMOVED NEW BOX HEADER - BASE BID 4' (33 MIL.) METAL STUD DOUBLE BOX HEADER NEW BEARING WALL - BASE BID 6" (33 MIL) METAL STUD 'T12 "O.C. 3/4' CONTINUOUS EXPANSION JOINT EXISTING SLAB ON GRADE TO REMAIN EL. t SC. _.`E:: 1 1 SCALE: 1 1/2' =1' -0' • k >j . 4 4 1' - 0" 0,0 8' a EX;STIN(.7„ �� ZW SYSTEM i I:YI3- �.? EXIS (Il;: IN`-"E mon BELOW :£)'W SILL ii cow, NEOPRENE GASKET t:::.;:E1,1;a COLUMN ENCLOSURE NEW ACT CEILING NEW 6111' ('5 OA) MIL :LIDS 16 00. t :'I L1 0 /6'f ?'Kti *vtti 4Cliti 1 O tec tali We, beAvtt � el f .trAINu c trOcztflt De4 6411 615 440,0ms di 401A`i b � ' : " Jr dRl ►: WALL SLAB DETAIL REVIEWED FOR CODE CO O d�D APPR JUL 13 2009 NEW BEARING WALL - BASE BID 6" (33 MIL) METAL STUDS AT 12" O.C. SAWCUTAND REMOVE EXISTING SLAB ON GRADE NEW 8' CONC. SLAB W/ #5 BARS E.W. @ 12" O.C. SEE PLAN -5/8' (25 GA) STEEL STUDS DIAGONAL BRACING ANCHORED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE @ 4' -0" O.C. ��TOP RUNNER I SECURE TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE unuuuuumauuuw TELLER AREA City of Tukwila y BUILDING DIVISI(1N `sist'vr E 1 I 1 ` "T .ALL. AS SCHEDULED) ON THE DRAWINGS LEAVE VE EXI €NG WOOD F. TRIM IN PLACE AND HOLD THE , . WALL , t E < S O0()RDINC1 3 , APPLY WOOD :....c. SECURED E :... ,.Win F STUD ABOVE AND BELOWT1:IE PROOF -ROLL SUBBASE 6" CONC. SLAB W/ #5 BARS E.W. @ 12" O.C. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE COURSE NOTES: SOFFIT DETAIL SCALE: 1 1/2 " =1' -0" 1. ALL CONCRETE SHALL BE 4000 PSI COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH IN 28 DAYS. PROVIDE 6% AIR ENTRAINMENT. 2. DESIGN SOIL BEARING STRENGTH IS 1500 PSF. SCALE: 1 112 " =1' -0' L ' 3 -5/8" (25 GA.) ME STUDS @ 16' O.C. WITH 5/8" GWB J SEE PLAN 1' -0" CONCRETEPAD DETAIL NEW LIGHT FIXTURES. ADD FRAMING AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT FIXTURES 1 ;G .:L YF .. 3: k WALL ANODIZED ALUM t<..E.,. . k 1:::).A1(.>-1 EXISTING W1NDOWT:i(, SECURE TO C GA1:1K1:: CLOSURE IT( WINDOW FRAME O O uuunn'uunuuunun • Vk 1 ACT CEILING SEE SEE PLAN RECEtVD CITY OF LA MAY)2"9 2009 PERMIT CENTER EDGE OF NEW MECHANICAL UNIT JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 8457 REGISTERED ARCHITECT ST A EDWARD E F W Client: 0,1! KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. B A Date 05 -05 -09 04-09 -09 Designed By: PDX Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Draw By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: DETAILS Drawing No.: A -502 boO8C SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CLG NOTES: 1. PROVIDE 12GA MIN HANGER WIRES AT 4' -0" OC MAX ALONG MAIN RUNNERS. 2. PROVIDE 12GA HANGER WIRES AT THE ENDS OF ALL MAIN & CROSS RUNNERS WITHIN 8" FROM THE SUPPORT OR WITHIN 1/4 OF THE LENGTH OF THE END TEE, WHICHEVER IS LEAST, AT THE PERIMETER OF THE CEILING AREA. 3. PROVIDE TRAPEZE OR OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY SUPPORT MEMBERS AT OBSTRUCTIONS TO TYPICAL HANGER SPACING. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL HANGERS, STRUTS OR BRACES AS REQUIRED AT ALL CEILING BREAKS, SOFFITS OR DISCONTINUOUS AREA. HANGER WIRES THAT ARE MORE THAN 1 IN 6 OUT OF PLUMB ARE TO HAVE COUNTER- SLOPING WIRES. 4. SHOULD WALLS RUN DIAGONALLY TO CEILING GRID SYSTEM RUNNERS, ONE END OF MAIN AND CROSS RUNNERS SHALL BE FREE WITH A MINIMUM OF 1/2' CLEAR FROM WALL 5. AT THE PERIMETER OF THE CEILING AREA WHERE MAIN OR CROSS RUNNERS ARE NOT CONNECTED TO THE ADJACENT WALL, PROVIDE INTERCONNECTIONS BETWEEN THE RUNNERS AT THE FREE END TO PREVENT LATERAL SPREADING. A METAL STRUT OR 16GA WIRE WITH A POSITIVE MECHANICAL CONNECTION TO THE RUNNER MAY BE USED. WHERE THE PERPENDICULAR DISTANCE FROM THE WALL TO THE FIRST PARALLEL RUNNER IS 12" OR LESS, THIS INTERLOCK IS NOT REQUIRED. 6. PROVIDE BRACING ASSEMBLIES CONSISTING OF A COMPRESSION STRUT AND (4) 12GA SPLAYED BRACING WIRES ORIENTED 90 DEGREES FROM EACH OTHER AT 8 FEET BY 12 FEET ON CENTER. PROVIDE BRACING ASSEMBLIES AT LOCATIONS NOT MORE THAN 1/2 THIS SPACING FROM EACH PERIMETER WALL AND AT THE EDGE OF VERTICAL CEILING OFFSETS. THE SLOPE OF THESE WIRES SHOULD NOT EXCEED 45 DEGREES FROM THE PLANE OF THE CEILING AND SHOULD BE TAUT WITHOUT CAUSING THE CEILING TO LIFT. SPLICES IN BRACING WIRES ARE NOT PERMITTED. 7. FASTEN HANGER WIRES WITH NOT LESS THAN 3 TIGHT TURNS. FASTEN BRACING WIRES WITH 4 TIGHT TURNS. MAKE ALL TIGHT TURNS WITHIN A DISTANCE OF 1 -1/2 INCHES. HANGER OR BRACING WIRE ANCHORS TO THE STRUCTURE SHOULD BE INSTALLED IN A MANNER THAT THE DIRECTION OF THE WIRE ALIGNS AS CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE WITH THE DIRECTION OF THE FORCES ACTING ON THE WIRE. WIRE TURNS MADE BY MACHINE WHERE BOTH STRANDS HAVE BEEN DEFORMED OR BENT IN WRAPPING CAN WAIVE THE 1 -1/2" REQUIREMENT, BUT THE NUMBER OF TURNS SHALL BE MAINTAINED, AND BE AS TIGHT AS POSSIBLE. 8. SEPARATE ALL CEILING HANGERS & BRACING WIRES AT LEAST 6 INCHES FROM ALL UNBRACED DUCTS, PIPES, CONDUIT, ETC. 9. ATTACH ALL LIGHT FIXTURES, MECHANICAL VENTILATION FIXTURES OR OTHER SERVICES TO THE CEILING GRID SYSTEM POSITIVELY. ATTACHMENT DEVICE SHALL HAVE A CAPACITY OF 100% OF THE LIGHTING FIXTURE WEIGHT ACTING IN ANY DIRECTION. 10. ALL LIGHT FIXTURES, MECHANICAL VENTILATION FIXTURES OR OTHER SERVICES WEIGHING LESS THAN 56 POUNDS MAY BE SUPPORTED DIRECTLY ON THE RUNNERS OF A HEAVY DUTY GRID SYSTEM BUT, IN ADDITION, THEY MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF TWO 12GA SLACK SAFETY WIRES ATTACHED TO THE FIXTURE AT DIAGONAL CORNERS AND ANCHORED TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. ALL 4' -0" X 4' -0" LIGHT FIXTURES MUST HAVE SLACK SAFETY WIRES AT EACH CORNER. 11. ALL LIGHT FIXTURES, MECHANICAL VENTILATION FIXTURES OR OTHER SERVICES WEIGHING 56 POUNDS OR MORE MUST BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED BY NOT LESS THAN 4 TAUT 12GA WIRES EACH ATTACHED TO THE FIXTURE AND TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE REGARDLESS OF THE TYPE OF CEILING GRID SYSTEM USED. 12. ALL TAUT 12GA WIRES INCLUDING THEIR ATTACHMENT TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE MUST BE CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING 4 TIMES THE WEIGHT OF THE UNIT. 13. SUPPORT SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURES BY AT LEAST TWO POSITIVE DEVICES WHICH SURROUND THE CEILING RUNNER AND WHICH ARE EACH SUPPORTED FROM THE STRUCTURE ABOVE BY A 12GA WIRE. SPRING CLIPS OR CLAMPS THAT CONNECT ONLY TO THE RUNNER ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SUPPORTS WHEN LIGHT FIXTURES ARE 8 FEET OR LONGER 14. SUPPORT PENDANT - MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURES DIRECTLY FROM THE STRUCTURE ABOVE WITH HANGER WIRES OR CABLES PASSING THROUGH EACH PENDANT HANGER AND CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING 4 TIMES THE WEIGHT OF THE FIXTURE. (SEE ALSO NOTE 10). SPECIAL DETAILS ARE NECESSARY FOR THIS CONDITION AT THE CEILING GRID. PROVIDE A BRACING ASSEMBLY WHERE THE PENDANT HANGER PENETRATES THE CEILING. SCALE: N.T.S 2 4 d 8" / / / COMPRESSION STRUT & BRACING LAYOUT - SEE DETAIL 1 -A THIS SHEET MAX )< x X x X X X X x X x / f/ 6' -0" MAX FROM WALL SCALE: N.T.S ... // /// 12-0" MAX FROM BRACING SUSPENSION GRID SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING DETAILS AND NOTES r 12GA HANGER WIRE @ 4' -0" OC EACH WAY TYP COMPRESSION STRUT & 4 -WAY 12GA BRACING WIRE BRACING. SET AT 45° AND LOCATE ON MAIN RUNNER WITHIN 2" OF COMPRESSION STRUT. MAIN RUNNER CROSS RUNNER FACE OF WALL TYP 12GA GALV BRACING WIRE @ 4' -0" OC EA WAY WI (4) TIGHT TURNS IN 1 -1/2" TYP. LOCATE BRACE WIRES 2" MAX FROM CROSS RUNNERS TYP. 12GA GALV HANGER WIRE @ 4' -0" OC EACH WAY W/ (4) TIGHT TURNS IN 1 -1/2" TYP. MAIN TEE RUNNER CROSS TEE RUNNER • A. B. C. D. F. G. H. J. K. L. M. SUSPENDED GYP BOARD CLG NOTES: GENERAL: SUSPENDED GYP BOARD CEILING SYSTEMS SHALL BE DESIGNED AND CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE 2006 IBC - THE FOLLOWING MAY BE USED AS ADDITIONAL GUIDELINES: MATERIALS: MATERIALS ARE TO COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE IBC STANDARDS. GYPSUM BOARD IS ONE LAYER OF 5/8" TYPE X. DESIGN: FOR LATERAL LOAD, USE SAME FACTORS AS FOR LAY -IN ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILING. USE 0.5 X 4 # /SQ. FT = 2 # /SF LATERAL LOAD. DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION: GYP BOARD CEILINGS SHALL NOT SUPPORT MATERIALS OR BUILDING COMPONENTS OTHER THAN GRILLES, LIGHT FIXTURES, SMALL ELECTRICAL CONDUITS, SMALL DUCTS AND THE LIKE. ALL SUCH COMPONENTS SHALL BE SUPPORTED EITHER DIRECTLY FROM MAIN RUNNERS, OR BY SUPPLEMENTAL FRAMING WHICH IS SUPPORTED BY MAIN RUNNERS. NO VERTICAL LOADS OTHER THAN GYP BOARD DEAD LOAD SHALL BE APPLIED TO CROSS- FURRING. E. VERTICAL SUPPORT SYSTEM: HANGER AND MAIN RUNNER SIZES AND SPACINGS AS PER THE 2006 OC SPACINGS FOR HANGERS AND MAIN RUNNERS ARE ACCEPTABLE PROVIDED THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS ARE MET: VERTICAL HANGER WIRES ARE 8GA GALVANIZED MAIN RUNNERS ARE 1 -1/2" CHANNELS, 0.475 # /FT MINIMUM @ 48" MAX. O.C. CROSS- FURRING MAY BE 7/8 ", 20GA GALV HAT SECTIONS @ 24' MAXIMUM OC HANGERS SHOULD BE SADDLE -TIED AROUND MAIN RUNNERS TO DEVELOP THE FULL CROSS - FURRING SHOULD BE SADDLE -TIED TO THE MAIN RUNNERS WITH ONE STRAND OF #16 OR TWO STRANDS OF 18GA WIRE. MAIN RUNNERS SHOULD BE SPLICED BY LAPPING AND INTERLOCKING FLANGES 12" MIN AND TYING NEAR EACH END WITH DOUBLE LOOPS OF 16GA WIRE. SEE DETAIL 3/A -504. CROSS- FURRING SHOULD BE SPLICED BY LAPPING & INTERLOCKING THE PIECES 8" MIN AND TYING NEAR EACH END WITH DOUBLE LOOPS OF 16GA WIRE. PROVIDE TRAPEZE OR OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY SUPPORT MEMBERS AT OBSTRUCTIONS TO TYPICAL HANGER SPACING. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL HANGERS, STRUTS OR BRACES AS REQUIRED AT ALL CEILING BREAKS, SOFFITS OR DISCONTINUOUS AREAS. HANGER WIRES THAT ARE MORE THAN 1 IN 6 OUT OF PLUMB SHALL HAVE COUNTER- SLOPING WIRES. N. FASTEN HANGER WIRES WITH NOT LESS THAN 3 TIGHT TURNS. FASTEN BRACING WIRES WITH 4 TIGHT TURNS. MAKE ALL TIGHT TURNS WITHIN A DISTANCE OF 1 -1/2 INCHES. HANGER OR BRACING WIRE ANCHORS TO THE STRUCTURE SHOULD BE INSTALLED IN SUCH A MANNER THAT THE DIRECTION OF THE WIRE ALIGNS AS CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE WITH THE DIRECTION OF THE FORCES ACTING ON THE WIRE. NOTE: WIRE TURNS MADE BY MACHINE WHERE BOTH STRANDS HAVE BEEN DEFORMED OR BENT IN WRAPPING CAN WAIVE THE 1.1/2" REQUIREMENT, BUT THE NUMBER OF TURNS SHOULD BE MAINTAINED, AND BE AS TIGHT AS POSSIBLE. 0. SEPARATE ALL CEILING HANGING AND BRACING WIRES AT LEAST 6 INCHES FROM ALL UNBRACED DUCTS, PIPES, CONDUIT, ETC. P. SEE NOTE #9 OF ACOUSTIC PANEL NOTES. Q. LIGHT FIXTURE AND MECHANICAL SERVICES SUPPORT: ALL RECESSED OR DROP -IN LIGHT FIXTURES, CEILING MOUNTED MECHANICAL AIR TERMINALS & SERVICES SHALL BE SUPPORTED DIRECTLY BY MAIN RUNNERS OR BY SUPPLEMENTAL FRAMING WHICH IS SUPPORTED BY MAIN RUNNERS, AND POSITIVELY ATTACHED WITH SCREWS OR OTHER APPROVED CONNECTORS. R. SURFACE MOUNTED FIXTURES SHALL BE ATTACHED TO A MAIN RUNNER WITH A POSITIVE CLAMPING DEVICE MADE OF MATERIAL WITH A MINIMUM OF 14 GAUGE. ROTATIONAL SPRING CLAMPS DO NOT COMPLY. S. LATERAL SYSTEM: SEISMIC BRACE TO CEILING ABOVE AS FOR ACOUSTICAL TILE SUSPENSION SYSTEM, (SEE SUSPENDED LAY -IN CLG NOTE #6), EXCEPT USE #8 DIAGONAL WIRES SPACED ON A 8' X 12' GRID OR 96 SF WITHIN 6' -0" OF WALLS. SEISMIC BRACE TO BE LOCATED AT INTERSECTION OF MAIN RUNNER AND CROSS- FURRING MEMBER. PROVIDE CONNECTION BETWEEN DIAGONAL WIRES AND MAIN RUNNER SO AS TO PREVENT SLIPPING FOR A 200# APPROXIMATE SEISMIC LOAD. T. SEISMIC BRACE TO CEILING ABOVE AS FOR ACOUSTICAL TILE SUSPENSION SYSTEM, (SEE SUSPENDED LAY -IN CLG NOTE #6), EXCEPT USE #8 DIAGONAL WIRES SPACED ON A 8' X 12' GRID OR 96 SF WITHIN 6' -0" OF WALLS. SEISMIC BRACE TO BE LOCATED AT INTERSECTION OF MAIN RUNNER AND CROSS- FURRING MEMBER. PROVIDE CONNECTION BETWEEN DIAGONAL WIRES AND MAIN RUNNER SO AS TO PREVENT SLIPPING FOR A 200# APPROXIMATE SEISMIC LOAD. a SCALE: 3 " =1' -0" VIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE! APPROVED JUL 1 2009 City of Tukwila r BUILDING DIVISION 8" MAX 'X X 0 / COMPRESSION STRUT & BRACING LAYOUT - SEE DETAIL 2 -A THIS SHEET X X H'1 X X 6' -0" MAX FROM WALL SCALE: 3 " =1' -0' —X X X 12' -0" MAX FROM BRACING SUSPENSION GRID X X X NOTE: PROVIDE LATERAL BRACING AT ANY CHANGE IN CEILING PLANE. 4 - #8 GA GALV STL WIRES SECURED TO MAIN RUNNER & SPLAYED 90° FROM EACH OTHER @ 45° MAX ABOVE HORIZ CLUSTERS PLACED 12' -0" x 8' -0' OC & 6' MAX OR 4' MAX RESPECTIVELY FROM EACH WALL. USE #8 SELF - TAPPING SCREWS TO PREVENT SUPPING OF EACH CLUSTER AT RUNNER. SUSPENDED GYPSUM BOARD CEILING DETAILS AND NOTES X X e/› X X 17)09-- 08G 8GA HANGER WIRE @ 4' -0' OC EACH WAY TYP COMPRESSION STRUT & 8GA, 4 -WAY BRACING WIRE. 20GA 7/8" METAL CROSS FURRING CHANNEL @ 24" OC TYP 16GA 1 -1/2" METAL MAIN RUNNER COLD- ROLLED CHANNEL @ 48' OC TYP FACE OF WALL TYP 8GA GALV BRACING WIRE @ 4' -0" OC EACH WAY W/ (4) TIGHT TURNS IN 1 -1/2" TYP. LOCATE BRACE WIRES 2" MAX FROM CROSS RUNNERS TYP. 8GA GALV HANGER WIRE @ 4' -0" OC EACH WAY W/ (4) TIGHT TURNS IN 1 -1/2" TYP SADDLE TIE W/ (2) STRANDS 18GA WIRE TYP 16GA 1 -1/2' MAIN RUNNER CHANNEL @ 4' -0' OC TYP 20GA 7/8" METAL CROSS FURRING CHANNEL @ 24" OC TYP CITY OF TUKWILA MAY -'2'g /11w-1 PERMIT CENTER JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 8457 REGISTERED ARC ECT EDWARD HANBICKI STATE OF WASHINGTON Client: 0"7f. KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. B A Drawing No.: Date 05 -05 -09 04 -09 -09 Designed By: PDX Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: CEILING DETAILS A -503 • �� I I PW. ///i.//// .. I 7/Zii i�i /MI/ API .i�iiiiiiiiiiiiii AV Ar iiiiiiiriiiiiiiiiiiiiii iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiIPWA I I V A I ��/A Al W. I /MAW .41 i EXISTING WOOD JOISTS NOTE: FINISHES NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. REMOVE EXISTING GYP. BD. CEILING AS REQUIRED FOR AREA OF NEW WORK AND APPLY NEW GYP. BD. TO CEILING AFTER STRUCTURE IS COMPLETED AND INSPECTED Y" ISOLATION JOINT ALL AROUND CUT EXISTING SLAB A' ( CASH SAFE ON ELEVATED WOOD FLOOR SCALE: N.T.S. NOTE: FINISHES NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. REMOVE EXISTING GYP. BD. CEILING AS REQUIRED FOR AREA OF NEW WORK AND APPLY NEW GYP. BD. TO CEILING AFTER STRUCTURE IS COMPLETED AND INSPECTED SECTION @ CASH SAFE ON ELEVATED WOOD FLOOR SCALE: N.T.S. NEW 2x LATERAL BRACING @12" O.C. NEWW8x15 NEW 3" 0 SCH 40 PIPE 1/2" CAP I'EBOLTED OR WELDED TO STEEL BEAM 3" SCH 40 PIPE 1/2" I?WITH (4) -314" 0 ANCHOR BOLT r EXISTING SLAB ON GRADE /// \ / /V ,12" DIA SONOTUBE x 2' -0" W/ 4 #3 VERTICALS AND #3 // / TIES @ 12" O.C. \ /j a o /\\:/.\\ r \ \ / , \/ \\ j \ \ COMPACTED SOIL W/ 3000 PSF BEARING CAPACITY L_ J rr SAFE (6000# WT.) I -- SAFE (6000# WT.) EXISTING SUBFLOOR AND NEW FINISH EXISTING SUBFLOOR AND NEW FINISH EXISTING — WOOD JOISTS TO REMAIN EXISTING BEAM TO REMAIN — EXISTING COLUMN BEYOND TO REMAIN W8x15 SUPPORT BEAM, ENGAGE MINIMUM 4 WOOD JOISTS i �� iii I i •iii��� FY A Y ��iii A I ��iiiiiiIiiiiiiii.e,iiiii iiii iiiiiiiiiiiiiIiiiIiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiIiiiii iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiir A II /4 ������� 7/1/ FIXED END • FREE END • r, GYP. BD. CLG. AT WALL ................ t• • 1" TYP 6" TYP 6" TYP • • NOTE: CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ACOUSTIC INSULATION ON CEILING WHERE SCHEDULED - SEE RCP'S SUSPENDED CEILING - SEE RCP & FINISH SCHEDULE FOR FINISH & HEIGHT CONT 2" x 2" x 16GA STEEL ANGLE. FASTEN TO EACH STUD W/ #6 SMS. SUSPENDED CEILING - SEE RCP & FINISH SCHEDULE FOR FINISH & HEIGHT 1 -1/2" x 16GA CHANNEL. ANCHOR TO 3 STUDS MIN W/ (2) #10 SMS EA STUD TYP. WIRE TIE TO WRAP AROUND CHANNEL & LOCATED NOT MORE THAN 6" FROM CENTER STUD. HANGER/BRACING WIRES NOTE: CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ACOUSTIC INSULATION ON CEILING WHERE SCHEDULED - SEE RCP'S RUNNER ACOUSTICAL PANEL- SEE RCP & FINISH SCHED CONT 2" x 2" x 16GA STEEL ANGLE. FASTEN TO EACH STUD W/ #6 SMS. @ FIXED END, FASTEN TO EACH RUNNER W/ 1/8" POP RIVET. GYP BOD SUSP. ACOU. PNL. AT CLG. AR EDGE SCALE: N.T.S REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 13 2009 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION " MIN -8 " MAX SUSP. GYP. BD. CLG AT ACCESS DOOR 12" MIN 12" MIN HANGER/BRACING WIRES 16GASTEELCHANNELAT (4) SIDES OF R.Q. FASTEN TO RUNNER WITH #8 SMS, TYP. NOTE: CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ACOUSTIC INSULATION ON CEILING WHERE SCHEDULED - SEE RCP'S ACCESS DOOR - SEE RCP FOR LOCATION AND SIZE GYP BOARD 7/8" 20GA FURRING CHANNEL NOTE: CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ACOUSTIC INSULATION ON CEILING WHERE SCHEDULED - SEE RCP'S HANGER WIRE NESTED COLD - ROLLED CHANNELS - SECURE WI (6) 1/8" POP RIVETS (3 -TOP, 3- BOTTOM) 1 -1/2" COLD- ROLLED CHANNEL GYP BOARD 7/8" 20GA FURRING CHANNEL WHERE OCCURS SUSP. GYP. BD. CLG at CH. SPLICE 10GA SM SPLICE - FASTEN TO EACH RUNNER WITH (6) 1/8" POP RIVETS (3 EA SIDE) HANGER WIRE NOTE: CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ACOUSTIC INSULATION ON CEILING WHERE SCHEDULED - SEE RCP'S MAIN OR CROSS RUNNER ACOUSTICAL PANEL SHOWN DASHED - SEE RCP & FINISH SCHEDULE RECEIVaD CITY OF TUICIMLA MAY 2\9 2009 PERMIT CEN SUSP. ACOU. CLG at GRID SPLICE SCALE: 3" =1 0" JACO 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 Client: KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. B Designed By: PDX Date 05 -05 -09 Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID 04 -09 -09 DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: CEILING DETAILS Drawing No.: A -504 DOOR SCHEDULE DOOR No. 00 002 003 004 005 006 007 008 009 010 011 012 014 015A 01513 016A 016B 017 018 019 WLO 100A 100E 102 103 104 105 106A 106B 108 109 111 WL1 EMPLOYEE LOUNGE STAIRS STORAGE PHONE/ETO ROOM CONFERENCE ROOM STORAGE WOMEN'S ROOM MEN'S ROOM ELEC /MECH ROOM UNISEX RESTROOM CORRIDOR ADA COUPON ROOM STORAGE /ELEV. EQPT ROOM CUSTOMER SERVICE/COUPON CUSTOMER SERVICE/COUPON VAULT VAULT RECORD VAULT HALL CONFERENCE ROOM WHEELCHAIR LIFT VESTIBULE VESTIBULE CONFERENCE ROOM OFFICE OFFICE ROOM NAME SALES WORK ROOM EMERGENCY EXIT EMERGENCY EXIT TELLER WORK AREA TELLER AREA ATM ROOM WHEELCHAIR LIFT SCALE: 3 " =1' -0" TYPE EXIST EXIST. EXIST. A EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. A EXIST. A EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. C EXIST. EXIST B B A EXIST. EXIST. A A A 112" EQ. EQ. 1/2" W EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. 3' -O" EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. 3' -0" EXIST. 3' -0" EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. 3' -0" EXIST. EXIST. 3' -0" 3' -0" 3' -0" 3' -0" EXIST. EXIST. 3' -0" 3' -0" 3' -0" 3' -0" HARDWARE SETS GENERAL NOTES: DOOR SIZE H EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. 7' -0" EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. 7-0" EXIST. 7' -0" EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. 7-0" EXIST. EXIST. 7 7-0" 7-0" 7-0" EXIST. EXIST. 7-0" 7' -0" 7' -0" 3' -6" DOOR SCHEDULE GENERAL NOTES: 1. WOOD TRIM FINISH TO MATCH FRAME FINISH, TYP. 2. REFER TO DRAWING A -115 FINISH SPECIFICATIONS FOR PAINT COLORS. 1/4" CLEAR TEMP. GLASS WOOD WINDOW SILL T EXIST. EXIST EXIST 1 3/4" EXIST EXIST. EXIST EXIST. EXIST. 1 3/4" EXIST. 1 3/4" EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. BY VEND EXIST EXIST. 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" EXIST. EXIST 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" BY VEND 1. ALL INTERIOR DOORS THAT ARE SOLID WOOD CORE DOORS SHALL BE MAPLE OR BIRCH VENEER STAIN GRADE. 2. ALL LOCKABLE DOORS TO BE FREE - TURNING FROM INSIDE OF LOCKED SPACE. BOTH THE LATCHING & DEADBOLT DEVICES ON EXTERIOR DOORS SHALL RELEASE W/ A SINGLE ACTION OF THE INSIDE KNOB OR LEVER. (VERIFY FINAL HARDWARE WITH KEYBANK CM) 3. ALL EXTERIOR STEEL METAL DOOR FRAMES TO BE STEELCRAFT WELDED 2" FRAMES, PRIMED AND READY FOR PAINTING. 4. ALL EXIT DOOR HARDWARE ALLOWS DOOR TO BE OPENED IN THE DIRECTION OF EXIT WITH OUT THE USE OF A KEY OR SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. (PER GOVERNING BUILDING CODES). 5. PROVIDE THRESHOLDS WITH A MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF 1/2 ". 6. THE MAXIMUM EXTERIOR DOOR OPENING EFFORTS SHALL BE 8.5 LBS. 7. ALL ENTRANCE DOORS SHALL BE EQUIPPED W /DEADBOLTS HAVING 1 INCH THROW W/ EMBEDMENT OF AT LEAST 3/4 ". 8. HINGES FOR OUTSWINGING EXTERIOR DOORS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH NON - REMOVABLE HINGE PINS. 9. ALL EXTERIOR DOORS SHALL HAVE SECURITY DOOR ALARM CONTACT INSTALLED ON FRAMES. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR POWER AND COORD. W/ OWNER FOR FINAL APPROVAL OF HARDWARE. 10. CONTACT KEYBANK CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO ORDERING ANY FINAL HARDWARE STYLE TYPE AND CYLINDERS. 11. ANY ALUM. USED MUST NOT BE PLACED IN DIRECT CONTACT WITH DISSIMILAR METALS OR OTHER FINISH MATERIALS THAT ARE REACTIVE TO ALUMINUM. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO USE APPROPRIATE PAINT OR PRIMER OR SEALANTS WITH BACKER RODS TO SEPARATE THE CONTACT. 12. PROVIDE THRESHOLD, SWEEP AND GASKETING ON EXTERIOR DOORS AND DOOR -PULLS 13. SEE SIGNAGE DWGS FOR LOGO AND ADA SIGNAGE DETAILS SUPPLIED BY SIGNAGE VENDOR. 14. WIRING FOR ELECTRIC STRIKE SHALL BE INSTALLED INTO THE CEILING ABOVE. CONDUIT MUST BE PROVIDED FOR THE ELECTRIC CARD READER TO THE CEILING ABOVE. GLAZING SEALANT 3/4" ST -1 ED HARDWOOD ST -1 ED HARDWOOD BASE WOOD BLOCKING AND SHIM FINISHED FLOOR MATERIAL EXIST. EXIST. EXIST, HM EXIST. EXIST, EXIST, EXIST. EXIST. WD EXIST. WD EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. WD EXIST. EXIST. WD WD WD WD EXIST. EXIST. WD WD WD WD FINISH EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. PT -6 PT -6 PT -6 PT -6 PT -6 EXIST. PT -6 PT -6 PT -6 PT -6 PT -6 PT -6 EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. PT -6 EXIST. PT-6 EXIST. EXIST. ST -1 ST -1 ST -1 ST -1 EXIST. EXIST. ST -1 ST -1 ST -1 ST -1 1/4" CLEAR TEMP. GLASS GLAZING SEALANT HW SET EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. 5 EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. 9 EXIST. 9 EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. BY VEND EXIST. EXIST. 11 1 8 EXIST. EXIST. 4 4 6 BY VEND FIRE RATING TYPE EXIST. EXIST. EXIST A EXIST. EXIST EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. A EXIST. A EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. A EXIST. EXIST. A B B A EXIST. EXIST. A A A FRAME MATERIAL EXIST EXIST EXIST HM EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST WD EXIST. WD EXIST EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. WD EXIST. EXIST. WD WD WD WD EXIST. EXIST. WD WD WD WD 1/2' 1/4" /4" 1/2" FINISH EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. PT-6 PT-6 PT-6 PT-6 PT-6 EXIST. PT-6 PT-6 PT-6 PT-6 PT-6 PT-6 EXIST. EXIST, EXIST. EXIST, PT -6 EXIST. EXIST. ST- ST -1 ST -1 ST -1 EXIST, EXIST. ST -1 ST -1 ST -1 ST -1 REMARKS DOOR TO RECEIVE NEW DEADBOLT: CATALOG # 4710, FIN. /MFR. 628 ADA 3/4° UNDERCUT PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY WHEELCHAIR LIFT VENDOR. FINISHES BY G.C. PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY WHEELCHAIR LIFT VENDOR. FINISHES BY G.G. DETAILS 3 /4 "ST -1 ED HARDWOOD ST -1 ED WOOD DOOR - SEE SCHEDULE ST -1 ED HARDWOOD DOOR STOP SCALE: 3 " =1' -0" 1/2" 1/4" 21/ 3/4" ST -1 ED HARDWOOD CASING WOOD BLOCKING AND SHIM WOOD DOOR JAMB /HEAD 114" 21 /2" CORNER DETAIL SCALE: 3" =1' -0" SEE DETAIL 3 FOR TYPICAL NOTES 1/4" 21 /2" 4" TYP. DETAIL @ DOORS AND PARTITION SCALE: 3" =1' -0" SEE DETAILS 3 & 5 FOR TYPICAL NOTES WOOD DOOR AND WINDOW DETAILS WOOD BLOCKING 3/4" ST -1 ED HARDWOOD ST -1 ED HARDWOOD WINDOW STOP ST -1 ED HARDWOOD CASING WOOD WINDOW MULLION 3/4" ST -1 ED HARDWOOD ST -1 ED HARDWOOD WINDOW STOP 1/4" CLEAR TEMP. GLASS GLAZING SEALANT SCALE: 3 " =1' -0" DOOR TYPES 1/2" 1/4" 21 /2" 5/A -601 3/4" TYPE A FRAME TYPES U, TYPE A 21 /2" HARDWOOD FRAME SEALED & FINISHED PER SCHEDULE ST -1 ED HARDWOOD CASING WOOD BLOCKING AND SHIM WOOD WINDOW JAMB /HEAD at ST -1 ED HARDWOOD WINDOW STOP N 1/4" CLEAR TEMP. GLASS GLAZING SEALANT 3/A -601 6" r 6" TYPE B 2/A -601 SCALE: 3 " =1' -0" EQ. 4/A -601 TYPE B 0 VISION PANEL BY VENDOR N TYPE C HARDWOOD WOOD BLOCKING ST-1ED HARDWOOD DOOR STOP ST-1ED WOOD DOOR - SEE SCHEDULE WOOD DOOR & SIDELITE HARDWARE SETS HW SET 1: (SINGLE ALUMINUM/GLASS DOOR IN ALUMINUM FRAME) (3)EA HINGE (1)EA SURFACE CLOSER (1) DEADBOLT (1) PADDLE HANDLE HW SET 2: (DOUBLE ALUMINUM/GLASS DOOR IN ALUMINUM FRAME W/ MULLION) EACH DOOR TO HAVE: (3)EA HINGE (1)EA SURFACE CLOSER (1) DEADBOLT (1) PADDLE HANDLE active door EACH DOOR TO HAVE: (6)TL HINGE (1)EA SURFACE CLOSER (1) 2 PT FLUSHBOLT inactive leaf (1) PADDLE HANDLE active door (1)EA HINGE STOREROOM LOCK SURFACE CLOSER W/ HOLD OPEN WALL BUMPER DOOR STOP (3)EA SILENCER HW SET 5: (ETO ROOM) (3)EA HINGE (1)EA STOREROOM LOCK (1)EA WALL BUMPER (3)EA SILENCER FIN./MFR. 630 IVE 689 LCN 628 ADA 628 ADA 630 IVE 689 LCN 628 ADA 628 ADA HW SET 3: (DOUBLE ALUMINUM/GLASS DOOR IN ALUMINUM FRAME) 630 IVE 689 LCN 628 ADA 628 ADA HW SET 4: (TELLER WORK, TELLER LINE) 652 IVE 626 SCH 630 IVE HW SET 6: (ATM ACCESS CLOSET) EACH TO HAVE: (3)EA HINGE 652 IVE (1)EA STOREROOM LOCK 626 SCH (1)EA OVERHEAD STOP 630 GLY (3)EA SILENCER GRY IVE (1)SET FLUSH LATCHING EXTENSION BOLT 6301VE (1)SET DUMMY TRIM (INACTIVE DOOR ONLY) 626 YAL HW SET 7: (MECHANICAL ROOM, STORAGE ROOM) (3)EA HINGE (1)EA STOREROOM LOCK (1)EA WALL BUMPER (3)EA SILENCER HW SET 8: (SALES WORK ROOM, (3)EA HINGE (1)EA STOREROOM LOCK (1)EA DOOR STOP (1)EA WALL BUMPER (3)EA SILENCER (3)EA HINGE (1)EA STOREROOM LOCK (1)EA WALL BULPER (3)EA SILENCER HW SET 10: (3)EA HINGE (1)EA STOREROOM LOCK (1)EA KICK PLATE , (1)EA OVERHEAD STOP (3)EA SILENCER (3)EA HINGE (1)EA PASSAGE LATCH (1)EA WALL BUMPER (3)EA SILENCER (3)EA (1)EA SURFACE CLOSER (1)EA DOOR HOLDER (1)EA DOOR STOP (3)EA SILENCER HW SET 13: (6)EA HINGE (4)EA SINGLE DUMMY LEVER (2)EA WALL BUMPER (2)EA ROLLER LATCH (2)EA DOOR SILENCER HW SET 14: (3)EA HINGE (1)EA RESTROOM LOCK (1)EA SURFACE CLOSURE (1)EA WALL BUMPER (3)EA SILENCER HW SET 15: (3)EA HINGE (1 )EA EXIT DEVICE (1)EA RIM CYLINDER (1)EA SURFACE CLOSER (1)EA WALL BUMPER (3)EA SILENCER 626 SCH ND8ORD RHO (EVEREST) 689 LCN 4011/4111 AS REQUIRED ALUM/SILVER DS2000 DE SEUNG TRADING CORP 652 IVE 626 SCH 630 IVE LOUNGE FROM PUBLIC SPACE) 11W SET 9: (RESTROOM PRIVATE, COUPON ROOM) 652 IVE 626 SCH 630 IVE (RESTROOM OPEN TO PUBLIC SPACE) 652 IVE 3CB1 4.5 x 4.5 626 SCH ND8ORD RHO (EVEREST) ALUM/SILVER DE SEING TRADING CORP. 652 IVE 626 SCH 630 IVE 630 GLY CATALOG # 11W SET 11: (OFFICE, CONFERENCE ROOM, JANITOR'S CLOSET) 652 IVE 626 SCH 630 IVE HW SET 12: (EXIT DOOR NOT USED BY PUBLIC ENTRY) 3CB1 4.5 x 4.5 ND1OS RHO HINGE 652 IVE 3CB1 4.5 x 4.5 PANIC DEVICE - VON DUPRIN GUARD "X" W/ RIM CYLINDER 20-057, EXIT ALARM LOCK #2670 W/ U328 FINISH. CONFIRM W/ KEY BANK CONSTRUCTION MGR FOR ALL ACCESORIES REQUIRED. NOTE: OUTSIDE PULL TRIM IS NOT REQUIRED. 669 LCN 4111 SCNS US26D STAN 587580 ALUM/SILVER DS2000 DE SEUNG TRADING CORP 652 IVE 626 SCH US32D IVE US26D MC 652 IVE 626 SCH AL LCN US32D IVE 652 IVE US 26D VD 626 SCH AL LCN US32D IVE NOTE: NOT ALL HARDWARE SETS ARE USED ON EVERY BANK 3CB1 4.5 x 4.5 NRP 4111 SCNS 4710 4591 3CB1 4.5 x 4.5 NRP 4111 SCNS 4710 4591 3CB1 4.5 x 4.5 NRP 4111 SCNS 6201 4591 3CB1 4.5 x 4.5 ND8ORD RHO (EVEREST) SR64 3CB1 4.5 x 4.5 ND8ORD RHO (EVEREST) 900S SR64 455 LN ND8ORD RHO (EVEREST) SR64 3CB1 4.5 x 4.5 ND8ORD RHO (EVEREST) SR64 ND8ORD RHO (EVEREST) 8400 10x2 LDW 9005 SR64 ND170 RHO RL1B MTD AT HEAD SR64 L9496R 06A L583-363 4011/4111 SR64 3CB1 4.5 X 4.5 20-021 4111 EDA SR64 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY)2‘9 Z009 JACO 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437-4300 FAX (614) 437-4304 REVIEW D FOR COD ECOMPLIANCE APPROVED Cily of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION Client: Project: No. A Designed By: PDX 05-05-09 04-09-09 Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Drawing No.: \REGISTERED AR HIT CT 8457 KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 Date Issue/Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Sheet Title: DOOR SCHEDULE, HARDWARE SETS AND DETAILS Checked By: MKB A-601 SCHEDULED PARTITION Ed \, EQ DOOR SCHEDULE DOOR No. 00 002 003 004 005 006 007 008 009 010 011 012 014 015A 01513 016A 016B 017 018 019 WLO 100A 100E 102 103 104 105 106A 106B 108 109 111 WL1 EMPLOYEE LOUNGE STAIRS STORAGE PHONE/ETO ROOM CONFERENCE ROOM STORAGE WOMEN'S ROOM MEN'S ROOM ELEC /MECH ROOM UNISEX RESTROOM CORRIDOR ADA COUPON ROOM STORAGE /ELEV. EQPT ROOM CUSTOMER SERVICE/COUPON CUSTOMER SERVICE/COUPON VAULT VAULT RECORD VAULT HALL CONFERENCE ROOM WHEELCHAIR LIFT VESTIBULE VESTIBULE CONFERENCE ROOM OFFICE OFFICE ROOM NAME SALES WORK ROOM EMERGENCY EXIT EMERGENCY EXIT TELLER WORK AREA TELLER AREA ATM ROOM WHEELCHAIR LIFT SCALE: 3 " =1' -0" TYPE EXIST EXIST. EXIST. A EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. A EXIST. A EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. C EXIST. EXIST B B A EXIST. EXIST. A A A 112" EQ. EQ. 1/2" W EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. 3' -O" EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. 3' -0" EXIST. 3' -0" EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. 3' -0" EXIST. EXIST. 3' -0" 3' -0" 3' -0" 3' -0" EXIST. EXIST. 3' -0" 3' -0" 3' -0" 3' -0" HARDWARE SETS GENERAL NOTES: DOOR SIZE H EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. 7' -0" EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. 7-0" EXIST. 7' -0" EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. 7-0" EXIST. EXIST. 7 7-0" 7-0" 7-0" EXIST. EXIST. 7-0" 7' -0" 7' -0" 3' -6" DOOR SCHEDULE GENERAL NOTES: 1. WOOD TRIM FINISH TO MATCH FRAME FINISH, TYP. 2. REFER TO DRAWING A -115 FINISH SPECIFICATIONS FOR PAINT COLORS. 1/4" CLEAR TEMP. GLASS WOOD WINDOW SILL T EXIST. EXIST EXIST 1 3/4" EXIST EXIST. EXIST EXIST. EXIST. 1 3/4" EXIST. 1 3/4" EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. BY VEND EXIST EXIST. 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" EXIST. EXIST 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" BY VEND 1. ALL INTERIOR DOORS THAT ARE SOLID WOOD CORE DOORS SHALL BE MAPLE OR BIRCH VENEER STAIN GRADE. 2. ALL LOCKABLE DOORS TO BE FREE - TURNING FROM INSIDE OF LOCKED SPACE. BOTH THE LATCHING & DEADBOLT DEVICES ON EXTERIOR DOORS SHALL RELEASE W/ A SINGLE ACTION OF THE INSIDE KNOB OR LEVER. (VERIFY FINAL HARDWARE WITH KEYBANK CM) 3. ALL EXTERIOR STEEL METAL DOOR FRAMES TO BE STEELCRAFT WELDED 2" FRAMES, PRIMED AND READY FOR PAINTING. 4. ALL EXIT DOOR HARDWARE ALLOWS DOOR TO BE OPENED IN THE DIRECTION OF EXIT WITH OUT THE USE OF A KEY OR SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. (PER GOVERNING BUILDING CODES). 5. PROVIDE THRESHOLDS WITH A MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF 1/2 ". 6. THE MAXIMUM EXTERIOR DOOR OPENING EFFORTS SHALL BE 8.5 LBS. 7. ALL ENTRANCE DOORS SHALL BE EQUIPPED W /DEADBOLTS HAVING 1 INCH THROW W/ EMBEDMENT OF AT LEAST 3/4 ". 8. HINGES FOR OUTSWINGING EXTERIOR DOORS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH NON - REMOVABLE HINGE PINS. 9. ALL EXTERIOR DOORS SHALL HAVE SECURITY DOOR ALARM CONTACT INSTALLED ON FRAMES. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR POWER AND COORD. W/ OWNER FOR FINAL APPROVAL OF HARDWARE. 10. CONTACT KEYBANK CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO ORDERING ANY FINAL HARDWARE STYLE TYPE AND CYLINDERS. 11. ANY ALUM. USED MUST NOT BE PLACED IN DIRECT CONTACT WITH DISSIMILAR METALS OR OTHER FINISH MATERIALS THAT ARE REACTIVE TO ALUMINUM. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO USE APPROPRIATE PAINT OR PRIMER OR SEALANTS WITH BACKER RODS TO SEPARATE THE CONTACT. 12. PROVIDE THRESHOLD, SWEEP AND GASKETING ON EXTERIOR DOORS AND DOOR -PULLS 13. SEE SIGNAGE DWGS FOR LOGO AND ADA SIGNAGE DETAILS SUPPLIED BY SIGNAGE VENDOR. 14. WIRING FOR ELECTRIC STRIKE SHALL BE INSTALLED INTO THE CEILING ABOVE. CONDUIT MUST BE PROVIDED FOR THE ELECTRIC CARD READER TO THE CEILING ABOVE. GLAZING SEALANT 3/4" ST -1 ED HARDWOOD ST -1 ED HARDWOOD BASE WOOD BLOCKING AND SHIM FINISHED FLOOR MATERIAL EXIST. EXIST. EXIST, HM EXIST. EXIST, EXIST, EXIST. EXIST. WD EXIST. WD EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. WD EXIST. EXIST. WD WD WD WD EXIST. EXIST. WD WD WD WD FINISH EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. PT -6 PT -6 PT -6 PT -6 PT -6 EXIST. PT -6 PT -6 PT -6 PT -6 PT -6 PT -6 EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. PT -6 EXIST. PT-6 EXIST. EXIST. ST -1 ST -1 ST -1 ST -1 EXIST. EXIST. ST -1 ST -1 ST -1 ST -1 1/4" CLEAR TEMP. GLASS GLAZING SEALANT HW SET EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. 5 EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. 9 EXIST. 9 EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. BY VEND EXIST. EXIST. 11 1 8 EXIST. EXIST. 4 4 6 BY VEND FIRE RATING TYPE EXIST. EXIST. EXIST A EXIST. EXIST EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. A EXIST. A EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. A EXIST. EXIST. A B B A EXIST. EXIST. A A A FRAME MATERIAL EXIST EXIST EXIST HM EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST WD EXIST. WD EXIST EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. WD EXIST. EXIST. WD WD WD WD EXIST. EXIST. WD WD WD WD 1/2' 1/4" /4" 1/2" FINISH EXIST. EXIST. EXIST. PT-6 PT-6 PT-6 PT-6 PT-6 EXIST. PT-6 PT-6 PT-6 PT-6 PT-6 PT-6 EXIST. EXIST, EXIST. EXIST, PT -6 EXIST. EXIST. ST- ST -1 ST -1 ST -1 EXIST, EXIST. ST -1 ST -1 ST -1 ST -1 REMARKS DOOR TO RECEIVE NEW DEADBOLT: CATALOG # 4710, FIN. /MFR. 628 ADA 3/4° UNDERCUT PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY WHEELCHAIR LIFT VENDOR. FINISHES BY G.C. PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY WHEELCHAIR LIFT VENDOR. FINISHES BY G.G. DETAILS 3 /4 "ST -1 ED HARDWOOD ST -1 ED WOOD DOOR - SEE SCHEDULE ST -1 ED HARDWOOD DOOR STOP SCALE: 3 " =1' -0" 1/2" 1/4" 21/ 3/4" ST -1 ED HARDWOOD CASING WOOD BLOCKING AND SHIM WOOD DOOR JAMB /HEAD 114" 21 /2" CORNER DETAIL SCALE: 3" =1' -0" SEE DETAIL 3 FOR TYPICAL NOTES 1/4" 21 /2" 4" TYP. DETAIL @ DOORS AND PARTITION SCALE: 3" =1' -0" SEE DETAILS 3 & 5 FOR TYPICAL NOTES WOOD DOOR AND WINDOW DETAILS WOOD BLOCKING 3/4" ST -1 ED HARDWOOD ST -1 ED HARDWOOD WINDOW STOP ST -1 ED HARDWOOD CASING WOOD WINDOW MULLION 3/4" ST -1 ED HARDWOOD ST -1 ED HARDWOOD WINDOW STOP 1/4" CLEAR TEMP. GLASS GLAZING SEALANT SCALE: 3 " =1' -0" DOOR TYPES 1/2" 1/4" 21 /2" 5/A -601 3/4" TYPE A FRAME TYPES U, TYPE A 21 /2" HARDWOOD FRAME SEALED & FINISHED PER SCHEDULE ST -1 ED HARDWOOD CASING WOOD BLOCKING AND SHIM WOOD WINDOW JAMB /HEAD at ST -1 ED HARDWOOD WINDOW STOP N 1/4" CLEAR TEMP. GLASS GLAZING SEALANT 3/A -601 6" r 6" TYPE B 2/A -601 SCALE: 3 " =1' -0" EQ. 4/A -601 TYPE B 0 VISION PANEL BY VENDOR N TYPE C HARDWOOD WOOD BLOCKING ST-1ED HARDWOOD DOOR STOP ST-1ED WOOD DOOR - SEE SCHEDULE WOOD DOOR & SIDELITE HARDWARE SETS HW SET 1: (SINGLE ALUMINUM/GLASS DOOR IN ALUMINUM FRAME) (3)EA HINGE (1)EA SURFACE CLOSER (1) DEADBOLT (1) PADDLE HANDLE HW SET 2: (DOUBLE ALUMINUM/GLASS DOOR IN ALUMINUM FRAME W/ MULLION) EACH DOOR TO HAVE: (3)EA HINGE (1)EA SURFACE CLOSER (1) DEADBOLT (1) PADDLE HANDLE active door EACH DOOR TO HAVE: (6)TL HINGE (1)EA SURFACE CLOSER (1) 2 PT FLUSHBOLT inactive leaf (1) PADDLE HANDLE active door (1)EA HINGE STOREROOM LOCK SURFACE CLOSER W/ HOLD OPEN WALL BUMPER DOOR STOP (3)EA SILENCER HW SET 5: (ETO ROOM) (3)EA HINGE (1)EA STOREROOM LOCK (1)EA WALL BUMPER (3)EA SILENCER FIN./MFR. 630 IVE 689 LCN 628 ADA 628 ADA 630 IVE 689 LCN 628 ADA 628 ADA HW SET 3: (DOUBLE ALUMINUM/GLASS DOOR IN ALUMINUM FRAME) 630 IVE 689 LCN 628 ADA 628 ADA HW SET 4: (TELLER WORK, TELLER LINE) 652 IVE 626 SCH 630 IVE HW SET 6: (ATM ACCESS CLOSET) EACH TO HAVE: (3)EA HINGE 652 IVE (1)EA STOREROOM LOCK 626 SCH (1)EA OVERHEAD STOP 630 GLY (3)EA SILENCER GRY IVE (1)SET FLUSH LATCHING EXTENSION BOLT 6301VE (1)SET DUMMY TRIM (INACTIVE DOOR ONLY) 626 YAL HW SET 7: (MECHANICAL ROOM, STORAGE ROOM) (3)EA HINGE (1)EA STOREROOM LOCK (1)EA WALL BUMPER (3)EA SILENCER HW SET 8: (SALES WORK ROOM, (3)EA HINGE (1)EA STOREROOM LOCK (1)EA DOOR STOP (1)EA WALL BUMPER (3)EA SILENCER (3)EA HINGE (1)EA STOREROOM LOCK (1)EA WALL BULPER (3)EA SILENCER HW SET 10: (3)EA HINGE (1)EA STOREROOM LOCK (1)EA KICK PLATE , (1)EA OVERHEAD STOP (3)EA SILENCER (3)EA HINGE (1)EA PASSAGE LATCH (1)EA WALL BUMPER (3)EA SILENCER (3)EA (1)EA SURFACE CLOSER (1)EA DOOR HOLDER (1)EA DOOR STOP (3)EA SILENCER HW SET 13: (6)EA HINGE (4)EA SINGLE DUMMY LEVER (2)EA WALL BUMPER (2)EA ROLLER LATCH (2)EA DOOR SILENCER HW SET 14: (3)EA HINGE (1)EA RESTROOM LOCK (1)EA SURFACE CLOSURE (1)EA WALL BUMPER (3)EA SILENCER HW SET 15: (3)EA HINGE (1 )EA EXIT DEVICE (1)EA RIM CYLINDER (1)EA SURFACE CLOSER (1)EA WALL BUMPER (3)EA SILENCER 626 SCH ND8ORD RHO (EVEREST) 689 LCN 4011/4111 AS REQUIRED ALUM/SILVER DS2000 DE SEUNG TRADING CORP 652 IVE 626 SCH 630 IVE LOUNGE FROM PUBLIC SPACE) 11W SET 9: (RESTROOM PRIVATE, COUPON ROOM) 652 IVE 626 SCH 630 IVE (RESTROOM OPEN TO PUBLIC SPACE) 652 IVE 3CB1 4.5 x 4.5 626 SCH ND8ORD RHO (EVEREST) ALUM/SILVER DE SEING TRADING CORP. 652 IVE 626 SCH 630 IVE 630 GLY CATALOG # 11W SET 11: (OFFICE, CONFERENCE ROOM, JANITOR'S CLOSET) 652 IVE 626 SCH 630 IVE HW SET 12: (EXIT DOOR NOT USED BY PUBLIC ENTRY) 3CB1 4.5 x 4.5 ND1OS RHO HINGE 652 IVE 3CB1 4.5 x 4.5 PANIC DEVICE - VON DUPRIN GUARD "X" W/ RIM CYLINDER 20-057, EXIT ALARM LOCK #2670 W/ U328 FINISH. CONFIRM W/ KEY BANK CONSTRUCTION MGR FOR ALL ACCESORIES REQUIRED. NOTE: OUTSIDE PULL TRIM IS NOT REQUIRED. 669 LCN 4111 SCNS US26D STAN 587580 ALUM/SILVER DS2000 DE SEUNG TRADING CORP 652 IVE 626 SCH US32D IVE US26D MC 652 IVE 626 SCH AL LCN US32D IVE 652 IVE US 26D VD 626 SCH AL LCN US32D IVE NOTE: NOT ALL HARDWARE SETS ARE USED ON EVERY BANK 3CB1 4.5 x 4.5 NRP 4111 SCNS 4710 4591 3CB1 4.5 x 4.5 NRP 4111 SCNS 4710 4591 3CB1 4.5 x 4.5 NRP 4111 SCNS 6201 4591 3CB1 4.5 x 4.5 ND8ORD RHO (EVEREST) SR64 3CB1 4.5 x 4.5 ND8ORD RHO (EVEREST) 900S SR64 455 LN ND8ORD RHO (EVEREST) SR64 3CB1 4.5 x 4.5 ND8ORD RHO (EVEREST) SR64 ND8ORD RHO (EVEREST) 8400 10x2 LDW 9005 SR64 ND170 RHO RL1B MTD AT HEAD SR64 L9496R 06A L583-363 4011/4111 SR64 3CB1 4.5 X 4.5 20-021 4111 EDA SR64 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY)2‘9 Z009 JACO 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437-4300 FAX (614) 437-4304 REVIEW D FOR COD ECOMPLIANCE APPROVED Cily of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION Client: Project: No. A Designed By: PDX 05-05-09 04-09-09 Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Drawing No.: \REGISTERED AR HIT CT 8457 KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 Date Issue/Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Sheet Title: DOOR SCHEDULE, HARDWARE SETS AND DETAILS Checked By: MKB A-601 SCHEDULED PARTITION GENERAL NOTES 1. REFER TO MILLWORK FINISH SCHEDULE ON SHEET A -802 FOR INFORMATION ON FINISHES. WOOD BLOCKING INSIDE SCHEDULED PARTITION 3/4 "x3" LEDGER - PAINT TO MATCH CABINET WOOD BLOCKING INSIDE SCHEDULED PARTITION 3/4 "x3" LEDGER - PAINT TO MATCH CABINET SECTION @ CCTV/LOCKER UNIT SCALE: 1"=1 1' -4" 1' -4" 2' -0" 2' -0" LOCKERS 1" DIA. ROD AND ESCUTCHEON ;a- 1" DIA. ROD AND ESCUTCHEON ADA COMP. COAT HOOK SECTION @ CCTV/LOCKER UNIT SCALE: 1"=1 O 0 O 0 . O O 0 0 0 0 0 SCALE: 1"=1 2' -1" 1' -9" 0 0 0 1 N r FINISH FLOOR � 3 (PL -1) BASE (PL -1) ON 3/4” THK. PARTICLE BOARD COUNTER TOP AND BACKSPLASH DRAWER ON FULL EXTENSION GLIDES WITH DRAWER STOPS BASE - DOUBLE DOOR LOCK SECTION @ BASE CABINET ALUM. WIRE PULL HANDLES (PL -1) ON 3/4" PARTICLE BOARD SHELF AND APRON (PL -1) ON 3/4" PARTICLE BOARD SHELF AND APRON P. LAM. ON 3/4" THK. PARTICLE BOARD ADJ. SHELF ON SHELF PINS © 1 1/2" O.C. (1 SHELF) WHITE MELAMINE INTERIOR SIDES (PL -1) ON 3/4" THK. PARTICLE BOARD DOORS WITH CONCEALED HINGES SECTION @ TOILET CABINET N N SCALE: 1"=1 SCALE: 1"=1 SCALE: 1"=1'-0" 2'- 11 SECTION @ COUPON COUNTER 2' -1" WOOD BLOCKING INSIDE SCHEDULED PARTITION (PL -1) ON 3/4" THK. PARTICLE BOARD ADJ. SHELVES ON SHELF PINS @ 1 1/2" O.C. (3 SHELVES) WHITE MELAMINE INTERIOR SIDES (PE -1) ON 3/4" THK. PARTICLE BOARD DOORS WITH CONCEALED SELF CLOSING HINGES 4" ALUM. WIRE PULL HANDLES (PL -1) ON 3/4" THK. PARTICLE BOARD COUNTER TOP AND BACKSPLASH 15" X 21" SUPPORT BRACKET FINISH FLOOR (PL -1) ON 3/4" THK. PARTICLE BOARD COUNTER TOP AND BACKSPLASH ALUMINUM ANGLE (PL -1) ON 3/4 "THK. PARTICLE BOARD END PANEL SCHEDULED BASE FLOOR LEVELERS FINISH FLOOR SECTION @ WORK COUNTER N i 0 0 O 0 0 0 O 0 SECTION @ UPPER CABINET SCALE: 1"=1 SECTION @ BASE CABINET SCALE: 1"=1 pr'E SCALE: 1 " =1' -0" 2' -1" 2' -1" i I i O Lf 0 0 0 O r 3 3/4" L1" WOOD BLOCKING INSIDE SCHEDULED PARTITION (PL -1) ON 3/4" THK. PARTICLE BOARD ADJ. SHELVES ON SHELF PINS @ 1 1/2" O.C. (2 SHELVES) WHITE MELAMINE INTERIOR SIDES (PL -1) ON 3/4' THK. PARTICLE BOARD DOORS WITH CONCEALED SELF CLOSING HINGES -°�— 4" ALUM. WIRE PULL HANDLES BASE - DOUBLE DOOR LOCK AS REQUIRES N co FINISH FLOOR (PL -1) BASE (PL -1) ON 3/4° THK. PARTICLE BOARD COUNTER TOP N SECTION @ PANTRY SINK REVIEWED L FOR GE CODE CO � APPR VE® JUL 13 2009 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION (PL -1) ON 3/4" THK. PARTICLE BOARD COUNTER TOP AND BACKSPLASH DRAWER ON FULL EXTENSION GLIDES WITH DRAWER STOPS BASE - DOUBLE DOOR LOCK AS REQUIRES 4° ALUM. WIRE PULL HANDLES P. LAM. ON 3/4" THK. PARTICLE BOARD ADJ. SHELF ON SHELF PINS @ 1 1/2" O.C. (1 SHELF) WHITE MELAMINE INTERIOR SIDES (PL -1) ON 3/4" THK. PARTICLE BOARD DOORS WITH CONCEALED HINGES ADA APPROVED FAUCET PER SCHEDULE (SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS) STAINLESS STEEL SINK PER SCHEDULE (SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS) EXPOSED PIPING WITH PIPING INSULATION 4' ALUM. WIRE PULL HANDLES MIN. CLEAR AREA FOR WHEELCHAIR ACCESS - SEE ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS DRAWING (PL -1) ON 3/4" THK. PARTICLE BOARD DOORS WITH CONCEALED HINGES AND INTEGRATED TOE KICK FINISH FLOOR RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 29 ZUU9 ERMIT CE R JACO 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 REGISTERED ARCH TECT Client: KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. B A Drawing No.: Date 05 -05 -09 04 -09 -09 Designed By: PDX Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: MILLWORK DETAILS A -801 (0. MILLWORK FINISH SCHEDULE ITEM DESCRIPTION MFR. CAT. NO. MONTEREY SUN WILSONART 4836 -60 ( PL -1 ) CHOCOLATE HAZELNUT WOOD ARBORITE W415 -VL DELTA SAND CORIAN ( SS -1 ) AMARYLLIS SOLID WILSONART GIBRALTAR 9013SP (2) SS-2 ) IDUS RED ZODIAQ ST-1 ST - ST -1 101/4" 10 7/8" 6-4 5/8" 10 1/4' 10 7/8" PL -2 SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0" 4' -61/2' 1" 1' -10" 314' FILLER ELEVATION 6-5 1 /2° 6-4 1 /2" 6-51/2" 2' F LLER 4' -6 5/8' PL -2 STEEL CABINET BY OTHERS, TYP (NIC) 2" FILLER 1 10 STEEL CABINET BY OTHERS, TYP (NIC) / U ) Fl 3/4' FILLER N I TELLER 21 - HP TROY SECURITY PRINTER BY OWNER (NIC) (PL -2 2" DIA. HOLE WITH PLASTIC GROMMET 1 9 C,, 1/2" 1 /2 " ELECTRICAL BOXES STEEL CABINET BY OTHERS, TYP (NIC) 1/2 ", PL -2 TYP. 3" \IM �( ST -1 TYP. N (9 O 5' -0" ST -1 ) TYP. 5' -0" U (PL -2) TYP. PL -2 TYP. .n / \ /'I \\ ACC ES i ` x PAN =LS `x i \`\ I `\ / \\ / `\ ax. Al 1' -9" 1' - 8" ( SS -2 TYP. CSS -2 ( PL -2 TYP. 3' -7' 1' -8' — 1/4' BLACK REVEAL 5' -0" 5' -0" PL -1 TYP. 5' -0" n U 5' -0" 5' -0" 3' -3" 1' -8" PL -2 1' -5" TELLER 21 -IP TROY SECURITY ' RINTER 3Y OWNER (NIC) ( ST -1 TYP. 5' -0" F / 'I \ / ■ / `\ / `\ \/ \/ x i / \`\ i x SCALE: 1/2 " =1' -0" 30' -1" 111/2" 81 / 2 " 1° i )9 5' -0" 5' -0" 5' -0" 5' -0" 5' -0" n U SECTION /ELEVATION 5 A -802 F 5' -0" PLEXI -GLASS BOX (REMOVABLE) n U i� TELLER 21 HP TROY SECURITY PRINTER BY OWNER (NIC) {PL -2 5' -0" CV PL -2 TYP. 5' -0" 5' -0" 5' -0" PL -2 )-- TYP. PL -2 PL -2 F\ / ST -1 BEYOND TYP. 1/2' / -1/2' bD9%-06(p CO REVIEWED COMPLIANCE CE APPROVED JUL 13 2009 City of Tukwila BUILDING Dliminio RECEIVED CITY OF TUKW ILA 'la 2'9 2009 PERMIT CEO JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 REGISTERED AR HI EC EDWARD HANBICKI STATE OF WASHINGTON 8457 Client: Ont KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. B A Date 05 -05 -09 04 -09 -09 Designed By: PDX Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: TELLER LINE DETAILS Drawing No.: A -802 GENERAL NOTES 1. REFER TO MILLWORK FINISH SCHEDULE ON SHEET A -802 FOR INFORMATION ON FINISHES. \ \ \ Cr) Y 9 CV SCALE: 1 " =1' -0' PL -2 ST -1 PL -2 SCALE: 1 " =1' -0' ( ST -1 Si( -1 PL -2 PL -1 )—;-- • /— ELECTRICAL f BOX F PL -2 WIRE CHASE ADA TELLER SECTION PL -2 WIRE CHASE ADA TELLER SECTION PL -2 PL -2 3/4' FILLER STEEL CABINET BY OTHERS, TYP D09 -08( 9 c) C7 9 CV ;Jr PL -2 (SS-2 ) Gw C ST -1 } SS-2 PL -2 SECTION SCALE: 1' =1' -0" ST -1 )--• SCALE: 1' =1' -0' PL - } SCALE: 1' =1' -0' 1. 1. SECTION IF 11" 9 9' SECTION 7' ST -1 ELECTRICAL BOX WIRE CHASE ELECTRICAL BOX WIRE CHASE zo ELECTRICAL BOX • .. \:�1 r. r ..� • �W . .�:T WIRE CHASE PL -2 2" DIA. HOLE WITH PLASTIC GROMMET PL -2 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 13 2009 City of Tukwila BUILDING IVISInni RECEIVED CITY OFTUKWLA MAY '2'9 2009 PERMIT CENTER JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 8457 REGISTERED ECT EDWARD HANBICKI STATE OF WASHINGTON Client: Oft KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. B A Date 05 -05 -09 04-09-09 Designed By: PDX Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: TELLER LINE SECTION DETAILS Drawing No.: A -803 GENERAL NOTES 1. REFER TO MILLWORK FINISH SCHEDULE ON SHEET A -802 FOR INFORMATION ON FINISHES. (PL -1) ON 3/4" THK. PARTICLE BOARD DOORS WITH CONCEALED HINGES (PL -1) BASE o, v ° 3 9 2' -6" ( L ) 1'-6' ELEVATION SCALE: 1 1' -8)' i' -2 4" SECTION SCALE: 1"=1 1' • • • 2' -6" 3' 1 3 i d' CM SECTION SCALE: 1 " =1' -0' JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 REGISTERED Client: 0 KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. B A Date 05 -05 -09 04 -09 -09 Designed By: PDX Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: HEARTH DETAILS Drawing No.: A -804 1 0 C9 b) (SS -1) ON 1 -1/2 "THK. PARTICLE BOARD P. LAM. ON 3/4" THK. PARTICLE BOARD ADJ. SHELF ON SHELF PINS @ 1 1/2" O.C. (1 SHELF) (PL -1) ON 3/4" THK. PARTICLE BOARD (SS -1) ON 1 -1/2° THK. PARTICLE BOARD N P. LAM. ON 3/4" THK. PARTICLE BOARD ADJ. SHELF ON SHELF PINS @ 1 1/2" 0.C. (1 SHELF) (PL -1) ON 3/4 "THK. PARTICLE BOARD (PL -1) BASE SS -1 12' -6" 1' -0" 1' -0" 2' -0" 2 -0 4° 3" / -I / / � / (PL -2 12' -6" I I N V N N V N V. N , N, / % `� , N \% 2' -04' 2-0" N, PL -2 �\ ‘N, - ( PL -2 ) \, 7 / 1' -0" 1' -0" / / (PL -2 3" 1' - 0" 3" / / 1' -0" 4' -6" 4' -6" 4' -0" / / / / / \ 2' -0° ‘ N, ` N FORMS BOX, TYP. 6 1 " (ss -1 ) 3'-6" SCALE: 1 " =1' -0' ELEVATION SCALE: l'=1 12' -6" 3' -6" 3'-0" — 12' -0" SCALE: 1 " =1' -0" SS -1 PL -2 ELEVATION Oo PLAN VIEW @ 12 -0" HEARTH 4' -0" 4' -6" b09.ft 08 CV REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 13 2009 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION PL -2 CV CV N C") RECEIVED CITY OFITUKWILA r1AY 1`9 2009 PERMIT CENTER PLUMBING SYMBOLS SYMBOL DESCRIPTION DOMESTIC, COLD WATER - -- DOMESTIC, EQUIPMENT DOMESTIC, HOT WATER - -- - -- DOMESTIC, HOT WATER RETURN - - -- - - -- SANITARY, PLUMBING FIXTURES SANITARY, FLOOR DRAINS , SANITARY, PIPING SANITARY, BELOW SLAB /FLOOR SANITARY, VENT LINE STORM DRAIN, PIPING STORM DRAIN PIPING, BELOW SLAB /FLOOR NATURAL GAS PIPING G (111---'� el--"''' POINT OF DISCONNECTION / POINT OF CONNECTION I II UNION JOINT —O— ___d TEE - UP, BRANCH OUT OF TOP ^ #1, TEE - DOWN, BRANCH OUT OF BOTTOM v v ELBOW -UP 0 ELBOW -DOWN CAP ON END OF PIPE ] GATE VALVE IX ---i, 1-- CHECK VALVE &F— BALL VALVE —I —II— PLUG VALVE —t—I COMBINATION TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE FLEX CONNECTION ',:•:•; CC OR P -TRAP —i O FCO FLOOR CLEANOUT CLEANOUT — II CO I III WCO WALL CLEANOUT FLOOR DRAIN & TRAP (TYPE AS NOTED ON PLANS) DC Il l i ll TP TRAP PRIMER WHA WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR ,. SERVICE STOP DT4 @ # "/ #' PIPE SLOPE DIRECTION OF FLOW I VENT THROUGH ROOF ABBREVIATIONS ADA AFF CO CW DF DFU DN DOM DW EQ, EQUIP E OR (E) FCC FD FIB HUB HW HWH IHWH INV LAV MV MS NTS PD PRESS RD RWL SAN SQ. FT., SF SS ST TP TYP UR V VB VTR WC WCO WHA WSFU AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR CLEANOUT COLD WATER DRINKING FOUNTAIN DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNITS DOWN DOMESTIC DISH WASHER EQUIPMENT EXISTING FLOOR CLEANOUT FLOOR DRAIN HOSE BIBB HUB DRAIN HOT WATER HOT WATER HEATER INSTANTANEOUS HOT WATER HEATER INVERT ELEVATION LAVATORY MIXING VALVE MOP SINK NOT TO SCALE PUMP DRAIN PRESSURE (PSI) ROOF DRAIN RAIN WATER LEADER SANITARY SQUARE FEET SERVICE SINK STORM WATER TRAP PRIMER TYPICAL URINAL VENT PIPE VACUUM BREAKER VALVE VENTTHRU ROOF WATER CLOSET WALL CLEANOUT WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR WATER SUPPLY FIXTURE UNITS FOR - O8() GENERAL PLUMBING NOTES 1. PROVIDE ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT AND PERFORM ALL LABOR TO INSTALL COMPLETE AND OPERABLE PLUMBING SYSTEMS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, AS REQUIRED BY CODE AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. 2. COORDINATE CONSTRUCTION OF PLUMBING WORK WITH OTHER TRADES AND DIVISIONS, WHETHER OR NOT SPECIFICALLY SHOWN ON CONTRACT DOCUMENT DRAWINGS. 3. COMPLETE ALL LEAK TESTS AND CORRECT ALL LEAKS PRIOR TO APPLYING PLUMBING INSULATION TO EQUIPMENT AND PIPING. 4. WHERE TWO OR MORE ITEMS OF THE SAME TYPE OF EQUIPMENT ARE REQUIRED, USE THE PRODUCT OF ONE MANUFACTURER. 5. THE LOCATIONS OF ALL ITEMS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS THAT ARE NOT DEFINITELY FIXED BY DIMENSIONS ARE APPROXIMATE ONLY. THE EXACT LOCATIONS NECESSARY TO SECURE THE BEST CONDITIONS AND RESULTS MUST BE DETERMINED BY THE CONTRACTOR BASED ON PROJECT SITE CONDITIONS. SUBMIT FOR THE APPROVAL OF THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE BEFORE INSTALLATION. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. 6. COORDINATE LOCATIONS AND SIZES OF FLOOR, WALL, AND ROOF OPENINGS WITH ALL OTHER TRADES. 7. COORDINATE EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS WITH MANUFACTURERS' CERTIFIED DRAWINGS. FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE PIPING DIMENSIONS BEFORE FABRICATION. 8. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL PLUMBING TO ADHERE TO ARCHITECTURAL CEILING HEIGHTS. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL HOLD ALL PIPING AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE TO CLEAR ALL FACILITIES EQUIPMENT. 9. PENETRATION OF DUCTWORK BY PIPES IS UNACCEPTABLE. RECEIVED CITY OF TWO/ILA MAY t9 2009 PERMIT CENTER JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 Client: 0,1! KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. B A Date 05 -05 -09 04 -09 -09 Designed By: STH SEPARATE DravR ��!` R ` OVAL TAND REQU Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: STH Checked By: PRS Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES, SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS P -001 (E) LAV (E) WH (E) LAV (E) LAV C (E) WC (E) MS (E) WC I �� IJ (E) UR I I u (E) LAV c; (E) WC (E) LAV (E) MS 0 (E) WC IL . - - ----- DF -1 u It I p I n I 0' 0 0' T SCALE: 1/4" =1' -0° SCALE: 1/4" =1' -0" I 0 0 BASEMENT - PARTIAL PLUMBING DEMO PLAN 0 f -- BASEMENT - PARTIAL PLUMBING NEW WORK PLAN I 11 I I 11 I L__1I I (E) KS GENERAL SHEET NOTES 1. REFER TO DRAWING P -001 FOR PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES, SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS. 2. REFER TO DRAWING P -501 FOR PLUMBING SCHEDULES, DETAILS AND DIAGRAMS. 3. REFER TO DRAWINGS G -001 THROUGH G -004 AND G -100 THROUGH G -114 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE PLUMBING SYSTEM SHUTDOWNS WITH THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE 7 DAYS IN ADVANCE OF SYSTEM SHUTDOWNS. 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL LOCATIONS AND ELEVATIONS OF EXISTING SERVICES AND UTILITIES BEFORE STARTING ANY WORK. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 6. PIPING LAYOUTS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INTENDED TO SHOW GENERAL ARRANGEMENT, SIZE AND CAPACITY. ALL OFFSETS ARE NOT NECESSARILY SHOWN. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ARRANGE AND COORDINATE THE WORK FURNISH NECESSARY OFFSETS, VALVES, VENTS, AND FITTINGS TO AVOID CONFLICTS WITH OTHER MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES AND WITH STRUCTURAL AND ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS. 0 DEMOLITION KEYNOTES 1. PLUMBING FIXTURE TO REMAIN AS IS. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIX OR REPAIR FIXTURE TO "LIKE NEW' CONDITION. REPORT ANY DEFICIENCY WITH CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 2. EXISTING WATER HEATER TO REMAIN. VERIFY WATER HEATER IS IN PROPER WORKING ORDER. REPORT ANY DEFICIENCY WITH CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 3. EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES TO BE DEMOLISHED. NEW FIXTURES TO BE INSTALLED. REFER TO NEW WORK PLAN NOTE "A ". TEMPORARILY CAP OFF ALL WATER LINES AT WALL AS REQUIRED FOR NEW CONNECTION. 4. EXISTING KITCHEN SINK TO BE DEMOLISHED. NEW FIXTURE TO BE INSTALLED IN SIMILAR LOCATION. 5. EXISTING DISHWASHER TO BE DEMOLISHED. CAP OFF ALL WATER LINES IN WALL/ FLOOR AS REQUIRED. 6. EXISTING URNIALTO BE DEMOLISHED. CAP AND SEAL PLUMBING LINES IN WALL. PATCH, PAINT AND REPAIR WALL TO 'LIKE NEW' CONDITION. 0 NEW WORK KEYNOTES A. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE NEW PLUMBING FIXTURE IN EXISTING LOCATION. NEW FIXTURES MAY BE SLIGHTLY RELOCATED TO COMPLY WITH ADA STANDARDS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS FOR EXACT LOCATION. REPLACE, REUSE OR EXTEND EXISTING PLUMBING LINES TO MOUNT FIXTURE AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE ALL NEW SUPPLY LINES, TRAPS AND STOPS. NEW VALVE CAN BE REUSED IF IN GOOD WORKING ORDER, FIELD VERIFY. PROVIDE TEMPERING VALVE (POWERS #e480, ASSE 1070). PROVIDE PVC ADA INSULATING WRAP ON STOPS AND TRAPS. B. PROVIDE NEW DRINKING FOUNTAIN. CONNECT TO EXISTING PLUMBING SYSTEM CONNECTING EXISTING MOPSINK. PROVIDE NEW VACUUM BREAKER (WATTS SD -2) TO DF -1 WATER SUPPLY. C. PROVIDE NEW KITCHEN SINK. CONNECT TO EXISTING PLUMBING CONNECTIONS FOR DEMOLISHED SINK. EXTEND WATER LINES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE CLEAN INSTALLATION. b 0 CITY Of TUKWILA MAY-2 2UUy PERMIT CENTER SCALE: 1 /4"= 1' -0" 4' 8' PLAN NORTH 12' JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 I EXPIRES AUGUST 1, 2010 I Client: 0 KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. B A Date 05 -05 -09 04-09-09 Designed By: STH Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: STH Checked By: PRS Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: BASEMENT PLUMBING DEMOLITION AND NEW WORK PLAN Drav $tPARATE ' AND APPROVAL REQUIRED P -101 PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE MARK DESCRIPTION MFR MODEL TRAP CONNECTIONS REMARKS WASTE VENT CW HW DFU WSFU HOT COW WC -1 WATER CLOSET AMERICAN STANDARD CADET 2998.014 INTEGRAL 4' 2" 1/2" NA 4 - 5 ADA COMPLIANT, VITREOUS CHINA, FLOOR MOUNTED, 14" ROUGH -IN ELONGATED TOILET, CLOSE - COUPLED TANK, 1.6 GPF., AMERICAN STANDARD SEAT 5324.019 (OR APPROVED EQUAL) LAV -1 BATHROOM LAVATORY AMERICAN STANDARD COMRADE 0124.131 1 1/4' 1 1 /4° 1 1/4" 1/2" 1/2" 1 1 2 ADA COMPLIANT, VITREOUS CHINA, 20' x 18 1/4" WALL HUNG LAVATORY, 4' CENTERS, REAR OVERFLOW, CONCEALED ARM CARRIER ZURN #Z1231, DELTA FAUCET 500 -WF (OR APPROVED EQUAL) MOUNT AT 34" AFF. DF -1 DRINKING FOUNTAIN ELKAY EDFPVR217RAC 1 1/4' 1 1/4° 1 1/4" 3 /8° NA 5 - 1.5 ADA COMPLIANT, NO -LEAD, TWO LEVEL, WALL MOUNTED DRINKING FOUNTAIN, SURFACE MOUNTING PLATE WITH CANE APRON. KS -1 EMPLOYEE LOUNGE KITCHEN SINK ELKAY LRAD1919 1 1/2' 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 2 1 2 ADA COMPLIANT, 191/2' x 19' SINGLE BOWL, 18 GAUGE TYPE 304 STAINLESS STEEL, SELF RIMMING FULLY UNDERCOATED, 3 HOLE DRIWNGS W/ 4" CENTERS, DELTA FAUCET 100-WF (OR APPROVED EQUAL) FCO FLOOR CLEANOUT ZURN ZB -1400 - 3 ", 4' - - - - - _ ADJUSIIBLE CLEANOUT WITH BRONZE TOP OR CARPET FLANGE COVER IN CARPETED AREAS. WCO WALL CLEANOUT ZURN ZB- 1447 -TX -VP - 3 ", 4' - - - - - - 6 "X6' BRONZE ACCESS COVER WIITH 3" CLEAN OUT PLUG, 1/8 RECESSED TILE COVER WITH VANDAL PROOF TOP. WHA WATER HAMMER ABSORBER JOSAM 75001 -S - - - 1/2" 1/2" - - - RATED FOR 1 -11 FIXTURE UNITS. PIPE INSULATION SCHEDULE SYSTEM OR SERVICE AVERAGE PIPE TEMP. ( °F) INSULATION TYPE PIPE LOCATION JACKET INSULATION THICKNESS (IN.) PIPE SIZE INDOOR OUTDOOR BURIED ALL SERVICE METAL FABRIC 1/2" - 2" 2 1/2" - 4" COLD WATER 60 FIBERGLASS X - - X - - 1 1 HOT WATER 110 FIBERGLASS X - - X - - 1 1 oSo RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWLA MAY-2 \9 2009 PERMIT CENTER JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 EXPIRES AUGUST 1, 2010 Client: 0 KeyBan k 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. B A Date 05 -05 -09 04-09 -09 Designed By: STH Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: STH Checked By: PRS Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: PLUMBING DETAILS & SCHEDULES SEPARATE Drawl RM AND APPR REQU IT P -501 MECHANICAL SYMBOLS I SYMBOL DESCRIPTION ® ROOF VENTILATOR, EXHAUST + DUCT SIZE, FIRST FIGURE IS TOP 12x10 + 1 DUCT TO BE REMOVED DUCT SECTION, POSITIVE PRESSURE, FIRST FIGURE IS TOP ►�� 24x12 DUCT SECTION, NEGATIVE PRESSURE, FIRST FIGURE IS TOP Mil 24x12 + FLEXIBLE CONNECTION IIIII + WANNi FLEXIBLE DUCT *MIAMI FLEXIBLE DUCT TO BE REMOVED + TRANSITION 12x81 7 /L} �[ MITERED I ROUND ELBOW WITH DOUBLE RADIUS TURNING VANES c--'" C/3- - POINT OF DISCONNECTION / POINT OF CONNECTION 1' 1 I CEILING DIFFUSER, 4 -WAY, 3 -WAY, 2 -WAY OR 1 -WAY CEILING RETURN i CEILING DIFFUSER TO BE REMOVED 824CD -1 8' ROUND NECK, 24" x 24' SQUARE CEILING DIFFUSER - TYPE 1 (200) (BALANCED TO 200 CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE) + VOLUME DAMPER �, + O WALL MOUNTED THERMOSTAT DETECTORS, FIRE AND /OR SMOKE =4Mig FIRE DAMPER I FD + ACCESS DOOR AD -III- UNION JOINT ELBOW -UP 0 ELBOW -DOWN 0 CAP ON END OF PIPE -k- - CHECK VALVE -16- BALL VALVE GATE VALVE D4 FLEX CONNECTION ;•:• - --U # DOOR UNDERCUT ABBREVIATIONS A AC ACCU AFF AHU AMB BTU CFM CP DIA E OR (E) EAT EDB EF ESP EWB °F FLA FPM FPI FD FT GPM HP kW HZ IN LAT LDB LRA LWB MAX MBH MCA MIN MOCP NTS OA PH RL RLA RPM RS RTU SHC SQ. FT. T TA TC TEMP V WBT WG AMPS AIR CONDITIONER AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNIT ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AIR HANDLING UNIT AMBIENT BRITISH THERMAL UNIT CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE CONDENSATE PUMP DIAMETER EXISTING ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ENTERING DRY BULB TEMPERATURE EXHAUST FAN EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE ENTERING WET BULB TEMPERATURE DEGREE FAHRENHEIT FULL LOAD AMPS FEET PER MINUTE FINS PER INCH FIRE DAMPER FOOT OR FEET GALLONS PER MINUTE HORSE POWER KILOWATT HERTZ INCH LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE LEAVING DRY BULB TEMPERATURE LOCKED ROTOR AMPS LEAVING WET BULB TEMPERATURE MAXIMUM 1,000 BTU'S PER HOUR MAXIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY MINIMUM MAXIMUM OVERCURRENT PROTECTION NOT TO SCALE OUTSIDE AIR PHASE REFRIGERANT LIQUID RUNNING LOAD AMPS REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE REFRIGERANT SUCTION ROOF TOP UNIT SENSIBLE HEAT CAPACITY SQUARE FEET THERMOSTAT THROW AWAY TOTAL CAPACITY TEMPERATURE VOLT WET BULB TEMPERATURE WATER GAUGE GENERAL MECHANICAL NOTES 1. PRIOR TO THE START OF DEMOLITION, THE TESTING AND BALANCING CONTRACTOR (TAB) SHALL MEASURE THE AIRFLOW AT EACH EXISTING AIR INLET AND OUTLET AND RECORD THE DATA. 2. PROVIDE ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT AND PERFORM ALL LABOR TO INSTALL COMPLETE AND OPERABLE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, AS REQUIRED BY CODE AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. 3. COORDINATE CONSTRUCTION OF MECHANICAL WORK WITH OTHER TRADES AND DIVISIONS, WHETHER OR NOT SPECIFICALLY SHOWN ON CONTRACT DOCUMENT DRAWINGS. 4. COMPLETE ALL LEAK TESTS AND CORRECT ALL LEAKS PRIOR TO APPLYING MECHANICAL INSULATION TO EQUIPMENT, PIPING AND DUCTS. 6. WHERE TWO OR MORE ITEMS OF THE SAME TYPE OF EQUIPMENT ARE REQUIRED, USE THE PRODUCT OF ONE MANUFACTURER. 7. PROVIDE CONTROL WIRE AND CONDUIT IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE ELECTRIC CODES AND THE SPECIFICATIONS. 8. THE LOCATIONS OF ALL ITEMS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS THAT ARE NOT FIXED BY DIMENSIONS ARE ONLY APPROXIMATE. THE EXACT LOCATIONS NECESSARY TO SECURE THE BEST CONDITIONS AND RESULTS MUST BE DETERMINED BY THE CONTRACTOR BASED ON PROJECT SITE CONDITIONS. SUBMIT FOR THE APPROVAL OF THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE BEFORE INSTALLATION. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. 9. SUPPORT EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, ETC., AS DETAILED, SPECIFIED, AND AS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE VIBRATION FREE INSTALLATION. 10. COORDINATE LOCATIONS AND SIZES OF FLOOR, WALL, AND ROOF OPENINGS WITH ALL OTHER TRADES. 11. COORDINATE EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS WITH MANUFACTURERS' CERTIFIED DRAWINGS. COORDINATE AND PROVIDE ALL DUCT AND PIPING TRANSITIONS REQUIRED FOR FINAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS TO FURNISHED EQUIPMENT. FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE ALL DUCT AND PIPING DIMENSIONS BEFORE FABRICATION. 12. INSULATE SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTS WITH MINIMUM 2" FSK FACED FIBERGLASS INSULATION WITh A MINIMUM DENSITY OF 3/4 PCF. SEAL ALL JOINTS WITH VAPOR BARRIER. 13. COORDINATE DIFFUSER, REGISTER AND GRILLE LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS, LIGHTING, AND OTHER ITEMS AND MAKE MINOR DUCT MODIFICATIONS TO SUIT. ARRANGE DUCTWORK AND VOLUME CONTROL DEVICES TO PROVIDE ACCESS FOR ADJUSTMENT. INCLUDE IN THE SCOPE OF WORK MINOR DUCT MODIFICATIONS FOR COORDINATION WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS. 14. UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN, LOCATE ALL ROOM THERMOSTATS 4' -0" AFF (TO TOP OF CONTROL) ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. NOTIFY THE OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY ROOMS WHERE THE ABOVE LOCATION CANNOT BE MAINTAINED OR WHERE THERE IS A QUESTION ON LOCATION. boq. on RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY)2 2009 PERMIT CENTER JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 EXPIRES AUGUST 1, 2010 -D` Client: Ont. KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. B A Date Designed STH Project No.: F5W86602 Issue /Revision 05 -05 -09 ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID 04-09-09 I DESIGN DEVELOPMENT By: Drawn By: Checked By: STH PRS Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: M EC HAN I CAL GENERAL NOTES, SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS SEPARATE Drawing IHMIT AND �ROVAL REQUIRED M -001 DUCT CFM SCHEDULE DUCT SIZE (WxH) EQUIVALENT ROUND DUCT (0) MIN. CFM MAX. CFM 8x4 8 0 110 8x6 8 100 200 8x8 B 150 290 10x6 8 150 260 10x8 10 200 400 10x10 12 300 525 12x6 10 175 325 12x8 10 250 500 12x10 12 375 650 12x12 14 475 850 14x6 10 225 400 14x8 12 325 600 14x10 12 450 800 14x12 14 575 1000 14x14 16 725 1250 16x6 10 250 450 16x8 12 375 700 16x10 14 525 950 16x12 16 700 1200 16x14 16 850 1500 16x16 18 1000 1800 18x8 12 425 800 18x10 14 625 1100 18x12 16 800 1400 18x14 18 1000 1750 18x16 18 1200 2100 18x18 20 1400 2400 20x8 14 500 900 20x10 16 700 1250 20x12 16 900 1600 20x14 18 1150 2000 20x16 20 1350 2400 20x18 20 1600 2700 20x20 22 1850 3100 24x10 16 900 1500 24x12 18 1100 2000 24x14 20 1400 2400 24x16 22 1700 2900 24x18 22 2000 3200 24x20 24 2250 3900 24x22 26 2500 4400 24x24 26 3000 5000 STORAGE 10061 HALL 013 WOMEN'S RESTROOM 007 MEN'S RESTROOM 008 UNISEX RESTROOM 010 ELEC/ MECH ROOM 009 011 STAIRS HALL ST-11 0 0 0 32) 0 1 STORAGE 014 SCALE: 1 /4" = 1' -0" CONFERENCE ROOM 1 005 0 WHEELCHAIR LIFT [W[i 0612CD- L (50) PHONE/ ETO ROOM 004 CP -1 IL ADA COUPON ROOM - 012 � BASEMENT - MECHANICAL NEW WORK PLAN 0 AC -1 0 — T - - --r- 0 0 STORAGE 003 a 0 U CONFERENCE ROOM 019 CUSTOMER SERVICE VAULT 015 016 O 0 F- 1 0 J RECORD VAULT 017 bo%o6c9 STAIRS 002 EMPLOYE LOUNGE [ HALL 018 RECEIVED CITY OF MAY- '9 2009 PERMIT CENTER GENERAL SHEET NOTES 1. REFER TO DRAWING M -001 FOR MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES, SYMBOLS & ABBREVIATIONS. 2. REFER TO DRAWINGS G -001 THROUGH G -004 AND G -100 THROUGH G -114 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 3. REFER TO DRAWING M -501 FOR MECHANICAL DETAILS AND SCHEDULES. 4. SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS (INCLUDING PIPING AND ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS) FOR EQUIPMENT SHOWN. 5. SLOPE REFRIGERANT PIPING 1% IN THE DIRECTION OF OIL RETURN. LIQUID LINES MAY BE INSTALLED LEVEL. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURERS INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 6. CONTRACTOR TC BALANCE AIR INLETS AND OUTLETS TO THE CFM VALUES NOTED ON THE PLANS. IF THE TOTAL SYSTEM CFM (AS MEASURED DURING PRE - CONSTRUCTION TESTING) IS LESS THAN OR MORE THAN THE TOTAL CFM SHOWN ON THE PLANS, ADJUST CFM'S BY PERCENTAGE EQUAL TO THE ACTUAL MEASURED TOTAL CFM DIVIDED BY THE TOTAL SHOWN CFM. 0 SHEET KEYNOTES 1. PROVIDE ALL SPLIT SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONING DEVICES AND APPURTENANCES SUCH AS THERMAL EXPANSION VALVES, ACCUMULATORS, OIL SEPARATORS, STRAINERS, FILTERS, DRYERS, CHARGING PORTS, SIGHT GLASSES, ETC. REQUIRED BY THE MANUFACTURER FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 2. NEW AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNIT (ACCU -1) TO BE LOCATED OUTSIDE IN WINDOW BAY AREA. CONTRACTOR MUST FIELD VERIFY LOCATION PRIOR TO BID. PROVIDE NEW CONCRETE LEVELING PAD. FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE DX LINE PENETRATIONS THROUGH WALL WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND OWNERS SITE REPRESENTATIVE. PROVIDE MANUFACTURERS REQUIRED MOUNTING CLEARANCES. 3. ARRANGE AND SIZE REFRIGERANT PIPING AND APPURTENANCES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND TO ACCOMMODATE REFRIGERANT PIPING LENGTHS AND QUANTITIES OF OFFSETS BETWEEN CONDENSING AND EVAPORATING UNIT. PROVIDE WALL STAND -OFFS FOR CLEAN ATTRACTIVE INSTALLATION. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS PRIOR TO BID. 4. REFER TO ETO ROOM AC UNIT DETAIL ON DRAWING M -501. 5. 3/4" PVC CONDENSATE DRAIN LINE AND CONDENSATE PUMP. 6. PROVIDE AN INDIRECT CONNECTION TO MOP SINK IN THE MECHANICAL ROOM. 7. PROVIDE NEW CONNECTION TO EXISTING SUPPLY DUCTWORK LOCATED IN THE STORAGE ROOM. REFER TO DETAIL #2 ON SHEET M -501. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION IN REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BID. NOTES: 1. BRANCH /MAIN DUCT CFMS SHOULD NOT EXCEED THOSE SHOWN IN TABLE ABOVE. 2. NOT ALL DUCT WxH COMBINATIONS SHOWN. 2. IN GENERAL, DUCT PRESSURE DROP NOT TO EXCEED 0.1 IN. WG. / 100 FEET OF DUCT. SCALE: 1/4"= 1' -0" 0 4' 8' PLAN NORTH 12' JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 I EXPIRES AUGUST 1, 2010 Client: Olt KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008. BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PI D# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. Date Issue /Revision B 05 -05 -09 ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID A 04 -09 -09 DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Designed By: Drawn By: STH STH Checked By: PRS Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: BASEMENT MECHANICAL NEW WORK PLAN SEPARAT DrawingESMIT AND PPROVAL REQUIRED M -101 TELLER AREA (E) BASEBOARD HEATER r� r� C r `I II II U 0 C r II I 11 11 11 rH II II I II I II I II II 11 11 O (E) BASEBOARD HEATER r 71 6 N SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" VESTIBULE (E) BASEBOARD HEATER 0 0 0 EMERGENCY EXIT 0 CUSTOMER AREA 0 0 0 101 (E) BASEBOARD HEATER (E) BASEBOARD HEATER L - -_u FIRST FLOOR - MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLAN Ni L=J (E) BASEBOARD HEATER 0 (E) BASEBOARD HEATER IN CABINET TOE KICK. TO BE REMOVED. It 71 U 0 CONFERENC ROOM 0 0102 LJ r� C r� r� C r� J rl (E) BASEBOARD HEATER GENERAL SHEET NOTES 1. REFER TO DRAWING M-001 FOR MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES, SYMBOLS & ABBREVIATIONS. 2. REFER TO DRAWINGS G -001 THROUGH G -004 AND G -100 THROUGH G -114 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 3. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, EXISTING HVAC EQUIPMENT, THERMOSTATS, DUCT MAINS, AND DUCT BRANCHES TO REMAIN. 4. THE EXISTING ETO DOOM MUST REMAIN OPERATIONAL UNTIL THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE NEW ETO ROOM IS VERIFIED TO BE OPERATIONAL. SHEET KEYNOTES 1. REMOVE EXISTING CEILING DIFFUSER. REMOVE RUN OF FLEXIBLE DUCT BETWEEN DIFFUSER AND SHEET METAL DUCT (IF ANY). CAP DUCT BRANCHES OFF FLAT IF NOT BEING RE -USED FOR NEW DIFFUSER LAYOUT SHOWN ON DRAWING M -112. FIELD COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS. PATCH INSULATION AS REQUIRED. 2. EXISTING THERMOSTAT TO REMAIN. REFER TO DRAWING M -112. 3. EXISTING PRESSURE RELIEF GRILLE TO BE REMOVED. NEW GRILLE SHALL BE RECONNECTED IN NEW CEILING LAYOUT. REFER TO SHEET M -112. 4. EXISTING SIDEWALL RETURN GRILLE TO REMAIN. 5. EXISTING SIDEWALL SUPPLY GRILLE TO REMAIN. 6. REMOVE EXISTING HOT WATER FINTUBE BASEBOARD HEATER AND PATCH WALL AND FLOOR AS REQUIRED. CONTRACTOR SHALL CAP LINES BACK TO MAIN SUPPLY LINE. 7. EXISTING BASEBOARD THERMOSTAT AND WIRING TO BE REMOVED. PATCH, PAINT AND REPAIR WALL TO "LIKE NEW" CONDITION. FIELD COORDINATE EXACT REQUIREMENTS. X09 D % 0 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY%'2"9 2009 PERMIT CENTER SCALE: 1/4"= 1' -0" 4' 8' PLAN NORTH 12' JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 Client: EXPIRES AUGUST 1, 2010 0 KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATf'LE. WA 98188 No. B A Date 05 -05 -09 04-09 -09 Designed By: STH Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: STH Checked By: Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: FIRST FLOOR MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLAN SEPARAT DrawfAMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED M -111 A ED JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 Client: 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No Date Issue /Revision A 04-09-09 Designed By: STH Sheet Title: 0 KeyBan k 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM 05 -05 -09 Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Drawpigalt AND APPROVAL REQUIRED ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: STH FIRST FLOOR MECHANICAL NEW WORK PLAN Checked By: PRS M -112 1024CD -1 (250) 1024CD -1 (200) 1024CD -1 (250) 1024CD -1 X250) (E) SG -1 500 1024CD -1 (250) (250) (250) 10 "0 10 "0 1024CD -1 1024CD -1, 1224CD -1 (500) 1224CD -1 CUSTOMER (500) AREA Afik, P. IN •s III 'III le 242 P ° 14 x14 1224CD -1 O ,, ►. (500) 11 �aw 1 10 "0 II! , A 1024CD -1 t ■ �I O I O "x10" ( � , ftW 1224•G -1 1224 G -1 I I (E) SG -1 300 1024CD -1 (250) ATM ROOM 111 TELLER AREA 109 TELLER WORK AREA 108 L STAIRS ST -1 WHEELCHAIR LIFT WL -1 VESTIBULE [ ioo] SCALE:1 /4' = 1' -0" I EMERGENCY EXIT 106 1224CD -1 (500) WORK STATION WORK STATION 3 � FIRST FLOOR - MECHANICAL NEW WORK PLAN WORK STATION 2 WORK STATION ( 41 CONFERENCE ROOM 102 OFFICE 103 OFFICE 104 SALES WORK ROOM Lip --.1 5 GENERAL SHEET NOTES 1. REFER TO DRAWING M-O01 FOR MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES, SYMBOLS & ABBREVIATIONS. 2. REFER TO DRAWINGS G -001 THROUGH G -004 AND G -100 THROUGH G -114 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 3. REFER TO DRAWING M -501 FOR MECHANICAL DETAILS AND SCHEDULES. 4. SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS (INCLUDING PIPING AND ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS) FOR EQUIPMENT SHOWN. 5. SLOPE REFRIGERANT PIPING 1% IN THE DIRECTION OF OIL RETURN. LIQUID LINES MAY BE INSTALLED LEVEL. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURERS INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 6. EXISTING DUCTWORK BRANCH TAKE -OFFS MAY BE REUSED PROVIDED THEY COMPLY WITH THE DUCT CFM SCHEDULE ON M -101. ALL TAKE -OFFS SHALL HAVE 45 DEGREE INLET SEE DETAIL #2 ON SHEET M -501. 7. CONTRACTOR TO BALANCE AIR INLETS AND OUTLETS TO THE CFM VALUES NOTED ON THE PLANS. IF THE TOTAL SYSTEM CFM (AS MEASURED DURING PRE - CONSTRUCTION TESTING) IS LESS THAN OR MORE THAN THE TOTAL CFM SHOWN ON THE PLANS, ADJUST CFM'S BY PERCENTAGE EQUAL TO THE ACTUAL MEASURED TOTAL CFM DIVIDED BY THE TOTAL SHOWN CFM. (7 SHEET KEYNOTES 1. PROVIDE NEW CEILING DIFFUSER. PROVIDE NEW DUCT CONNECTION BETWEEN DIFFUSER AND NEAREST DUCT BRANCH /DUCT MAIN. ADHERE TO DUCT CFM SCHEDULE THIS DRAWING. 2. EXISTING THERMOSTAT TO BE REUSED. REFURBISH TO "LIKE NEW' CONDITION. VERIFY PROGRAMS AND CALIBRATIONS ARE SET AND FUNCTION CORRECTLY. 3. RECONNECT NEW RETURN GRILLE TO BUILDING RELIEF AIR DUCT. DUCTWORK CONNECTS TO BUILDING'S WEATHER CAP ON ROOF FIELD VERIFY ALL DUCTWORK LOCATIONS AND SIZES PRIOR TO BID. 4. EXISTING SUPPLY GRILLE TO BE REUSED. CLEAN, REFURBISH AND PAINT TO "LIKE NEW" CONDITION. 5. EXISTING RETURN GRILLE TO BE REUSED. CLEAN, REFURBISH AND PAINT TO 'LIKE NEW' CONDITION. 6. EXISTING DUCTWORK TO BE REUSED. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION PRIOR TO FABRICATION OF NEW DUCTWORK. CLEAN, REFURBISH AND SEAL TO "LIKE NEW' CONDITION. PATCH AND REPAIR ALL INSULATION AS REQUIRED. 7. CONNECT NEW DUCTWORK TO EXISTING DUCT MAIN. CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY THE SIZE AND LOCATION OF THE EXISTING DUCT MAIN PRIOR TO FABRICATION. (TYPICAL) 8. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE NEW AUTOMATIC CHANGEOVER MODULATING DAMPER (YOUNG REGULATOR #2075). PROVIDE DIGITAL AUTO- CHANGEOVER THERMOSTAT. COORDINATE THERMOSTAT MOUNTING LOCATION WITH OWNER. 9. PROVIDE TRANSFER DUCT FOR RETURN AIR BACK TO COMMON SPACE. ALL TRANSFER DUCT SHALL BE SUPPLIED WITH A 90 DEGREE ELBOW FOR SOUND ATTENUATION AND INTERNALLY INSULATED. 9%- 086t CITY Of TUKWILA MAY-'2‘9 2009 PLAN PERMIT CENTER NORTH SCALE: 1/4"= 1' -0" 0 4' 8' 12' AIR DEVICE SCHEDULE MARK MFR MODEL SIZE TYPE CFM RANGE MOUNTING DUTY REMARKS NECK MODULE DIFFUSER REGISTER 3111E10 MIN. MAX. NOISE CRITERIA NI AV1 SURFACE lone SUPPLY RETURN EXHAUST TRANSFER CD -1 TITUS OMNI 8 "0 24 °x24" X 15 1 0 250 25 X MITSUBISHI PUY- A24NHA -BS X 95 30 18 SEE NOTE 1, 2, 3, 4 OMNI 10 "0 24'x24" X - - 251 375 25 X - - X - OMNI 1 2°0 24 °x24" X 376 525 25 X X CD -2 TITUS OMNI 6 "0 12 "x12" X 0 125 30 X X SEE NOTES 1, 2, 3, 4 OMNI 8 "0 12 "x12" X 126 250 30 X X RG-1 TITUS 350FL - 24 °x12" X 0 1000 25 X X SEE NOTES 2, 3, 4 350FL - 24'x24" X 1001 1875 25 X X DUCTLESS AIR - CONDITIONING UNIT SCHEDULE INDOOR UNIT OUTDOOR UNIT REMARKS MARK MFR MODEL SERVICE CAPACITY (MBH) MAX. FUSE (A) MIN. AMP. (A) FAN MOTOR (FLA) AIR FLOW (CFM) ELECTRIC (V /PH/HZ) MARK MFR MODEL SERVICE AMB. °F MAX. FUSE (A) MIN. AMP. (A) FAN MOTOR (FLA) COMPRESSOR ELECTRIC (V /PH /HZ) RLA LRA AC -1 MITSUBISHI PKA -A24FA ACCU -1 24.0 15 1 .43 480 -705 208/1/60 ACCU -1 MITSUBISHI PUY- A24NHA -BS ELECTRIC PANEL 95 30 18 .75 12 14 208/1/60 SEE NOTES - - - - 2 2 - - - - MECHANICAL INSULATION SCHEDULE SYSTEM OR SERVICE AVERAGE PIPE /DUCT TEMP. ( °F) INSULATION TYPE PIPE /DUCT LOCATION JACKET INSULATION THICKNESS (IN.) PIPE/DUCT SIZE INDOOR OUTDOOR BURIED ALL SERVICE METAL FABRIC 1/2 2" 21 /2" - 4' 5" - 8" 10 " -3G" REFRIGERANT SUCTION 45 FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC CELLULAR X - - - - - 3/4 - - - - X - - X - 3/4 - - - SUPPLY/RETURN/OUTSIDE AIR DUCTS 75 GLASS FIBER X - - X - - - - 2 2 - - - - CONDENSATE PUMP SCHEDULE MARK MANUFACTURER MODEL SERVICE CAP. (GPH) TOTAL HEAD (FT) RUNNING AMPS (A) ELECTRIC . (V /PH /HZ) REMARKS CP -1 LITTLE GIANT VCMA -20ULS AC-1 25 15 1.5 120/1/60 SEE NOTES BRANCH DUCT NYLON DRAW BAND FLEX DUCT WITH 2" EXTERNAL INSULATION MAX. LENGTH 5' -0' LAY -IN SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER W /ROUND \ r NECK & O.B.D. op NOTES: 1. MOUNT INDOOR UNIT APPROXIMATELY 7-4" A.F.F. 2. PROVIDE LOW AMBIENT OPERATION PACKAGE. ANGLE IRON T -BAR OR PLASTER FRAME THREADED ROD TIED OFF TO STRUCTURE. ROD AND ATTACHMENT PER SMACNA STANDARDS 0 FINISHED CEILING SCALE: N.T.S SUPPLY/ RETURN DUCT r SCALE: N.T.S DUCT TAP FITTING W /AIR SCOOP & DAM PER T -BAR TYPE SUSPENDED CEILING I FINISHED —\ FLOOR f I 3/4" CONDENSATE i AC -1 MOUNTED ABOVE ETO ROOM DOOR ETO ROOM AC UNIT DETAIL 3. PROVIDE WALL MOUNTED PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT. 4. PROVIDE MANUFACTURERS VIBRATION ISOLATORS FOR ACCU -1. NOTE: DO NOT USE "FLEX' DUCTWORK FOR CHANGE IN DIRECTION. -OR- RL & RS TO ACCU -1 CP -1 NOTES: 1. PROVIDE VOLUME CONTROL DAMPER. 2. PROVIDE PLASTER FRAMES IN ALL GYPSUM CEILINGS. 3. NO SUBSTITUTIONS ACCEPTED. 4. NEW LAY -IN CEILINGS SHALL HAVE "NARROW TEE" AIR DEVICES. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL FOR CEILING SPECFICATION PRIOR TO ORDERING. NYLON DRAW BAND 3/4" CONDENSATE TO MOP SINK. PROVIDE 1" INDIRECT CONNECTION. MIN. 18 "L x 8 "W CONDENSATE PUMP SHELF BRANCH DUCT SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER AND DUCTED RETURN AIR DETAILS LOCATE CONDENSATE PUMP SHELF SO AS NOT TO INTERFERE WITH DOOR SWING 5. PROVIDE SEACOAST CORROSION PROTECTION. 6. OR APPROVED EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER. ANGLE IRON SUPPORT FLEX DUCT WITH 2" EXTERNAL INSULATION MAX. LENGTH 5' -0" LAY -IN SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER W/ROUND NECK & O.B.D. T -BAR OR PLASTER FRAME THREADED ROD TIED OFF TO STRUCTURE. ROD AND ATTACHMENT PER SMACNA STANDARDS SUPPLY/ RETURN DUCT W /AIR SCOOP & DAMPER T BAR TYPE SUSPENDED CEILING NOTES: 1. PUMP SHALL BE HARD WIRED. COORDINATE WITH THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. *L =W /4 (4" MIN.) A MAIN DUCT BRANCH DUCT NOTE: ° USE ONLY AT LAST TAKEOFF BEFORE OUTLETS & THEN ONLY WHERE RECTANGULAR RUNOUTS ARE INDICATED ON PLANS BALANCING DAMPER WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS. MINIMUM OF 1 DUCT DIA. FROM MAIN DUCT SCALE: N.T.S R5 MAIN DUCT *L =W /4 (4" MIN.) RECTANGULAR \ / \ / ROUND W TYPICAL BRANCH DUCT CONNECTION BRANCH DUCT -r BALANCING DAMPER WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS. MINIMUM OF 1 DUCT DIA. FROM MAIN DUCT NOTE: USE ONLY AT LAST TAKEOFF BEFORE OUTLETS & THEN ONLY WHERE RECTANGULAR RUNOUTS ARE INDICATED ON PLANS CIT O TUK WILA MAY/2'9 ?ON PERMIT CENTER JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 I EXPIRES AUGUST 1, 2010 l Client: 07f. KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. B A Date 05 -05 -09 04 -09 -09 Designed By: STH SEPARATE DrawingfikERMITAND APPROVAL REQUIRED Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: STH Checked By: Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: MECHANICAL DETAILS AND SCHEDULES M -501 FEILD DETERMINED FEILD DETERMINED GENERAL ABBREVIATIONS SYMBOL DESCRIPTION A AMPS AC ALTERNATING CURRENT NC AIR CONDITIONING AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE ABV ABOVE AHU AIR HANDLER UNIT AL ALUMINUM ARCH ARCHITECT ATC AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL ATS AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE BLDG BUILDING CAT CATALOG C CONDUIT CKT BRKR CIRCUIT BREAKER CH COUNTER HEIGHT CT CURRENT TRANSFORMER CCTV CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION CKT CIRCUIT CL CENTER LINE CLG CEILING COL COLUMN CP CONDENSATE PUMP CR CONTROL RELAY CU COPPER , DC DIRECT CURRENT DISTR PNL DISTRIBUTION PANEL DPDT DOUBLE POLE DOUBLE THROW DPL DISTR PNL, 240 VOLTS OR LESS DPH DISTR PNL, OVER 240 VOLTS TYP. 480 VOLTS DPST DOUBLE POLE SINGLE THROW DWG DRAWING E.C. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR EC EMPTY CONDUIT EF EXHAUST FAN ELEC ELECTRIC ELEV ELEVATOR EMER EMERGENCY EMS ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM EMT ELECTRIC METALLIC TUBING EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER EWH ELECTRIC WATER HEATER E EXISTING FA FIRE ALARM FACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL FD FIRE DAMPER FMC FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT FT FEET G.C. GENERAL CONTRACTOR GFCI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTOR G or GRD GROUND GFP GROUND FAULT PROTECTION HC HUNG OR SUSPENDED CEILING HOA HANDS -OFF- AUTOMATIC HP HORSE POWER HT HEIGHT HTG HEATING HV HIGH VOLTAGE HVAC HEATING, VENTILATION & AIR CONDITIONING HZ HERTZ IG ISOLATED GROUND IMC INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT IN INCH J -BOX JUNCTION BOX k KILO kCMIL THOUSAND CIRCULAR MILS kVA KILOVOLT AMPERES kW KILOWATTS GENERAL ABBREVIATIONS SYMBOL DESCRIPTION LCD LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY LFMC LIQUID TIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT LP LIGHTING PANEL LTG LIGHTING LV LOW VOLTAGE M METER MM MILLIMETER M.C. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR - MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MCB MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER MD ELECTRIC MOTORIZED DAMPER MECH MECHANICAL MISC MISCELLANEOUS MLO MAIN LUGS ONLY MTD MOUNTED N NEUTRAL NC NORMALLY CLOSED NEC NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE NEG NEGATIVE NIC NOT IN CONTRACT, PROVIDE FOR INFORMATION NO NORMALLY OPEN No. NUMBER NL NIGHT LIGHT NTS NOT TO SCALE P POLE PB PULLBOX PB PUSHBUTTON P/T POWER TRANSFORMER PH PHASE POS POSITIVE PP POWER PANEL PNL PANEL PNLBD PANELBOARD PWR POWER PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE CONDUTi R RELAY REF REFERENCE REFRIG REFRIGERATOR RM ROOM RGSC RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL RTU ROOF TOP UNIT S/B SPLICE BOX SCHED SCHEDULE SD SMOKE DAMPER SF SQUARE FOOT SP SPARE SFKLR SPRINKLER SPST SINGLE POLE SINGLE THROW SQ SQUARE SS STAINLESS STEEL SW SWITCH SWBD SWITCHBOARD TS TAMPER SWITCH TC TIME CLOCK TDR TIME DELAY RELAY TEL TELEPHONE TEMP TEMPERATURE TL TWIST LOCK TVSS TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSOR TYP TYPICAL UC UNDER COUNTER OF UNDER FLOOR UGND UNDERGROUND UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED V VOLT VA VOLT- AMPERE W WATT W/ WITH WG WIRE GUARD WP WEATHERPROOF XFMR TRANSFORMER LIGHTING SYMBOLS SYMBOL DESCRIPTION A2 b LIGHTING FIXTURE IDENTIFICATION °A2" - CAPITAL LETTER: LIGHTING FIXTURE TYPE; SEE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE "b" - LOWER CASE LETTER: CONTROL DESIGNATION "LP3 -1" - NUMBER: BRANCH CIRCUIT DESIGNATION -o THREE -WAY SWITCH CONDUIT TURNED DOWN LP3 -1 ❑ CEILING MOUNTED LENSED FLUORESCENT LIGHTING FIXTURE - # AFF CEILING MOUNTED VOLUMETRIC LIGHTING FIXTURE GROUND - - UNDERGROUND TOGGLE DISCONNECT SWITCH EXPOSED RACE'NAY MOTOR ( # ) DENOTES MOTOR HORSEPOWER mik Di UNDERFLOOR a WALL MOUNTED FLUORESCENT LIGHTING FIXTURE 1 J. .1. tef DOUBLE FACED CEILING MOUNTED EXIT LIGHT SIGN, CIRCUITED TO CONSTANTLY "ON" POWER SOURCE. DIRECTION OF EGRESS DENOTED BY ARROW. ® I € SINGLE FACED CEILING MOUNTED EXIT LIGHT SIGN, CIRCUITED TO CONSTANTLY'ON° POWER SOURCE. DIRECTION OF EGRESS DENOTED BY ARROW. SHADED LIGHTING FIXTURES CIRCUITED TO CONSTANTLY "ON" POWER SOURCE Ely ■ 0 CEILING MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE 04 DIRECTIONAL LIGHT FIXTURE Cif SHADED ROUND LIGHT FIXTURES DENOTES FIXTURE CIRCUITED TO CONSTANTLY ON POWER SOURCE ® CEILING MOUNTED AUDIO SPEAKER WIRING SYMBOLS SYMBOL DESCRIPTION $ CONDUIT TURNED UP -o THREE -WAY SWITCH CONDUIT TURNED DOWN -S 0 CONDUIT TO STUB UP NUMBER DENOTES INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED - # AFF - -G- - GROUND - - UNDERGROUND TOGGLE DISCONNECT SWITCH EXPOSED RACE'NAY MOTOR ( # ) DENOTES MOTOR HORSEPOWER mik Di UNDERFLOOR a DISCONNECT SWITCH FUSED TYPE. SIZE AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS "xxAP INDICATES FRAM SIZE, "xXAT INDICATES TRIP SIZE. ELECTRICAL FEED CONTINUED nrw1/4 FURNITURE PARTITION FLEXIBLE POWER /DATA INFEED FROM JUNCTION BOX POWER SYMBOLS SYMBOL DESCRIPTION $ FLUSH MOUNTED DISTRIBUTION PANEL wr 4 THREE -WAY SWITCH Q M SURFACE MOUNTED DISTRIBUTION PANEL 0 CEILING MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX I-0 WALL MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX. FLUSH ON SURFACE $M FLOOR MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX. FLUSH ON SURFACE JJ TOGGLE DISCONNECT SWITCH 0 MOTOR ( # ) DENOTES MOTOR HORSEPOWER mik Di DISCONNECT SWITCH UNFUSED TYPE. SIZE AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS "xxA" INDICATES AMPERAGE RATING. a DISCONNECT SWITCH FUSED TYPE. SIZE AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS "xxAP INDICATES FRAM SIZE, "xXAT INDICATES TRIP SIZE. SWITCH SYMBOLS SYMBOL DESCRIPTION $ SINGLE POLE SWITCH $3 THREE -WAY SWITCH Q M WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR WITH OVERRIDE SWITCH (INFRARED) .41-40-1. CEILING MOUNTED DUAL OCCUPANCY SENSOR CEILING (ULTRASONIC) FLOOR OUTLET LOWER CASE SUBSCRIPT LETTER ADJACENT TO SWITCH AND LIGHT FIXTURE DENOTES SWITCH CONTROL BY SAME LETTER DESIGNATION $M MOTOR STARTER SWITCH STD TOGGLE DISCONNECT SWITCH ASTRONOMICAL TIME SWITCH. SPECIFY POLE/CHANNEL QUANTITY AND THROW. TS RECEPTACLES SYMBOLS SYMBOL DESCRIPTION Ell DUPLEX RECEPTACLE 18" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. °C" DENOTES CEILING MOUNTED RECEPTACLE. SUBSCRIPT DENOTES RECEPTACLE TYPE. SEE ABBREVIATIONS UST FOR SUBSCRIPT DEFINITION. GFCI WALL MOUNTED STROBE DEVICE. SUBSCRIPT DENOTES INTENSITY RATING. DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE 4) DUPLEX TWIST -LOCK TYPE RECEPTACLE. NEMA TYPE AS NOTED ON DRAWING ® FLOOR OUTLET \ +J I 1 FIRE ALARM SYMBOLS SYMBOL DESCRIPTION Ell HORN STROBE DEVICE 15 WALL MOUNTED STROBE DEVICE. SUBSCRIPT DENOTES INTENSITY RATING. P MANUAL PULL STATION ]Z ® FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL FACP I 1 COMMUNICATION SYMBOLS SYMBOL DESCRIPTION ]Z WALL MOUNTED COMBINATION TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET sCP CEILING MOUNTED COMBINATION TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET ]Z ® FLOOR MOUNTED COMBINATION TELEPHONE /DATA OUTLET SECURITY SYSTEM SYMBOLS SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SECURITY CONTROL PANEL sCP SECURITY KEYPAD K SECURITY CAMERA I 1 toQ 080 CITY OF TU MAYJ2 \9 2009 PERMIT CENTER JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 Client: KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. B A Date 05 -05 -09 04-09 -09 Designed By: CML Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: CML Checked By: DMR Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: ELECTRICAL NOTES, SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS SEPARATE D ra ROVAND L REQUIRED E -001 STORAGE 10061 HALL 013 WOMEN'S RESTROOM DE WOMEN'S RESTROOM [1] MEN'S RESTROOM CiI 009 (E) PANEL MDP HALL 011 STAIRS SP-1 (E) PANEL L 0 0 • L}o O 9 - - (E) PANEL M li 4D L ELEC/ - (E) PANEL A MECH ROOM STORAGE 014 CONFERENCE ROOM 005 (E) PANEL P PHONE/ ETC ROOM L� SCALE: 1/8" =1' -0° 015 -- r STORAGE n CONFERENCE OOM 019 CUSTOMER SERVICE VAULT 016 D 9 •9_____9 RECORD VAULT P • STAIRS 002 EMPLOYEE LOUNGE 001 HALL BASEMENT FLOOR - ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN 0 SHEET KEYNOTES 1. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING RECEPTACLES. 2. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING TELEPHONE, DATA, AND /OR SECURITY OUTLETS. 3. NOT USED. 4. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING AND RACEWAY SYSTEM AND /OR BRANCH CIRCUIT CABLE SYSTEM. 5. MODIFY EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING AND RACEWAY SYSTEM AND /OR BRANCH CIRCUIT CABLE SYSTEM AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN OPERATION OF EXISTING RECEPTACLE OUTLETS NOT DESIGNATED FOR REMOVAL AND POWERED FROM THE SAME BRANCH CIRCUIT SERVING RECEPTACLE OUTLETS DESIGNATED FOR REMOVAL. 6. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING TELEPHONE, DATA, SECURITY AND /OR COMMUNICATION WIRING AND CABLE. 7. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXSITING STOVE POWER SUPPLY. 8. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING COOK -TOP POWER SUPPLY. 9. EXISTING ELEVATOR TO BE ABANDONED IN PLACE. DISCONNECT AND CAP ALL EXISTING POWER SOURCES. REMOVE EXISTING WIRE AND CONDUIT BACK TO SOURCE. LABEL EXISTING CIRCUIT BREAKER AS SPARE. 1)a9%- o s(0 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION NOTES 1. ALL WIRES, CABLES, BOXES, CONDUIT AND /OR RACEWAYS MADE OBSOLETE BY DEMOLITION WORK AND /OR DESIGNATED TO BE REMOVED THAT ARE INSTALLED EXPOSED, CONCEALED IN WALLS AND /OR IN CAVITY SPACE ABOVE HARD SUSPENDED CEILINGS BEING DEMOLISHED, OR IN CAVITY SPACE ABOVE LAY -IN TILE SUSPENDED CEILING ARE CONSIDERED ACCESSIBLE MUST BE COMPLETELY REMOVED BACK TO THE POINT OF ORIGIN OR SOURCE. 2. ALL WIRES AND /OR CABLES MADE OBSOLETE BY DEMOLITION WORK AND /OR DESIGNATED TO BE REMOVED THAT ARE INSTALLED IN NON- ACCESSIBLE CONDUIT OR RACEWAY MUST BE COMPLETELY REMOVED FROM THE CONDUIT AND RACEWAY BACK TO THE POINT OF ORIGIN OR SOURCE. 3. ALL WIRES AND /OR CABLES MADE OBSOLETE BY DEMOLITION WORK AND /OR DESIGNATED TO BE REMOVED THAT ARE INSTALLED WITHOUT NON- SECURED CONDUIT OR RACEWAY IN WALL CAVITIES OR CEILING CAVITIES ABOVE HARD SUSPENDED CEILINGS, NOT BEING DEMOLISHED, MUST BE COMPLETELY REMOVED FROM THE WALL OR CEILING CAVITY BACK TO THE POINT OF ORIGIN OR SOURCE OR BETWEEN ALL POINTS THAT THE WIRES AND /OR CABLES CAN BE ACCESSED. 5. VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND COORDINATE DEMOLITION WORK AND REQUIREMENTS WITH ALL PROJECT DOCUMENTS AND TRADES WORKING ON PROJECT. 6. 7. 8. REFERENCE TO WIRES AND CABLES IN ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION NOTES INDICATES "BRANCH CIRCUIT, LIGHTING, POWER, CONTROL TELEPHONE, DATA, COMMUNICATION SECURITY, FIRE ALARM, MISC.' WIRES AND CABLES. NOTIFY KEY BANK REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY EXISTING CONDITIONS THAT CONFLICT WITH DEMOLITION WORK OF THIS PROJECT. LOCATIONS AND QUANTITIES OF DEVICES SHOWN FOR DEMOLITION ARE APPROXIMATE. ACTUAL CONDITIONS MUST BE VERIFIED AT PROJECT SITE. REPAIR AND PATCH TO MATCH EXISTING SURFACE DISTURBED AND /OR DAMAGED DUE TO THE DISCONNECTION AND /OR REMOVAL OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS. 9. REFERENCE TO "POINT OF ORIGIN OR SOURCE' FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS IN ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION NOTES MEANS THE EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARD CIRCUIT BREAKER OR THE FIRST BRANCH CIRCUIT OUTLET NOT DESIGNATED /REQUIRED FOR REMOVAL. 10. AS PART OF DEMOLITION WORK MODIFY AND /OR REPAIR ANY EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING, CABLING AND /OR RACEWAY THAT IS DISTURBED B THE DEMOLITION WORK AND NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN BRANCH CIRCUIT CONTINUITY TO OTHER EXISTING OUTLETS OR ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS NOT DESIGNATED FOR REMOVAL. 11. WHERE EXISTING WIRES AND CABLES ARE NOT REMOVED AND DESIGNATED TO REMAIN AND LEFT AS SPARES, THE WIRE AND CABLE MUST BE PLACED WITHIN THE APPROPRIATE TYPE OF COVERED OUTLET BOX, MADE SAFE, TAGGED "SPARE' WITHIN THE OUTLET BOX AND THE OUTSIDE OF THE OUTLET BOX MARKED IDENTIFYING THE WIRES AND CABLES CONTAINED WITHIN THE BOX. 12. WHERE EXISTING WIRES AND /OR CABLES ARE DESIGNATED TO BE REMOVED AND CAN NOT BE REMOVED THE WIRES AND /OR CABLES ARE TO BE CUT FLUSH TO EXISTING SURFACES, CAPPED AND /OR SECURED AND THE LOCATIONS IDENTIFIED ON AN AS -BUILT DRAWING SET. 13. WHERE EXISTING CONDUITS AND /OR RACEWAYS ARE DESIGNATED TO BE REMOVED AND CAN NOT BE REMOVED THE CONDUITS ARE TO BE CUT FLUSH TO EXISTING SURFACES, CAPPED AND /OR SECURED AND THE LOCATIONS IDENTIFIED ON AN AS -BUILT DRAWING SET. 14. REFERENCE TO "POINTS OF ORIGIN OR SOURCE" FOR TELEPHONE, DATA, COMMUNICATION OR SECURITY CIRCUITS MEANS THE EXISTING CORRESPONDING TERMINAL STRIP, TERMINAL CABINET, PUNCH -DOWN BLOCK OR PATCH PANEL NOT DESIGNATED/REQUIRED FOR REMOVAL. 15. WHERE EXISTING WALLS OR CEILINGS ARE DEMOUSHED OR DESIGNATED FOR DEMOLITION ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION DRAWINGS ALL NON- DESIGNATED EXISTING ELECTRICAL OUTLETS AND /OR ELECTRICAL DEVICE AND ALL ASSOCIATED WIRES, CABLES, AND /OR RACEWAY SYSTEMS MUST ALSO BE REMOVED TO THE POINT OF ORIGIN OR SOURCE. 16. WHERE EXISTING WALLS OR CEILINGS ARE DEMOUSHED OR DESIGNATED FOR DEMOLITION ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION DRAWINGS ALL NON- DESIGNATED TELEPHONE, DATA, COMMUNICATIONS AND /OR RACEWAY SYSTEMS MUST ALSO BE REMOVED TO THE POINT OF ORIGIN OR SOURCE. 17. DISCONNECT ALL ELECTRICAL, TELEPHONE, DATA, COMMUNICATION AND SECURITY CONNECTIONS TO ALL COUNTERS, FURNISHINGS AND FREE - STANDING PARTITIONS THAT ARE DESIGNATED FOR REMOVAL ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION DRAWINGS. 18. REFER TO DRAWINGS G -001 THROUGH G -004 AND G -100 THROUGH G -112 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS. SCALE: 1 /8 "= 1' -0" 0 8' RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY'2 2009 PERMIT CENTER PLAN NORTH 16' ' 1 ' 24' JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 Client: Olt KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. B A Date 05 -05 -09 04 -09 -09 Designed By: CML Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: CML Checked By: DMR Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: BASEMENT FLOOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN SEPARATE Drawing � PROVAL D REQUIRED E -101 STORAGE 006 HALL ( 0131 WOMEN'S RESTROOM E13 WOMEN'S RESTROOM E1] MEN'S RESTROOM Ei ELEC/ MECH ROOM 009 HALL 011 STAIRS 0 SCALE: 1/8" =1' -0" 0 • STORAGE 0141 CONFERENCE ROOM 1 005 1 • 0 • 0 L 0 0 0 PHONE/ ETO ROOM 1 004 1 0 0 STORAGE I 003 1 0 $` 0 CUSTOMER SERVICE VAULT 1 015 1 1 016 1 0 0 • RECORD VAULT 1 017 1 UP STAIRS 002 EMPLOYEE LOUNGE 001 HALL 10181 BASEMENT FLOOR - ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 0 SHEET KEYNOTES 1. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE, REUSE EXISTING CIRCUITS FOR NEW LIGHTS. 2. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING LIGHT SWITCH /SWITCHES. 3. NOT USED. 4. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING AND RACEWAY SYSTEM AND /OR BRANCH CIRCUIT CABLE SYSTEM. 5. MODIFY EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING AND RACEWAY SYSTEM AND /OR BRANCH CIRCUIT CABLE SYSTEM AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN OPERATION OF EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES OUTLETS NOT DESIGNATED FOR REMOVAL AND POWERED FROM THE SAME BRANCH CIRCUIT SERVING LIGHT FIXTURES OUTLETS DESIGNATED FOR REMOVAL. ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION NOTES 1. ALL WIRES, CABLES, BOXES, CONDUIT AND /OR RACEWAYS MADE OBSOLETE BY DEMOLITION WORK AND /OR DESIGNATED TO BE REMOVED THAT ARE INSTALLED EXPOSED, CONCEALED IN WALLS AND /OR IN CAVITY SPACE ABOVE HARD SUSPENDED CEIUNGS BEING DEMOLISHED, OR IN CAVITY SPACE ABOVE LAY -IN TILE SUSPENDED CEILING ARE CONSIDERED ACCESSIBLE MUST BE COMPLETELY REMOVED BACK TO THE POINT OF ORIGIN OR SOURCE. 2. ALL WIRES AND /OR CABLES MADE OBSOLETE BY DEMOUTION WORK AND /OR DESIGNATED TO BE REMOVED THAT ARE INSTALLED IN NON- ACCESSIBLE CONDUIT OR RACEWAY MUST BE COMPLETELY REMOVED FROM THE CONDUIT AND RACEWAY BACK TO THE POINT OF ORIGIN OR SOURCE. 3. ALL WIRES AND /OR CABLES MADE OBSOLETE BY DEMOLITION WORK AND /OR DESIGNATED TO BE REMOVED THAT ARE INSTALLED WITHOUT NON- SECURED CONDUIT OR RACEWAY IN WALL CAVITIES OR CEILING CAVITIES ABOVE HARD SUSPENDED CEILINGS, NOT BEING DEMOLISHED, MUST BE COMPLETELY REMOVED FROM THE WALL OR CEILING CAVITY BACK TO THE POINT OF ORIGIN OR SOURCE OR BETWEEN ALL POINTS THAT THE WIRES AND /OR CABLES CAN BE ACCESSED. 4. REFERENCE TO WIRES AND CABLES IN ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION NOTES INDICATES "BRANCH CIRCUIT, LIGHTING, POWER, CONTROL, TELEPHONE, DATA, COMMUNICATION SECURITY, FIRE ALARM, MISC.' WIRES AND CABLES. 5. VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND COORDINATE DEMOUTION WORK AND REQUIREMENTS WITH ALL PROJECT DOCUMENTS AND TRADES WORKING ON PROJECT. 6. NOTIFY KEY BANK REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY EXISTING CONDITIONS THAT CONFLICT WITH DEMOLITION WORK OF THIS PROJECT. 7. LOCATIONS AND QUANTITIES OF DEVICES SHOWN FOR DEMOLITION ARE APPROXIMATE. ACTUAL CONDITIONS MUST BE VERIFIED AT PROJECT SITE. 8. REPAIR AND PATCH TO MATCH EXISTING SURFACE DISTURBED AND /OR DAMAGED DUE TO THE DISCONNECTION AND /OR REMOVAL OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS. 9. REFERENCE TO "POINT OF ORIGIN OR SOURCE FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS IN ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION NOTES MEANS THE EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARD CIRCUIT BREAKER OR THE FIRST BRANCH CIRCUIT OUTLET NOT DESIGNATED /REQUIRED FOR REMOVAL. 10. AS PART OF DEMOLITION WORK MODIFY AND /OR REPAIR ANY EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING, CABLING AND /OR RACEWAY THAT IS DISTURBED BY THE DEMOUTION WORK AND NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN BRANCH CIRCUIT CONTINUITY TO OTHER EXISTING OUTLETS OR ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS NOT DESIGNATED FOR REMOVAL. 11. WHERE EXISTING WIRES AND CABLES ARE NOT REMOVED AND DESIGNATED TO REMAIN AND LEFT AS SPARES, THE WIRE AND CABLE MUST BE PLACED WITHIN THE APPROPRIATE TYPE OF COVERED OUTLET BOX, MADE SAFE, TAGGED "SPARE' WITHIN THE OUTLET BOX AND THE OUTSIDE OF THE OUTLET BOX MARKED IDENTIFYING THE WIRES AND CABLES CONTAINED WITHIN THE BOX. 12. WHERE EXISTING WIRES AND /OR CABLES ARE DESIGNATED TO BE REMOVED AND CAN NOT BE REMOVED THE WIRES AND /OR CABLES ARE TO BE CUT FLUSH TO EXISTING SURFACES, CAPPED AND /OR SECURED AND THE LOCATIONS IDENTIFIED ON AN AS -BUILT DRAWING SET. 13. WHERE EXISTING CONDUITS AND /OR RACEWAYS ARE DESIGNATED TO BE REMOVED AND CAN NOT BE REMOVED THE CONDUITS ARE TO BE CUT FLUSH TO EXISTING SURFACES, CAPPED AND /OR SECURED AND THE LOCATIONS IDENTIFIED ON AN AS -BUILT DRAWING SET. 14. REFERENCE TO "POINTS OF ORIGIN OR SOURCE" FOR TELEPHONE, DATA, COMMUNICATION OR SECURITY CIRCUITS MEANS THE EXISTING CORRESPONDING TERMINAL STRIP, TERMINAL CABINET, PUNCH -DOWN BLOCK OR PATCH PANEL NOT DESIGNATED/REQUIRED FOR REMOVAL. 15. WHERE EXISTING WALLS OR CEILINGS ARE DEMOLISHED OR DESIGNATED FOR DEMOUTION ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION DRAWINGS ALL NON- DESIGNATED EXISTING ELECTRICAL OUTLETS AND /OR ELECTRICAL DEVICE AND ALL ASSOCIATED WIRES, CABLES, AND /OR RACEWAY SYSTEMS MUST ALSO BE REMOVED TO THE POINT OF ORIGIN OR SOURCE. 16. WHERE EXISTING WALLS OR CEIUNGS ARE DEMOLISHED OR DESIGNATED FOR DEMOLITION ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION DRAWINGS ALL NON- DESIGNATED TELEPHONE, DATA, COMMUNICATIONS AND /OR RACEWAY SYSTEMS MUST ALSO BE REMOVED TO THE POINT OF ORIGIN OR SOURCE. 17. DISCONNECT ALL ELECTRICAL, TELEPHONE, DATA, COMMUNICATION AND SECURITY CONNECTIONS TO ALL COUNTERS, FURNISHINGS AND FREE - STANDING PARTITIONS THAT ARE DESIGNATED FOR REMOVAL ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION DRAWINGS. 18. REFER TO DRAWINGS G -001 THROUGH G -004 AND G -100 THROUGH G -112 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY/ 2\9 MY PERMIT CENTER SCALE: 1 /8 "= 1' -0" 0 8' 16' PLAN NORTH 24' JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 Client: Cant. KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. B A Date 05 -05 -09 04 -09 -09 Designed By: CML Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: CML Checked By: DMR Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: BASE FLOOR E LECTRICAL DEMOLITION REFLECTED CEILING PLAN Drat/ F 1T AN APP REQUIRE E -102 PROVIDE NEW. GROUND BUS.BAR, --\ SEE SPECIFICATION. +44 T -6(IG) T -6(IG) +44 18 DATA RACK (BY CABLE T-1(1G) C 3NTRACTOR) +44 T-5(1G) T -5(IG) CD a a CD 44'4 + + + +44 99 SCALE: 1/2' =1' -0' T-3(1G) T -4(IG) (2) NEW TVSS: ATLANTIC SCIENTIFICE AND SURGEX MODELS (N) PANEL T CABLE TRAY (BY CABLE CONTRACTOR) A -34,36 NC-1 FED FROM ACCU- A -38 CP -1 ETO ROOM - ENLARGED POWER PLAN STORAGE 006 HALL 013 WOMEN'S RESTROOM 007 MEN'S RESTROOM 008 UNISEX RESTROOM 1010 ELEC/ MECH ROOM 009 (E) PANEL MDP HALL 011 STAIRS (E) PANEL L (E) PANEL M (E) PANEL A E) PANEL P • CI STORAGE 1 014 1 SCALE: 1/8' = 1' -0' CONFERENCE ROOM 005 I �r UP WHEELCHAIR LIFT VJL - 1 P -4,26 PHONE/ ETO ROOM � 004 I -' ADA COUPON ROOM 012 STORAGE 003 I a CONFEREN E ROOM 019 BASEMENT FLOOR - POWER PLAN I 1 CUSTOMER SERVICE VAULT 015 1 1 016 RECORD VAULT • UP STAIRS 002 EMPLOYEE LOUNGE ACCU -1 A -34,36 HALL 018 1 0 SHEET KEYNOTES 1. NOT USED. 2. NOT USED. 3. NOT USED. 4. NOT USED. 5. NOT USED. 6. NOT USED. 7. POWER RECEPACTLES ARE SURFACE MOUNTED, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTES. 8. NOT USED. 9. NOT USED. 10. NOT USED. 11. CONNECT TO EXISTING RECEPTACLE CIRCUIT IN THE SAME ROOM. 12. NOT USED. 13. TELE /DATA JUNCTION BOX. PROVIDE A JUNCTION BOX FLUSH MOUNTED IN WALL MOUNTED AT SPECIFIED HEIGHT WITH A 3/4" CONDUIT STUBBED 6" ABOVE CEILING. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH DRAWINGS BY RJC CONSULTING, SEE SHEET E -501, DETAIL #10. 14. FOR REFERENCE ONLY - WIRELESS ACCESS POINT. REFER TO RJC CONSULTING DRAWINGS. 15. NOT USED. 16. NOT USED. 17. HORIZONTALLY SUSPENDED SURFACE METAL RACEWAY WITH RECEPTACLES ON BOTTOM. SEE RJC CONSULTING DRAWINGS. 18. RUN (1) #6 IN 3/4' EMT TO EXISTING SERVICE GROUND. 19. SECURITY JUNCTION BOX. PROVIDE A JUNCTION BOX FLUSH MOUNTED IN WALL MOUNTED AT SPECIFIED HEIGHT WITH A 3/4' CONDUIT STUBBED 6" ABOVE CEILING. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH DRAWINGS BY SECURITY VENDOR, SEE SHEET E -501, DETAIL #10. 20. SYSTEM SECURITY JUNCTION BOX FLUSH CEILING MOUNTED. 21. SECURITY JUNCTION BOX. PROVIDE A JUNCTION BOX SURFACE MOUNTED AT SPECIFIED HEIGHT WITH A 3/4" CONDUIT STUBBED 6" ABOVE CEILING. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH DRAWINGS BY SECURITY VENDOR, SEE SHEET E -501, DETAIL #10. 22. NOT USED. 23. NOT USED. 24. INDUSTRIAL GRADE TOGGLE SWITCH HUBBELL PART NUMBER 3031 OR EQUAL 25. INDUSTRIAL GRADE TOGGLE SWITCH HUBBELL PART NUMBER 3032 OR EQUAL 26. MOUNT DEVICES ON BUILDING. COORDINATE LOCATION 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. NOT USED. NOT USED. NOT USED. NOT USED. SECURITY OUTLET BOX, FLUSH CEILING MOUNTED WITH 3/4'C. ROUTED DOWN WALL CAVITY TO DOOR JAMB. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 32. NOT USED. 33. PROVIDE VERTICAL PLUG STRIPS ON SIDE OF RACK. WIREMOLD MODEL NO. G -201 G512 W/ 6' SO CORD W/ L5 -20P, COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF STRIPS WITH CABLE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ATTACHMENT ON RACK. 34. NOT USED. 35. VERIFY JUNCTION BOX LOCATIONS WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE FOR SYSTEM SECURITY MONITOR. PROVIDE NEW JUNCTION BOX IF REQUIRED. 36. EXISTING COLOR CAMERA TO BE REUSED. CONSULT OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND SECURITY VENDOR. 37. NOT USED. 38. NOT USED. 39. SOUND DETECTOR INTERFACE. REFER TO SECURITY DRAWINGS. 40. LANEX DVR. REFER TO SECURITY VENDOR DRAWINGS FOR DETAIL 41. PACOM 1058. REFER TO SECURITY VENDOR DRAWINGS FOR DETAIL 42. PELCO POWER SUPPLY. REFER TO SECURITY VENDOR DRAWINGS FOR DETAIL 43. TOWER CAMERA SUPPLY. REFER TO SECURITY VENDOR DRAWINGS FOR DETAIL 44. 80 HOUR POWER SUPPLY. REFER TO SECURITY VENDOR DRAWINSG FOR DETAIL 45. WHEELCHAIR LIFT. PROVIDE AND INSTALL A 30A, NONFUSED, LOCKABLE DISCONNECT. VERIFY INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS WITH MANUFACTURER. b0 Os 6 (0 GENERAL SHEET NOTES 1. SEE DRAWING E -501 FOR ELECTRICAL DETAILS. 2. SEE DRAWING E -601 FOR ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS. 3. SEE DRAWING E -602 FOR ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES. 4. SEE DRAWING G -111 FOR ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS. 5. SEE DRAWINGS D1A, D -1 B, D-2A AND D3A FOR ADDITIONAL ELECTRICAL WORK, INFORMATION AND REQUIRMENTS RELATED TO TELEPHONE, DATA, COMMUNICATION AND SECURITY SYSTEMS. 6. PROVIDE PULL STRING IN ALL EMPTY RACEWAYS. cliv OFE'1 1Fi1tvilA 144 2009 PERMIT CENTER SCALE: 1/8"= 1' -0" 0 8' 16' PLAN NORTH 24' JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 Client: O KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. B A Date 05 -05 -09 04-09-09 Designed By: CML Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: CML Checked By: DMR Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: BASEMENT FLOOR ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN SEPARATE Drawl n9Ei MIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED E -103 STORAGE (0061 HALL 013 WOMEN'S RESTROOM 13171 WI@ I , S RESTROOM Om8 INIOS®( RESTROOM 01D ELEC/ MECH ROOM 009 HALL 011 STAIRS 1ST -11 0 SCALE: 1/8' =1' -0" • 0 4 0 STORAGE 014 CONFERENCE ROOM 005 sr 0 0 PHONE/ ETO ROOM 004 H ii Ha WHEELCHAIR LIFT 1F/ C-11 ADA COUPON ROOM 012 P•) 0 STORAGE 003 0 019 0 CONFERENCE ROOM OEM CUSTOMER SERVICE VAULT 7111 016 0 0 1 RECORD VAULT I 0171 BASEMENT FLOOR - ELECTRICAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN STAIRS 002 EMPLOYEE LOUNGE 001 I HALL 018 0 SHEET KEYNOTES 1. PROVIDE NEW LIGHT FIXTURE AS SPECIFIED. RE- CONNECT EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING AND LIGHT SWITCH TO NEW LIGHT FIXTURE. 2. NOT USED. 3. NOT USED. 4. NOT USED. 5. PROVIDE NEW EXIT SIGN AND CONNECT TO EXISTING CIRCUIT IN AREA. CONNECT EXIT SIGN AHEAD OF SWITCH. 6. PROVIDE NEW WALL MOUNTED LIGHT SWITCH /OCCUPANCY SENSOR. INTERCEPT EXISTING HOT CIRCUIT AND ROUTE TO NEW LIGHT SWITCH /OCCUPANCY SENSOR. 7. EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE RE -WIRED THROUGH NEW LIGHT SWITCH /OCCUPANCY SENSOR. GENERAL SHEET NOTES 1. REFER TO DRAWING E-602 FOR LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE. 2. PROVIDE NEW BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING IN METAL RACEWAY TO CONNECT NEW LIGHT FIXTURES TO EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING TYPICAL FOR ALL SPACES. 3. REFER TO DRAWINGS G -001 THROUGH G -004 AND G -101 THROUGH G -112 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS. bo o8Q' SCALE: 1 /8 "= 1' -0" 0 8' RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY '2 Z009 PERMIT CENTER PLAN NORTH 16' 24' JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 Client: 0,1 KeyBan k 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. B A Date 05 -05 -09 04-09-09 Designed By: CML SEPARATE Drawini AND ROVAL REQUIRED Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: CML Checked By: DMR Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: BASEMENT FLOOR ELECTRICAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN E -104 TELLER AREA STAIRS ST - 1 VESTIBULE 1001 000400 i r 000 00 0 AM MO � .. _ . • # iv/ iii" iii ,, iii iii ii I " 000 . . . ii iii iii iii i/ iil ii/ ii/ i/ ii7 ii / ii/ #, 000 000 T■ ► i r 7/7 17. 117# /i ///' IA 0.' //,' ♦// /i FA ©0 ©0 00 109 0 ll l iI 000 \' DN CUSTOMER AREA 101 000 J L -' d 000 000 00 rni T r 000 lI► 00 00 ,- L wJ CONFERENCE ROOM III [p] EMERGENCY EXIT 106 0 SHEET KEYNOTES 1. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING RECEPTACLES. 2. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING TELEPHONE, DATA, AND /OR SECURITY OUTLETS. 3. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICE AND /OR EQUIPMENT. 4. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING AND RACEWAY SYSTEM AND /OR BRANCH CIRCUIT CABLE SYSTEM. 5. MODIFY EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING AND RACEWAY SYSTEM AND /OR BRANCH CIRCUIT CABLE SYSTEM AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN OPERATION OF EXISTING RECEPTACLE OUTLETS NOT DESIGNATED FOR REMOVAL AND POWERED FROM THE SAME BRANCH CIRCUIT SERVING RECEPTACLE OUTLETS DESIGNATED FOR REMOVAL. 6. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING TELEPHONE, DATA, SECURITY AND /OR COMMUNICATION WIRING AND CABLE. 7. EXISTING ELEVATOR TO BE ABANDONED IN PLACE. DISCONNECT AND CAP ALL EXISTING POWER SOURCES. REMOVE EXISTING WIRE AND CONDUIT BACK TO SOURCE. LABEL EXISTING CIRCUIT BREAKER AS SPARE. bo O�2 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION NOTES 1. ALL WIRES, CABLES, BOXES, CONDUIT AND/OR RACEWAYS MADE OBSOLETE BY DEMOLITION WORK AND /OR DESIGNATED TO BE REMOVED THAT ARE INSTALLED EXPOSED, CONCEALED IN WALLS AND /OR IN CAVITY SPACE ABOVE HARD SUSPENDED CEIUNGS BEING DEMOUSHED, OR IN CAVITY SPACE ABOVE LAY-IN TILE SUSPENDED CEILING ARE CONSIDERED ACCESSIBLE MUST BE COMPLETELY REMOVED BACK TO THE POINT OF ORIGIN OR SOURCE. 2. ALL WIRES AND /OR CABLES MADE OBSOLETE BY DEMOLITION WORK AND /OR DESIGNATED TO BE REMOVED THAT ARE INSTALLED IN NON- ACCESSIBLE CONDUIT OR RACEWAY MUST BE COMPLETELY REMOVED FROM THE CONDUIT AND RACEWAY BACK TO THE POINT OF ORIGIN OR SOURCE. 3. ALL WIRES AND /OR CABLES MADE OBSOLETE BY DEMOLITION WORK AND /OR DESIGNATED TO BE REMOVED THAT ARE INSTALLED WITHOUT NON- SECURED CONDUIT OR RACEWAY IN WALL CAVITIES OR CEILING CAVITIES ABOVE HARD SUSPENDED CEILINGS, NOT BEING DEMOLISHED, MUST BE COMPLETELY REMOVED FROM THE WALL OR CEILING CAVITY BACK TO THE POINT OF ORIGIN OR SOURCE OR BETWEEN ALL POINTS THAT THE WIRES AND /OR CABLES CAN BE ACCESSED. 4. REFERENCE TO WIRES AND CABLES IN ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION NOTES INDICATES "BRANCH CIRCUIT, LIGHTING, POWER, CONTROL, TELEPHONE, DATA, COMMUNICATION SECURITY, FIRE ALARM, MISC.' WIRES AND CABLES. 5. VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND COORDINATE DEMOLITION WORK AND REQUIREMENTS WITH ALL PROJECT DOCUMENTS AND TRADES WORKING ON PROJECT. 6. 7. 8. NOTIFY KEY BANK REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY EXISTING CONDITIONS THAT CONFLICT WITH DEMOLITION WORK OF THIS PROJECT. LOCATIONS AND QUANTITIES OF DEVICES SHOWN FOR DEMOLITION ARE APPROXIMATE. ACTUAL CONDITIONS MUST BE VERIFIED AT PROJECT SITE. REPAIR AND PATCH TO MATCH EXISTING SURFACE DISTURBED AND /OR DAMAGED DUE TO THE DISCONNECTION AND /OR REMOVAL OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS. 9. REFERENCE TO "POINT OF ORIGIN OR SOURCE" FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS IN ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION NOTES MEANS THE EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARD CIRCUIT BREAKER OR THE FIRST BRANCH CIRCUIT OUTLET NOT DESIGNATED /REQUIRED FOR REMOVAL. 10. AS PART OF DEMOLITION WORK MODIFY AND /OR REPAIR ANY EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING, CABLING AND /OR RACEWAY THAT IS DISTURBED BY THE DEMOLITION WORK AND NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN BRANCH CIRCUIT CONTINUITY TO OTHER EXISTING OUTLETS OR ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS NOT DESIGNATED FOR REMOVAL. 11. WHERE EXISTING WIRES AND CABLES ARE NOT REMOVED AND DESIGNATED TO REMAIN AND LEFT AS SPARES, THE WIRE AND CABLE MUST BE PLACED WITHIN THE APPROPRIATE TYPE OF COVERED OUTLET BOX, MADE SAFE, TAGGED "SPARE' WITHIN THE OUTLET BOX AND THE OUTSIDE OF THE OUTLET BOX MARKED IDENTIFYING THE WIRES AND CABLES CONTAINED WITHIN THE BOX. 12. WHERE EXISTING WIRES AND /OR CABLES ARE DESIGNATED TO BE REMOVED AND CAN NOT BE REMOVED THE WIRES AND /OR CABLES ARE TO BE CUT FLUSH TO EXISTING SURFACES, CAPPED AND /OR SECURED AND THE LOCATIONS IDENTIFIED ON AN AS -BUILT DRAWING SET. 13. WHERE EXISTING CONDUITS AND /OR RACEWAYS ARE DESIGNATED TO BE REMOVED AND CAN NOT BE REMOVED THE CONDUITS ARE TO BE CUT FLUSH TO EXISTING SURFACES, CAPPED AND /OR SECURED AND THE LOCATIONS IDENTIFIED ON AN AS -BUILT DRAWING SET. 14. REFERENCE TO "POINTS OF ORIGIN OR SOURCE" FOR TELEPHONE, DATA, COMMUNICATION OR SECURITY CIRCUITS MEANS THE EXISTING CORRESPONDING TERMINAL STRIP, TERMINAL CABINET, PUNCH -DOWN BLOCK OR PATCH PANEL NOT DESIGNATED/REQUIRED FOR REMOVAL. 15. WHERE EXISTING WALLS OR CEIUNGS ARE DEMOUSHED OR DESIGNATED FOR DEMOLITION ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION DRAWINGS ALL NON- DESIGNATED EXISTING ELECTRICAL OUTLETS AND /OR ELECTRICAL DEVICE AND ALL ASSOCIATED WIRES, CABLES, AND /OR RACEWAY SYSTEMS MUST ALSO BE REMOVED TO THE POINT OF ORIGIN OR SOURCE. 16. WHERE EXISTING WALLS OR CEILINGS ARE DEMOUSHED OR DESIGNATED FOR DEMOLITION ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION DRAWINGS ALL NON- DESIGNATED TELEPHONE, DATA, COMMUNICATIONS AND /OR RACEWAY SYSTEMS MUST ALSO BE REMOVED TO THE POINT OF ORIGIN OR SOURCE. 17. DISCONNECT ALL ELECTRICAL, TELEPHONE, DATA, COMMUNICATION AND SECURITY CONNECTIONS TO ALL COUNTERS, FURNISHINGS AND FREE - STANDING PARTITIONS THAT ARE DESIGNATED FOR REMOVAL ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION DRAWINGS. 18. REFER TO DRAWINGS G -001 THROUGH G -004 AND G -100 THROUGH G -112 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 19. WHERE EXISTING FLOOR MOUNTED RECEPTACLE AND DATA BOXES ARE DEMOLISHED OR DESIGNATED FOR DEMOLITION, FLOOR MUST BE PATCHED. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKW ILA MAY '2'9 Z009 PERMIT CENTER SCALE: 1 /8 "= 0 8' 16' PLAN NORTH 24' JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 Client: 0 KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. B A Date 05 -05 -09 Designed By: CML Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID 04 -09 -09 DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: CML Checked By: DMR Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: FIRST FLOOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN Drawing ARA APP P MIT A REQUI APPROVAL D TE E -111 H -H 1-1 I- 0 CUSTOMER AREA L-G -I-1 H -{- - H O O I t LJTCDI 1-1--1 - '4 _I I1t t u-u-t t 1-I-� i-- I- I -1-I -I 1-14 -[-1-1 I - Irt t Irt t a-- 4 a --I I-I — — - f _ - Hi t-I� � I- t a- 1- 144-1- I-I•TI I-- I-t_1= ---- ri-tfil L-I-t �-1- -1-I 4-1- �-I-4 4-1 I ? 1 Irt 1 -. 1 t-1 I-t 4 ri� ri ri = fii F irt fii - I F rt fii I -u Z J- 1 -14 = � f U 1- -I I- -1- t _Irt t Irt - r1 (TYP OOO -,.N - 1- _ -1-I- 4-1 1- 1.1- -1 4-1-1 1-14 4-1-1 1-14 1-1-1 - 1 - t' t It t = 4-1- -I-1.4 -114 4-1 N t - H H t I t Ehi C CI -TO-n-1 4- I1 -11-1 1- I1 ---1 I L-+- -- t -J=f L f 1- -I H I C ■M 1- 'i-I O i / O C ■ II CONFEREN + o III c C ■ = 111 I- -N u (TYP.) TELLER AREA 109 P STAIRS 1ST -1 SCALE: 1/8" = 1' -0" VESTIBULE 100 EMERGENCY EXIT 106 FIRST FLOOR - ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION REFLECTED CEILING PLAN (TYP.) (TYP.) 0 SHEET KEYNOTES 1. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE, REUSE EXISTING CIRCUITS FOR NEW LIGHTS. 2. SWITCH LOCATION TO BE RELOCATED. INSTALL NEW SWITCHES AT NEW LOCATION AND EXTEND EXISTING CIRCUITS AS NECESSARY. REFER TO SHEET E -114 FOR NEW LOCATION. 3. NOT USED. 4. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING AND RACEWAY SYSTEM AND /OR BRANCH CIRCUIT CABLE SYSTEM. 5. MODIFY EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING AND RACEWAY SYSTEM AND /OR BRANCH CIRCUIT CABLE SYSTEM AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN OPERATION OF EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES OUTLETS NOT DESIGNATED FOR REMOVAL AND POWERED FROM THE SAME BRANCH CIRCUIT SERVING LIGHT FIXTURES OUTLETS DESIGNATED FOR REMOVAL. 1J69-- O 8r' ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION NOTES 1. ALL WIRES, CABLES, BOXES, CONDUIT AND /OR RACEWAYS MADE OBSOLETE BY DEMOLITION WORK AND /OR DESIGNATED TO BE REMOVED THAT ARE INSTALLED EXPOSED, CONCEALED IN WALLS AND /OR IN CAVITY SPACE ABOVE HARD SUSPENDED CEILINGS BEING DEMOLISHED, OR IN CAVITY SPACE ABOVE LAY -IN TILE SUSPENDED CEILING ARE CONSIDERED ACCESSIBLE MUST BE COMPLETELY REMOVED BACK TO THE POINT OF ORIGIN OR SOURCE. 2. ALL WIRES AND /OR CABLES MADE OBSOLETE BY DEMOLITION WORK AND /OR DESIGNATED TO BE REMOVED THAT ARE INSTALLED IN NON- ACCESSIBLE CONDUIT OR RACEWAY MUST BE COMPLETELY REMOVED FROM THE CONDUIT AND RACEWAY BACK TO THE POINT OF ORIGIN OR SOURCE. 3. ALL WIRES AND /OR CABLES MADE OBSOLETE BY DEMOLITION WORK AND /OR DESIGNATED TO BE REMOVED THAT ARE INSTALLED WITHOUT NON- SECURED CONDUIT OR RACEWAY IN WALL CAVITIES OR CEILING CAVITIES ABOVE HARD SUSPENDED CEILINGS, NOT BEING DEMOLISHED, MUST BE COMPLETELY REMOVED FROM THE WALL OR CEILING CAVITY BACK TO THE POINT OF ORIGIN OR SOURCE OR BETWEEN ALL POINTS THAT THE WIRES AND /OR CABLES CAN BE ACCESSED. 4. REFERENCE TO WIRES AND CABLES IN ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION NOTES INDICATES "BRANCH CIRCUIT, LIGHTING, POWER, CONTROL TELEPHONE, DATA, COMMUNICATION SECURITY, FIRE ALARM, MISC.' WIRES AND CABLES. 5. VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND COORDINATE DEMOLITION WORK AND REQUIREMENTS WITH ALL PROJECT DOCUMENTS AND TRADES WORKING ON PROJECT. 6. 7. 8. NOTIFY KEY BANK REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY EXISTING CONDITIONS THAT CONFLICT WITH DEMOLITION WORK OF THIS PROJECT. LOCATIONS AND QUANTITIES OF DEVICES SHOWN FOR DEMOLITION ARE APPROXIMATE. ACTUAL CONDITIONS MUST BE VERIFIED AT PROJECT SITE. REPAIR AND PATCH TO MATCH EXISTING SURFACE DISTURBED AND /OR DAMAGED DUE TO THE DISCONNECTION AND /OR REMOVAL OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS. 9. REFERENCE TO "POINT OF ORIGIN OR SOURCE" FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS IN ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION NOTES MEANS THE EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARD CIRCUIT BREAKER OR THE FIRST BRANCH CIRCUIT OUTLET NOT DESIGNATED /REQUIRED FOR REMOVAL. 10. AS PART OF DEMOLITION WORK MODIFY AND /OR REPAIR ANY EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING, CABLING AND /OR RACEWAY THAT IS DISTURBED BY THE DEMOLITION WORK AND NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN BRANCH CIRCUIT CONTINUITY TO OTHER EXISTING OUTLETS OR ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS NOT DESIGNATED FOR REMOVAL. 11. WHERE EXISTING WIRES AND CABLES ARE NOT REMOVED AND DESIGNATED TO REMAIN AND LEFT AS SPARES, THE WIRE AND CABLE MUST BE PLACED WITHIN THE APPROPRIATE TYPE OF COVERED OUTLET BOX, MADE SAFE, TAGGED "SPARE' WITHIN THE OUTLET BOX AND THE OUTSIDE OF THE OUTLET BOX MARKED IDENTIFYING THE WIRES AND CABLES CONTAINED WITHIN THE BOX. 12. WHERE EXISTING WIRES AND /OR CABLES ARE DESIGNATED TO BE REMOVED AND CAN NOT BE REMOVED THE WIRES AND /OR CABLES ARE TO BE CUT FLUSH TO EXISTING SURFACES, CAPPED AND /OR SECURED AND THE LOCATIONS IDENTIFIED ON AN AS -BUILT DRAWING SET. 13. WHERE EXISTING CONDUITS AND /OR RACEWAYS ARE DESIGNATED TO BE REMOVED AND CAN NOT BE REMOVED THE CONDUITS ARE TO BE CUT FLUSH TO EXISTING SURFACES, CAPPED AND /OR SECURED AND THE LOCATIONS IDENTIFIED ON AN AS -BUILT DRAWING SET. 14. REFERENCE TO "POINTS OF ORIGIN OR SOURCE' FOR TELEPHONE, DATA, COMMUNICATION OR SECURITY CIRCUITS MEANS THE EXISTING CORRESPONDING TERMINAL STRIP, TERMINAL CABINET, PUNCH -DOWN BLOCK OR PATCH PANEL NOT DESIGNATED/REQUIRED FOR REMOVAL. 15. WHERE EXISTING WALLS OR CEILINGS ARE DEMOLISHED OR DESIGNATED FOR DEMOLITION ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION DRAWINGS ALL NON- DESIGNATED EXISTING ELECTRICAL OUTLETS AND /OR ELECTRICAL DEVICE AND ALL ASSOCIATED WIRES, CABLES, AND /OR RACEWAY SYSTEMS MUST ALSO BE REMOVED TO THE POINT OF ORIGIN OR SOURCE. 16. WHERE EXISTING WALLS OR CEILINGS ARE DEMOLISHED OR DESIGNATED FOR DEMOLITION ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION DRAWINGS ALL NON- DESIGNATED TELEPHONE, DATA, COMMUNICATIONS AND /OR RACEWAY SYSTEMS MUST ALSO BE REMOVED TO THE POINT OF ORIGIN OR SOURCE. 17. DISCONNECT ALL ELECTRICAL, TELEPHONE, DATA, COMMUNICATION AND SECURITY CONNECTIONS TO ALL COUNTERS, FURNISHINGS AND FREE- STANDING PARTITIONS THAT ARE DESIGNATED FOR REMOVAL ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION DRAWINGS. 18. REFER TO DRAWINGS G -001 THROUGH G -004 AND G -100 THROUGH G -112 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWLA MAY 2 Z009 PERMIT CENTER SCALE: 1/8"= 1' - 0 B' 16' PLAN NORTH 24' JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 Client: 0 KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. B A Date 05 -05 -09 04 -09 -09 Designed By: CML Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: CML Checked By: DMR Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: FIRST FLOOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION REFLECTED CEILING PLAN Drawin ARgTE MIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED E -112 T- 32(IG) T -34 IG T-36 IG T- 26(IG) T- 28(IG) T- 30(IG) T- 5(IG) +30 11 II II II T- 18(IG) (TYP.) TELLER AREA - ENLARGED POWER PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = CUSTOMER AREA. T- 9,11,13 T- 12(IG) T- 9,11,13 T- 12(IG) 4 5; T- 0 • T -8(IG) 4 5' ATM ROOM TELLER AREA 109 TELLER WORK AREA STAIRS 1ST -1 I SCALE: 1/8° = 1' -0' WHEELCHAIR LIFT IWL -1 I VESTIBULE 100 EMERGENCY EXIT 106 FIRST FLOOR - POWER PLAN WORK STATION STATION 131 WORK STATION WORK STATION 4 CONFERENCE ROOM 102 OFFICE OFFICE 104 SALES WORK ROOM 105 0 SHEET KEYNOTES GENERAL SHEET NOTES 1. PROVIDE A 4" SQUARE X 2 1/8" DEEP STEEL OUTLET BOX 1. WITHOUT COVER AT 14' AFF FOR ATM ALARM AND CAMERA JUNCTION BOX. DIEBOLD WILL PROVIDE COVER PLATE, TAMPER SWITCH, AND ALARM WIRES. 2. PROVIDE A 4" SQUARE X 2 1/8" DEEP STEEL OUTLET BOX WITHOUT COVER AT 84' FOR AHD ALARM JUNCTION BOX. DIEBOLD WILL PROVIDE COVER PLATE, TAMPER SWITCH, AND ALARM WIRES. 3. PROVIDE A VACANT 3/4' LIQUID TIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT FROM ATM ALARM JUNCTION BOX TO ATM UNIT. 4. VIDEO WALL RECEPTACLES, SEE DETAIL #3 ON DRAWING E -501. VERIFY MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH BLUEWATER TECH DRAWINGS. 5. FREESTANDING FURNITURE PARTITION SECURITY AND VOICE/DATA TO BE RUN IN SAME CONDUIT TO JUNCTION BOX LOCATIONS. SECURITY DEVICE AND CABLE ROUTING SHALL BE BY THE SECURITY VENDOR. VOICE/DATA SHALL BE MOUNTED /ROUTED IN THE FURNITURE PARTITIONS. 6. COORDINATE OUTLET INSTALLATION WITH FURNITURE VENDOR. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF OUTLET MOUNTING AND ATTACHMENT REQUIREMENTS AND VERIFY EXACT BRANCH CIRCUIT ROUTING AND ATTACHMENT REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE. 7. POWER RECEPTACLES TO BE SURFACE MOUNTED, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 8. NOT USED. 9. NOT USED. 10. NOT USED. 11. CONNECT TO EXISTING RECEPTACLE CIRCUIT IN THE SAME ROOM. 12. TELLER COUNTER POWER JUNCTION BOX. SEE SHEET DETAILS #4 & #11. 13. TELE /DATA JUNCTION BOX. PROVIDE A JUNCTION BOX FLUSH MOUNTED IN WALL MOUNTED AT SPECIFIED HEIGHT WITH A 3/4" CONDUIT STUBBED 6" ABOVE CEILING. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH DRAWINGS BY RJC CONSULTING, SEE SHEET E -501, DETAIL #10. 14. FOR REFERENCE ONLY - WIRELESS ACCESS POINT. SEE RJC CONSULTING DRAWINGS. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. CAMERA OUTLET BOX, FLUSH CEILING MOUNTED. NOT USED. NOT USED. NOT USED. SECURITY JUNCTION BOX. PROVIDE A JUNCTION BOX FLUSH MOUNTED IN WALL MOUNTED AT SPECIFIED HEIGHT WITH A 3/4' CONDUIT STUBBED 6" ABOVE CEILING. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH DRAWINGS BY DIEBOLD, SEE SHEET E -501, DETAIL #10. 20. SYSTEM SECURITY JUNCTION BOX FLUSH CEILING MOUNTED. 21. COORDINATE JUNCTION BOX MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS WITH OUTDOOR SIGNAGE VENDOR. CONNECT TO EXISTING SIGNAGE CIRCUIT. 22. NOT USED. 23. NOT USED. 24. NOT USED. 25. NOT USED. 26. NOT USED. 27. FREESTANDING FURNITURE PARTITION POWER WALL BOX. SEE DETAIL #11 SHEET E -501. 28. NOT USED. 29. NOT USED. 30. NOT USED. 31. SECURITY OUTLET BOX, FLUSH CEILING MOUNTED WITH 3/4 °C. ROUTED DOWN WALL CAVITY TO DOOR JAMB. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 32. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX ABOVE CEILING AND CONNECTION TO NEW MOTORIZED MECHANICAL DAMPER. 33. NOT USED. 34. PROVIDE POWER J-BOX FOR NEW ATM DRIVE UP SIGNAGE. CONNECT TO EXISTING CIRCUIT. 35. NOT USED. 36. EXISTING COLOR CAMERA TO BE REUSED. CONSULT OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND SECURITY VENDOR. 37. VERIFY CAMERA LOCATION AT EXTERIOR WITH SECURITY VENDOR DRAWINGS. 38. TELLER COUNTER TELE/DATA/SECURITY FEED. SEE SHEET E -501 DETAILS #4 & #6. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. bo9o8' SEE DRAWING E -501 FOR ELECTRICAL DETAILS. SEE DRAWING E -601 FOR ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS. SEE DRAWING E-602 FOR ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES. SEE DRAWING G -111 FOR ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS. SEE DRAWINGS D1 A, D -1 B, D-2A AND D3A FOR ADDITIONAL ELECTRICAL WORK, INFORMATION AND REQUIRMENTS RELATED TO TELEPHONE, DATA, COMMUNICATION AND SECURITY SYSTEM. PROVIDE PULL STRING IN ALL EMPTY RACEWAYS. SCALE: 1/8"= 1' -0" 0 8' RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 'L\9 2UO9 PERMIT CENTER PLAN NORTH 16' 24' JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 Client: Oft KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PI D# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. B A Date 05 -05 -09 04 -09 -09 Designed By: CML D MIT AND rawin ROVAL REQUIRED Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: CML Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: FIRST FLOOR ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN SEPARATE Checked By: DMR E -113 O 0 CUSTOMER AREA GENCY IT X1 I / :1:� ATM ROOM TELLER AREA TELLER WORK AREA STAIRS 1ST -1 SCALE: 1/8' = 1' -0' WHEELCHAIR LIFT VESTIBULE WORK STATION WORK STATION WORK STATION WORK STATION - I 4 1 FIRST FLOOR - ELECTRICAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN (TYP.) CONFERENCE ROOM OFFICE 103 OFFICE 104 SALES WORK ROOM 0 SHEET KEYNOTES 1. PROVIDE NEW LIGHT FIXTURE AS SPECIFIED. RE- CONNECT EXISTING UGHT FIXTURE BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING AND LIGHT SWITCH TO NEW LIGHT FIXTURE. 2. NOT USED. 3. PROVIDE NEW CEILING MOUNT SPEAKERS, COORDINATE SPEAKERS CABLE INSTALLATION AND CONNECTIVITY WITH DATA EQUIPMENT VENDOR. 4. NOT USED. 5. PROVIDE NEW EXIT SIGN AND CONNECT TO EXISTING CIRCUIT IN AREA. CONNECT EXIT SIGN AHEAD OF SWITCH. 6. PROVIDE NEW WALL MOUNTED UGHT SWITCH /OCCUPANCY SENSOR. INTERCEPT EXISTING HOT CIRCUIT AND ROUTE TO NEW UGHT SWITCH /OCCUPANCY SENSOR. 7. RELOCATED LIGHT SWITCH LOCATION. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW LIGHT SWITCHES. MAINTAIN EXISTING CIRCUITING AND EXTEND AS NECESSARY FROM PREVIOUS LOCATION. 8. EXISTING UGHT FIXTURE TO BE RE -WIRED THROUGH NEW LIGHT SWITCH /OCCUPANCY SENSOR. 9. PROVIDE NEW FIXTURES AS SCHEDULED AS REQUIRED BY THE JURISDICTION. EXISTING CIRCUITING AND LIGHTING CONTROL TO REMAIN. boO�c o GENERAL SHEET NOTES 1. SEE SHEET E-602 FOR LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE. 2. REUSE EXISTING LIGHTING CIRCUITS. 3. SEE SHEET G -003 FOR TYPICAL MOUNTING LOCATIONS FOR UGHT SWITCHES. 4. REFER TO DRAWINGS G -001 THROUGH G -004 AND G -101 THROUGH G -112 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS. CORRECTIO LTR #. r ) , SCALE: 1/8"= 1' -0" 0 8' RECEIVED JUN 292009 PERMIT CENTER 16' PLAN NORTH 24' JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 - 4304 Client: KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. 0 B A Date 06 -25 -09 05 -05 -09 04 -09 -09 Designed By: CML SFPARAT Dray ►.' ` . ROYAL 8IT RE Q UIRED Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: CML Checked By: DMR Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: FIRST FLOOR ELECTRICAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN E -114 X09 -081p NOT USED • NOT USED EMT 90 ° ELBOW ABOVE CEILING TYP. FOR DATA (TYP.) BUSHED END 1 --r , NOT USED jAcoBs. 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 (1) 1-1/2' EMT BUSHED END ABOVE CEILING (TYP.) ABOVE CEILING i I .� M END S BUSHED (3) 1 -1/2" E WALL OPENING SEE DETAIL 6 SHEET E -501 LCD MONITOR f l MONITOR ( - -------------- - - - - -- STEEL LALA� EMT IN WALL (TyP.) ` I CAB OTHERS, I to I I 1 SEE DETAIL 11 � i � T ' ' p AA..4t.• _ 4s r , G. .R% s 9 WAS � s, � � 4 , ��. , 4 �4 �� y • . 1 Cs° ; 1 j . " . ', . f %Lio r $4 , �� � ` . - . - . %�q I . ,o _ • it t �q9 09 _ -/ i SHEET E 501 I / � I I j j 1 _�� ELECTRICAL FLUSH ELECTRICAL RING RECESSED (3) GANG BOX WITH MOUNTED SINGLE GANG BOX WITH DRY (TYP.) WALL (3) 120V, 20A WALL WALL EXTENSION II 2 1/2" l � 1 .\ DUPLEX RECEPTACLES (TYP.) 2x4 LCD VIDEO WALL OUTLET ELEVATION I I 1 If I I, WALL TYPICAL TELLER OUTLET BOX ELEVATION SCALE: NTS 101/2" COUNTER 0 SCALE: NTS SCALE: NTS SCALE NTS SC ALE: NTS BUSHED END (2) -3/4" EMT TO TOP OF OPENING FOR BRANCH CIRCUIT EMT OR CABLE EMT VACANT 3/4" WITH BUSHED ENDS TEL/DATA OUTLET LOCATION. EMT WITH REQUIRED BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING FREESTANDING PARTITION II= \ Il l NO OPENING AND NO BACKBOX REQUIRED MIN. 20" TO CLEAR U.C. STEEL III 6° j , / DX RPTCE SU IG RFACE UPLE MTD TO ECE TELLE STATION FRAMING R — IG DUPLEX RECEPTACLE HOLE IN FURNITURE FOR PRINTER ELEC. Client: 4.1lire KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 ��������������������� (3) -1y" EMT TO TOP OF OPENING FOR TELLER COUNTER FEED RI PLUG PRINTER BY OWNER (NIC) TO NEXT SUSPENDED CEILING BRANCH CONNECTOR CABLE 0 4" SQUARE x 21/8 DEEP METAL THRU WALL BOX FURNITURE SIDE PANEL —' .. 5/8" GYPSUM WALL BOARD BUSHED END 3 5/8' GA.) METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. (25 : BRUSHED METAL COVER PLATE ,_ _ ,._ � � FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT ,� i�— ' I �� -a-- f — _. ._ . � r _ — — — — e ' GYPSUM WALL BOARD _ ..h IT H _..— .._._..; CTOE METAL O CONDUIT IG DUPLEX FLEX LE METAL BRANCH WIT REQUIRED BRAI�k CIRC IT WIRING CONVENT NCE POWER QUAD RE EPTACLE ! i i it � -- — -- _II N RECEPTACLE ! !STEEL ! ! 'CABINET BY OTHERS, i : SCHEDULED FINISH FLOOR (2) SINGLE GANG DRY WALL RINGS FOR FREESTANDING PARTITION 94° FLEXIBLE META Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS r� 3434 SOUTH E 152ND � ST • S EATT LE , V /� V ` 98188 I TYP (NIC !! L--------- - - - --1 CO NDUIT CONNECTOR DUPLEX RECEPTACLE OUTLET SEE DETAIL 10B ( ELBOW - -- OPENING —NON - ISOLATED 9 WALL OUTLET BOX — EMT WITH REQUIRED 7' x 8" FRAMED WALL FOR TELLER COUNTER FEED SEE DETAIL 1 DA FINISH FLOOR COVER PLATE BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING 4 WALL BOX FOR WIRING (WITH ISOLATED GROUND GROUND DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE TYPICAL TELLER SIDE ELEVATION SECTION:FLUSH BRANCH CIRCUIT OR WITHOUT E -501 COUNTER W/ PRINTER STATION E -501 TYPICAL TELLER COUNTER REAR ELEVATION ' 1 SECTION: TELEPHONE/ r OPENING FOR DATA/ SECURITY CABLES 6 SCALE: NTS *SEE DETAIL 10 SHEET E -501 FOR ELEVATION SCALE: NTS *SEE DETAIL 11 SHEET E -501 FOR ELEVATION 8 SCALE: NTS NOTE: HOLES IN FURNITURE BY OTHERS 9 `r SCALE: NTS .. NOTE: HOLES IN FURNITURE BY OTHERS EMT WITH REQUIRED BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING (TYP.) VACANT iY' EMT _ \ BRANCH CIRCUIT EMT OR CABLE INTO TOP OF BOX IN FINISHED WALL 1-1 No. Date Issue /Revision \ \ FRAMED WALL OPENING. 6 „ E-501 TO NEXT FURNITURE DETAIL SEE ARCH. DWGS FOR SECTION j / 0 � 0 0 TWO GANG S.S. COVER PLATE I (1) 3/4 KNOCK EP OUT HOLE IN $.S CVR LATE I FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT 0 � — ______ _ -� -- 17 " == ======= 'I "2==a aaaaaa =aaasS aa ==" aaaaaaaaa = I I= 'I ELEVATION: OPENING FOR TELLER / f j TELEPHONE /DATA /SECURITY CABLES 1) 3/4' 90° FLEXIBLE METAL �ONdUIT CONNECTOR ELBOW --- _ �_ - = �= aaas � a aa�a= �a =aaa� 1- aa= aaa= aaa =s' B 05 -05 -09 ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID -. ! 90° FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT CONNECTOR -o � 3/4" EMT 0 `' 12) 0 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 9 zoos 314" FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT TO FIRST RECEPTACLE JUNCTION BOX ! I L : . VACANT 3/4" EMT I J A 04-09-09 DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Designed By: CML Drawn By: CML Checked By: DMR 1 0 SCALE: NTS *SEE DETAIL 6 SHEET E -501 FOR SECTION WALL OUTL BOX SEE DETAIL 1 SHEET E -501 IG DUPLEX RECEPTACLE TYP. Project No.: F5W86602 " EMT - NON IG DOUBLE 8 DUPLEX — _ _ _. scale /4$ NOTED ELEVATION: FLUSH WALL BOX FOR BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING (WITH OR WITHOUT) ISOLATED GROUND TO / Sheet Title: ELECTRICAL DETAILS S C PAR ATE E -501 RECEPTACLE OW.) SINGLE GANG DRY WALL RING 6" �= ' — --.1.1 OWNER (NIC) ) OPENING SECURITY WALL OPENING TELE/DATA WALL ELEVATION: OPENING FOR PARTITION RITY CABLES T E LE P H O N E /DATA /S E C U ABLE v TELLER COUNTER OR FREESTANDING PARTITION SCALE: NTS *SEE DETAIL 7 SHEET E-501 FOR SECTION E -501 TYPICAL TELLER COUNTER PLAN Draw p � APPROVAL APPROVAL '' E-501 REQUIRED ' SCALE: NTS PERMIT CEN TER 10 B SCALE: NTS *SEE DETAIL 6 SHEET E -501 FOR SECTION NOTE: HOLES IN FURNITURE BY OTHERS 1,...- I • 1 • 30A n I • • HN ,----. —IG -I G ., i EXISTING FEEDER EXISTING FEEDER NEW 100A/3P CIRCUIT BREAKER WALL FLUSH OUTLET BOX SEE DETAIL 11 SHEET E -501 POWER PANELBOARD 00 ISOLATED GROUND PANELBOARD CIRCUIT #9 -...; CIRCUIT #11 -•-• CIRCUIT #13 ---• -. CIRCUIT #12 -•- SCALE: NTS EXISTING ELECTRICAL SERVICE '\/ (N) 1-1/2" C - (4) #3, (1) #6 GND, & (1) #6 IG NEUTRAL BUS GROUND BUS NEUTRAL BUS I.G. BUS GROUND BUS CURRENT XFMR (E) 0 0 (E) PANEL MDP 400A FURNITURE MFGR CIRCUIT DESIGNATOR n N1 1 I L4 G2 EXISTING i.. SERVICE METER (E PANEL A 200A SCALE: NTS FURNITURE MFGR WIRE CONFIGURATION BLACK RED BLUE WH /BLK GREEN PINK WH/RED GRN/YLW GREEN EXISTING FEEDER (E) PANEL L 100A FURNITURE CONNECTION SIDE (E) PANEL M 200A FREESTANDING PARTITION SERVICE WIRING (E) PANEL P 200A CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLES n � PANEL T (N) 120/208 125A RISER DIAGRAM - POWER DISTRIBUTION (CUBICLE A & B) (CUBICLE A & B) (CUBICLE A & B) HNG HNG HNG CKT. #1 CKT. #2 CKT. #3 -JTVSS - I- -.--r 1 DEDICATED COMPUTER RECEPTACLES (CUBICLE A) HNIG CKT. #4 f NEW TVSS, ATLANTIC SCEINTIFIC MODEL -12101 NEW TVSS, SURGEX MODEL - SX20 -NE (CUBICLE B) HNIG CKT. #4 0 KEY NOTES 1. PROVIDE A U.L. LISTED COMMON HANDLE TIE FOR SINGLE POLE CIRCUIT BREAKER OR PROVIDE A 3 -POLE CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH A COMMON TRIP HANDLE FOR ALL MULTIWIRE BRANCH CIRCUITS PER NEC 2008 ARTICLE 605.7 & 210.4(B) 2. BUNDLE AND TIE -WRAP TOGETHER MULTIWIRE CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS PER NEC 2008 ARTICLE 210.4 D. 3. IF EXISTING RACEWAYS ARE NOT ADEQUATE FOR ADDED ISOLATED GROUND CONDUCTOR, REMOVE EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING AND RACEWAYS AND PROVIDE NEW. 4. FURNITURE PRE - MANUFACTURED FLEXIBLE CABLE. PROVIDED BY FURNITURE MANUFACTURER. 5. IF ONLY ONE FREESTANDING PARTITION IS BEING SERVED MULTIWIRE CONDITIONS ARE NOT APPLICABLE AND CIRCUIT 1,2 AND 3 WILL BE CONNETED TO A SINGLE PHASE CONDUCTOR. • MATCH EXISTING GROUND BAR SERVICE GROUND AT SERVICE CONDUCTOR PANELBOARD "MDP" GROUND BAR IN ETO ROOM (1) #6, 3/4" EMT BOND GROUND WIRE AT BOTH ENDS OF CONDUIT OR RUN IN ENT. NEW ISOLATED GROUND PANELBOARD "T" SCALE: NTS SERVICE SWITCH NEUTRAL BUS NEW #6 IG BACK TO MDP EXISTING SERVICE GROUND BUSBAR ISOLATED FROM ENCLOSURE I- IG EXISTING SERVICE CONDUCTORS N 1 • • • • • • • • 0- • EMT IG G N 0A 0B 0C (100A/3P FEED) NEW 100A /3P BREAKER TVSS •LOAD• - - • LINE • -- •NEUT•— — •GRND TYPICAL THREE WIRE DIAGRAM WITH ISOLATED GROUND NEW TVSS, 90kA SURGE HANDLING CAPABILITY ATLANTIC SCIENTIFIC MODEL 12101 TYPICAL ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLE I1 TYPICAL ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLE FOR LCD VIDEO MONITOR ORANGE BODY WITH GREEN TRIANGLE OUTLET BOX NEW TVSS: SURGEX MODEL SX20 -NE GC TO INSTALL SURGEX CONDITIONER PROVIDED BY VIDEO WALL EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER. ORANGE BODY WITH GREEN TRIANGLE --- OUTLET BOX oa• RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY - 2'9 2009 PERMIT CENTER JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 Client: 07f. KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. B A Date 05 -05 -09 04 -09 -09 Designed By: CML Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: CML Checked By: DMR Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: SEPARATE ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS DrPER ► . AND N F P , • AL REQUIRED E -601 LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE TYPE MARK DESCRIPTION VOLT LAMPS MOUNTING MANUFACTURER CATALOG NUMBER REMARKS NO. TYPE HEIGHT TYPE 2x2 Lay-in Fluorescent A 2' x 2' VOLUMETRIC LAY -IN FLUORESCENT TROFFER. BAKED ENAMEL FINISH. ELECTRONIC BALLAST. 120AC 2 24T5H0 - RECESSED CEILING METALUX 2AC- 224T5 -UNV- LGF24T5M GND . 2x2 Lay -in Emergency AE 2' x 2' VOLUMETRIC LAY -IN FLUORESCENT TROFFER. BAKED ENAMEL FINISH. EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP ELECTRONIC BALLAST. 120AC 2 24T5H0 - RECESSED CEILING METALUX 2AC- 224T5 -UNV- LGF24T5M BALLAST: BODINE LP600 (`-) BASEMENTLIGHTS 2x2 Surface Fluorescent g 2' x 2' SURFACE MOUNTED FLUORESCENT FIXTURE. BAKED ENAMEL FINISH. PRISMATIC DIFFUSER LENS. 120AC 3 17W T8 - SURFACE CEILING LITHONIA 2M -3- 17 -Al2 -MVOLT -GEB10 12 1x4 Surface Fluorescent C 1' x 4' SURFACE MOUNTED FLUORESCENT FIXTURE. 120AC 2 54T5H0 - SURFACE CEILING COOPER VT3- 254T5DR- 120- EHT2 -U 12 Jellal / elgel 4 KEY BANK SPECIFIED DESK LAMP. ON /OFF SWITCH BUILT INTO LAMP BASE. WHITE HAND BLOWN CASE GLASS SHADE. 120AC 1 150W BT15 N/A SURFACE DESK ESTILUZ M9063 -37 -MOD 1440 bulumv 1oua E KNUCKLE MOUNTED AWNING ACCENT UGHT. WHITE DIE -CAST A360 ALUMINUM BODY AND SWIVEL MOUNTING KNUCKLE. 120AC 1 50MR16 - RECESSED CEILING HYDREL 4620- M501- 120NRKM WMSAWH 12 Recessed Down Light F 6' WHITE SELF FLANGED SPECULAR REFLECTOR, COMPACT FLUORESCENT DOWN UGHT, WHITE TRIM RING AND ELECTRONIC BALLAST. 120AC 1 42TRT - RECESSED CEILING CAPRI CM6- FV26/32/42U- V65 -CH24 20/1 . Recessed Down Light EM FE 6" WHITE SELF FLANGED SPECULAR REFLECTOR, COMPACT FLUORESCENT DOWN LIGHT, WHITE TRIM RING AND EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP ELECTRONIC BALLAST. 120AC 1 42TRT - RECESSED CEILING CAPRI CM6- FV26/32/42UE- V65 -CH24 900 . Recessed Wall Wash Down Light 12 6" WHITE SELF FLANGED SPECULAR REFLECTOR, COMPACT FLUORESCENT WALL WASH DOWN UGHT, WHITE WALL WASH TRIM RING AND ELECTRONIC BALLAST. 120AC 1 42TRT - RECESSED CEIUNG CAPRI CM6- FV26/32/42U- VW65 -CH24 580 Recessed Down Light G 3" MICRO RECESSED REMODEL LOW VOLTAGE DOWNLIGHT. 20 GA. DEEP DRAWN SINGLE PIECE HOUSING WITH VERTICAL ADJUSTMENT IN FRAME. CLASS H MAGNETIC TRANSFORMER. 3A-45 (SPECIFY COLOR) TRIM RING AND BAFFLE. 120AC 1 50MR16 SOFFIT HEIGHT RECESSED CEIUNG CAPRI 3ALVR -3A-45 FREESTANDING PARTI110N 3 TELLER PRINTER STATIONS {IG) TELLER ROW 2 2x2 Lay-in Fluorescent H 2' x 2' LAY -IN FLUORESCENT TROFFER. BAKED ENAMEL FINISH. PRISMATIC DIFFUSER LENSE. ELECTRONIC BALLAST. 120AC 2 24T5H0 - RECESSED CEIUNG LITHONIA 2SP5-G-2-2475H0-Al2-120- GEB1OPS 19 2x4 Lay-in Fluorescent J 2' x 4' VOLUMETRIC LAY -IN FLUORESCENT TROFFER. BAKED ENAMEL FINISH. ELECTRONIC BALLAST. 120AC 2 54T5 - RECESSED CEILING METALUX 2AC- 254T5- UNVGLL5835 -U 10 Pendant Light p HANGING SURFACE MOUNTED PENDANT FIXTURE. (3) DECORATIVE GLASS PENDANT LIGHTS ATTACHED TO A CEILING MOUNTED CANOPY. COLORED GLASS SHADES WITH COMPACT FLUORESCENT LAMPS. 120AC 3 PL18 QUAD 6' -6" AFF PENDANT LBL LIGHTING PF- 5490 -OP -PC 18Q CANOPY MODEL NO. CK003D -GL Exterior Wall Light T e"W x 4.5•H x 12'0 CAST ALUMINUM DOWNLIGHT WALL BRACKET, PLATINUM SILVER FINISH, INTERNAL ALZAK REFLECTOR, TEMPERED GLASS LENS, HPF LOW TEMPERATURE BALLAST, (1) 42W CF LAMP. 120AC 1 42TRT - SURFACE WALL KIM SW1- 42PL120 -PS -P ILLUMINATION LEVEL IN THE AREA 5FT FROM WALL AND SET 8FT WIDE IS 12FC AVERAGE MAINTAINED. 14611 )1sEl ITEM W 27 - 5/8" x 2 - 3/26" ADJUSTABLE FLUORESCENT TASK LIGHT. WHITE PAINTED 0.09' THICK EXTRUDED ALUMINUM HOUSING WITH 120° LAMP HOUSING ADJUSTMENT. 120AC 1 24T5H0 5' -6' SURFACE WALL ALKCO TAB124- RSW/WH /LESS SWITCH SPACE 11X X EDGE -UT EXIT SIGN 6 HIGH LETTERS, BRUSHED ALUMINUM RECESSED HOUSING WITH INTEGRAL BATTERY BACKUP. RED ON MIRROR BACKGROUND. PROVIDE FACES AND ARROW DIRECTION AND BACKBOX WHEN ORDERING. ADDITIONAL MODEL ADDERS ED D •- •' , Do :L A ■ 120AC N/A LED - RECESSED CEILING MCPHILBEN TER45VXL1 RW CLG MT 1 FACE NO ARROWS TER45VXL1RWAL CLG MT 1 FACE ARROW LEFT TER45VXL1 RWAR CLG MT 1 FACE ARROW RIGHT TER45VXL1 RW CLG MT 1 FACE NO ARROWS A : : . -:5 BD . 6iew3/4x3 ogwoo X1 COMBINATION EXIT /EMERGENCY SIGN, WHITE HOUSING WITH INTEGRAL BATTERY BACKUP AND RED LETTERS. 120AC (NORMAL) 6DC (EMERGY) - 2 LED 5W MR11 - ABOVE DOOR MCPHILBEN CCHX- 25 -3 -R -B TVSS /LCD VIDEO MONITOR RECEPTACLES(IG) Remote Emergency Head XE REMOTE EMERGENCY LIGHT POWERED FROM FIXTURE X1 6DC 28 12W HALOGEN FURNISHED WITH FIXTURE - ABOVE DOOR MCPHILBEN CR1CSBF SPACE 1 . KEY BANK HAS A NATIONAL PRICING AGREEMENT WITH AN ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTOR. PURCHASE LIGHTING FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES FROM GRAYBAR 1100 E.55TH ST, CLEVELAND, OH 44103. PHONE NUMBER: (216) -432 -2500 CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL BOARD SCHEDULE PANEL ID; T VOLTAGE: 120/208 MAIN: PALO FED FROM: MDP LOCATION: ETO ROOM PHASE; 3 kAIC RATING; 10 FEEDER WIRE SIZE; 4 #3, 1 #6GND, 1 #61G WIRE; 4 MOUNTING; SURFACE FEEDER ENTRY; TBD BUS AMPACITY: 125 ENCLOSURE: NEMA 1 CKT. BRKR WIRE BRANCH CIRCUIT LOAD /PHASE BRANCH CIRCUFF WIRE BRKR CKT. NO. TRIP COND NEUT GND DESCRIPTION LOAD A B 1 C LOAD DESCRIPTION LAND NEUT GND TRIP NO. 1 20/1 12 12 12 ETO RECEPTACLES (1G) 180 360 (`-) BASEMENTLIGHTS 2 180 ETO RECEPTACLES (IG) 12 12 12 20/1 2 3 20/1 12 12 12 ETO RECEPTACLES (IG) 540 720 180 ETO RECEPTACLES (IG) 12 12 12 20/1 4 5 20/1 12 12 12 ETO RECEPTACLES (IG) 720 20/1 1440 720 ETO RECEPTACLES (IG) 12 12 12 20/1 6 7 20/1 12 12 12 ETO RECEPTACLES (1G) 108'3 1620 NEW EW PANEL T (IGl 540 OFFICE/SALES WORK AREA (IG) 12 12 12 20/1 8 9 20/3 2011 20, 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 FREESTANDING PARTITION 1 720 1620 900 OFFICE/SALES WORK AREA 12 12 12 20/1 10 11 12 FREESTANDING PARTITION 2 720 580 1440 720 FREESTANDING PARTITON 4 (IG) 12 12 12 20/1 12 13 15 17 12 12 12 FREESTANDING PARTI110N 3 TELLER PRINTER STATIONS {IG) TELLER ROW 2 720 360 1080 1800 I 2160 1080 200 1080 TELLER ROW 2 (IG) MOTORIZED DAMPER TELLER ROW 1 00) 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 20/1 2011 20/I 14 16 19 19 2011 12 12 12 TELLER ROW 2 1080 1180 100 TVSS 10 10 10 3013 20 21 20/1 12 12 12 WP MAINTENANCE RECEPTACLE 180 20/1 280 100 10 22 23 0 I (.[ r, EMf N a RF -1 PT STV PA ; Rc. (E) BASEVENT RECEPT SPACE 1 201' 100 100 10 24 25 2:}/1 SPARE SPACE 0 180 180 TVSS /LCD VIDEO MONITOR RECEPTACLES(IG) 12 12 12 20/1 26 27 SPARE SPACE 0 180 180 TVSS /LCD VIDEO MONITOR RECEPTACLES(IG) 12 12 12 20/1 28 29 (E) UPSTAIRS RECEPT 1 672 SPACE 10/2 NEW ACX3J -? 180 180 TVSS /LCD VIDEO MONITOR RECEPTACLES(IG) 12 12 12 20/1 30 31 (=) LiAStM1_N7'FiEGtI�IS 1872 SPACE 10 10 180 3t 180 TVSS/LCD VIDEO MONITOR RECEPTACLES(IG) 12 12 12 2011 32 33 160 NEW U 12 I 12 12 SPACE 36 :0 180 180 TVSS/LCD VIDEO MONITOR RECEPTACLES(IG) 12 12 12 20/1 34 35 I 200/, 40 SPACE 20/1 180 180 TVSS/LCD VIDEO MONITOR RECEPTACLES(IG) 12 12 12 20/1 36 37 20/1 42 TOTAL, CCNNECTED 'VA' L C'A1D; 'PANEL 2CC:2 SPACE 16/2 0 !_1224 SPACE 38 39 SPACE 0 SPACE 40 41 SPACE 0 SPACE 42 TOTAL CONNECTED 'VA" LOAD: 5320 I 3544 5500 14360 PANEL NOTES: CIRCUIT BREAKER NOTES (X); 1, PROVIDE EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS AND ADDITIONAL ISOLATED GROUND BUS 1_0: LOCK OUT BREAKER 2, REFER TO SHEET E -601, DETAIL 3 FOR CIRCUITS #9,11.13 GFI: GROUND FAULT CURRENT INTERRUPT HACK: HACK TYPE BREAKER IG: ISOLATED GROUND CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL BOARD SCHEDULE PANEL ID: MDP VOLTAGE: 120/208 MAIN: 400A MLO FED FROM: UTILITY LOCATION: BASEMENT PHASE: 3 kAIC RATING: EXISTING FEEDER WIRE SIZE: EXISTI WIRE: 4 MOUNTING; SURFACE FEEDER ENTRY; EXISTING BUS AMPACITY: 440 ENCLOSURE; EXISTING CKT. NO. BRKR TRIP COND WIRE NEUT GND BRANCH CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION LOAD LOAD A /PHASE B I C LOAD BRANCH CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION GOND WIRE NEUT GND BRKR TRIP CKT. NO. 1 200/3 = == 7660 (E) PANEL M 220.50 0 W MISCELLANEOUS 300 W SPACE 300 W (`-) BASEMENTLIGHTS 2 22161 W 0 ) r I 201 4 5 20(1 I (E) BASEMEN 11±±EUE1} 1S 0 (E) UP�TA S I RECEPT (E) UPS l'A.RS I ;E EI'' 3 5 200.2 100/3 = == -.. / (E) PANEL P 0 CE) BASEMENT LIGHTS (E) PANEL A : 20/1 200,x2 4 SPARE 5540 (7) '- ;?:STAIRS A- . CEPT;rCAMERA t'CNI'aOR 1 0 '(1 1 2..r (E) PANEL L 11 20(1 5320 5320 3540 NEW EW PANEL T (IGl 3 9 3 6 100/3 6 ; 2011 12 1 .3 5500 5500 3 TOTAL CONNECTED 'VA" LOAD: 3540 5500 5320 I T A (r) SAFE r.�r_�oylr VAIJI .T 14360 2011 PANEL NOTES: 1. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS 2. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY LOAD, IF NECESSARY 3. (E) INDICATES EXISTING LOAD CIRCUIT BREAKER NOTES (X): LO: LOCK OUT BREAKER GFI: GROUND FAULT CURRENT INTERRUPT HACR: I-LACR TYPE BREAKER 1G: ISOLATED GROUND LOAD DESCRIPTION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR DEMANDED LOAD LIGHTING 0 W 220.42 0 W RECEPTACLES 13880 W 220.44 13465 W HEATING 0 W 220.51 0 W MOTORS 7660 W 220.50 8396 W MISCELLANEOUS 300 W - 300 W (`-) BASEMENTLIGHTS TOTAL 22161 W CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL BOARD SCHEDULE PFNEL IL': A VCLTAGE: 1 2C, 2C'3 MAN; 2 ' 3 A FED Mum MU1' LCCATIC\: BASEVENT PHASE: 1 kAIC RATING: ,F X,ST, -Ncl FEEDER WRE SIZE: IXISTINCI W FIE. 3 MC..1-IN IIN is SUI IFA_t FEELE11 EN I I1Y: EXIS I IN3 BUS AN_PA:�;TY: 225 E NCLOSURE: LX:STN(1 1 \��. BRKR I TR;P ICONS WIRE N T E �\ BRA. \C`€ CIRC: IT LCA' LCAD, A 137.84 A B LOAD BRANCH CIRCUIT' C. DE F;IP11� !\ . .�. PE Cc ND; \El JT ; BRKR 3ND TRIP CKT. \ C. ES :il DIPT1CA\ 1 20f1 4 (w) BASEMENT LIGHTS 0 • (E) 1 201 2 201'1 I (`-) BASEMENTLIGHTS 0 BA EVII=V,LIL�HT'S (E)LEA VENI' ) r I 201 4 5 20(1 I (E) BASEMEN 11±±EUE1} 1S 0 (E) UP�TA S I RECEPT (E) UPS l'A.RS I ;E EI'' x : d) 20 6 8 / 20/1 I CE) BASEMENT LIGHTS 0 : 20/1 SPARE 0 (7) '- ;?:STAIRS A- . CEPT;rCAMERA t'CNI'aOR 1 0 '(1 1 2..r 1 11 20(1 SPARE U „ v }, (E) OF S1A25 i 1 ; 2011 12 1 .3 20 /1 (t) BASEMENT LIGH,Stf1EC�P 15 , � I T A (r) SAFE r.�r_�oylr VAIJI .T 2011 1.) 15 20/1 0.i) EAST END GFI RECEPT (AC COIL) ;) SI'AI:IE _ 20 1 6 17 20/1 (E) e..A LEI-1 &1C,C•M LJ0H1S 0 SPARE: SPARE , 20/1 20/ 10 20 19 27/1 . 1 (C TELLER LIGHTS 0 21 23 20/1 20/1 (E) STAIRWELL HID (E) NIGHT LIGHTS 0 1 . 1 1 , 7 ; 1 1 : 1 - s _ .ITS SPARE a 1(11 20/1 22 24 0 25 27 20/1 _ .. SPARE 0 I (.[ r, EMf N a RF -1 PT STV PA ; Rc. (E) BASEVENT RECEPT 1 201' 2: 20 2 0/1 (-) \C:RTI i SI aN 20 2:}/1 SPARE 0 (1=) BAStVEN I i 1ECE +''s' ; 2o/1 ;JO ;31 20/1 SPARE 0 SPARE I 200 32 1'33 2rOt1 (E) UPSTAIRS RECEPT 1 672 10/2 NEW ACX3J -? 10 10 30i2 34 20f1 (=) LiAStM1_N7'FiEGtI�IS 1872 1872 10 10 3t 20/1 (E) BASEMENT RECEPTS 11J0 160 NEW U 12 I 12 12 20/1 36 :0 O'1 (_) EAST HIL H HID 0 :FARE I 200/, 40 41 20/1 (E) EAST PERIMETER FLOCD U L::HTS 0 (E) EAST %;%s ;ovEi; SE+1V1 ;I;E L= H >S I 20/1 42 TOTAL, CCNNECTED 'VA' L C'A1D; 'PANEL 2CC:2 16/2 !_1224 NOTES: CIRCUIT BREAKER NOTES (X): 1. 1710 /DE EQUIPMENT GIl Cr.;ND BUS LO; LOCK CUT BREAKER 2 CONTRACTOR 10 VEO FYLOAD, IF \ECES A1(Y GFI: GROUND FAULT Lro IN El I? I 3 (>_) INDICATES EXISTING LOAD H A : : 1 I : HACIT TYPE L iEp14J d I.3: ISCLAIEL7 al1CUND • rmer•P•IMIIi=in1 ELECTRICAL SERVICE DEMAND HIGHEST RECORDED PEAK ELECTRICAL DEMAND 22 kW 125% OF ELECTRICAL DEMAND 27.5 kW TOTAL ADDITIONAL NEW LOADS 22.161 kW OVERALL NEW DEMAND 46.661 kW 137.84 A LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ELECTRICAL SERVICE DEMAND CALCULATIONS NEW LOAD SUMMARY ISOLATED GROUND PANEL SCHEDULE NEW POWER PANEL SCHEDULE EXISTING POWER PANEL SCHEDULE EXISTING JUN 292009 PERMIT CENTER JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 t`• T). 11 j „ ` ? 4 Client: Project: CIPIre KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. 0 B A Date 06 -25 -09 05 -05 -09 04 -09 -09 Designed By: CML P E PA RAT� Drawing �0 REQ UIRED Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: CML Checked By: DMR Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES E -602 PANEL ID: L POWER PANEL SCHEDULE EXISTING LOCATION: BASEMENT CKT. BRKR NO. TRIP 1 20/1 3 20/1 5 20/1 7 20/1 9 20/1 11 20/1 13 20/1 15 20/1 17 20/1 19 20/1 21 20/1 23 20/1 COND WIRE NEUT GND PANEL NOTES: 1. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS 2. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY LOAD, IF NECESSARY 3. (E) INDICATES EXISTING LOAD VOLTAGE: PHASE: WIRE: BUS AMPACITY: DESCRIPTION (E) OVERHEAD LIGHT (E) CASH MACHINE SPARE 120/208 3 4 100A BRANCH CIRCUIT (E) OVERHEAD LIGHT (E) TELLER RECEPTACLES (E) TELLER RECEPTACLES (E) TELLER RECEPTACLES (E) TELLER RECEPTACLES (E) TELEPHONE BOARD (E) TELEPHONE BOARD (E) LIGHTING (E) LIGHT OVER CASH MACHINE CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL BOARD SCHEDULE LOAD TOTAL CONNECTED "VA" LOAD: A POWER PANEL SCHEDULE EXISTING MAIN: 100A MLO kAIC RATING: EXISTING MOUNTING: SURFACE ENCLOSURE: EXISTING LOAD /PHASE B LOAD BRANCH CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION (E) LIGHTING (E) LIGHTING (E) LIGHTING SPARE SPARE FED FROM: FEEDER WIRE SIZE: FEEDER ENTRY: (E) TELLER RECEPTACLES (E) TELLER RECEPTACLES (B TELLER RECEPTACLES (E) TELLER RECEPTACLES SPARE (E) COMPUTER CONTROLLER (E) COMPUTER CONTROLLER CIRCUIT BREAKER NOTES (X): LO: LOCK OUT BREAKER GFI: GROUND FAULT CURRENT INTERRUPT HACR: HACR TYPE BREAKER IG: ISOLATED GROUND COND MDP EXISTING EXISTING WIRE NEUT GND BRKR CKT. TRIP NO, 20/1 2 20/1 4 20/1 6 20/1 8 20/1 10 20/1 12 20/1 14 20/1 16 20/1 18 20/1 20 20/1 22 20/1 24 POWER PANEL SCHEDULE EXISTING CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL BOARD SCHEDULE PANEL ID: M LOCATION: BASEMENT VOLTAGE: PHASE: WIRE: BUS AMPACITY: 120/208 3 3 200 MAIN: 200A MLO kAIC RATING: EXISTING MOUNTING: SURFACE ENCLOSURE: EXISTING FED FROM: FEEDER WIRE SIZE: FEEDER ENTRY: MDP EXISTING EXISTING BRKR TRIP WIRE NEUT CKT. NO. 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 70/3 70/3 20/3 20/3 BRANCH CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION (E) CONDENSING UNIT (E) CONDENSING UNIT LOAD (E) HEATING COIL SPARE TOTAL CONNECTED "VA" LOAD: LOAD /PHASE A B f C 0 0 0 0 0 0 LOAD BRANCH CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION (E) AC UNIT (E) HEATING COIL (E) AC UNIT SPARE WIRE COND NEUT GND BRKR TRIP 70/3 70/3 20/3 CKT. NO. 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 20/3 22 24 PANEL NOTES: 1. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS 2. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY LOAD, IF NECESSARY 3. (E) INDICATES EXISTING LOAD CIRCUIT BREAKER NOTES (X): LO: LOCK OUT BREAKER GFI: GROUND FAULT CURRENT INTERRUPT HACR: HACR TYPE BREAKER IG: ISOLATED GROUND CKT. NO. 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 BRKR TRIP 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 40/2 WIRE COND NEUT GND BRANCH CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION EXISTING LOAD EXISTING LOAD EXISTING LOAD (E) FURNACE EXISTING LOAD EXISTING LOAD EXISTING LOAD EXISTING LOAD (E) DRIVE UP ATM (E) PUMP 2 EXISTING LOAD (E) AHD SPARE TOTAL CONNECTED "VA" LOAD: CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL BOARD SCHEDULE PANEL ID: P LOCATION: BASEMENT VOLTAGE: PHASE: WIRE: BUS AMPACITY: 120/208 1 3 200A MAIN: 200A kAIC RATING: EXISTING MOUNTING: SURFACE ENCLOSURE: EXISTING FED FROM: FEEDER WIRE SIZE: FEEDER ENTRY: MDP EXISTING EXISTING LOAD LOAD /PHASE A 0 1768 0 1768 B 0 0 0 0 1768 0 1768 3536 BRANCH CIRCUIT LOAD 1768 1768 DESCR IPTION EXISTING LOAD EXISTING LOAD EXISTING LOAD EXISTING LOAD EXISTING LOAD COND (E) WATER HEATER (E) SIGN (E) PUMP 1 (E) SIGN NEW WHEELCHAIR LIFT (LO) 10 10 EXISTING LOAD WIRE NEUT 30/2 20/1 10 GND 10 BRKR TRIP 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 30/2 CKT. NO. 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 18 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 PANEL NOTES: 1. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS 2. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY LOAD, IF NECESSARY 3. (E) INDICATES EXISTING LOAD CIRCUIT BREAKER NOTES (X): LO: LOCK OUT BREAKER GFI: GROUND FAULT CURRENT INTERRUPT HACR: HACR TYPE BREAKER 1G: ISOLATED GROUND b• 08b CITY OF TUKWILA MAY1 9 2009 PERMIT CENTER JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 0 Client: 0 KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. B A Date 05 -05 -09 04-09 -09 Designed By: CML Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: CML Checked By: DMR Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES SEPARATE Dra i t ' ��'�A "`' OVAL ND RE QUIRED E -603 EXISTING PURUN BEYOND EXISTING DOUBLE TOP CHORD OF TRUSS 124 NAILS NEW FRAMING, 8' 22 GAUGE METAL S'it1D @24'O.C. 12d NAILS EXISTING DOUBLE BOTTOM CHORD OF EXISTING 2X4 JOIST HANGERS TO REMAIN 26 -0 " ± %WSW AM 9 OF ENTRE 0 0 ILT. TRUSS II SECTION CUT ATM 00 gII 0 0 6H+ i S• • f ' 3 - #10 SELF-TAPPING SCRSNS AT EACH STUD UNDERSIDE OF EXISTING WOOD ROOF DECK • CONTINUOUS TOP TRACK NEW GAUGE METAL AAL STTUDD @ 24' O.C. 3 410 0S SCREWS TO STUD AND 12 d NAILS To TRUSS CHORD 3 - #10 SELF- TAPPING SCREWS ST AT EACH 1 LAYER QE 1/2 GYPSUM MW ONE SDE ONLY CONTINUOUS BOTTOM TRACK NEW 2X WD BLOCKING. MATCH DEPTH OF JOISTS. STAGGERED. BONN WOOD CMS WOO EXISTING CK7UNG SEPARATE PERMIT REQUIRED FOR: tg,Me'chanical Electrical Plumbing Gas Piping City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION rev. 03/04 REVISIONS No changes shall be made to the scope of work without prior approval of Tukwila Building Division. NOTE: Revisions will require a new plan submittal' «nd may include additional plan review fees. 1 i i FRONT ELEVATION NOT TO SCALE DRYWALL SCREW WOOD STUD OR. STEEL STUD i i ofg 2.562" (YBTRDM) Right to site. Call: 800 -547 -2635 Fax: 800-317-8770 USA or Canada Web: www.nystrom.com E - mail: info @nystrom.com SELF CLOSING D N.TI. AUTOMATIC DOOR. CLOSER STIFFENER FLUSH PIANO HINGE I" FLANGE DOUBLE LAYER OF .625" FIRE CODE DRYWALL PROJECT: CONTRACTOR: ARCHITECT: INITIALS: QTY: ROUGH OPENING= DOOR SIZE + .25" SPECIFICATIONS • I G GAUGE (i .520mm) COLD ROLLED STEEL FRAME • 14 GAUGE ( I.900mm) COLD ROLLED STEEL DOOR • PHOSPHATE DIPPED WITH BAKED ON RUST INHIBITIVE GRAY PRIME FINISH • FLUSH CONTINUOUS PIANO HINGE • FRAMES PROVIDED WITH .25" MOUNTING HOLES • FLUSH KEY OR METAL KNURLED KNOB OPERATED LOCK • SPRING DOOR CLOSURE • I " WIDE EXPOSED FLANGE • INTERIOR RELEASE MECHANISM OPTIONS ❑ GALVANIZED BONDERIZED STEEL ❑ STAINLESS STEEL WITH #4 SATIN POLISH FINISH ❑ STAINLESS STEEL CONTINUOUS PIANO HINGE WITH STAINLESS STEEL PIN (AVAILABLE ON STAINLESS STEEL PANELS ONLY) ❑ CONCEALED PIN HINGE ❑ PREPARATION FOR I.125" MORTISE CYLINDER. (CONTACT SALES FOR CYLINDER OPTIONS) 1.688" CUT -THRU SECTION NOT TO SCALE STOP FLUSH BOLT LOCK PLASTER BEAD DATE: R DETAIL PART NUMBER: FELE C . PIT Permit No. v' ° '0'N Plan review approval is subject to errors and omissions. Approval of construction documents does not authorize the violation of any adopted code or ordinance. Receipt of approved Field Co. Aix i' r j o ?edged: WOOD STUD City Of'IUEtwIIa BUILDING DIVISION GENE FINISH NOTES 1. THiS DRAMS RIM 00011KNATION RAMSES ONLY. OF THBR OC.RUCTS BETWEEN VENDORS DRAWINGS ME THis DRAWING TO BE TO ATTENTION OF KEY BANK 1V3 FOR IVERDLUTITAL 2. TO SHEET GAM FOR UST Cr VENDORS AND CONTACT INFORMATION. 0 SHEET I OYES 1. S4'XS 7E MALLOW= WM W8DOW V88.1.8. X WAFT SW PARR= =EOM COMMUTE N FED WITH DEM JOST. a PROVIE IMF GWEN DRAFT STOP WM, MK AMMAN SIZE 80'X4P. CCOMINATIE LOrA I OF R.YWOOD PATH, sEe DETAL WA•1 A8. 1 REVIEWED FOR ODP (OMPLiAWCE I ij I I U LuLA City f Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED NOV 04 2009 PERMIT CENTER REVIStON,NOil1L TO FROWN 5WX RAM PA Ol BYKWECTCIL SCALE: 1 /8 " = 1 - O» PLAN NORTH JACO E BROAD ST., ME 11ES, CS, OH 4215 (�14) 437 FAX (614) 487 REGISTERED CT EDWARD HANBICKI STATE OF WASHINGTON 8457 Client: KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVE D, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 981 No. Date Designed By: CJS Drawn By: JAW Issue/Revision BULLETIN 2 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Checked By MKB Project No.: F5W88802 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: ATTIC PLAN AND SECTION CUT Drawing No.: A -108